nmdcgondia.org · 2 Semester I Code Number Title Category 1T1 Paper I (Compulsory) English Poetry...

1

REVISED SYLLABUS PRESCRIBED FOR

M.A. ENGLISH (Semester pattern with CBCS)

Semester Pattern Scheme of Examination for M.A. in

English with Choice Based Credit System (To be

implemented from the session 2017-18 onwards)

2

Semester I

Code Number Title Category

1T1 Paper I (Compulsory) English Poetry from Chaucer to Milton Core

1T2 Paper II (Compulsory) The Renaissance Theatre Core

1T3 (A) Paper III Any one out of four Core

Indian Writing in English-I Core

1T3 (B) Indian Diasporic Fiction Core

1T3 (C) Indian Writing in Translation Core

1T3 (D) Indian Literary Criticism Core

1T4 (A) Paper IV Any one out of four Core

The English Novel -I Core

1T4 (B) Comparative Literature Core

1T4 (C) The History of English Language-I Core

1T4 (D) The English Prose-I Core

Semester II


2T1 Paper I (Compulsory) Restoration and 18th Century English Lit. Core

2T2 Paper II (Compulsory) Modern English Drama Core

2T3 (A) Paper III Any one out of four Core papers

Nineteenth Century American Literature Core

2T3 (B) Post Colonial Literature-I Core

2T3 (C) African Literature Core

2T3 (D) Literature and Gender Core

2T4 (A) Paper IV Any one out of four Core papers

The English Novel -II Core

2T4 (B) Cultural Studies Core

2T4 (C) The History of English Language-II Core

2T4 (D) The English Prose-II Core

Semester III


3T1 Paper I (Compulsory) Literary Criticism and Theory-I Core

3T2 Paper II (Compulsory) Romantic and Victorian Poetry Core

3T3 (A) Paper III Any one out of four electives

English Comedies Elective

3T3 (B) 20th Century American Literature Elective

3T3 (C) The English Novel -III Elective

3T3 (D) Post Colonial Literature-II Elective

3T4 (A) Paper-IV Foundation OR Communicative English-I Foundation

3T4 (B) Any one out of three Core papers

History of English Literature-I Core

3T4 (C) English Language Teaching-I Core

3T4 (D) European Fiction and Drama Core

3

Semester IV

Code Title Category

4T1 Paper I (Compulsory) Literary Criticism and Theory-II Core

4T2 Paper II (Compulsory) Twentieth Century Poetry Core

4T3 (A) Paper III Any one out of four electives

African-American Literature Elective

4T3 (B) Dalit Literature Elective

4T3 (C) Indian Writing in English -II Elective

4T3 (D) Film Studies Elective

4T4 (A) Paper-IV Foundation OR Communicative English-II Foundation

4T4 (B) Any one out of three Core papers.

History of English Literature-II Core

4T4 (C) English Language Teaching-II Core

4T4 (D) Research Methodology Core

4

SEMESTER - I

1T1. (Core) English Poetry from Chaucer to Milton

Unit I : Will discuss the age of Chaucer which implies a shift from the medieval to the modern times.

Topics for Background: William Langland, John Gower, John Wycliff, John Mandeville, English

Chaucerians and Scottish Chaucerians.

Text for detailed study:

The Prologue to the Canterbury Tales by Chaucer

Unit II: Will discuss the sonnet which was introduced in England in the first half of the 16th century.

Topics of Background: The Barren Age, The Rise of Ballad, Sir Thomas Malory, Thomas Wyatt and Henry

Howard, the Earl of Surrey, the contribution of Sir Philip Sidney.

Sonnets for detail Study:

Shakespearean Sonnet No. 129, 130, 142, 143, 144.

Spenserian Sonnet No. 83, 84, 85, 86, 87.

Unit III: Will discuss the Metaphysical poets.

Topics of Background: Characteristics of Metaphysical Poetry, Contribution of George Herbert, Henry

Vaughan, Abraham Cowley.

Text/Poems for detail study:

John Donne’s “The Canonization”, “Valediction: Forbidden Mourning”

Andrew Marvell’s “The Garden”

Unit IV : The focus will b concentrated on the Puritan Age of English Literature represented by John

Milton. His works characterize the Puritan age and he endeavors to blend the spirit of The Renaissance

and the Reformation.

Topics of Background: Civil War in England, The Reformation, Samuel Daniel, The Spenserian Poets, The

Cavalier Poets.


5 John Milton, The Paradise Lost, (Book II)

Reference Books Recommended for Further Reading: Arthur Compton-Ricket, A History of English Literature :From Earliest Times to 1916. (NY, 1960) David Daiches .A Critical History of English Literature (Vol. IV) Andrew Sanders, The Short Oxford History of English Literature (OUP, 1996)

1T2. (Core) English Renaissance Theatre (1562-1642)

Unit –I: The Middle Ages and growth of drama.

Topics of Literary Background: The Renaissance, Mystery, Miracle and Morality Plays, Interludes, The

University Wits.

Text for detail study:

Marlowe’s Doctor Faustus

Unit II: Historical Plays

Topics of Literary Background: Tudor despotism, Characteristics of the Elizabethan Age, The causes for

Popularity of Drama, Peele.


Shakespeare’s Henry V

Unit III

Will throw some light on the drama of Shakespeare

Topics for Literary Background: Shakespeare as a writer of Tragi-Comedies, the great tragedies of

Shakespeare, Reasons for the decline of drama in Jacobean Age.


Shakespeare’s Macbeth

Unit IV: Early seventeenth century tragedies

Topics of Literary Background: Contribution of Cyril Tourneur, John Fletcher and Francis Beaumont,

John Ford, James Shirley.


Webster’s The Duchess of Malfi

Reference Books Recommended for Further Reading:

6 Arthur Compton-Ricket, A History of English Literature :From Earliest Times to 1916. (NY, 1960)

David Daiches .A Critical History of English Literature (Vol. II)

Andrew Sanders, The Short Oxford History of English Literature (OUP, 1996)

Clark, Sandra (2007) Renaissance Drama (Cambridge, England: Polity)

1T3 (A) Core: Indian Writing in English- I

Unit -I: Will discuss the first phase of pre-independence Indian poetry known as the period of

literary renaissance in India.

Background Topics: The poetry of Henry Derozio, Kashi Prasad Ghosh, Aurobindo,

Manmohan Ghosh, Sarojini Naidu.

Text for detailed discussion:

Toru Dutt: The Lotus, Baugmaree, Our Old Casuarina Tree

Rabindranath Tagore: Songs from Gitanjali (I; XI; XXXV, LXXIV)

Unit-II: The novel as a literary phenomenon will be studied in this unit. This unit will also deal

with novels reflecting the social problems with special reference to Mulk Raj Anand.

Background Topics: Contribution of Bankim Chandra, Bhabani Bhattacharya, Manohar

Malgaonkar, G.V.Desani.

Text for detailed discussion

Mulk Raj Anand: Untouchable

Unit-III: This unit will focus on the works of pre-independence Indian English Writer

Background Topics: Gandhian influence and the progressive writers movement, Contribution

of R.K Narayan, KA Abbas‟, Dhan Gopal Mukherjee. Arun Joshi.


Raja Rao : Kanthapura

Unit-IV: Will concentrate its focus on the issue of the partition

Background Topics: Nayantara Sahgal, Kamla Markandaya, RP Jhabwala, Chaman Nahal,

Partition literature


Khushwant Singh: Train to Pakistan

Reference Books Recommended:

1. Poems of Rabindranath Tagore, UBS publishers , New Delhi.

2. Rabindranath Tagore and the Nation by Swati Ganguli. Punaschat Publisher, 2012

3. Gitanjali. Embassy book, 2011

4. Arun Joshi: A Critical Study by S.K. Mittal, Omega Publication, 2011.

7

5. Anita Desai: A Critical Study by A. Das, Omega Publication, 2011

8. Makarand Paranjpe, Indian Poetry in English,(Madras: Macmillan, 1993)

1T3 (B) Core: Indian Diasporic Fiction

Unit-I:This unit will explore concepts of migration, indentured labour and acculturation with specific

reference to the Caribbean.

Background Topics: Defining Diaspora,A House for Mr. Biswas, The Wide Sargasso Sea, Derek

Walcott, Wilson Harris, Creole, Mulatto

Text for detail Study:

The Sea of Poppies by AmitavGhosh

Unit-II;This unit will focus on gender and identity in the Indian American diaspora specifically in the

novels of JhumpaLahiri, Bharati Mukherjee and ChitraDevakaruni. Themes like marriage, cultural

interface and identity should be touched upon.

Background Topics: Acculturation, Cultural Hybridity, site, living space, chronotope


The Interpreter of Maladiesby JhumpaLahiri

Unit –III:This unit will be concerned with ethnic identities and the politics of nationality, belonging and

citizenship in Diasporic fiction, with writers like AmitavGhosh, Salman Rushdie and V S Naipaul in the

background.

Background Topics: Nationalism, subaltern, carnival, new historicism, multiculturalism

Text for detail Study: The Inheritance of LossbyKiran Desai

Unit –IV:This unit with deal with issues of Diasporic Writing in the U.K. Writers like Salman Rushdie,

MeeraSayal and others from the Indian subcontinent like Monica Ali, HanifQureshi can be introduced to

students to discuss the issues of diasporic fiction which are common.

Background Topics: Cosmopolitanism, citizenship, bricolage, Brick Lane, My Beautiful Launderette.


Salman Rushdie, Midnight’s Children

Books for Further Reading:

8 Brown and Coelho (eds.) Migration and Modernization: The Indian Diaspora in Comparative

Perspective. (VA: College of William and Mary)

Carter P. The Lie of the Land (London: Faber& Faber)

Nelson ES (ed.) Writers of the Indian Diaspora (CT: Greenwood Press)

Rajan G and Mohanran R. (eds.) Postcolonial Discourse and Changing Cultural Context: Theory and

Criticism (CT: Greenwood Press)

1T3 (C) Core: Indian Writing in Translation

Unit-I: Ancient Indian Classical literature: This unit on ancient Sanskrit literature will cover the hymns in the

Vedas, the epics Ramayana and Mahabharata and the plays of Kalidas and Sudrakka.

Background topics:NatyaShastra, Panini,

Text for study:

KalidasShakuntala , SudrakaMrichikatika

Unit-II: Medieval Bhakti Literature: Will discuss the poets likepoets like Basavanna, Mahadeviakka, Banabai to

the songs of Kabir and Tukaram it traverses the country for a rich syncretic spiritual alternative to Brahamanism and

ritualism.

Background topics:Reaction to Brahamanical ritualism, Initiatives to communal harmony,

Texts for study:

KabirSelections from Kabir (Macmillan) Poems nos. I,VII, XII,XVI,XVII, XVIII, XXI, XXV, XXX, XXXIII,

XXXVIII, XLI, LXVI.

A K Ramanujan, Speaking of Siva. Poems Basavanna 52, 70, 84.Mahadeviakka, poems 87, 68 and 273.

Unit –III: Nineteenth Century Renaissance: Tagore stands as a colossus in this area but writers like Bankim

Chandra Chatterjee, Henry Derozio and Michael MadhusudanDuttwill be discussed to understand the literary

landscape.

Background Topics:Bankim Chandra Chatterjee, Reform Movements in nineteenth century Bengal,


Fakir Mohan Senapati, Six Acres and a Third

Unit -IV: Twentieth Century Writing :This unit will cover the contributions of the Progressive Writers, Urdu

writers and the theme of partition in Indian writing. It will also cover significant writers of post independence

writing like NirmalVerma, Mahashweta Devi and Ambai

Background Topics: ,The Progressive Writers Movement, Mahashweta Devi

Texts for detailed study: The following short stories [From A Clutch of Indian Masterpieces edited by David

Davidar]

MunshiPremchandThe Shroud, Sadat HasanManto Toba Tek Singh, Mahashweta DeviDraupadi

9 AmbaiIn a forest, a Deer

Recommended Reading: (Unit, I) S.N Dasgupta, Theory of Rasa (Unit –II) A K Ramanujan, The Collected Essays {Section III - Essays on Bhakti and Modern Poetry} Oxford University Press. (Unit.III)AK Mehrotra (ed.)An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English Colonialism, Modernity and Literature edited Satya K Mohanty (Unit, IV) RakshandaJalal Liking Progress, Loving Change (OUP) PC Kar. (ed.) Rethinking Indian English Literature: Theory and Praxis (Pencraft)

1T3 (D) Core: Indian Literary Criticism

Unit I:

Bharat Muni On Natya and Rasa: Easthetics of Dramatic Experience

Unit II:

Bhartrhari : On Syntax and Meaning

Unit III:

Dandin: Sarga-Bandha: Epic Poetry

Abhinav Gupta: On Santarasa: Aesthetic Equipoise

Unit IV:

Anandavardhana: Dhvani: Structure of Poetic Meaning

Books Recommended

G. N. Devy, Indian Literary Criticism (Orient Longman, 2002)

V.S. Seturaman, Indian Aesthetics: An Introduction (Macmillan, rpt. 2005)

P. V. Kane, History of Sanskrit Poetics.

EV Ramakrishnan ,Locating Indian Literature, Orientblackswan pvt. Ltd

10

1T4 (A) Core: The English Novel - I

Unit I

Background: The causes of the rise of novel in the first half of eighteenth century, Contribution

of John Bunyan, Samuel Richardson, Tobias Smolett and Laurence Sterne to English Novel.

Text for detailed Study:

Henry Fielding: Joseph Andrews

Unit II

Background: Daniel Defoe, Jonathan Swift, Charles Johnstone, Francis Burney, The Causes of

decline of Novel after Fielding,


Oliver Goldsmith: Vicar of Wakefield

Unit III

Background: The novel of sensibility, Gothic and Oriental Romance, Anne Radcliff, Matthew

Lewis, Clara Reeve, Mary Shelley, William Backford


Horace Volpole: The Castle of Otranto

Unit IV

Background: Novel in Romantic Era, Women Novelists, Maria Edgeworth, Sussane Ferrier,

Mary RusellMitfort


11

Jane Austen: Pride and Prejudice

Books Recommended

I.Watt, The Rise of the Novel, Studies in Defoe, Richardson, and Fielding (London,1957)

J.M.S. Tomkins, The Popular Novel in England (London, 1932)

A. Kettle, An Introduction to the English Novel: Volume 1(London: Hutchinson University

Library,1951)

David Daiches, A Critical History of English Literature, Vol. III & IV (Allied Publisher, 1969).

1T4 (B) Core: Comparative Literature

Unit I:(Theory): This unit isdevoted to the study of the part of theory. It aims to teach the

concepts, approaches, problem of the study of comparative literature

Topics for Background:General Literature, World Literature, Methodologythe Study of Genres,

Major genres in world literature, generic classifications.Theory of genres.

Topics for detailStudy:What is comparative literature? Different Definitions of Comparative

literature, Theories of Comparison, the scope and relevance of the subject in Indian context.The

study of translation; Theory; adaptation; abridgement; literal vs. Literary reading; literature and

other disciplines; literature and ideas.

Unit II: (Literary Movements):Will discuss the literary movementduring the Romanticism

Topics for Background:Rousseau, French Revolution, Romantic Humanism, American

Transcendentalism,

Text for detail study:The poets:Shelley and Balkavi

The Poets: Wordsworth and Keshavsut

Unit III: This unit will discuss the approach of some of the poets (Between the Two World-

Wars) to understand the meaning of human life in Modernism..

Topics for Background: Darwin, Freud, Nietzsche, Industrialization,

Text for detail study: (Modernism) :The poets such as T Eliot and Ba. Si.Mardhekar

Unit IV:Will introduce the classics in English or English translation by means of analogy and

parallel studies.

12

Topics for Background: Harlem Renaissance, World War II, Dalit Renaissance, Self-narrative,

Autobiography

Texts for detail study:

Claude Brown‟s Manchild in the Promised Land and OmprakashValmiki‟sJhootan

Books Recommended for intensive and further reading: SS Prawer, Comparative Literary Studies: An Introduction Henry Gifford, Comparative Literature Sisir Kumar Das, Comparative Literature: Theory and Practice Chandra Mohan (ed) Aspects of Comparative Literature (New Delhi:. 1989) MH Abrams, The mirror and the Lamp CM Bowra, The Romantic Imagination

1T4 (C) Core: History of English Language – I

Unit I:

1. Indo-European Family of Language

Unit II

2. Teutonic Verbal system

3. Teutonic Accent

4. The First Sound Shifting or Grimm‟s Law

Unit III:

5. Old English (Dialects of Old English, Characteristics of Old English, Old English

Vocabulary)

6. Middle English (Dialects of Modern English; Characteristics of Middle English; Rise of

Standard English)

Unit IV:

7. Individual Contributors to the English Language

(Chaucer; Shakespear; Milton; Bible)

Recommended Books:

Otto Jesperson. Growth and Structure of the English Language

H. Bradley. The Making of English

A.C.Baugh. A History of English Language

Simeon Potter. Our Language

13

Joseph willies. Origins of the English Language.

Thomas Pyles. The Origins and Development of English Language (New York: Harcourt)

1T4 (D) Core: ENGLISH PROSE- 1

Unit –I: This unit will cover the origins of English prose. The literary influence of the Bible and the

sermons of the English divines too will be studied.

Background Topics: Christianity, Medieval romance, The English Renaissance, The Decline of

Renaissance, Puritanism and its Significance.

Texts for Detailed Study:

Sir Philip Sidney The Defence of Poetry

John Bunyan The Pilgrim’s Progress

Unit –II: The beginnings of satire and the periodical essay was rooted in the classicism of the Eighteenth

century. The great essayists Joseph Addison, Richard Steel and the rise of the periodical essay will be

highlighted.

Background Topics: Neo classicism, The coffee houses, Objective Essays, The New Atlantis

Texts for Detailed Study:

Dryden, “ A Discourse concerning Origin And Progress of Satire”

Francis Bacon “Of Marriage and Single Life” and “Of Great Place”

Unit –III:This unit will focus on „Life Writing‟ covering genres like Diaries, Biographies and

Autobiographies.

Background Topics: The Grasmere Journals, Personal Tone in the Essays, Development of

Journalism, Edinburgh Review


14 James Boswell Life of Johnson

Trollope, Autobiography

Unit –IV: This unit will cover eminent prose writers from the nineteenth to early twentieth century.

Writers like Mathew Arnold, G. K Chesterton, George Orwell and Max Beerbohm will be discussed.

Background Topics: Pessimism in Victorian England, Ideas of heroism, Oxford Movement,

Ecclesiastical Dandyism

Texts for detail study: Thomas Carlyle: The Hero as Poet D. H Lawrence: Why the Novel Matters Reference Books Recommended for Further Reading: Arthur Compton-Ricket, A History of English Literature :From Earliest Times to 1916. (NY, 1960) David Daiches .A Critical History of English Literature (Vol. IV) Andrew Sanders, The Short Oxford History of English Literature (OUP, 1996)

SEMESTER – II

2T1 Core: Restoration and Eighteenth Century English Literature

Unit –I: Will focus on the writings of the Restoration period

Topics of Background: Social, political and religious tendencies of eighteenth century England,

Development of Satire, The Court Poets of the Restoration, Samuel Butler‟s Contribution,.


John Dryden: Absalom & Achitophel

Unit-II: Will discuss the misconceived notion of life of the period

Topics of Literary Background: Mathew Prior, Thomas Parnell, John Gay, The Characteristics of Neo-

Classicism, Pope‟s Essays on man.


Pope: The Rape of the Lock

Unit –III:

Topics of Literary Background: Reasons for the rise of the periodic essays, The Contribution of Dr.

Johnson and Oliver Goldsmith to periodicals, Edward Gibbon, Edmund Burke.


Joseph Addison, Coverley Papers

Unit –IV:

15 Topics of Literary Background: Romantic Revival, James Thomson, Thomas Percy, William Blake,

Robert Burns.

Texts for detailed study:

Thomas Gray: Elegy Written in the Country Churchyard.


Arthur Compton-Ricket, A History of English Literature :From Earliest Times to 1916. (NY, 1960)

David Daiches .A Critical History of English Literature (Vol. III)


2T2 Core: Modern English Drama

Unit-I:

Topics for Background: The Problem Play, the Contribution of Henry Arthur Jones, A.W.Pinero,

T.W.Robinson, W.S. Gilbert, John Galsworthy.


GB Shaw, Arms and the Man

Unit II:

Topics for Background: John Arden, Arnold Wesker, John Whiting, Shelagh Delaney, Harold Pinter.


John Osborne; Look Back in Anger

Unit-III:

Topics for background: The poetic drama, Christopher Fry, W.H.Auden, Christopher Ishwerwood,

Stephen Spender.


T.S.Eliot, The Cocktail Party

16

Unit. IV:

Topics for Background: The Abbey Theatre, W.B. Yeats, J.M. Synge, Sean O’ Casey, Tom Stoppard, The

Theatre of Absurd.


Samuel Beckett, Waiting for Godot

Books for further Reading:

Arthur Compton-Ricket, A History of English Literature :From Earliest Times to 1916. (NY, 1960)

David Daiches .A Critical History of English Literature (Vol. IV)


Javed Malick, (ed.) Samuel Beckett: Waiting for Godot

Albert Camus, Myth of Sisyphus.(Penguine Publications)

2T3 (A) Core: Nineteenth Century American Literature

Unit- I (Prose):This unit will focus its concentration on American Transcendentalism .

Topics for Background:The age of Romanticism, Manifest Destiny, Boston peculiarity, self-reliance,

Technology

Texts for detailed discussion:

Emerson, “The American Scholar”

Thoreau, (Selection from Walden), “Where I lived and What I lived for”

Unit- II (Poetry): Will deal with the spirit of equalityand also the aspect of life-death- immortality

and the presence of eternity.

Topics for Background:The Age of Realism, Civil War, Thirteenth amendment to the Constitution,

Scientific democracy , the Bhakti Movement, Metaphysical approach to life, etc.


Walt Whitman (From “Song of Myself”) No. 16,17,18,20, 21,22,24,30, 32

Emily Dickinson, Song Nos.712, 1100, 1732

Unit- III (Short Stories): This section will examine the resurgence of American consciousness centred

upon the everlasting battle between good and evil.

Topics for Background:

17 The ideas like American Puritanism, Problem of Evil, Original Sin etc are important in this unit.


N. Hawthorne, “ The Birthmark” “Rappaccini‟s Daughter”

Unit -IV (Fiction)Will discuss the issues of individual and its monomania.

Topics for Background:American Romanticism, Melville Revival, Hero-villain , Mystery of Evil,

Perfectionism


Melville, Moby Dick

Books Recommended:

Cunlife, Marcus. American Literature to 1900 (Sphere Reference)

Matthiessen, F.O. American Renaissance

McMichel, George. Concise Anthology of American Literature.(2nd

Ed.)

Spiller, Robert. Literary History of the United States. (Amerind Publishing Co.)

2T3 (B) Core: Postcolonialism and Literature- I

Unit-I:

Background Study:Frantz Fanon, The Wretched of the Earth, Black Skins White masks,

Negritude, Anti-colonial discourse of Fanon


Things Fall Apart by Chinua Achebe

Unit –II:

Background Study:Edward Said, Orientalism, Eurocentricism, The East as the Female Other,

Myths about the “Orient”


Kim by Rudyard Kipling

Unit –III:

Background Study: Homi Bhabha, The Nation and Narration, Liminality, Mime and mimicry,

hybridity

18


The Shadow Lines by AmitavGhosh

Unit-IV:

Background Study:GayatriChakravortySpivak, “Can the Subaltern Speak?”,Third World

Approach, Feminism and postcolonialism, Subaltern studies and postcolonialism


“Breast Stories” by Mahasveta Devi.

Books Recommended :The Postcolonial Studies Reader ed. Bill Ashcroft, Gareth Griffths, Helen Tiffin(London, Routledge,1995) Colonialism/Postcolonialismby AniaLoomba, Postcolonial Theory: A Critical Introduction byLeela Gandhi The Wretched of the Earthand Black Skins White Masks by Frantz Fanon Frantz Fanon (Routledge Critical Thinkers) byPramod K. Nayar Orientalismby Edward W Said Nation and Narrationand The Location of Culture by Homi K. Bhabha The Empire Writes Backby Bill Ashcroft, Gareth Griffiths and Helen Tiffin In Other Worlds by GayatriChakravortySpivak The Spivak Reader: Selected Works of

GayatiChakravortySpivak by GayatriSpivak (Author), Donna Landry (Editor), Gerald

MacLean (Editor)

2T3 (C) Core: African Literature

Unit I:Will discuss the traditional poetry which refers to the poetry of the people in the

countryside.

Topics for Background:Igbo Folklore,Jewish Race,Ibeku, The Malaya


P‟Bitek, Okot. „My Husband‟s Tongue is Bitter‟ ( selection from Song of Lawino)

J.P.Clark. Casualties (IInd part which consists of 11 poems/songs)

Unit II:Will discuss a couple of leading Nigerian playwrights to make the students understand

the use of myths, folktales and its influence on African literature.

Topics for background: Yorubaland, TaiSolarin, Glee, Bolekaja, Alarinjo


Soyinka, Wole. A Dance of the Forests

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Gayatri+Spivak&search-alias=books&text=Gayatri+Spivak&sort=relevancerank

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&field-author=Donna+Landry&search-alias=books&text=Donna+Landry&sort=relevancerank

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_3?ie=UTF8&field-author=Gerald+MacLean&search-alias=books&text=Gerald+MacLean&sort=relevancerank

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_3?ie=UTF8&field-author=Gerald+MacLean&search-alias=books&text=Gerald+MacLean&sort=relevancerank

19

Unit III:Will make an attempt to discuss the African fiction with a view to explaining the

students that there is “one grand cultural ocean, in which white and black experiences have

churned into one”.

Topics for Background: Imperialism, Neo-colonialism, Subversion of Myths, Decolonization


Thiango, NGugiWa. Petals of Blood

Unit IV:This section also will throwsome light on the African fiction, since it occupies a very

central position in explaining the importance of indigenous culture.

Topic for Background:African Aesthetics,African Trilogy, Indigenous culture.


Achebe, Chinua. Things fall Apart

Suggested Readings/References:

Emmanuel, Obiechina. Culture, Tradition, and Society in the West African Novel (CPU, 1975)

Moore, Gerald. Twelve African Writers.(London: Hutchinson & Co. Ltd. 1980.

Dathrone, O.R. African literature in the Twentieth Century.London: Heinemann, 1979.Izevbaye,

Dan.

Chinweizu et al Toward the Decolonization of African Literature. Enugu Fourth Dimension

Publishers, 1980.

Benham, Martin. African Theatre Today. London: Pitman Publishing, 1976.

Larson, Charles. The Emergence of African Fiction. Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press, 1971.

2T3 (D) Core: Literature and Gender:

Unit-I:This unit will introduce Indian women poets from the ancient and medieval period and

examine how religion played a role in realizing feminist aspirations.

Topics for Background study:Buddhism and women, The Veershaivite women poets, The

Bhakti movement, Akkamahadevi, Mirabai


a) From Therigatha, Sumangalamata&Mettika, pp 69-70, Vol I

b) Janabai: “Cast off all Shame” p83, Vol I

Unit –II:This unit will examine the position of women in India during the reform movement and

the Indian Renaissance and reform movement.

Topics for Background study:JyotibaPhule and Savitribai, PanditaRamabai, LaxmibaiTilak,

Anandibai Joshi, RokeyyaShekhawatHossain

20


TarabaiShinde: StriPurushTulana (A Comparison of Men & Women) Extract.

*Extracts of these women poets and writers from Susie Tharu and K. Lalithaed: Women Writing

in India Vols 1& II, OUP, New Delhi, 1991.

Unit –III:This unit will deal with post Industrial Revolution British and American feminism.

Topics for Background study:MaryWollestonecraft, The Abolitionist movement and Sojouner

Truth, The Suffragette movement, A Room of One’s Own, The Second Sex


“The Yellow Wallpaper” by Charlotte Perkins Gilman.

Unit-IV:The aim of this unit is to acquaint the student with contemporary writers ofFeminist

approach to literature.

Topics for Background study:Elaine Showalter, Kate Millet, Sandra Gilbert and Susan Gubar,

“French Feminist Critics”, Black feminism, Judith Butler

Text for detailed study :

C.S. Ambai: “The Squirrel”.

Books recommended for Background reading:

Susie Tharu and K. Lalithaed: Women Writing in India Vols 1& II, OUP, New Delhi, 1991 –

Introductions to Vol. I and II

Elaine Showalter. „Towards the Feminist Poetics‟ in David Lodge.Twentieth Century Literary

Criticism: A Reader, Vol. I

2T4 (A) Core: The English Novel - II

Unit I: Romantic and Historical Novel

Background: Bulwer Lytton, William Harrison Ainsworth, George P. R. – James, Charles Lever, Fredric

Marryat


Ivanhoe – Walter Scott

Unit II: The early Victorian Novels

Background: W. M. Thackrey, Charles Reade, Willkie Collins, Richard Blackmore, Thomas Love

Peacock.


Hard Times - Charles Dickens

21 Unit III: Early Victorian Women Novelists

Background: Elizabeth Gaskell, Charlotte Bronte, Anne Bronte, George Eliot


Wuthering Heights: Emily Bronte

Unit IV: The Later Victorians

Background: George Meredith, Henry James, John Watson, George Gissing, George W. S. Brown, John

Galt.


Far from the Madding Crowd - Thomas Hardy

Books Recommended:

A Friedman, The Turn of the Novel (New York 1966)

Boris Ford ed. From James to Eliot (New Pelican Guide to Eng. Lit, vol. 7)

R Ellman, James Joyce (London, 1984)

A Burgess, The Novel Now (London, 1967)

B Bergonzoi The Situation of the Novel (London,1970)

2T4 (B) Core: Cultural Studies

Unit I: This unit will introduce students to cultural studies emphasizing its interdisciplinary and how a

variety of approaches from semiotics, feminism, Race theory, media film influence how meaning is

generated in everyday life.

Background Topics: Richard Hoggart, Raymond Williams, Stuart hall, Theodore Adorno, The Centre for

Contemporary Cultural Studies- Birmingham.

Text for detail study: A.K. Ramanujan Essay, “Three Hundred Ramayana: Five Examples and Three Thoughts on Translation”. Unit II: The visualization of an idea of India, of constructing pan Indian identity will be analysed touching

upon the nationalist ideas of Vivekananda, Tagore, and Gandhi. The influence of nationalism on visual

art will be touched upon.

Background Study: Tagore’s critique of nationalism, Paintings of Raja Ravi Veram, Calendar Art, Amrita

Shergill, MaqboolFidaHussain, BhupenKakkar

22 Text for detail study:

Salman Rushdie’s The Moor’s Last Sigh

Unit III:Tagore’s attempts at the revival of theatre, the popularity of the urban Parsi theatre and the

efforts of Vijay Tendulkar’s GhasiramKotwal and GirishKarnad’sHayavadanawill be analysed as

contemporary attempts to amalgamate popular Indian folk motifs into their dramaturgy.

Background Topics: The Progressive Writers Association (PWA), The formation of the Indian People’s

Theatre Association (IPTA), The role of the SangeetNatakAkademy, The influence of HabibTanvir, The

influence of B. V. Karanth, The influence of DharamvirBharathi


HabibTanvir’s adaptation of Shudraka’sMricchakatikam and Tendulkar’s GhasiramKotwal

Unit IV: Indian films, television soaps and advertisement promoting the cult of the Indian family will be

studied.

Background Topics: (i) Theme of Partition in Hum Log, (ii) The significance of the family in Buniyyad (iii)

Using mythic Indian tropes like Swaymavar in RakhikaSwayamvar

Text for detail study: SoorajBarjatiya’sHum AapkeHaiKaun?(1994)

Reference Books for Further Reading

PramodNayarContemporary Literary and Cultural Theory (Pearson)

K W Christopher, Rethinking Cultural Studies (Rawat)

AC Jeffrey and Seidman (eds.) Cultural and Society: Contemporary Debates (Cambridge Univ.)

During Simon, The Cultural Studies Reader (Routledge, 1993)

Clifford, GreetzThe Interpretation of Cultures (NY: Basic Books, 1973)

Buniyaad stereotypes in Main TulasiTereAanganki.

2T4 ( C ) Core: History of English Language – II

Unit I:

1. Modern English

(Dialects of Modern English; Characteristics of Modern English;Modern English Gramer,

Modern English Vocabulary

Unit II:

2. Foreign Elements in English

(Scandinavian; French; Latin; Greek; Indian)

Unit III:

23

3. Word Making in English

(Derivation; Backformation and Shortening; Composition; Root Creation etc.)

4. Semantics

(Generalization; Restriction; Degeneration; Elevation; Euphemism)

Unit IV:

5. English as a World language

6. English and Globalization

Recommended Books:

Otto Jesperson.Growth and Structure of the English Language

H. Bradley. The Making of English

A.C.Baugh. A History of English Language

Simeon Potter. Our Language

Stuart Robertson & PG Cassidy.The Development of Modern English (Prentice Hall)

John Nist. A Structural History of English (St.Martin Press)

2T4 (D) Core: English Prose II

Unit-I:(Short Story): The unit will study the beginnings of the short story and its medieval origins in

Boccaccio‟s Decameron and Chaucer‟s Canterbury Tales. The unit will also briefly touch on the

techniques and kinds of short stories.

Background Topics.The influence of Hawthorne or Poe on the short story, The influence of Guy de

Maupassant on the short story, Ernest Hemmingway and the form of the short story


Joseph ConradThe Secret Sharer

D. H Lawrence The Horse Dealer’s Daughter

24 Unit -II: (Children’s’ Fiction): This unit will briefly introduce landmark writers in the genre like James

Barrie, Frank Baum, Anna Sewell, Thomas Hughes Tom Brown, Rudyard Kipling, EnidBlyton and J K

Rowling.

Background Topics:Grimms Fairy Tales, James Barrie Peter Pan, Frank Baum The wonderful ,izard of

Oz, Anna Sewell Black Beauty, Kenneth Grahame The Wind Among the Willows


Lewis Carroll :Alice in Wonderland

Rudyard Kipling: The Jungle Book

Unit-III (Utopia and Science Fiction):Will discussimaginary constructs dealing with many

contemporary themes.

Background topics:Dystopia, Erwhon, Frankenstein, H. G. Wells, Aldous Huxley


.

H. G. Wells The Time Machine

Unit –IV ( Detective Fiction):The history and evolution of a genre from Edgar Allan Poe to the present

will be briefly covered.

Background Topics:Frankenstein, Wilkie Collins, Sherlock Holmes, HerculePoirot, MissMarple


Wilkie Collins, The Woman in White

Agatha Christie, The Murder Of Roger Ackroyd

Recommended Reading: Recommended Books: Matthews, Brandar: The Short Story: Specimens Illustrating its Development Recommended Reading Felicity Hughes, “Children’s Literature: Theory and Practice” Tod, Ian, and Michael Wheeler, Utopia. London, Orbis, 1978. Scholes, Robert & E Rabkin, Science Fiction: History, Science and Vision Oxford University Press. Suvin, DarkoMetamorphoses of Science Fiction: On the Poetics and History of a Literary Genre. New haven, Yale University Press, 1979

SEMESTER - III

3T1 (Core) Literary Criticism and Theory-I

Unit I: The concept of tragedy and the structure of play established by the great thinkers like

Aristotle

Topics for Background: Classical Tragedy, Classical comedy, Classical epic


Aristotle: Poetics

25

Unit II:Will throw some light on the ideas of critical theories established by the Romantics

Topics for Background: Romanticism, Industrial Revolution, Age of Enlightenment


Wordsworth: The Preface to the Lyrical Ballads

Coleridge: BiographiaLiteraria: Chapters 4,13,14

Unit III:Will discuss the phase changing from Art for Arts‟ sake to Arts for Life sake to explain

the concern of literary writings with human existence

Topics for Background: Victorian Criticism, Art for life‟s sake,Pre-Raphaelite Movement


Arnold: “The Function of Criticism at the Present Time”

Unit IV:This part will discuss the vision of life changed after World-Wars in the western part of

the world.

Topics for Background: New Criticism, Deconstruction, Reader Response Theory


T.S.Eliot: “Tradition and the Individual Talent”

Books Recommended for further Reading:

M.H. Abrams, The Mirror and the Lamp: Romantic theory and the Critical Tradition (New York, 1953) David Lodge: (ed.) Modern Criticism and Theory- A Reader (Pearson, 2005) A Handbook of Critical Approaches to Literature (OUP, 2005) James Reeves, The Critical Sense: Practical Criticism of Prose and Poetry (William Heinemann) The Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism (2001)

3T2 (Core) Romantic and Victorian Poetry

Unit I: Will discuss Romanticism means different things in different countries. Even in same country it

implied different things with different writers. It will teach revolt against neoclassical exaltation of wit

and against traditional poetic measures and diction.

Topics for literary background : Concept of Romanticism , Influences on Romantic poets , Rousseau and his impact,

Pantheism, William Blake , Preface to lyrical Ballads Contribution of Southey


William Wordsworth(Poems):”French Revolution”, “ Tintern Abbey”. Samuel Coleridge: “Kubla Khan” ,”Christable” Part- I

26 Unit II: This unit will have the later romantics namely Shelley, Keats and Byron to explain that there is

intimate relationship between poet’s inner personality and expression of poetic thoughts.

Topics for Background: Hellenism, Keats's Escapism, Revolutionary spirit of Shelley, Contribution of

Byron


Percy Shelley: “Ode to the Westwind” , “To a Skylark”, John Keats: “Ode to Nightingale”, “Ode on Melancholy” Unit III: Will discuss Victorian Poetry in the context of the age.

Topics of literary background: Dramatic Monologue, Victorian age and conflict, Tennyson’s contribution

to English Elegy, Elizabeth Barett Browning.

Text for detailed study: Alfred Tennyson, “The Lotus Eaters” Robert Browning, “The Last Ride Together”, “Ulysses” Unit- IV: Will throw some light the Pre Raphaelites.

Topics of Literary Background: The Pre-Raphaelite Movement, The Oxford Movement, Arnold’s “Culture

and Anarchy” .

Text for detailed study: Mathew Arnold, “The Scholar Gypsy” D.G. Rossetti: “The Blessed Damozel” Reference Books Recommended for Further Reading: Arthur Compton-Ricket, A History of English Literature :From Earliest Times to 1916. (NY, 1960) David Daiches .A Critical History of English Literature (Vol. IV) Andrew Sanders, The Short Oxford History of English Literature (OUP, 1996) Joseph Bristov (ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Victorian Poetry (2000)

3T3 (A) Elective Generic: English Comedies

Unit I:

Topics of Background: The Beginning of English Comedies, The Elizabethan Theatre and

Audience, The Renaissance Elements in the Shakespearean Comedies, Importance of Fools in

Shakespearean Comedies, Importance of Heroines in Shakespearean Comedies.


Twelfth Night by Shakespeare

Unit II:

27

Topics for Background: The reasons for the decline of Drama in the Jacobean Age, Dramas of

Thomas Dekker, Domestic Comedies of Thomas Heywood, Comedies of John Fletcher and

Francis Beaumont, Farcical Comedies of Thomas Middleton.


The Alchemist by Ben Jonson

Unit III:

Topics for Background: The Heroic Tragedy, She Tragedy, Dryden‟s All for Love, Works of

George Farquhar, Thomas Otway, Works of John Vanburg, Nathanlel Lee.


William Congreve‟s The Way of the World

Unit IV:

Topics for Background: Will discuss the change from Comedy of Manners to Sentimental

typified by works of dramatist like Colley Cibber, Richard Steele, Huge Kelly and Richard

Cumberland.

Text of Background: Rise of Sentimental Comedy, Dramas of R.B. Sheridan, Works of Colley

Cibber, Richard Steele, Works of Huge Kelley, Richard Cumberland.


Oliver Goldsmith‟s She Stoops to Conquer


Arthur Compton-Ricket, A History of English Literature: From Earliest Times to 1916. (NY,

1960)

David Daiches. A Critical History of English Literature (Vol. II)


3T3 (B) Elective Generic: Twentieth Century American Literature

Unit -I (Poetry):This unit deals with the pragmatic approach to life to enjoy the beauty of life in its real

sense in the first half of the twentieth century. It also intends to throw some light on the study of the poet

of the Beat Generation .

Topics for Background:The romantic Writers (Wordsworth, Emerson), The Postwar America,

Disaffiliation, Beat Generation


Robert Frost, “ Stopping By Woods on a Snowy Evening”, “Mowing”

28 Allen Ginsberg, “Howl”

Unit- II (Fiction): To present the stoic characters who can hold the bull by the horn in order to face the

challenges in human life.

Topics for Background:World War II, Lost Generation, Code Hero


Hemingway, The Old Man and the Sea

Unit -III (Fiction):It will deal with the issues of the relationship between the common man and the

corporate world

Topics for Background:The Great Depression, Dust Bowls, Non-Teleological thinking, Corporate

Sector.


Steinbeck, The Pearl

Unit- IV (Play):This unit will concentrate on the conflicting issues present in the mind of the central

protagonist to support the stance of symbiotic relationship between human being and human society

Topics for Background:Quest for Identity, Myth of Success, Problem-Play, Absurdity.


Arthur Miller, Death of a Salesman

Books Recommended:

Cunlife, Marcus. American Literature to 1900 (Sphere Reference)

Hart, The Oxford Companion to American Literature.

Matthiessen, F.O. American Renaissance

Spiller, Robert. Literary History of the United States. (Amerind Publishing Co.)

3T3 (C) Elective Generic: The English Novel -II

Unit-I: This section introduces the twentieth century modernist novel. The works of James

Joyce, Virginia Woolf, D. H. Lawrence and Joseph Conrad and Henry James as leading

twentieth century modernist novelists should be discussed.

Topics for Background Study:The Bloomsbury Group, Stream of consciousness technique,

Modernism as a literary trend, Evolution, Aestheticism and Sex,

29


Sons and Loversby D. H. Lawrence

Unit-II:Will discuss acclaimed and popular British novelists of the twentieth century like

E.M.Forster, John Galsworthy, Arnold Bennett, H.G. Wells, William Cooper and Rudyard

Kipling.

Topics for Background study:Colonial India, Imperialism, East and West, The Time Machine


A Passage to India by E. M. Forster

Unit –III:

Other prominent British writers of the first half of the twentieth century, George Orwell, Aldous

Huxley, Evelyn Waugh will be discussed.

Topics for Background Study: Racism, Feminism, Naturalism, Problem of Evil


Lord of the Flies by William Golding

Unit –IV: Will discuss some of the writers of Indian origin like Salman Rushdie and V. S.

Naipaul as leading British novelists.

Topics for Background : Booker Prize, Indenture Labour, Post-colonialism, Diaspora,


Midnight’s Children by Salman Rushdie

Books Recommended: A Friedman, The Turn of the Novel (New York 1966)

Boris Ford ed. From James to Eliot (New Pelican Guide to Eng. Lit, vol. 7)

R Ellman, James Joyce (London, 1984)

A Burgess, The Novel Now (London, 1967) Priya D. Wanjari, Understanding Feminism - Philosophy, Waves and Achievements, Dattasons, (Delhi,

2014)

B Bergonzoi The Situation of the Novel (London,1970)

3T3 (D) Elective Generic: Postcolonialism and Literature- II

Unit-I:

Background Study: Decolonizing the Mind, Language and imperialism, “language exists as

culture”, Neocolonialism

Text for Detailed Study:

30

Devil on the Cross by Ngugiwa Thiong‟o

Disgrace by JM Coetzee

Unit-II:

Background Study: Latin American Literature, Caribbean literature, Creole and pidgeon,

Magical realism, “Commonwealth” literature


Wild Sargasso Sea by Jean Rhys

Unit –III:

Background Study:GandhiHind Swaraj, AmbedkarThe Anhilation of Caste, G N DevyAfter

Amnesia, BalchandraNemade: Nativism


The God of Small Things by Arundhati Roy

Unit-IV:

Background Study:Globalization, Transnationalism, Cosmopolitanism, Neo-imperialism


The Inheritance of Loss by Kiran Desai

Reference Books Recommended

Ahmad, Aijaz. In Theory: Classes, Nations, Literatures. New York and London: Verso, 1995.

Hardt, Michael, and Antonio Negri.Empire.Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2000.

Parry, Benita. "Problems in Current Theories of Colonial Discourse." Oxford Literary

Review 9.1-2 (1987): 27-58.

Spivak, GayatriChakravorty. "Transnationality and Multiculturalist Ideology: Interview with

GayatriChakravortySpivak." Between the Lines: South Asians and Postcoloniality. Eds.

DeepikaBahri and Mary Vasudeva. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1996. 64-92.

Rao, Nagesh. "'Neocolonialism' or Globalization'?Postcolonial Theory and the Demands of

Political Economy." Interdisciplinary Literary Studies 1.2 (Spring 2000) 165-84.

3T4(A) Foundation: Communicative English-I

Communication Skills -I

Course Objectives:

31

1. To improve the basic skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking among students of

any subject.

2. To prepare students to face interviews and group discussions.

3. To acquaint students with the contemporary, colloquial and idiomatic expressions in

language.

4. To train them in practical letter writing and forms of business communication

Communication Skills-I

Unit I: Understanding Communication Skills

i. What is communication, types of communication,

ii. Media of communication, channels of communication

iii. Barriers to effective communication.

iv. Role of communication skills in society

Unit II: Understanding figurative language

i. Idioms and phrases, making sentences with at least 50 contemporary idioms and

phrases should be taught

ii. Agreement of subject and verb, correct usage of prepositions.

iii. Conditional sentences.

iv. New terms from Management, Information Technology and social media should be

taught..

Unit III: Letter writing:

i. Resume writing and job application

ii. Business letters (Orders, Inquiries, Sales letters, Complaints)

iii. Memos and replies to memos.

iv. Emails

Unit IV: Presentation Skills

i. How to effectively organize thoughts, research and data collection for

speech/presentation, the use of logic and sequence, central idea.

ii. Oral presentation, diction, tone, clarity and body language.

iii. Power point presentation

iv. Time management and preparation, adaptation skills if changes occur.

3T4 (B) Core: History of English Literature – I

Unit I – The Renaissance

32

Political Changes, The Renaissance and Reformation, Origin of Drama, Contribution of Thomas

Sackville, Philips Sydney, Impact of Renaissance on Elizabethan literature.

Unit II: The Puritan Movement

The decline of drama, Thomas Middleton, Thomas Heywood, Thomas Dekker, John Marston,

Spenserian poets and Cavalier poets, Rise of Puritanism.

Unit III: The Restoration Age

Contribution of Samuel Butler, Evelyn & Pepper, Hobbes& Locke, Restoration drama, The

Heroic Tragedy, The age of Satire.

Unit IV: Neo Classical

Later Augustan Writers, Edmund Burkey, Edward Gibbon, The pioneers of English Essay

Joseph Addison and Richard Steel

Reference Books:

Arthur Compton-Rickett: A History of English Literature, Universal Book Stall, New Delhi. John Drinkwater: The Outline of English Literature, Volumes I and II. George Sampson: The Concise Cambridge History of English Literature W.H. Hudson: An Outline of English Literature. J. A. Hammerton: An Outline of English Literature. William Long: English Literature. David Daiches: A Critical History of English Literature, Volumes I and II.

3T4 (C) Core: English Language Teaching – I

33 UNIT- I:

Background Topics:Kothari Commission Report on English, Three language formula, English as a

window on the world, English as a link language, Globalisation and English

Topics of detailed discussion :Status of English in India – role of English in education, employment and

society – aims and objectives of English language teaching in India – challenges and opportunities in

teaching English in India

UNIT- II:

Background Topics:Role of mother tongue in learning a second language, Factors affecting second

language learning, Interlanguage, Error analysis, Role of drill in second language learning

Topics of detailed discussion :Major theories of language learning – key principles of Behaviourism; its

advantages and limitations – key principles of cognitivism; its advantages and limitations – language

acquisition and language learning

UNIT- III:

Background Topics:Approach, method and technique, Michael West, Harold Palmer, Bilingual method

in India, The problem of the „right‟ method

Topics of detailed discussion :Grammar-translation method – Direct method – Structural approach –

Communicative language teaching

UNIT- IV

Background Topics:Importance of feedback in assessment, Difference between testing and assessment,

Reliability and validity, Advantages and limitations of objective tests, Using tests as a teaching tool

Topics of detailed discussion :Types of tests – characteristics of a good test – role of testing and

assessment in teaching and learning English – various techniques of testing – challenges and issues in

English language testing in Indian classrooms

Recommended Reading: Diane Larsen-Freeman: Techniques and Principles in Language Teaching, OUP, (2004) Jack Richards and Theodore Rodgers: Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching, (2002) Joanne Collie and Stephen Slater: Literature in the Language Classroom, CUP (2009) M. L. Tickoo: Teaching and Learning English – A Sourcebook for Teachers and Teacher-Trainers, Orient Longman (2003) N. Krishnaswamy&LalitaKrishnaswamy: Methods of Teaching English, Macmillan (2006) Penny Ur: A Course in Language Teaching: Practice and Theory, CUP (1991) R. S. Gupta and K. Kapoor: English in India: Issues and Problems,Academic Foundation Delhi (1991) V. Saraswathi: English Language Teaching: Principles and Practice, Orient Longman (2004)

34

3T4 (D) Core: European Fiction and Drama:

Unit -I: (Classical Texts) This unit will briefly introduce the epic of Homer and Virgil. Tragic Drama

under Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides and comedy under Aristophanes and Plautus will be briefly

touched on..

Background topics: The Theban plays of Sophocles, The Orestia Trilogy, Aristophanes,

Horatiansatire,Plutarch‟s Lives


Homer Odysseus and Sophocles Antigone

Unit-II: Medieval Europe and the Renaissance :This unit will introduce the key contributions of

Boccaccio, Dante Alighieri and Petrarch. Dante‟s Divine Comedy, The influence of the Decameron and

Petrarch‟s sonnets will be briefly touched upon.

Background topics:Decameron, Petrarch, Dante and Beatrice, The Gutenberg Bible, Niccolo

Machiavelli


Cervantes, Don Quixote

Unit-III: NineteenthCentury European Drama and Fiction: This unit traverses the birth of the literary

movements of Romanticism and Naturalism. The influence of Kant and Rousseau as well as of the social

and political events of the time created a vibrant intellectual atmosphere.

Background Topics:Strum and Drang playwrights, Emile Zola and Naturalism, Victor Hugo, Rousseau‟s

Emile, Goethe‟s The Sorrows of young Werther

Text for Study:

Gustave Flaubert Madam Bovary

Henrik Ibsen Doll’s House

Unit -IV: Twentieth Century European Drama andFiction:The two world wars influenced the fiction

and drama in this unit. Strindberg, Ionesco, Pirandello, Jean Genet and Brecht in theatre and Thomas

Mann, Franz Kafka and Albert Camus for fiction will be singled out for special attention.

Background Topics:Avant Garde theatre, Alienation Effect, Existentialism and Camus, Thomas Mann,

Heroism in post war European drama


Kafka Metamorphosis and Bertolt Brecht Mother Courage

Recommended Books: Harold Bloom, The Western Canon 1994 (For unit II Hayden White The Historical Imagination in Nineteenth Century Europe (for Unit. III) George Steiner Death of Tragedy Chapter “On Modern Tragedy”(for Unit. IV) Raymond WillaimsTragedy and Revolution Martin EsslinTheatre of the Absurd

35

SEMESTER- IV

4T1 (Core) Literary Criticism and Theory – II

UNIT –I:

Background Topics :Russian Formalism, Ferdinand de Saussure, Language as a symbolic system,

Intertextuality, The notion of metalanguage


Jacobson: Linguistics and Poetics

Roland Barthes: The Death of the Author

Unit –II:

Background Topics : Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, The Russian Revolution, Friedrich Nietzsche,

Deconstruction, Logocentrism


Edmund Wilson: Marxism and Literature

Jack Derrida: Structure, Sign and Play in the discourse of Human Sciences

Unit –III:

Background Topics :Psychoanalysis, Dream Analysis, Simone de Beauvoir, Suffragette Movement,

Feminism, Virginia Woolf


Lionel Trilling: Freud and Literature

Cora Kaplan: Literature and Gender

Unit –IV:

Background Topics : HomiBhabha, Franz Fanon, Subaltern Studies, Consumerism, Culture Studies


Edward Said: Crisis [in Orientalism]

John Fiske: Television Culture

Reference Books Recommended :

Christopher Norris: Deconstruction: Theory and Practice,Routledge 1982. David Lodge: 20th Century Literary Criticism, Longman, 1972.

Dennis Walder: Literature in the Modern World, OUP & OU, 1990.

Gary Day: Literary Criticism: A New History, Orient Blackswan

Julie Rivkin and Michael Ryan: Literary Theory: An Anthology, Blackwell, 1998.

M. A. R. Habib: Modern Literary Criticism and Theory,Blackwell, 2008. Michael Ryan: Literary Theory: A Practical Introduction, Blackwell, 1999. Peter Barry: Beginning Theory, 1995. Steven Connor: Postmodernism, Cambridge Companion Series, 2004.

36 Vincent B. Leitch: The Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism, Norton & Co.

4T2 ( Core): Twentieth Century Poetry

Unit 1: Will discuss the of modernism and its reflections in the poetry

Topics for Background: Modernism , The Irish Revival , French Symbolism , Ezra Pound,

Georgian Poetry

Texts for Detail Study: “

T S Eliot- „The Waste Land‟,

W.B Yeats –„The Dialogue between the Self and Soul‟ „Second Coming‟ „Leda and the Swan‟,

Unit -II: Topics for Background: British Imperialism, Welsh Poetry, Depression decades, Trench

Poetry, MacSpaunday Group, Neo-romanticism

Texts for detail Study:

DylanThomas :Do not go Gentle into that Goodnight , Refusal to Mourn the Death by

Fire of a Child in London, „After the Funeral „

W.H. Auden :„Petition‟,„PaysageMoralisé„The Unknown Citizen‟, „Funeral Blues‟

Unit –III: Will discuss The „Apocalyptic Poetry‟ of the 1940s began in opposition to the

political realism of the 1930s poets.

Topics for Literary Background: Surrealism, New Apocalyptics, , Movement Poets, The

Group Poets, Seamus Heaney-Poet of Northern Ireland

Text/Poets for Detailed Study: Philip Larkin-„The Whitsun Weddings‟, „Toads Revisited‟, „The Explosion‟, „Ambulances‟

Seamus Heaney- „Requiem for the Croppies‟, „Exposure‟, „Bogland‟, „Personal Helicon‟

Unit –IV: Will throw some light on the Second wave of the British Feminist Poetry which also

made its imprints during this phase. The Great Recession affected the literary sensibilities of the

first decade of the 21 century.

Topics for Background Study: The Performance Poetry, Spoken Word, The Urban Poets,

Poetry Archive, The Great Recession, Found Poetry

Texts/Poets for detail Study: Andrew Motion : Regime Changein 1999, Spring Wedding, , Better Life, Veteran

Jackie Kay :‟The No Longer Dead‟, „George Square‟, „Here‟s My Pitch‟ „Black Bottom‟

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andrew_Motion

37

4T3 (A) Elective Generic: African American Literature

Unit-I (Poetry):This unit will focus on the integrationist ideal expressed by Older Harlem Renaissance

writers to address important contemporary issues in the life of Blacks.

Tpics for Background: Harlem Renaissance, Movements of Civil Rights, Chicago Defenders

Texts for detailed discussion: Brooks, Gwendolyn. “The Blackstone Rangers”

Hughes, Langston. “Brass Spittoons”, “ Cross”

Unit II (Fiction):This unit will deal with the fiction of Richard Wright, James Baldwin who were

contemporary of Ralph Ellison .

Topics for Background: Negro, Black, Afro-American, Black separatism, Complex Fate.Quest for

Identity.


Ellison, Ralph. Invisible Man

Unit-III (Fiction):This unit is an attempt to discuss the black aesthetics .

Topics for Background: Black Aesthetics, Black unwisdom, Neocolonialism, Racism


Morrison, Toni. The Bluest Eye

Unit-IV (Play):.To understand the necessity of black theatre, this unit would concentrate its focus on the

black playwrights like Amiri Baraka, Richard Wesley and August Wilson.

Topics for Background: The great Migration, Blues, Eugene O‟Neill Theatre Centre.


Wilson, August. Ma Rainey’s Black Bottom

Books Recommended (Reference/Suggested Readings):

Houston Baker, Jr. Blues, Ideology, and Afro-American Literature (Chicago Uni. Press, 1964)

Lawrence Levine.Black Culture and Black Consciousness (Oxford: OUP, 1977)

Lerone Bennett. Before Mayflower: A History of the Negro in America, 1619-1964. Baltimore: Penguine

Books, 1966.

Louis Lomax. The Negro Revolt (Harper: New York, 1962)

Richard Barksdale (ed.) Black Writers of America: A Comprehensive Anthology (New York: Macmillan,

1972).

38

4T3 (B) Elective Generic: Dalit Literature

Unit-I( Play): Dalit literature is marked by humanitarian approach to world . This unit will make the

students aware of the facts of changing approach to Dalit community in the post-independence India .

Topics for Background:Varnas, Casteism, , Inter-caste Marriage, Dalit-Transcendentalism


DattaBhagat, Routes and Escape-Routes (From Yatra, Vol. III)

Unit- II (Self Narrative):In order to provide the students with better understanding of Dalit literature,

this unit will throw some light on the self-narratives selected from the northern and the southern regions

of Indian life

Topics for Background:

Mainstream Culture, Marginalized, Politics of Oppression, Double- Exploitation,


OmPrakashValmiki, Jhootan

Bama,Sangati

Unit- III (Poetry):This unit will speak about the sense of alienation that one feels in one‟s own homeland

due to the intolerable gaps between the marginalized and the mainstream life in Indian culture.

Topics for Background:Dalit Panthers ,Dalit-Renaissance, Dalit- Consciousness,Slavery, Socio-

Economic- Inequality


YashvantManohar, “An Ultimatum”

DayaPawar, “Blood Wave”

Unit- IV (Short Stories & Essays):This will focus on the importance of education in the life of

marginalized people. Will also discuss its humanitarian concern with the rest.

Topics for Background:Access to Education, Self-Consciousness, Dalit- Humanism, Caste-Politics,

War-like Characters,


WamanHowal, “StoreyedHouse”

P.E.Sonkambale, “Corpse in the Well”

BaburaoBagul, “Dalit Literature is But Human Literature”

Books Recommended (Reference/Suggetsed Readings):

ArjunDangale, Poisoned Bread (Orient Longman)

39 Sharankumarlimbale, Towrads Aesthetics of Dalit Literature (Trans. Orient Longman)

RJ Bhongle, Perspectives on Ambedkarism (People‟s Publication)

R. Kumar, Dalit Personal Narratives, Orient Blackswan, Pvt. Lt

4T3 (C) Elective Generic: Indian Writing in English II

Unit –I:

Background Topics:Dom Morae, AK Ramanujan, JayantMahapatra , Eunice D‟Souza,

AdilJussawalla


Nissim Ezekiel: Case Study, Poet, Lover, Birdwatcher, Background Casually

ArunKolatkar: (From Jejuri) Heart of Ruin , The Priest‟s Son , , An Old Woman

Unit –II: This is to discuss theFeminine sensibility which has emerged as one of the most

significant themes being treated by the post-Independence Indian English novelists.

Background Topics: ShashiDeshpande, Gita Mehta ,ManjuKapur, NamitaGokhale, Anita Nair


Anita Desai: Cry the Peacock

Unit –III: This unit will discuss the recent acclaim won by Vikram Seth, Arundhati Roy, Kiran

Desai and AravindAdiga

Background Topics:Salman Rushdie ,Arundhoti Roy, Vikram Seth, RohintonMistry, Kiran

Desai , AravindAdiga


AmitavGhosh: The Hungry Tide

Unit-IV: This unit will throw some light onContemporary Indian drama, deviating from classical

and European models to explain that how it is experimental and innovative in terms of thematic

and technical qualities.

Background Topics:Mohan Rakesh, BadalSirkar, Vijay Tendulkar, GirishKarnad


Mahesh Dattani: Dance Like a Man

Books Recommended:

Arvind Krishna Mehrotra ,( ed. )An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English (New

Delhi: Orient Longman, 2003)

B King, Modern Indian Poetry in English (New Delhi, 1987)

Three Indian Poets: Nissim Ezekiel, A.K. Ramanujan, Dom Moraes (New Delhi, 1991)

Vilas Sarang,( ed. ) Indian English Poetry (Orient Longman)

Haq, Kaiser (ed). Contemporary Indian Poetry,(Columbus: Ohio State University Press,1990)

VandanaBhagadikar, Fiction of NamitaGokhale, A Critical Study, (Prestige Books, New Delhi,

2015)

40

MakarandParanjpe,An Anthology of New Indian English Poetry,( Delhi: Rupa Publications,

1994).

R. Parthasarathy, (ed) Twentieth-Century Indian Poets (New Poetry in India)( New Delhi:

Oxford University Press, 1976)

4T3 (D) Elective Generic: Film Studies

Unit: I Will deal withFilmography i.e. the origins and history of films as a genre from its beginnings to

its development introducing students to major directors. Beginning with the Lumiere brothers students

will be familiarized with a few landmark directors.

Topics for Background:,TheLumiere Brothers, The Silent era, Charlie Chaplin‟s The Gold Rush (1925),

Bergman‟s Seventh Seal (1956)

Topics for detailed study:

The evolution of films as a genre.The contribution of major film makers like Charlie Chaplin, Hitchcock

and Bergman and how their films reflected their times.

Unit-II:Will deal with a brief overview of film theory and semiotics.

Topics for Background : Montage, Point of view, Bazin and mise-en-scence, Godard and the slow

tracking shot, Auteur Theory, Cinema noire

Topics for detailed study:

Impact of structuralism on film theory, Psychoanalysis and film; Feminist film theory.

Unit-III:This Unit will have a brief overview of Indian cinema from DadasahebPhalke to „Art cinema‟

and Bollywood mainstream cinema.

Topics for Background:Mythological films, Gangster films, „Masala‟ Bollywood melodrama, „Art

cinema‟, the Angry Young Man

Topics and Texts for detailed Study: Origins and development of IndianCinema, Regional Cinema, Parallel Cinema, Masala Films, Avant Garde Indian Films,Popular Films, Film Reception and the Box Office Films:Harishchandrachi Factory, Pyaasa, ,‘PatherPanchali’, ‘,‘Sholay’, . Unit IV:This unit will deal with the relationship between literary texts and adaptations.

Background Topics:Adaptation as interpretation, Vishal Bharadwaj and Shakespeare, BapsiSidhwa’sIce Candy Man and Earth, Topics for detailed study

41 Shakesperaean adaptations: Kurosawa’s adaptations of Macbeth and King Lear( The Throne of Blood and Ran); Shakesperean interpretations in Bollywood- Vishal Bharadwaj’sOmkara, Maqbool andHaider etc. Reference Books Recommended for Further Reading: Mast, Gerald & Bruce F Kawin,A Short History of the Movies, Longman R. Vasudevan. Making Meaning in Indian Cinema Stam, Robert “Introduction: The Theory and Practice of Adaptation” in Literature &Film eds Robert S. Ray. Our Films their Films ____, What Ails Indian Filmmaking Shubha Mishra, UrmilaDabir (eds.) Word and Image: Articulation on Literature and Films (Nagpur: Dattsons)

4T4(A) Foundation: Communicative English-II

Communications Skills- II

Unit I : Reading and Comprehension

a) How to improve reading skills; pronunciation; intonation; punctuation.

b) Syllables and Phonetic Transcription

c) Reading and comprehending: skimming the text, identifying unknown words and

phrases; vocabulary.

d) Note making and identifying the key concepts in a passage.

Unit II: Technical/Business Writing:

a) Minutes writing

b) Report writing

c) The key concepts of technical writing

d) Jargon, technical and official language.

Unit III: Group Discussion:

a) Purpose of Group Discussion

b) Types of Group discussion

c) Brainstorming and preparation

d) Time Management, participation and moderation.

Unit IV: Interview Techniques:

a) Preparation, knowledge of job profile

b) Emotional attitudes, commitment, positive approach

c) Body language

d) Expectations and negotiations

42

4T4 (B) Core: History of English Literature – II

Unit I – Romantic Revival, The age of Romanticism

Revival of Romance, Thomas Gray, William Blake, Robert Burks, Charles Comb, Thomas De quince, The

Development of Journalism, The Edinburg Review, The Quarterly, Blackwood’s Magazine.

Unit II: Victorian Age

The Minor Victorian Poets, Hartley Coleridge, Thomas Hood, Philip James Bailey, Charles Tennyson

Turner, Fredrick Tennyson, Pre-Raphaelite poetry, Oxford Movement.

Unit III: Modernism

The Aesthetic Movement, Imagism, The Apocalyptic Movement, Modernism and gender, Modernism

and films.

Unit IV: Post Modernism

The movement poets, Expressionism, Surrealism, Futurism, Dadaism, Postmodernism and Films,

Science, Technology and Post Modernism.

Reference Books:

Arthur Compton-Rickett: A History of English Literature, Universal Book Stall, New Delhi. John Drinkwater: The Outline of English Literature, Volumes I and II. George Sampson: The Concise Cambridge History of English Literature

43 W.H. Hudson: An Outline of English Literature. David Daiches: A Critical History of English Literature, Volumes I and II. Michael Levenson (Ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Modernism. Steven Connor (Ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Postmodernism.

4T4 (C) Core: English Language Teaching – II

UNIT –I:

Background Topics:Difference between written and spoken English, Guided versus free composition,

Issues in teaching English pronunciation, Accuracy and fluency, Skimming and scanning

Topics of detailed discussion:

Teaching of listening – teaching of speaking – teaching of reading – teaching of writing

UNIT- II:

Background Topics:Lewis‟s lexical approach, Advantages and limitations of teaching grammar

formally, User‟s, teacher‟s and linguist‟s grammar, Role of dictionaries in learning a language, Note

taking and note making


Teaching of grammar – teaching of vocabulary – teaching of study skills

UNIT- III:

Background Topics:Aims of teaching literature in English classrooms, Role of culture in studying

literature, Difference between teaching language and teaching literature, Problems of teaching English

literature in Indian classrooms, Testing literary skills


Teaching of prose – teaching of poetry – teaching of drama

UNIT- IV:

Background Topics:Role of the internet in language teaching, Virtual classrooms and virtual learning,

Advantages and limitations of computers in language teaching, Use of multimedia in teaching English,

Challenges in using technology in Indian classrooms

44 Topics of detailed discussion :

Lesson planning – traditional teaching aids and tools (blackboard, charts, models, overhead projectors, )–

modern teaching aids and tools (computers, language labs, interactive electronic boards, etc) –role of ICT

in language learning and teaching.

Recommended Reading: Diane Larsen-Freeman: Techniques and Principles in Language Teaching, Oxford University Press (2004) Jack Richards and Theodore Rodgers: Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching, (2002) Joanne Collie and Stephen Slater: Literature in the Language Classroom, CUP (2009) Penny Ur: A Course in Language Teaching: Practice and Theory, CUP (1991) R. S. Gupta and K. Kapoor: English in India: Issues and Problems, Academic Foundation Delhi (1991)

4T4 (D) Core: Research Methodology

UNIT : I

Topics for Background :Qualitative Research, Quantitative Research, Empirical Research, Applied

Research, Basic Research

Topic for Detail Study:

Formulation of Research Problem

Plan of Research

UNIT: II

Topics for Background :Hypothesis, Thesis Statement, Argument, Data Analysis, Note Taking

Topic for detail Study

Requirement of Research Paper

Format and components of Research Proposal (Synopsis)

Format and components of Dissertation/ Thesis

Unit: III

Background Topic: Literature and Universe, Literature and Artist/Author, Literature and Reader,

Literature as Autonomous, Postmodern theories

Topic for detail study:

Major Theoretical Approaches ( Postcolonial, Psychoanalytical, Feminism, Marxist Criticism,

Ecocriticism .)

Tools of Research

Unit: IV

Background Topic: Notes, Works Cited , References, Plagiarism, Documentation

45 Topic for Detailed Study:

MLA Style Sheet (Latest Edition)

Bibliography

Books Recommended:

1)JosephGibaldi, MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers ( Fourth Edition) New York: PMLA 2)Chaunccy Sanden, An Introduction to Research in English (Ny: The Macmillan Co.) 3) JB Paranjape, The Scholar-Apprentice: An Introduction toliterature Studies and Research (Nagpur: 1991) 4) MLA Style Sheet, Hyderabad: American Studies Research Centre 5)MadhumaltiAdhikari, A Students Handbook for Writing Research, Term Papers (Jabalpur: AA Publishers, 2004.

Syllabus, M.A. (Geography), R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur

RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ

NAGPUR UNIVERSITY

NAGPUR

SYLLABUS

Master of Arts (Choice Based Credit System)

Faculty of Social ScienceSubject- Geography

(Post Graduate)

Appendix-I

Scheme of teaching and examination under semester pattern Choice

Based Credit System (CBCS) for M.A. in Geography.

Semester-I for M.A. in Geography

Code .

Th

eory

/ P

ract

ical

Teaching scheme

(Hours / Week )

Cre

dit

s

Examination Scheme

Th

Pra

ct

To

tal

Max.Marks

To

tal

Mar

ks

Minimum

Passing

Marks

Ex

tern

al

Mar

ks

Inte

rnal

Ass

Th

Pra

ct

1.T-1 History Of

Geographical Thoughts

(Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

1.T-2 Oceanography (Core) 4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40 1.T-3 Geomorphology (Core) 4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40 1.T-4 Biogeography (Core) 4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40 1.P-1 Practical-I (Core) - 8 8 4 80 20 100 - 40 1.P-2 Practical-II (Core) - 8 8 4 80 20 100 40 Seminar Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10

TOTAL 18 16 34 25 480 145 625 170 80

Semester-II for M.A. in Geography

Code

Th

eory

/ P

ract

ical

Teaching scheme

(Hours / Week )

Cre

dit

s

Examination Scheme

Th

Pra

ct

To

tal

Max.Marks

To

tal

Mar

ks

Minimum

Passing

Marks

Ex

tern

al

Mar

ks

Inte

rnal

Ass

Th

Pra

ct

2.T-1 Research Methodology

(Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

2.T-2 Environmental

Geography (Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

2.T-3 Climatology (Core) 4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40 2.T-4 Geography Of India

(Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

2.P-1 Practical-III (Core) - 8 8 4 80 20 100 - 40 2.P-2 Practical-IV (Core) - 8 8 4 80 20 100 40 Seminar Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10

TOTAL 18 16 34 25 480 145 625 170 80

Semester-III for M.A. in Geography

Code

Th

eory

/ P

ract

ical

Teaching

scheme (Hours /

Week )

Cre

dit

s

Examination Scheme

Th

Pra

ct

To

tal

Max.Marks

To

tal

Mar

ks

Minimum

Passing

Marks

Ex

tern

al

Mar

ks

Inte

rnal

Ass

Th

Pra

ct

3.T-1 Economic

Geography(Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

3.T-2 Geography Of Rural

Settlement(Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

3.T-3 Natural Disaster

Management (Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

3.T-4 Urban Geography OR

Agricultural Geography

( (Elective)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

3.P-1 Practical-V (Core) - 8 8 4 80 20 100 - 40 3.P-2 Practical-VI (Core) - 8 8 4 80 20 100 40 Seminar Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10

TOTAL 18 16 34 25 480 145 625 170 80

Semester-IV for M.A. in Geography

Code

Theo

ry /

Pra

ctic

al

Teaching scheme

(Hours / Week )

Cre

dit

s

Examination Scheme

Th

Pra

ct

Tota

l

Max.Marks

Tota

l M

arks

Minimum

Passing

Marks

Exte

rnal

Mar

ks

Inte

rnal

Ass

Th

Pra

ct

4.T-1 Population Geography

(Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

4.T-2 Geography Of

Tourism(Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

4.T-3 Regional Planning &

Development (Core)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

4.T-4 Social Geography OR

Geography Of Water

Resources (Elective)

4 - 4 4 80 20 100 40

4.P-1 Practical-VII (Core) - 8 8 4 80 20 100 - 40 4.P-2 Practical-VIII(Core) - 8 8 4 80 20 100 40 Seminar Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10

TOTAL 18 16 34 25 480 145 625 170 80


Pattern of Question Paper

Examination P.G.Level Geography

M.A.(Part-I)- Semester-I & II

M.A.(Part-II)- Semester-III & IV

Time – Three Hours Full Marks-80

Instructions- 1) All Questions are compulsory.

2) All Question carry equal marks.

Que.No.1. Long answers question with Internal Choice from any Unit for16 Marks of equal marking

Que.No.2. Long answers question with Internal Choice from any Unit for16 Marks of equal marking

Que.No.3. Two Short answers question with Internal Choice from any Unit for 8X2=16 Marks

of equal marking.

Que.No.4. Two Short answers question with Internal Choice from any Unit of 8X2=16 Marks.

of equal marking.

Que.No.5. Four very short answer question without internal choice 4 X 4 =16 Marks.

Note: 1) One question from each unit.

2) Question No.5 should be asked from all 4 units.

1


Semester-IPaper-I (1.T-1)

Total Marks-100Semester Examination – 80 Marks 4 CreditsInternal Assessment- 20 Marks Time: 3 hours

History of Geographical Thoughts (Core)Unit-I

The field of geography, its place in the classifications of sciences, geography as a social scienceand natural science. Selected concepts in Philosophy of geography, distributions, relationships,interaction, areal differentiation and spatial organization.

Unit-II

Contributions of different scholars during ancient medieval and modern period. Geography in the20th century: Status of Indian Geography, future of Geography, relating to the development ofgeographic thought with special reference to changing views on man-environment relationship.

Unit-III

Dualism in geography, systematic and regional geography, physical and human geography, themyth and reality about dualism, Regional geography, concept of region and regionalization andthe regional method.

Unit-IV

Scientific explanations: routes to the scientific explanation (Inductive/ Deductive) types ofexplanation cognitive description, cause and effect, temporal, functional, ecological system,laws, theories and models, the quantitative revolution.

2


Suggested Reading:1. Albert, Ronald, Adams, John S. Gould, Peter (1971) Spatial Organization, the

geographers view of the worlds, Prentice Hall. N. J.2. Ali, S.M. (1966): The geography of Purana's, People Publishing House.3. Amedeo, Douglas (1971): An Introduction of Scientific Reasoning in Geography, John

Wiley U.S.A.4. Cole, J.P. And King, C.A.M. (1968): Quantitative Geography, John Wiley and sons,

London5. Dikshit, R.D. (ed) (1994): The Arts and Science of Geography- Integrated readings,

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi6. Hartshorne, R (1959): Perspectives on Nature of Geography, Rand McNally and Co.7. Husain, M. (1984): Evolution of Geographical Thought, Rawat Publication Jaipur8. Kothari, C.R. (1993): Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques Wiley Eastern

Ltd. New Delhi.9. Mahmood Aslam (1977): Statistical methods in geographical studies, Rajesh Publication

New Delhi.10. Taylor, Peter (1977) Quantitative Methods in Geography, Houghton and Maffin Co.

Boston.11. Yeats, M. (1974): An introduction to quantitative Analysis in Human Geography,

Mcgraw Hill Book CO. New York.12. Minshull R. (1970): The changing nature of geography, Hutchinson University Library

London.13. dkSf'kd ,l-Mh-% HkkSxksfyd fopkj/kkjk,sa ,ao fo/kh ra=14. flax mtkxj% HkkSxksfyd fparu dk bfrgkl15. f=ikBh Ogh-]fojys vkj-% HkkSxksfyd fparu dk fodkl ,ao fo/kh ra= 16. fJokLro Ogh-ds-% HkkSxksfyd fparu ds vk/kkj

3


Semester IPaper II (1.T-2)

Marks 100Semester Examination =80 Marks 4 CreditsInternal Assessment =20Marks Time: 3 hours

OCEANOGRAPHY (Core)

Unit I

Nature and Scope of Oceanography, History of Oceanography, Distribution of land and water,major features of ocean basins, Continental margin and deep ocean basins

Unit II

Physical and comical properties of sea water: distribution of temperature and salinity of oceansand seas. Surface currents- currents of the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Ocean, thermohaline,waves and tides

Unit III

Major marine environments – coastal, estuaries, delta's, barrier island, rocky coasts- open reefs,continental shelf, continental slope and deep, pelagic environment and floor of the ocean basis,.

Unit IV

Applied Oceanography – impact of human on the marine environment law of the sea, exclusiveeconomic zone, food and mineral resources of the sea, marine deposits and formation of coralreefs, oceans and world geo-politics.

4


Suggested Readings

1. David Richard, J. A. : Oceanography – And Introduction to the Marine Environment Wm. C.Brown Lowa, 1986.

2. Garrison T.: Oceanography – And Introdiuction to Marine Science, Books/Cole, PacificGrove, USA, 2001.

3. King, C. A. M.: Oceanography for Geographers, 1962.

4. Savindra Singh: Oceanography

5. Lal: Oceanography

6. Mk- xkSre vydk] tyok;q foKku vkSj lkxj foKku

7. ikapky ds-ds-% leqnz foKku

8. xxZ ,p-,l-% leqnz foKku ds vk/kkj

5


Semester IPaper III (1.T-3)


GEOMORPHOLOGY (Core)

Unit I

Nature and Scope of Geomorphology, Geological structures and land forms, uniformitarianism,multi cyclic and polygenetic evolution of land scapes, environmental change – climatic changeand geochronological methods – documentary evidence, artifacts, major horizons,dendochronology, pollen, thermoluminescence.

Unit II

Earth movements– epeirogenic, orogenic, and cymatogenic, earth movements. Forces of CrustalInstability, Isostacy, plate tectonics, seismicity, vulcanicity, orogenic, structures with reference tothe evolution of Himalaya.

Unit III

Exogenic Processes: concept of gradation, agents and processes of gradation, causes, types andclassification of weathering, mass movement erosional and depositional processes and resultantland forms, slope evolution – down wearing, parallel retreat, replacement models.

Unit IV

Geomorphic Processes: dynamics of fluvial, glacial, Aeolian, marine karst processes andresulting land forms complexities in geomorphic processes, Application of geomorphic mappingterrain evaluation, land capability of land suitability classification, urban geomorphology,environmental geomorphology, geomorphic hazards,

6


Suggested reading

1. Chorley, R. G.: Spatial Analysis in Geomorphology, Methuen, London, 1972.

2. Cooke, R. U. and Doornkamp, J. C.: Geomorphology in Environmental Management – AIntroduction, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1974.

3. Dr. Kale, V. S. and Gupta Abhijit : Introduction to Geomorphology.

4. Sharma H. S. (Ed.): Perspective in Geomorphology, Concept, New Delhi, 1980.

5. Singh Savindra: Geomorphology, Prayag Publication, Allahabad, 1998.

6. flax lfoanz] Hkw vkd`rh foKku iz;kx izdk”ku] vykgkckn-

7. tkV% Hkw vkd`rh foKku

8. iqjk.khd e-xks-% Hkw`#i'kkL=kph vksG[k

7


Semester IPaper IV (1.T-4)


BIOGEOGRAPHY (Core)

Unit-I Biogeography – Development and scope; Biosphere - definition, nature and composition; Environment, Habitat and Plant-animal association.

Unit-II Biogeochemical cycles- the hydrological cycle, the carbon cycle, the oxygen cycle, the nitrogen cycle, the phosphorous cycle and the sediment cycle. Elements of plant geography, distribution of forests and major communities; Plant successions innewly formed landforms; Examples from flood plains and glacialfore fields; National Forest Policy of India; Conservation of Biotic Resources.

Unit-III Ecosystem - Meaning, types, components and functioning of ecosystem; Evolution of living organism and factors influencing their distribution on the earth; Biomes- Meaning and types.

Unit-IV Bio-geographical realms: Zoogeography and Zoogeographical realms; Zoogeography and its Environmental Relationship; Palaeobotanical and Palaeo climatological records of environmentalchange in India.

8


Recommended Readings: 1. Agarwal, D.P. (1992), Man and Environment in India Through Ages, Book & Books. 2. Bradshaw, M.J. (1979), Earth and Living Planet, ELBS, London. 3. Cox. C.D. and Moore, P.D. (1993), Biogeography: An Ecological and Evolutionary Approach (Fifth Edition), Blackwell. 4. Gaur, R. (1987), Environment and Ecology of Early Man in Northern India, R.B. Publication Corporation, New Delhi. 5. Hoyt, J.B. (1992), Man and the Earth, Prentice Hall, U.S.A. 6. Huggett, R.J. (1998), Fundamentals of Biogeography, Routledge, U.S.A. 7. Illics, J. (1974), Introduction to Zoogeography, Mcmillian, London. 8. Khoshoo, T.N. and Sharma, M. (eds.) (1991), Indian Geosphere-Biosphere, Har-Anand Publication, Delhi. 9. Lapedes, D.N. (ed.) (1974), Encyclopedia of Environmental Science, McGraw Hill. 10. Mathur, H.S. (1998), Essentials of Biogeography, Anuj Printers, Jaipur. 11. Pears, N. (1985), Basic Biogeography. 2nd ed. Longman, London. 12. Simmon. I.G.(1974), Biogeography, Natural and Cultural, Longman, London. 13. Tivy, J. (1992), Biogeography: A Study of Plants in Ecosphere, 3rd Edition. Oliver and Boyd, U.S.A.

9


Semester-IPAPER-V (1.P-1)

Semester Practical Examination Marks: 80 Time- 4 hoursInternal Assessment Marks: 20

PRACTICAL-I (Core)

1. Morphometric measurement (A) Graphical methods. (10 Marks)i) Serial Profileii) Superimposed Profileiii) Projected Profileiv) Composite Profilev) Longitudinal Profilevi) Transverse Profile(B) Slope analysis by using the following methods. (15 Marks)i) Went worth's methodii) Raisz and Henry's method.iii) G. H. Smiths method(C) Drawing and interpretation of following graphs. (10 Marks)i) Hypsographic curve.ii) Clonographic curveiii) Altimetric Frequency graphiv)Area Height Diagram(D) Drainage basin analysis (15 Marks)

1. Determination of stream order2. Stream length and determination of basin area3. Drainage density ant texture of topography4. Slope gradient of drainage basin

(E) Preparation of block diagram from the following relief features. (10 marks)I) Mountainii) River Course(F) Viva (10 Marks)(G) Practical Record (10 Marks)

Internal Assessment:

Test Exam (20 Marks)

Note- The batch of Practical Class should not be exceeding 10 (Ten) Students.

10


Semester-IPAPER-VI (1.P-2)


PRACTICAL-II (Core)

1. Basics of computer system: Application in geographical studiesTheoretical aspect of computer system (15 marks)Preparation of thematic map by computer (10 marks)

2. Study of topographical maps (20 marks)a. Interpretation of Topographical maps -Aspects of Physical and Human Environment

(Note: Teachers should select Topographical maps from plains, plateaus, mountains and coastal regions of India)

3. Measurement of area by graphical and instrumental methods. (10 marks)4. Viva-voce (15 marks)5. Practical Record (10 marks)

Internal Assessment:

Test Exam (20 Marks)


CERTIFICATEName of the College -__________________________________________________________

This is to certify that this practical record is the Bonafide Work of Shri./ Smt./ Ku. ________________________________________________ Class ___________________

During the academic year ___________________________, He/She attended/ notattended the field work/ study tour prescribed by Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj NagpurUniversity Nagpur.

Signature of the teacher who taught the examinee1) __________________________________2) __________________________________3) __________________________________ Head of the Department

(Seal or stamp)Date:Note: In the absence of above certificate, Candidate will not be allowed to appear in the Practicalexamination.

11


Suggested Reading1. Aroff S. (1989): Geographic information system: Management Perspective, DDI

Publication Ottawa.2. Burrough P.A. (1986): Principles of Geographic Information system for Land Resource

Management, Oxford University, Press, New York3. Barrett E.C. And L.F. Curtis (1992): Fundamentals of Remote Sensing and Air photo

Interpretation, McMillan New York4. Campbell J (1989): Introduction to Remote Sensing Guilford, New York5. Clendinning J (1985): Principal and use of Surveying Instruments 2nd edition Block-A6. Curran (1985): Principals of Remote Sensing Long-man, London7. Fraser Taylor D.R. (1991): Geographic in Information system Pergamum Press Oxford

19918. Hord.R.M. (1989): Digital Image processing of remotely sensed data Academic New

York9. Hotine, Major M. (1935): The re-triangulation of Great Britain Empire Survey Review10. Luder D. (1955): Aerial Photography Interpretation: Principals and Application Mcgraw

Hill , New York11. Mark S. Monmoni er (1982): Computer assisted geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood

Cliff, New Jersey12. Macquire D.G.M.F. Good child and D.W. Rhind (eds)(1991): Geographic information

system: Principals and Application Taylor & Francis Washington.13. Mishra R.P. And Ramesh A (1986): Fundamentals of Cartography.14. McMillan Co. New Delhi.15. Pal. S.K. (1968): Statistic for Geo scientist- Techniques and Application, Concept, New

Delhi.16. Peuquet D Jand D.F. Marble (1990): Introductory teaching in Geographic Information

System Taylor & Francis Washington17. Pratt W.K. (1978): Digital Image Processing , Wiley New York18. Rao D.P. (ed)(1998): Remote Sensing for Earth Resources, Association of Exploration

Geophysicist.19. Star J and J Estes (1994): Geomorphic Information System: An introduction Prentice Hall

Englewood Cliff, New Jers Thomas M. Lilles and Ralph W Kefer (1994): RemoteSensing and Image Interpretation John Wiley & son , New York.

12


Semester IIPaper I (2.T-1)

Marks 100Semester Examination = 80 Marks Internal Assessment =20Marks Time: 3 hours

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (Core)

Unit I

Research meaning, types, classification and significance, significance of library in research:literature survey – review of literature, research design – need, process, features, types,formulation of research problem, hypothesis – formulation, need, process, features, types, testingof hypothesis, research plan.

Unit II

Methods of Data Collection – Characteristics of geographical data – measurement of data: scalesused, primary and secondary data – sources of data: traditional and modern – data compilation.Primary data collection: census and sampling method – types of sampling – spatial adaptation ofsampling techniques – points, lines and area sampling, data collection through field work andquestionnaires.

Unit III

Data Processing and Analysis: Classification and Tabulation –through traditional and moderntechniques, cartographic representation of data, descriptive and inferential statistics – functionaland spatial interpretation of the results, the computer its role in research process.

Unit IV

Preparation of Project Report: Significance, layout of the writing a research report - introductionto the problem- objectives and hypothesis, research plan, result of analysis – summary of findingin the light of the hypothesis, conclusions, writing of references, bibliography - traditional andmodern, awareness of plagiarism.

13


Suggested reading

1. Kothari, C. R., Research Methodology, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2009.

2. Bhandarkar, Research Methodology in Social Sciences,

3. Mishra H.N., Singh B.P., Research Methodology in Geography, Rawat Publication Jaipur,

4. Montello, D. and Sutton, P. An Introduction to scientific research method in geography andenvironmental studies, Sage Publication, 2008.

5. King, L. T., Statistical Analysis in gerography, Englewood clifts province- hall

6. dkysZdj] Jhdkar] dkGs eksgu] Hkwxksy'kkL=krhy la”kks/ku in~/krh] Mk;eaM izdk'ku] iq.ks] 2007-

7. ;kno fgjkyky] “kks/k izfo/kh ,oa ek++=kRed Hkwxksy] jk/kk izdk'ku uÃ fnYyh] 2003-

14


Semester IIPaper II (2.T-2)


Environmental Geography (Core)Unit-I

Geography as a study of Environment, concepts and components of environment, Developmentof environmental studies. Approaches to environmental studies, concepts of ecology andecosystem. Man-environment relationship, Environmental movements- Chipko Andolan,Narmada dam Andolan, Si Lent Valley Movement.

Unit-II

The problems of causes of environmental degradation, deforestation and man animal conflicts inIndia, Soil Erosion, Soil Exhaustion, Desertification, air pollution, water pollution., Water bornediseases and diseases due to air pollution, impact of pesticides and fertilizers, impact of illegalsand mining and coal mining. Disposal of solid waste in urban areas.

Unit-III

Environmental Management: Environmental education, preservation of ecological balance atlocal regional and National level , Major environmental policies and programme. Sample studies:Ganga Action Plan, Tiger Projects in Maharashtra, Drinking water in Rural Areas, Environmentlaws.

Unit-IV

Emerging Environmental issues: Population explosion, food security, global warming,conservation of Biodiversity act 2002., Sustainable development, Impact of irrigation project onenvironment, project impact assessment Impact of irrigation project on displacement of people,problem of rehabilitation of people, Environmental impact assessment notification 1994.Suggested reading:1. Singh savindra: Environment Geography, Prayag Parakashan2. Lal: Environment Geography3. xqIrk vkj-% i;kZoj.k foKku

4. pkS/kjh ch-,y-% i;kZoj.k foKku

5. frokjh fot; dqekj% i;kZoj.k foKku

6. frokjh ds-,y-] tk/ko ,l-ds-% i;kZoj.k foKku

7.

15


Semester IIPaper III (2.T-3)


CLIMATOLOGY (Core)

Unit I

Nature and Scope of climatology and its relationship with meteorology, composition, mass andstructure of atmosphere. Insolation: heat balance of the earth, greenhouse effect, vertical andhorizontal distribution of temperature. Atmospheric pressure and winds, jet stream. Atmosphericmoisture: humidity, evaporation, condensation, precipitation: formation, types, word pattern ofrainfall.

Unit II

Concept of air masses and atmospheric disturbances, ocean atmospheric interaction-EL Nino,southern oscillation (ENSO), and La Nino monsoon winds, norwesters, cyclones - Tropical andtemperate, climate of India and its control.

Unit III

Climatic Classification: Koppen’s Thornwaite”s and genetics. Major climates of the world –tropical, temperate, polar desert and mountain climate.

Unit IV

Climatic Changes: evidences, possible causes, theories of climatic change, global warming,environmental impacts and society responses. Applied Climatology: impact of climate onagricultural activities-, soil, crop distribution, crop yield, irrigation scheduling, drought, flood,agro-climatic regions of India, house type, health.

Suggested Reading1. Barry, R. G. and R. J. Chorley, Atmosphere, Weather and Climate, Methuaan & col.2. Critchfield H. J., General Climatology.3. Trewartha, G. T., An Introduction to Climate.4. Subrahmanyan, V. P. General Climatelogy Vo. 3 & 4 Heritage Publication New Delhi.5. Savindra Singh, Climatology6. Lal, Climatology7. yky Mh-,l-% tyok;q foKku

8. xkSre vydk% tyok;q foKku

16


Semester IIPaper IV (2.T-4)


GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA (Core)

Unit-1

Physical Setting: Space relationship of India with neighboring countries; Structure and relief; Drainage system and watersheds; Physiographic regions; Mechanism of Indian monsoons and rainfall patterns, Tropical cyclones and western disturbances; Floods and droughts; Climatic regions; Natural vegetation; Soil types and their distributions.

Unit-II Resources: Land, surface and groundwater, energy, minerals, biotic and marine resources; Forestand wild life resources and their conservation. Agriculture: Green revolution and its socio-economic and ecological implications; Agro and social-forestry; Dry farming and its significance; Livestock resources and white revolution; aqua - culture; sericulture, apiculture and poultry; Agricultural regionalization; agro-climatic zones; agro- ecological regions.

Unit-III Industry: Locational factors of cotton, jute, textile, iron and steel, aluminium, fertilizer, paper, chemical and pharmaceutical, automobile, cottage and agro-based industries; Industrial regionalization; New industrial policies; Special Economic Zones; Tourism including eco-tourism. Transport, Communication and Trade: Road, railway, waterway, airway and pipeline networks and their complementary roles in regional development; Growing importance of ports on national and foreign trade; Developments in communication and information technology and their impacts on economy and society; Indian space programmes.

Unit-IV Demographic Scenario: Growth, distribution and density of population; Demographic attributes: sex-ratio, age structure, literacy rate, work-force, dependency ratio, longevity; migration (inter-regional, intra-regional and international) and associated problems; Demographic dividend: Recent trends in demographic transition; Population problems and policies. Contemporary Issues: Ecological issues: environmental hazards: landslides, earthquakes, tsunamis, floods and droughts, epidemics; Issues relating to environmental pollution; Principles of environmental impact assessment and environmental management; Population explosion and food security; Environmental degradation; Deforestation, Desertification and Soil erosion;

17


Regional disparities in economic development; Concept of sustainable growth and development; Environmental awareness; Linkage of rivers; Globalization and Indian economy.

Recommended Books: 1. Centre for Science & Environment (1988), State of India’s, Environment, New Delhi.2. Deshpande, C.D. (1992), India: A Regional Interpretation, ICSSR & Northern Book Centre. 3. Dreze, Jean & Amartya Sen (ed.) (1996), India’s Economic Development and Social Opportunity, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. 4. Gautam, Alka (2009), Advanced Geography of India, Second Edition, Sharda Pustak Bhawan,Allahabad. 5. Husain, Majid (2008), Geography of India, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi. 6. Khullar, D.R. (2006), India: A Comprehensive Geography, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi. 7. Kundu A. and Raza, Moonis (1982), Indian Economy: The Regional Dimension. Spectrum Publishers, New Delhi. 8. Robinson, Francis (1989), The Cambridge Encyclopedia of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan & Maldives, Cambridge University Press, London. 9. Singh R.L. (ed.) (1971), India-A Regional Geography, National Geographical Society, India, Varanasi. 10. Spate, OHK & Learmonth, ATA (1967), India & Pakistan, Methuen, London. 11. Tirtha R. & Krishan, Gopal (1996), Emerging India, Reprinted by Rawat Publications, Jaipur. 12. Tiwari, R.C. (2010), Geography of India, Sixth Edition, Prayag Pustak Bhawan,

18


Semester-II

PAPER-V (2.P-1)Semester Practical Examination Marks: 80 Time- 4 hoursInternal Assessment Marks: 20

PRACTICAL-III (Core)

1. Preparation and interpretation of the following maps and diagrams (4 Periods)Group A (20 marks)

i. Equivariableii. Equipluvesiii. Frequency graphiv. Rainfall dispersion diagramv. Running meanvi. Wind rose and compound wind rose

Group B (20 Marks)i. Water budget graphii. Climatographiii. Hythergraphiv. Taylor's Climographv. Compound Columnar digramvi. Index of aridity and index of moisture

2. Study of Indian daily weather map and weather analysis (20 Marks- 2 Periods)Study and interpretation of at least four maps of India pertaining to-(a) S.W.Monsoon Season(b) Summer season(c) Transition Period

(d) Cyclonic

3. Viva (10 marks)

4. Practical record (10 marks)

Internal Assessment Marks:Test Examination (20 Marks)


19


Semester-II

PAPER-VI (2.P-2)Semester Practical Examination Marks: 80 Time- 4 hoursInternal Assessment Marks: 20

PRACTICAL-IV (Core)

2. Advanced techniques of spatial analysis: (2 periods)(a) Remote sensing (20 marks)

Definition of remote sensing. Remote sensing platforms and scanners. Electromagnetic radiation andphysics of remote sensing. Arial remote sensing data products- Arial photographs, types, scales,displacement, parallax, aerial mosaics, radial line methods (graphical) (exercise) air photo interpretation,instruments used, elements of photo interpreted exercises.

(b) Geographical information system (20 marks)

Introduction to GIS. Fundamental of GIS- Spatial concepts and spatial relationships. Data models andstructure raster and vector. Integration procedure for spatial and non-spatial data. Scanning anddigitization exercise. Editing and topology creation. Entering non-spatial data. Thematic mapping

3. Excursion: (15 Marks- 2 Periods)Visit to any plain, Plateau, hilly, desert and coastal area. (A) Collection of data through interview techniques, Processing of raw data and tabulation of data for anyresearch problem.(B) Writing of report of the selected research problem on basis of research methodology by incorporatingresearch design.

5. Viva-voce (15 Marks)6. Practical Record. (10 Marks)



20


CERTIFICATEName of the College -___________________________________________________________

This is to certify that this practical record is the Bonafide Work of Shri./ Smt./ Ku. ________________________________________________ Class ___________________

During the academic year ___________________________, He/She attended/ notattended the field work/ study tour prescribed by Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj NagpurUniversity Nagpur.

Signature of the teacher who taught the examinee1) __________________________________2) __________________________________3) __________________________________ Head of the Department

(Seal or stamp)Date:Note: In the absence of above certificate, Candidate will not be allowed to appear in the Practicalexamination.

Suggested Reading1. Aronoff S. (1989): Geographic information system: Management Perspective, DDI

Publication Ottawa.2. Burrough P.A. (1986): Principles of Geographic Information system for Land Resource

Management, Oxford University, Press, New York3. Barrett E.C. And L.F. Curtis (1992): Fundamentals of Remote Sensing and Air photo

Interpretation, McMillan New York4. Campbell J (1989): Introduction to Remote Sensing Guilford, New York5. Clendinning J (1985): Principal and use of Surveying Instruments 2nd edition Block-A6. Curran (1985): Principals of Remote Sensing Long-man, London7. Fraser Taylor D.R. (1991): Geographic in Information system Pergamum Press Oxford 19918. Hord.R.M. (1989): Digital Image processing of remotely sensed data Academic New York9. Hotine, Major M. (1935): The re-triangulation of Great Britain Empire Survey Review10. Luder D. (1955): Aerial Photography Interpretation: Principals and Application Mcgraw

Hill , New York11. Mark S. Monmoni er (1982): Computer assisted geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliff,

New Jersey12. Macquire D.G.M.F. Good child and D.W. Rhind (eds)(1991): Geographic information

system: Principals and Application Taylor & Francis Washington.13. Mishra R.P. And Ramesh A (1986): Fundamentals of Cartography.14. McMillan Co. New Delhi.

21


15. Mitra R.P. And Ramesh: Fundamentals of Geography revised Edition, Concept PublicationNew Delhi

16. Monkhouse F.J. (1971) Maps and Diagram Methuen17. Negi, balbir singh (1995): Practical Geography third revised edition Kedarnath and Ramnath

Meerut & Delhi

18. Pal. S.K. (1968): Statistic for Geo scientist- Techniques and Application, Concept, NewDelhi.

19. Peuquet D Jand D.F. Marble (1990): Introductory teaching in Geographic InformationSystem Taylor & Francis Washington

20. Pratt W.K. (1978): Digital Image Processing , Wiley New York21. Rao D.P. (ed)(1998): Remote Sensing for Earth Resources, Association of Exploration

Geophysicist.Hyderabad22. Robinson, A.H.et al (1995) : Element of Cartography, John Wiley & Sons USA23. Sandover J.A. (1961) : Plane Surveying Arnold24. Sarkar A.K. (1977): Practical Geography: A systematic Approach Oriental Longman

Calcutta25. Singh R.L. And Dutt P.K. (1968): Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friencds,

Allahabad26. Star J and J Estes (1994): Geomorphic Information System: An introduction Prentice Hall

Englewood Cliff, New Jers 27. Singh and Kanojiya (1972): Map work and practical Geography central Book Dept,

Allahabad28. Thomas M. Lilles and Ralph W Kefer (1994): Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation John

Wiley & son , New York.

22


Semester IIIPaper I (3.T-1)


ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY(Core)

Unit I

Scope, Content and recent trends in economic geography, relation of economic geography witheconomics. Classification of economies: sector of economy (Primary, Secondary and Tertiary).Factors of location of economic activities: physical social economic and cultural.

Unit II

Classification of industries: resource based and foot loose industries. Theories of industriallocation – weber, losch and Isard. Case studies of selected industries – iron and steel, oil refineryand petrochemical, engineering, textile.

Unit III

Modes of transportation and transport cost: their significance and characteristics, accessibilityand connectivity: international, inter and intra regional: comparative cost advantages, transportnetwork. Pattern of movement: the type, patterns of movement & transport modes, Simple modelof interaction transportation network: the function, movement geometry.

Unit IV

Transport policy and planning, transport development in developing countries, urbantransportation: growth and problems of urban transportation, transport and environmentaldegradation, vehicular pollution and congestion, alternatives to transport system in mega cities ofIndia, national highway development and planning in India.

23


Suggested reading

1. Alxander, Economic Geography,

2. Hurst M. E. (Ed.), Transportation Geography, Mc Graw Hill, 1974.

3. Mamoria C. B. , Economic Geography,

4. Rostov, W. W., The Stages of Economic Growth, CPU, London, 1960.

5. Sharma and Countino, Economic Geography,

6. caly jktho% vkfFkZd Hkwxksy

7. ;kno mes'k% vkfFkZd Hkwxksy

8. fllksfn;k ,e-,l-% vkfFkZd Hkwxksy

24


Semester IIIPaper II (3.T-2)

Marks 100Semester Examination =80 Marks Internal Assessment =20Marks Time: 3 hours

GEOGRAPHY OF RURAL SETTELMENT(Core)

Unit I

Nature scope significance and development of settlement geography. Approaches to ruralsettlement geography, histo-genesis of rural settlement: Spatio-temporal dimension and sequentoccupance. Distribution of rural settlement: size and spacing of rural settlement.

Unit II

Types, forms and pattern of rural settlements: cause and effect, functional classification of ruralsettlements, rural service centre: their nature hierarchy and functions, rural urban fringe –structure, characteristic and functions.

Unit III

Social issues in rural settlements: poverty, housing and shelter, deprivation and inequality,empowerment of woman, Health care, rural urban interaction. Environmental issues in ruralsettlements: access to environmental infrastructure – water supply, sanitation, drainage,occupational health hazards.

Unit IV

Cultural landscape elements in rural settlements in different geographical environment withspecial reference to India: house types and field patterns Origin, evolution, size, socio-spatialstructure of Indian villages. Rural development planning in India, Integrated rural development.

25


Suggested Reading

1. Sing, R. Y., Geography of Settlements, Rawat Publications, New Delhi, 1994.

2. Mandal, R. B., System of Rural Settlement in Developing countries, Concept Publication,New Delhi.

3. Panda, P. C., Geomorphology and Rural Settlement in India, Chugha Publication, 1990.

4. Desai, Anjana, Spatial Aspect of Settlement Pattern: A Study of the Narmada Commond anreof Maheshana district – Gujrat, Concept Publication, New Delhi, 1984.

5. Chisholm, M., Rural Settlement and Land use, Hutchism Press, London, 1968

6. Tiwari, R. C., Settlement System in Rural India, Prasad Mudranalaya, Allahabad, 1984.

7. frokjh jkepanz% vf/kokl Hkwxksy

8. flax vkj% vf/kokl Hkwxksy

9. Qqys lqjs'k% ofLr Hkqxksy

26


Semester IIIPaper III (3.T-3)


NATURAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT (Core)Unit 1:

Environment hazards & disasters: Meaning & approaches, Causes and consequences ofdisaster: Physical, economic and cultural, National and International organizations into disastermanagement. Types of environmental hazards and disaster: Natural disaster- Earthquake,tsunamis, landslides, volcanic eruption, cyclones, tornados, floods, droughts, heat waves andcold waves. Man induced hazards-Soil erosion, release of toxic chemicals, nuclear explosion,population explosion and resultant environmental disasters. Unit II:

Emerging approaches to Disaster management: (1) Pre-disaster stage (Preparedness)- hazardzonation maps-predictability and forecasting warning, land use zoning, Information, Education& Communication (IEC) Disaster resistance house construction, Population reduction invulnerable area and awareness. (2) Emergency Stage- Rescue training for search and operation atnational and regional level, ground management plan preparation, immediate relief, Assessmentsurveys. (3) Post disaster stage rehabilitation – Political administrative aspects, social aspect,economic aspect, cultural aspect and environmental aspects.

Unit III:

Natural Disaster mitigation: Relief measure, role of GIS in Relief measures, role of GPS insearch and rescue, role of Remote sensing in prediction of hazards and disasters, measures ofadjustment of natural hazards.

Unit IV:

Disaster in Indian context: A regional survey of Land Subsidence, Coastal Disaster, CyclonicDisaster & Disaster in Hills, terror attacks, communal clashes, Remedial measures. National andinternational policies for disaster management.

27


References: 1. R.B.Singh (Ed) ,1990, Environmental Geography, Heritage Publishers New Delhi.2. Savinder Singh,1997, Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan. 3. Kates,B.I & White,1978, G.F The Environment as Hazards, oxford, New York. 4. R.B. Singh (Ed), 2000,Disaster Management, Rawat Publication, New Delhi. 5. H.K. Gupta (Ed), (2003),Disaster Management, Universiters Press, India. 6. R.B. Singh,(1994),Space Technology for Disaster Mitigation in India (INCED),

University of Tokyo. 7. Dr. Satender, (2003), Disaster Management t in Hills, Concept Publishing Co., New

Delhi. 8. A.S. Arya Action Plan For Earthquake, Disaster, Mitigation in V.K. Sharma (Ed)

(1994),Disaster Management IIPA Publication New Delhi. 9. R.K. Bhandani An overview on Natural & Man made Disaster & their Reduction ,CSIR,

New Delhi 10. M.C. Gupta, (2001),Manuals on Natural Disaster management in India, National Centre

for Disaster Management,IIPA, New Delhi.

28


Semester IIIPaper IV (3.T-4)


URBAN GEOGRAPHY (Elective)

Unit I

Nature Scope and Development of urban geography, different approaches and recent trends inurban geography, Origin and growth of urban settlements: bases and process of urbanizationfrom the ancient, medieval and modern period, and development, Classification of urbansettlements on the basis of size and function: urban system.

Unit II

Location, size and spacing of urban settlements, Factors in the location of cities: urban hierarchyand central place theory of christaller and losch, rank size rule – urban function and Functionalclassification of towns.

Unit III

Urban Morphology – economic based and the functional organization of the city. Models of thecity structure. basic and non basic functions. central area/CBD – its characteristics anddelimitation. residential and industrial and other types of land use within the cities.Contemporary urban issues, urban poverty, urban sprawl, transportation, housing – Slums,environmental pollution: Air, Water, Noise, Solid Based, Urban Crime, issues of Environmentalhealth.

Unit IV

Areal Expansion of cities suburbs. conurbation and mega polis development. Rural – urbanfringe. centrifugal and centripetal force. the regional relation of the city. concept of city region,–growth and morphological study of the following Indian cities – New Delhi, Chandigarh,Mumbai, Hyderabad, Secunderabad, Jaipur, and Nagpur.

29


Suggested reading

1. Bose, A. Urbanization in India

2. Bourne and Symmons, Systems of Cities

3. Carter, Urban Geography

4. Chapin F. S., Urban Land use Planning

5. Dentler, R. A., Urban Problems

6. Deshpande C. T., Cities

7. Johnson, J., Urban Geography.

8. Jones, E. Town and Cities

9. Mayer and Kohn, Reading in Urban Geography.

10. Northom, R. M., Urban Geography.

11. Prakashrao, B. L. S., Urbanization in India A Spatial Approach.

12. Rao. M. S. A., Urban Sociology in India, Orient Longman.

13. lhag vkj-,u-] ekS;Z% uxjh; Hkwxksy

14. caly ,l-lh-% uxjh; Hkwxksy

15. flUgk eqjyh euksgj% uxjh; Hkwxksy

16. eaMy jke cgknqj% uxjh; Hkwxksy dh #ijs[kk

30


Semester IIIPaper IV (3.T-4)


AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAPHY(Elective)

Unit I

Nature, Scope, significance and development of agricultural geography. Approaches to the studyof agricultural geography: commodity, systematic and regional. Origin and dispersal ofagriculture.

Unit II

Determinants of agricultural land use: physical, economic, social and technological. Land usepolicy and planning. Selected agricultural concepts and their measurements: cropping pattern,crop concentration, intensity of cropping, degree of commercialization, diversification andspecialization, efficiency and productivity, crop combination regions and agriculturaldevelopment.

Unit III

Theories of agricultural location based on several multidimensional factors; Von Thunen’stheory of agricultural location and its recent modifications. Whittlesey’s classification ofagricultural regions. Land use and land capability, green revolution, white revolution.

Unit IV

Contemporary issues of agricultural in India – Food deficit and food surplus region, food aidprogrammes, nutritional index. Specific problems in Indian agriculture and their managementand planning. Agricultural policy in India, Environmental degradation, role of irrigation,fertilizers, insecticides, technological Know How.

31


Suggested Reading

1. Gregor, H. P., Geography of Agriculture, Prentice Hall, New York, 1970.

2. Grigg, D. B., The Agriculture system of the world, CUP, New York, 1974.

3. Hartshone, T. N. and Alexander, J. W., Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, New York.

4. Morgan W. B. and Norton, R. J., Agricultural Geography, Mathuen, London.

5. Singh, J. R., Agricultural Geography, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, New Delhi.

6. deys'k ,l- vkj-] d̀’kh Hkwxksy] olq/kajk izdk'ku] xksj[kiwj] 1996-

7. Qqys lqjs'k] d`’kh Hkwxksy]fo|kHkkjrh izdk'ku] ykrwj] 2000-

8. izfeyk dqekj% d`’kh Hkwxksy

32


Semester-IIIPAPER-VI (3.P-1)


PRACTICAL-V

1. Economic Maps and Diagrams (10 Marks- 2 Periods)1. Lorenz Curve 2. Ergo Graph 3. Triangular graph4. Isochors and Isochrones 5. Simple and semi-log graphs

2. Population maps and Diagrams (10 Marks- 2 Periods)1. Dependency ratio map 2. Isopleths of population potential3. Demographic transition model 4. Superimposed pyramid5. Natural replacement graph of population.

3. Settlement maps and Diagrams (10 Marks- 2 Periods)1. Spatial mean center- standard distance map 2. Distance decay graph3. Dispersion of settlement 4. Concentration of settlement 5. Reilly's law of retail gravitation

4. Cartographic methods (25 Marks- 4 Periods)(i) Agricultural geography and regional development and planningA) Index of concentration B) Index of diversificationC) Index of crop combinationD) Agricultural efficiencyOR(ii) Urban GeographyA. Index of centralityB. Near- neighbor analysisC. Shop- rent IndexD. K3, K4 and K7 Value ComputationE. Rank Size Rule

5. Viva-Voce (15 Marks)6. Practical Record (10 Marks)



33


Semester-IIIPAPER-VII (3.P-2)


PRACTICAL-VI

Statistical Techniques

Study of Practical problems on the following particular emphasis on the optional subject offeredby the students. (Data and problems attempeted shouls be from the the rspective optional subjectoffered by the students)

Collection and organization of statistical data. Majors of central tendencies and dispersion.1. The normal frequency distribution curve and its use. Probabilities. (10 marks)2. Methods of sampling – A numerical B. Aerial distribution (5 marks)3. Stastistical significance tests: A) Students T Test B) Chi-square test

C) F-test (10Marks)4. Correlation- A. Pearson's Product moment correlation (10 Marks)

B. Spearman's rank correlation5. Correlation significance test (10marks)6. Regression Line (10 marks)7. Confidence limits (10 marks)8. Viva voce (10 marks)9. Practical Record (5 marks)



34


Semester IVPaper I (4.T-1)


POPULATION GEOGRAPHY (Core)

Unit-I

Population geography : Scope and objectives, development of Population Geography as a field ofspecialization-population geography and Demography-Sources of population data, their level ofreliability and problems of mapping of population data.

Unit-IIPopulation distribution : density and growth-Theoretical issues, Classical and modern theories inpopulation distribution and growth, World patterns and their determinants, India-: Populationdistribution, density and growth profile, Concepts of under population and over population.

Unit-III

Population composition age and sex, Literacy and education, Rural and urban, Urbanization,occupational structure, Population composition of India. Population dynamics; Measurement offertility and mortality. Migration : National and international patterns, India's populationdynamics.

Unit-IV

Population and development : population-resource regions and levels of population and socio-economic development, population policies in developed and less development countries,Human development index and its components, India's population policies, population andenvironment, implication for the future.

35


Suggested reading:

1) Bogue, D.J. (1969): Principles in Demography, John Wiley New York

2) Bose, Ashish et al (1974): Population in India;s Development (1947-2000) Vikas Publishing

House New Delhi.

3) Census of India. India : A State Profile, 1991

4) Chandna R. C. (2000): Geography of population, Concept Determinants and Patterns,

Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

5) Clark John (1973): Population Geography, Pergamum Press New York

6) Crook, Nigel (1977): Principles of population and development Pergamum Press New York

7) Mamoria C. B. (1981): India's Population Problems Kitab Mahal Delhi

8) Premi M. K. (1991): India population Heading towards a Billion Publishing Corporation

9) Shrinivasan K. (1998) Basin Demographic Techniques and application Sage Publication New

Delhi.

10) iaMk ch-ih-% tula[;k Hkwxksy

11) fgjkyky-% tula[;k Hkwxksy

12) frokjh fot; dqekj% tula[;k Hkwxksy

13) vks>k fot; dqekj% tula[;k Hkwxksy

36


Semester IVPaper II (4.T-2)


GEOGRAPHY OF TOURISM(Core)

Unit I

Basics of Tourism: Definition of Tourism, Factors influencing tourism: Historical, Natural,Socio-Cultural and Economic. Motivating factors for pilgrimages: leisure, recreation,elements of tourism, tourism as an industry

Unit II

Geography of Tourism – its spatial affinity, areal land locational dimensions comprisingphysical, cultural, historical and economic; Tourism Types: Cultural, eco- ethno- coastal andadventure tourism, national and international tourism, globalization and tourism.

Unit III

Indian Tourism: regional dimensions of tourist attraction; evolution of tourism, promotion oftourism. Infrastructure and support system–accommodation and supplementaryaccommodation; other facilities and amenities, tourism circuits – short and longer detraction– agencies and intermediacies – Indian hotel industry.

Unit IV

Impacts of Tourism: Physical, economic and Social and perceptional positive and negativeimpacts; environmental laws and tourism – current trends, spatial patterns and recentchanges, role of foreign capital and impact of globalization on tourism.

37


Suggested reading

1. Bhatia A. K., Tourism Development: Principles and Practices, Sterling Publishers, NewDelhi, 1996.

2. C. Michell Hall, Tourism Planning, Policies and Relationship.

3. Milton, D., Geography of World Tourism, Prentice Hall New York, 1993.

4. Robinson, H. A., Geography of Tourism, Macdonald and Evans, London, 1996.

5. Shaw, G. and Williams, A. M. Critical Issues in Tourism – A Geographical Perspective,Oxford Blackwell, 1994.

6. Theobeld, W. (Ed.), Global Tourism: The Next Decade, Oxford, 1994.

7. Williams Stephen, Tourism Geography, Routledge, Contemporary Human Geography,London, 1998

8. 'kqDyk jkts'k] 'kqDyk j'eh% i;ZVu Hkwxksy

9. 'kekZ vrqy% i;ZVu Hkwxksy

10. caly ,l-lh-% i;ZVu Hkwxksy ,ao ;k=k izca/ku

11. 'kekZ lat; dqekj% i;ZVu esa Hkwxksy

38


Semester IVPaper III (4.T-3)


REGIONAL PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT (Core)

Unit-I

Regional concepts in geography, conceptual and theoretical framework, merits and limitationsfor application to regional planning and development, changing concept of the region from aninter-disciplinary view-point, concepts of space, area and locational attributes.

Types of regions : Formal and functional, uniform and nodal, single purpose and compositeregion, in the context of planning, regional hierarchy, special purpose regions.

Unit-II

Physical regions, resources regions, regional divisions according to variation in levels of socio-economic development, Special purpose regions-river valley regions, metropolitan region,problem region-Hilly region, tribal region, regions of drought and floods.

Unit-III

Approaching to delineation of different types of regions and their utility in planning. PlanningProcess-sectoral, temporal and spatial dimensions, short-term and long perspective of planning,Planning for the region's development and multi regional planning in a national context.Indicators of development and their data sources, Measuring levels of regional development anddisparities.

Unit-IV

Concept of multi-level planning: decentralized planning : People participation in the planningprocess, Panchayat Raj system, role and relationship Panchayat raj, Institutions 9VillagePanchayat, Panchayat Samitee and Zilla Parishad) and administrative Structure (Village, Block,District) regional development in India-Problems and prospect.

39


Suggested Reading:

1) Bhat L.S. (1973): Regional Planning in India, Statistical Publishing society Calcutta 2) Bhat L.S. et.al. (1976): Micro level Planning A case study of Karnal Areas, Hariyana

K.B. Publications New Delhi.3) Friedman J and Alonso W (1967): Regional Development and Planning A Case study of

Venezuela MIT Press Cambridge Mass.4) Glikson Arthur (1955) Regional Planning and Development, Netherlands Universities

foundation for International operation London.5) Government of India Planning Commission (1961): Third Five year Plan Chapter on

Regional Imbalances in Development New Delhi.

40


Semester IV

Paper IV (4.T-4)


SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY (Elective)

Unit-I

Nature and development of social geography, Philosophical bases of social geography-Positivist,Structuralist, radical, Humanist, Post-modern and post structuralist; social geography in therealms of social sciences.

Unit-II

Space and Society, Understanding a society and its structure and process. Geographical bases ofsocial formations, contribution of social theory, power relation and space.

Unit-III

Towards social geography of India, Social differentiation and region formation, evolution ofsocio-cultural regions of India. Bases of social regions formation, role of race, caste, ethnicity,religion and language, India unity and diversity, Social transformation and change in India.

Unit-IV

Social well-being : Concepts of social well-being. Physical quality of life, Human Development :Measurement of Human development with social, economic and environmental indicators, Ruralurban deprivation in India with respect to health care : education and shelter; deprivation anddiscrimination issues relating to women and under privileged groups : patterns and bases of ruraland urban society.

Suggested Reading:

1) Azzaudin Ahmad: Social Geography

2) Smith David: Social geography: A welfare Approach, Edward Arnold, 1977

3) Sopher, David: An exploration of India, Cornell University, 1980

4) Wankhede Deepak M. (2008): Socio-Economic Development of Schedule Castes,Gautam Book Center Publications

5) ekS;Z ,l-Mh-% lkekftd Hkwxksy

6) flag txriky% lkekftd ,ao lkaLd`frd Hkwxksy

41


Semester IV

Paper IV (4.T-4)Marks 100Semester Examination =80 Marks 4 CreditsInternal Assessment =20Marks Time: 3 hours

GEOGRAPHY OF WATER RESOURCES (Elective)

Unit-I Water as a focus of geographical interest, inventory and distribution of world’s water resources (surface and subsurface); Basic hydrological cycle and its components- precipitation, potential evapotranspiration, interception losses; runoff; Factors affecting water resources development – climatic factors, physiographic factors, geological factors.

Unit-II Water demand and use: methods of estimation — agricultural, industrial and municipal uses of water. Agricultural use of water: estimation of crop —water requirement; soil-water- crop relationships; water balance and drought; major and minor irrigation: methods of distribution of water to farms; water harvesting techniques, soil water conservation. Irrigation - water logging; salinity and alkalinity of soil - over exploitation of groundwater; land subsidence; saline water intrusion into the coastal aquifers; Water quality parameters; water pollution-river and ground water-fluoride and arsenic.

Unit-III Industrial use of water: methods of estimation; demand for water in the industrial sector of India.Municipal use of water: general trends in water supply to the urban and rural communities in India, Internal navigation, hydel power and recreation.

Unit-IV Problems of water resource management; Floods - magnitude/frequency, structural and nonstructural adjustment of flood hazards; embankments, reservoirs, channel improvement, soil conservation, afforestation, flood forecasting, evacuation, floodplains; land use regulation and insurance. Case studies of major floods. Droughts - occurrence, major drought management. Conservation and planning for the development of water resources-social and institutional considerations; integrated basin planning; conjunctive use of surface and groundwater resources; watershed management; international and inter-state river water disputes and treaties; some case studies.

42


Recommended Readings: 1. Agarwal, Anil and Narain, Sunita (1997), Dying Wisdom: Rise, Fall and Potential of India’s Traditional Water Harvesting System. Centre for Science and Environment, New Delhi. 2. Andrew A. Dzurik, (2002), Water Resources Planning, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc.,Savage, Maryland. 3. Cech, T.V. (2005), Principles of Water Resources : History, Development, Management and Policy, John Wiley & Sons, Hoboken. 4. Chorley, R.J. (1979), Water, Earth and Man, Methuen, London.5. Daniel P. Loucks and Beek, E.V. (2005), Water Resources Systems Planning and Management : An introduction to Methods, Models and Applications, UNESCO Publishing. 6. Dingman, S.L. (2002), Physical Hydrology, Prentice-Hall Inc., New Jersey. 7. Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (1989), United Nations’ Guidelinesfor the Preparation of National Master Water Plans. 8. Govt. of India, Ministry of Agriculture (1972), Report of the Irrigation Commission, Vols. I toIV, New Delhi. 9. Govt. of India, Ministry of Energy and Irrigation (1980), Rashtriya Barh Ayog ReportNationalCommission on Floods. Vols. I & II, New Delhi. 10. Gulhati, N.D. (1972), Development of Inter-State Rivers: Law and Practice in India, Allied Publisher, Bombay. 11. International Water Resource Association and Central Board of Irrigation & Power (1975), Water for Human Needs, Vols. I to V, Proceedings of the Second World Congress on Water Resources, 12-16 December, New Delhi. 12. Jones, J.A. (1997), Global Hydrology: Processes, Resources and Environmental Management, Longman. 13. Kates, R.W. and Burton, I. (ed.) (1980), Geography, Resources and Environment, Ottowa. 14. Krutilla, John V. and Eckstein, O. (1958), Multiple Purpose River Development: Studies in Applied Economic Analysis, John Hopkin’s Press, Boston. 15. Law. B.C. (ed.) (1968), Mountains and Rivers of India, IGU National Committee for Geography, Calcutta. 16. Matter, J.R. (1984), Water Resources Distribution, Use and Management, John Wiley, Marylane. 17. Michael. A.M. (1978), Irrigation: Theory and Practices, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 18. Neil S. Grigg (1996), Water Resources Management, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 19. Newson, M. (1992), Land, Water and Development: River Basin Systems and their Sustainable Management, Routledge, London. 20. Pereira, H.C. (1973), Land Use and Water Resources, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 21. Rao, K.L. (1979), India’s Water Wealth, Orient Longman, New Delhi. 22. Singh, R.A. and Singh, S.R. (1979), Water Management: Principles and Practices, Tara Publication, Varanasi.

43


23. Smith, K. (1972), Water in Britain : A Study in Applied Hydrology and Resource Geography, McMillan, London. 24. Tebbutt, T.H.Y. (ed.) (1985), Advances in Water Engineering, Elsevier Applied Science Pub., London. 25. Tideman, E.M. (1996), Watershed Management: Guidelines for Indian Conditions, Omega, New Delhi. 26. Todd, D.K. (1959), Ground Water Hydrology, John Wiley, New York.27. U.S.D.A. (1955), The Year Book of Agriculture: Water, Oxford and I.B.H. Publishing Co., New Delhi. 28. Verghese, B.G. (1990), Water of Hope: Integrated Water Resource Development and Regional Co-operation within the Himalayan-Ganga-Brahmaputra-Barak Basin, Oxford & IBH, New Delhi 29. White, G.F.L. (1977), Environmental Effects of Complex River Development, Westriver Press, Boulder, Colorado.

44


Semester-IVPAPER-VI (4.P-1)


PRACTICAL-VII

1. Visit to a field on some aspects of M.A. Part-II theory paper and writing of a field workreport

(A) Collection of data & data Processing and Tabulation (25 Marks)(B) Writing of Project Report (40 Marks)

2. Viva Voce (15 Marks)

Internal Assessment Marks: Pre Viva Seminar Presentation (20 Marks)


Semester-IV PAPER-VII (4.P-2)

Practical Marks: 80 Time- 4 hoursInternal Assessment Marks: 20

PRACTICAL-VIII

1. Writing of at least one short research paper based on theory of the syllabus.

(A) Collection of data (10 marks)(B) Data Processing and Tabulation (15 Marks)(B) Writing on Short Research Paper (40 Marks)

(D) Viva Voce (15 Marks)

Internal Assessment Marks: Pre Viva Seminar Presentation (20 Marks)


45

Syllabus of Choice Based Credit System for History

from 2017-2018 onwards

Semester I

Paper 1T1 Core- Historiography

Paper 1T2 Core- India Under Company’s Rule : 1757-1856

Paper 1T3Core- Indian National Movement : 1905- 1947

Paper 1T4 Core- Modern World : 1914-1950

Semester II

Paper 2T1 Core- Trends and Theories of History

Paper 2T2 Core- India Under BritshRule : 1857-1905

Paper 2T3 Core- Independent India : 1948-2000

Paper 2T4 Core- Contemporary World : 1951-2000

Semester III

Paper 3T1 Core- Emergence of Maratha Power in 17th

century.

Paper 3T2 Core- State in Ancient and Medieval India.

Paper 3T3 Core- Elective I (Only for the students of History )

A. Economic History of India : 1757-1857

OR

B. Ecology and Environment in India.

Foundation Course I (For the students of other disciplines)

Paper 3T4 -

A. Concept of History

OR

B. Medieval Vidarbha(For the students of History only)

Semester IV

Paper 4T1 Core - Expansion of Maratha Power : 1707-1818

Paper 4T2 Core - State in British India

Paper 4T3 Core Elective II – ( Only for the students of History )

A. Economic History of India 1858-1947

OR

B. Ecology and Indian Human Societies

Foundation Course II- (For the students of other disciplines )

Paper 4T4

A. Modern India 1857-1947

OR

B.History of Modern Vidarbha( Only for the students of History )

Semester I

Paper 1T1 Core Historiography

Time: Three Hours Full Marks: 80

Unit 1

a. Meaning of Historiography, Nature and Scope of History

b. Auxiliary Sciences of History

c. Primary and Secondary sources

Unit 2

a. Collection and Selection of Data

b. Internal and External criticism

c. Causation, Foot Notes, Bibliography

Unit 3

a. Greco-Roman History Writing

b. Arabian History Writing

c. Indian History Writing –Sultanate, Mughal, Maratha

Unit 4

a. Positivism in History Writing - Ranke

b. Classical Marxism - Karl Marx

c. Annales - Marc Bloch, Fernand Braudel

Books Recommended

English

1. What is History :E.H.Carr

2. A Study of History :Gardiner Patrick

3. Historiography :N. Subramaniah

4. History, its Theory and Method :Sheikh Ali

5. Historiography in Modern India :R.C. Majumdar

6. A History of Historical Writing :H.E. Barnes

7. A Text Book of Historiography :Sreedharan

8. IGNOU Materials

9. Idea of History :R.G. Collingwood

10. Research Methodology :K.N. Chitnis

11. Research Methodology :Satish Bajaj

12. A Critical Method in Historical Research and Writing :H.C. Hocket

13. Historiography and Historians of Sultanate Period :Bharti S. Kumar

Marathi , Hindi

1. Itihas Tantra Ani Tatvagyan:Shanta Kothekar

2. ItihasacheTatvagyan:Sadashiv Aathvale

3. ItihasLekhanShastra :Gaikwad,Sardesai,Hanmane

4. SanshodhakachaMitra :G.H.Khare

5. ItihasLekh:Sreedharan

6. ItihasLekhan,Avadharna,VidhayenevamSadhan: Brajesh Kumar Shrivastava

Paper 1T2 Core India Under Company’s Rule: 1757-1856


Unit 1

a. India in the mid-18th Century

b. Battles of Plassey and Buxar

c. Anglo-Maratha Wars, Anglo-Sikh Wars

Unit 2

a. Subsidiary Alliance System

b. Policy of Annexation of Indian States

c. Doctrine of Lapse

Unit 3

a. Regulating Act of 1773

b. Pitt’s India Act of 1784

c. Charter Acts 1813, 1833, 1853

Unit 4

a. Introduction of Western Education

b. Raja Ram Mohan Roy, BrahmoSamaj

c. Development of English and Vernacular Press

Books Recommended

English 1. An Advanced History of India by R.C. Majumdar, Raychaudhari, K. K. Dutta

2. Modern India by Bipan Chandra

3. The Cambridge History of India by H.H.Dodwell

4. Indian Society and the Making of the British Empire by C. A. Andrews

5. Social Background of Indian Nationalism by A. R. Desai

6. From Plassey to Partition by ShekharBandopadhyaya

7. Social Conditions in Eighteenth Century India by Pushpa Suri

8. British Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance by R. C. Majumdar Vol I, II

Marathi, Hindi 1. AdhunikBhartachaItihas 1757-1857 by Dr. Vaidya and Dr. Kothekar

2. Adhunik Bharat ka Itihasby Bipan Chandra

3. Plassey Se VibhajanTakby ShekharBandopadhyaya

4. Adhunik Bharat by Dinanath Varma

Paper 1T3 Core Indian National Movement: 1905-1947


Unit 1

a. Growth of National Movement - 1905-1920

b. Non- Cooperation Movement – Ideology and Programme

c. Civil Disobedience Movement

Unit 2

a. Growth of Hindu and Muslim Communalism

b. Revolutionary Movements

c. Round Table Conferences, Government of India Act of 1935

Unit 3

a. Cripps Mission and Quit India Movement

b. Cabinet Mission Plan and Mountbatten Plan

c. Indian Independence Act of 1947

Unit 4

a. Development of Education

b. Peasant Movements

c. Working Class Movements

Books Recommended

English

India’s Struggle for Freedom by Bipan Chandra

Modern India by Sumit Sarkar

History of Freedom Movement in India( Four Volumes) by Tara Chand

History of Freedom Movement in India by R.C. Majumdar

India Wins Freedom by Maulana AbulKalam Azad

Constitutional Development and National Movement of India :R.C.Agarwal

Marathi, Hindi Adhunik Bharat (1858-1920) : Dr. Suman Vaidya, Dr.ShantaKothekar

AdhunikBharatachaItihas :Sardesai,Nalwade

AdhunikBharat(1920-1947) : Dr.Vaidya, Dr. Kothekar

Adhunik Bharat Ka Itihas :R.L.Shukla

Paper 1T4 Core Modern World: 1914 to 1950

Time: Three hours Full Marks:80

Unit 1

a. Origin of First World War

b. Treaty of Versailles

c. League of Nations

Unit 2

a. Bolshevik Revolution of 1917

b. Planned Economy in Soviet Russia

c. China under Kuomintang Rule

Unit 3

a. Rise of Nazism in Germany

b. Fascism in Italy

c. Militarism in Japan

Unit 4

a. Second World War- Causes, Effects

b. Formation of U.N.O.

c. Palestine Problem, Establishment of Israel

Books Recommended

English

A History of Modern Times C.D.M. Kettleby

European History Since 1870 F.W.Benns

Europe Since 1870 Sidney H. Zabol

The Age of Conflict, 1914 to the Present Alberg and Alberg

International Relations (Part I ,Part II ) M.G.Gupta

The World since 1919 W.C. Langsam

Modern World History Norman Lowe

Europe and the World 1789- 1945 S.N.Sen

Twentieth Century World L.P. Mathur

History of Modern Europe V.D.Mahajan

Modern World B.V.Rao

Marathi, Hindi

Adhunik Jag Dr Suman Vaidya

Adhunik Europe cha Itihas Dr. A.R. Kulkarni

Europe Ka AdhunikItihasSatyaketuVidyalankar

AntarrashtriyaSambandhHaridattaVedalankar

AntarrashtriyaSambandhMadanGopal Gupta

AdhunikVishwa ka ItihasDinanath Varma

BeesaviSadi Ka Vishva Dr. Sanjeev Jain

CheenvaJapan ;RajkiyaItihasDr.Yadao Gujar

20 vyaShatkateel Jag Dr. Y.N.Kadam

Semester II

Paper 2T1 Core Trends and Theories of History

Time: Three Hours Full Marks:80

Unit 1

a. Orientalist History Writing - William Jones, James Princep

b. Imperialist History Writing - J.S.Mill , William Hunter

c. Nationalist History Writing------K. P.Jayaswal, Mohammad Habib

Unit 2

a. Marxist History Writing – R. S. Sharma, D. D. Kosambi

b. Subaltern- RanjitGuha, Sumit Sarkar

c. Post-Modern- Jean Lyotard, Frederick Jameson

Unit 3

a. Cyclical Theory of History - Toynbee

b. Sociological- Emile Durkheim

c. Ecological- RamchandraGuha

Unit 4

a. R.G. Collingwood, E. H. Carr, Will Durant

b. V. K. Rajwade, J. N. Sarkar, R. C. Dutt

Books Recommended

English

Recent Trends In Historiography Satish K. Bajaj

Research Methodology in History T.R. Sharma

Historians and Historiography in Modern India S.P.Sen (ed)

On Historiography S.R. Tikekar

An Introduction to Indian Historiography A.K.Warder

Sub Altern Studies RanjitGuha Vol I-IV

Marathi, Hindi

ItihasMhanaje Kaya E.H.Carr

Itihasek Shastra Prabhakar Deo

ItihasLekhan Shastra B.N. Sardesai

Itihas Tantra aniTatvagyan Shanta Kothekar

ItihasDarshanParmanand Singh

Itihas Kya Hai E.H.Carr

Paper 2T3 Core India under British Rule : 1857—1905


Unit 1

a. Revolt of 1857- Nature, Causes and Effects

b. Queen’s Proclamation, Act of 1858

c. Indian Council Acts- 1861,1892

Unit 2

a. Arya Samaj

b. Satya ShodhakSamaj

c. Ramkrishna Mission

Unit 3

a. Emergence of Indian Nationalism

b. Foundation of Indian National Congress

c. Objectives and Programmes of the Congress

Unit 4

a. Ideology of the Moderates

b. Rise of Extremist Leadership

c. Partition of Bengal

Books Recommended

English

History of Modern India A.L. Shrivastava

Crucial Decades of 20th Century IV Volumes M.K.Kher

Modern India Grover and Sethi

Eighteen Fifty Seven Surendra Nath Sen

Modern Religious Movements in India J.N. Farquhar

Renascent India from Ram Mohan to Gandhi H.C.E. Zacharia

Social and Religious Movements in the Nineteenth Century C.S. Srinivasachari

British Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance Vol III R.C. Majumdar

Struggle for Freedom R.C.Majumdar

Freedom Struggle Bipan Chandra, AmleshTripathi, BarunDey

Marathi, Hindi

Adhunik (1858-1920) Suman Vaidya, Shanta Kothekar

AdhunikBharatachaItihasSardesai,Nalawade

Adhunik Bharat (1920-1947) Suman Vaidya,ShantaKothekar

Adhunik Bharat Ka ItihasR.L.Shukla

Paper 2T3 Core Independent India : 1948-2000


Unit 1

a. Integration of Indian Princely States

b. Making of Indian Constitution

c. Salient Features of Indian Constitution

Unit 2

a. Beginning of Planned Economy

b. Agricultural Policy

c. Industrial Policy

Unit 3

a. Policy of Non- Alignment

b. Relations with U.S.S.R., China

c. Relations with U.S.A., Pakistan

Unit 4

a. National Political Parties-Congress,Jansangh, Communist Party,Republican Party

b. Emergence of Regional Parties-DMK, Assam Ganaparishad

c. Challenges to Territorial Integrity-DMK,Khalistan Movement

Books Recommended

English

India After Independence Bipan Chandra

The Politics of India Since Independence Paul Brass

The Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism In India Bipan Chandra

The Cambridge Economic History of India( Vol 2) Dharma Kumar

Economic History of India V.B.Singh

The Economic History of India(Vol I,II) R.C.Dutt

Fifty Years of Modern India V.D. Mahajan

History of Education in Modern India 1757-2007 S.C.Ghosh

Marathi, Hindi

SwantantraBharatachaItihas (1947-2000) Suman Vaidya,ShantaKothekar

AzadikeBaad ka Bharat 1947-2000 Bipan Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee, Aditya Mukherjee

Samkaleen Bharat Bipan Chandra

BharatiyaShashanaurRajniti (ed) Basukinath Chaudhary, Yuvaraj Kumar

Adhunik Bharat ka ItihasDhanpati Pandey

Paper 2T4 Core Contemporary World : 1951 to 2000

Time: Three Hours Full Marks : 80

Unit 1

a. Origin and Course of Cold War

b. Berlin Problem, Korean War, Vietnam War

c. Disarmament

Unit 2

a. Rise of Socialist Bloc in Europe

b. Disintegration of Socialist Bloc

c. Fall of Soviet State in Russia

Unit 3

a. Decolonization in Asia and Africa

b. Apartheid Problem

c. Internal Developments in People’s Republic of China

Unit 4

a. Formation Of European Union

b. Rise of Unipolar World

c. Globalization

Books Recommended

English

Europe 1945 to 1970 Waterlow and Evans

Modern Europe in World Perspective E.N. Anderson

Globalization Malcoin Waters

History of the Modern World: From the late 19th to early 21st Century Arjun Dev and Indira

Arjun Dev

Marathi, Hindi

JagatikikaranChandrakantKelkar

Jagatikikaran Nalini Pandit

SamkaleenVishwa Ka Itihas : 1890 se 2008 tak :Arjun Dev and Indira Arjun Dev

20vya Shatakateel Jag Y.N.Kadam

BeesaviSadi ka Vishva 1890 se 2000tak Sanjeeva Jain

AdhunikVishva Ka ItihasDeenanath Varma

Semester III

Paper 3T1 Core Emergence of Maratha Power in 17th Century


Unit 1

a. Sources of Maratha History-- Bakhars,AdnyaPatra,Shakavali

b. Rise of the Marathas

c. Concept of Maharashtra Dharma

Unit 2

a. Shivaji’s Relations with AdilShahi

b. Shivaji’s Relations with the Mughals

c. Significance of Shivaji’s Coronation

Unit 3

a. Sambhaji’s Relations with the Portuguese

b. Sambhaji’s Relations with the Siddis of Janjira

c. Sambhaji’s Relations with the Mughals

Unit 4

+

a. The Maratha War of Independence

b. Civil, Judicial administration

c. Military and Naval Administration

Books Recommended

English

Maharashtra in the Age of Shivaji A.R.Kulkarni

Maratha Administration in the 18th Century T.T.Mahajan

The Rise of the Maratha Power M.G. Ranade

Administrative System of the Marathas S.N.Sen

Military System of the Marathas S.N.Sen

Judicial System of the Marathas V.T.Gune

History of the Marathas Vol I&II Grant Duff

House of Shivaji J.N.Sarkar

Shivaji and His Times J.N.Sarkar

Shivaji The Great Dr.Balkrishna

Shivaji SetuMadhavPagadi

Main Currents in Maratha History G.S.Sardesai

History of the Maratha Navy and MerchantshipB.K.Apte

Mughal Maratha Relations:Twenty Five Fateful Years (1682-1707) G.T.Kulkarni

Marathi, Hindi

Chatrapati Shivaji RajeYanchiBakharS.N.Joshi(ed)

ArvachinMaharashtretitihaskalatilRajyakarbharachaAbhyas (1600-1680)

S.N. Joshi

Shivakaleen Maharashtra A.R.Kulkarni

MarathyanchaItihasA.R.Kulkarni and G.H.Khare

Adnyapatra and RajniteeS.N.Joshi and L.M. Bhingare

Shri Shivachatrapati T.J. Shezwalkar

Shri Chatrapati Shivaji Maharaj V.S.Bendre

ShivacharitrachiRoopresha T.J. Shezwalkar

Chatrapati Shivaji Maharaj YancheCharitraKekaskar

Paper 3T2Core State in Ancient and Medieval India


Unit 1

a. Sixteen Mahajanpadas –Monarchy, Republics

b. Socio-Economic Basis of the Mauryan State, Nature and Functions

a. Gupta Polity, Socio Economic Basis of the State, Administrative Organisation,

Unit 2

a. State under the Cholas

b. Vijayanagar State- Nature and Structure

c. Bahamani State- Nature and Structure

Unit 3

a. Islamic Theory of State

b. State under the Sultans of Delhi—Nature and Functions

c. Mughal State Administrative Institutions, Mansabdari System

Unit 4

a. Accounts of Fahien, Hiuen-Tsang

b. Accounts of Nicolo Conti, Chau-ju-Kua

c. Accounts of Ibn Batuta, Manucci

Books Recommended

English

Ancient India V.D.Mahajan

From Lineage to State RomilaThapar

State and Government in Ancient India A.S. Altekar

Medieval India Satish Chandra

A Forgotten Empire( Vijaynagar) Robert Sewell

The Wonder That Was India A.L.Basham

History of South India NilkanthShastri

Some Aspects of Muslim Administration R.P.Tripathi

Ancient India R.C.Majumdar

Some Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India R.S.Sharma

Ancient and Medieval India K.S.Sardesai

Medieval India Satish Chandra

The Mughal Empire A.L.Shrivastava

Marathi, Hindi

Pracheen Bharat Ka Itihas :DwijendranarayanJha, KrishnamohanShreemali

Vijaynagar Smarak GranthD.V.Potdar

BhartiyaRajyaRamavatar Sharma and Sushma Yadav

MadhyakaleenBharat :PrashasanSamajevamSanskriti Neeraj Shrivastava

Madhayakaleen Bharat Vol I II Harishchandra Varma

Paper 3T3 Core Elective I (Onlyfor the students of History)

A. Economic History of India : 1757-1857


Unit 1

a. Nature of Rural and Urban Economy in mid-18th Century

b. European Economic Interest in India

c. Commercial Policy of East India Company

Unit 2

a. Land Revenue Settlements- Permanent Settlement; Ryotwari and Mahalwari

b. Rural Indebtedness

c. Commercialisation of Agriculture

Unit 3

a. Policy of De-Industrialisation

b. Introduction of Railways and its impact on Indian Economy

c. Foreign Capital Investment in India

Unit 4

a. Changing Nature of Trade

b. Effects of Company’s rule on Indian Agriculture

c. Effects of Company’s rule on Indian Industry

Books Recommended

English

The Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism In India Bipan Chandra

The Cambridge Economic History of India( Vol 2) Dharma Kumar

Economic History of India V.B.Singh

The Economic History of India(Vol I,II) R.C.Dutt

Economic and Social History of India S.P. Nanda

Economic History of India Ancient to Present H. Jayapalan

History of Freedom Movement in India Vol IV Tara Chand

Social Background of Indian Nationalism A.R.Desai

Modern India Sumit Sarkar

Railways in Modern India Ian J.Ker.(ed)

The Economic History of India 1600-1800 Radhakant Mukherjee

Marathi, Hindi

Adhunik Bharat ka ArthikItihasShreedhar Pandey

Bharat Ka ArthikItihas Agnes Thakur

Adhunik Bharat ka ArthikItihas Girish Mishra

OR

B. Ecology and Environment in India


UNIT -I

a) Ecology: It’s Scope; Basic concepts of ecology-Deep Ecology, Social Ecology.

b) Concept and basic features of Eco system; Eco-Imbalance.

c) Ecology in Ancient Indian Philosophy- Vedic tradition, Jainism and Buddhism.

UNIT- II

a) Environment: Introduction, component of environment; Biosphere.

b) Environmental pollution, Control of Environmental pollution.

c) Climatic factors in the evolution of Societies.

UNIT-III

a) Indian Landscape: physical features-The Himalayas; The plains of North India, The

Indian plateau; The coastal lowlands; Rivers.

b) Resource use: Energy-forms of energy, energy consumption, historical pattern of

conservation; Water-water as resource and its use, water conservation, water rights.

c) Resource use: Forest- Understanding forest, forest coverage, forest in history,

conservation practices; Minerals.

UNIT -IV

a) Origin of Agriculture: Regional variations and Crop patterns.

b) Soil Conservation and Irrigation patterns.

c) Rise of Urban centers and Trade.

Books Recommended:-

English-

Fundamentals of Ecology : E.P. Odum

Concepts of Ecology : E. J. Kormondy

Ecologically Sustainable Development : MW.L. Hare, J.P.Marlowe, M.L. Gray, R. Humphries,

R. Ledgar.

Ecology in developing Countries : The Emerging Paradigms|: P.S. Ramakrishna

Underexploited Tropical Plants with Promising Economic Value: National Academy of

Sciences

Prakriti :Vatsayan

Climate change and Tropical Forests in India : N.H. Ravindranath, R. Sukumar

The state of the Environment : UNEP

Food, Energy and Society : D. Pimental, M. Pimental

Soil Erosion : D. Zachar

Towards Green Villages : A. Agrawal & S. Narain

Environmental Regeneration in Himalaya: concepts and strategies: J.S. Singh

Rural Ecosystems and Gandhian Concepts: Gandhian in Action: P.S. Ramakrishnan

Ecology in Developing countries: The Emerging Paradigms : P.S. Ramakrishnan

Man and Environment : Irfan Habib

History of Ecology and Environment: India : IGNOU, New Delhi

Environmental science, William P. Cunningham & Barbara Woodworth Saigo, USA, 1990 . 18.

Fundamentals of Ecology, (ed.) E.P. Odum, W.B. Philadelphia Pennsylvania USA-1959

Ecology and Environment, P.D. Sharma, Rastogi Publications, Meerut, 1990

Social, Cultural and Economic History of India Vol-I, II & III, Chopra, Puri& Das.

Foundation Course I(For the students of other disciplines)

Paper 3T4 Concept of History


Unit IF

a. Meaning of History

b. Definition of History

c. The Scope of History.

Unit II

a. Kinds of History

b. History and Allied Disciplines

c. History and Auxiliary Sciences

Unit III

a. Uses of History

b. Misuse of History

c. Lessons of History

Unit IV

a. History- Science or Art

b. Historical Objectivity

c. Subjectivity in History

Books Recommended

English

1. What is History :E.H.Carr

2. A Study of History :Gardiner Patrick

3. Historiography :N. Subramaniah

4. History, its Theory and Method :Sheikh Ali

5. Historiography in Modern India :R.C. Majumdar

6. A History of Historical Writing :H.E. Barnes

7. A Text Book of Historiography :Sreedharan

8. IGNOU Materials

9. Idea of History :R.G. Collingwood

10. Research Methodology :K.N. Chitnis

11. Research Methodology :Satish Bajaj

12. A Critical Method in Historical Research and Writing :H.C. Hocket

13. Historiography and Historians of Sultanate Period :Bharti S. Kumar

Marathi , Hindi

1. Itihas Tantra Ani Tatvagyan:Shanta Kothekar

2. ItihasacheTatvagyan:Sadashiv Aathvale

3. ItihasLekhanShastra :Gaikwad,Sardesai,Hanmane

4. SanshodhakachaMitra :G.H.Khare

5. ItihasLekh:Sreedharan

6. ItihasLekhan,Avadharna,VidhayenevamSadhan: Brajesh Kumar Shrivastava

Semester III

Paper 3T4 - Core History of Medieval Vidarbha (For the students of History only)

Time - Three Hours Full Marks - 80

Unit 1

a. Emergence of Gond Power

b. Gond Dynasty of Chandrapur- BhimBallalShah, SurajBallal Shah

c. Gond Dynasty of Devgad- Jatba, BakhtBuland

Unit 2

a. Establishment of Bhosle Rule - Raghuji I

b. RaghujiI -Bengal Expeditions

c. Janoji—Relations with thePeshwa, Nizam

Unit 3

a. Mudhoji - Relations with the Peshwa,Nizam and the English

b. Raghuji II - Relations with the English

c. AppaSahebBhosle - War with the English

Unit 4

a. Accession of Raghuji III

b. Annexation of Nagpur

c. Nagpur during the revolt of 1857

History Of Medieval Vidarbha

Books Recommended

History of Freedom Movement in Madhya Pradesh D.P.Mishra

The Lost Empire R.P. Pandhey

Maharashtra State Gazetteer Nagpur

British Relations with the Nagpur State in the 18thCentury C.U.Wills

History of the Central Provinces and Berar J.N.Sil

The Gazetteer of the Central Provinces of India Charles Grant

Colonialism in an Indian Hinterland,The Central Provinces 1820-1920 D.E.U.Baker

RaghujiBhosale and His Times(1818-1853) P.P.Joshi

Berar Under the Mughals M.Y.Quddusi

BhosaleRaghuji II of Nagpur R.K.Dubey

Nagpur Affairs T.J.Shezwalkar

Marathi, Hindi

Nagpur RajyachaUdaianiAasthapana Prabhakar Gadre

Vidarbha Ka SanskritikItihasNathulal Gupta

Vidarbha AitihasikevamBhaugolikPrishtabhumi Dr. Chandrashekhar Gupta

Nagpur NagariTrishatabdiItihasGranth

Gond LokanchaItihasChitale

Berar MadhyaprantMarichikaPrayagdutta Shukla

Shukla AbhinandanGranth ed. Maheshwari Biyani

RajeRaghujiG.M.Purandhare

JanojiBhosale and His Times S.G.Kolarkar

SenadhurandharMudhojiBhosaleB.R.Andhare

DoosareMudhoji alias AppasahebBhosale 1796-1840 B.R.Andhare

Semester IV

Paper 4T1Core Expansion of Maratha Power : 1707-1818

Time: Three Hours Full Marks :80

Unit 1

1. Accession of Shahu as Chhatrapati

2. Acquisition of Sanads by Balaji Vishwanath

3. PeshwaBaji Rao I--Expansion of Maratha Power in North India

Unit 2

a. Third Battle of Panipat –Causes and Effects

b. PeshwaMadhav Rao I, Restoration of Maratha Power in North India

c. Anglo- Maratha Wars, Downfall of the Maratha Power

Unit 3

a. Nature of Maratha Confederacy

b. Civil and Judicial Administration

c. Military Administration

Unit 4

a. Trade and Commerce

b. Social and Economic Conditions

c. Art and Architecture

Books Recommended

English

The Maratha Supremacy R.C.Majumdar and V.G.Dighe

The Founding of Maratha Freedom S.R.Sharma

Study’s in Maratha History A.R.Kulkarni

The Marathas A.R.Kulkarni

New History of the Marathas G.S.Sardesai

Rise of the PeshwasH.N.Sinha

Eighteenth Century Deccan SetuMadhavPagadi

Glimpses of Maratha Socio-Economic History:K.N.Chitnis

PeshwaMadhav Rao I Bannerjee

Bundelkhand Under the Marathas B.R.Andhare

Maratha Architecture Mate

Marathi,Hindi

Marathi Riyasat (All Volumes) G.S.Sardesai

PeshwaDaftar( All Volumes)

MarathyanchaItihasA.R.Kulkarni and G.H. Khare

Panipat 1761 T.J.Shezwalkar

Peshwa-Nizam SambandhT.J.Shezwalkar

MarathyachaSamajik, ArthikvaSanasritikItihas:B.N.Sardesai

AkherchaPeshwa Suman Vaidya

MarathyachaPrashasakiya, SamajikvaArthikItihas :B.S.Sawant

MarathekaleenSansthavaVichar :Gaekwad, Hanmane,Sardesai,Thorat

Maratho Ka NayaItihasG.S.Sardesai

Paper 4T2 Core State in British India


Unit 1

a. Nature of State Apparatus---Secretary of State in India, India Council, Governor-in-Council

b. Civil Administration-Police, Civil Services

c. Judicial Administration

Unit 2

a. Concepts of Swarajya, Home Rule

b. Dominion Status, Complete Independence

c. Two- Nation Theory

Unit 3

a. British Policy Towards Native States 1857—1921

b. British Policy Towards Native States 1921—1947

c. Integration of Indian Princely States

Unit 4

a. Making of Indian Constitution-Aims and Objectives

b. Salient Features of Indian Constitution

c. Reorganisation of States

Books Recommended

English

Modern India Sumit Sarkar

Modern India Bipan Chandra

Constitutional Development and Indian National Movement R.C. Agrawal

History of Moderrn India Grover and Grover

Marathi, Hindi

BhartiyaRajyaRamavatar Sharma and Sushma Yadav

Paper 4T3 Core Elective II – (Only For the students of History)

A. Economic History of India : 1858 to 1947


Unit 1

a. Agricultural Policy

b. Famine Policy

c. Growth of Industries- Cotton, Jute, Iron and Steel

Unit 2

a. Rise of Industrial Labour

b. Trade Union Movement

c. Labour Legislations

Unit 3

a. Nature of External Trade

b. Trade Legislations

c. Drain of Wealth

Unit 4

a. Main Trends in the Movement of Prices

b. Population Growth—Pre and Post Census Estimates

c. Movement of National Income after1858—Divergent assumptions and estimates

Books Recommended

English

Famines in Colonial India Brahamanand

Economic History of Modern India Girish Mishra

Socio, Cultural and Economic History of India S.C.Raychaudhari

The Economic History of India Tirthankar Roy

Indian Economy Dutt and Sundaram

Indian Economics Jather and Beri

India Today Rajani Palme Dutt

Marathi, Hindi

Bharat ka ArthikItihas Agnes Thakur

Adhunik Bharat ka ArthikItihasDhanpati Pandey

OR

B . Ecology and Indian Human Societies


UNIT- I

a) Early Human settlement in Indian Sub-continent.

b) Nature Human Interface; Man’s place in nature- A maker of artifacts, social animal.

c) Resources used in early societies: Renewable and Non-renewable resources.

UNIT- II

a) Biodiversity: Meaning and importance; India’s biodiversity; Depletion and conservation;

People’s initiatives.

b) Hunting and Gathering: Introduction; Nature of evidence; Geographical spread;

characteristics; Regional variations.

c) Emergence of Pastoral tradition; Nomadic Pastoralism and Commune/communities;

Transition from Nomadic Pastoral tradition to settled Pastoralism.

UNIT -III

a) Resource Management: Soil- Pattern of soil; Land use (Soil conservation), use of

Pesticides.

Forest-Pre-colonial background; the colonial period; Forest policies

Water-The pre-colonial period; the colonial period, Current issues

Causes of Spoliation.

b) Dangers to Human society; Famine, Flood, Epidemics.

c) Deforestation; Green House Effect; Global warming, Ozone layer depletion.

UNIT- IV

a) Management of agricultural waste; Urban waste & Industrial waste; India’s role in

Conventions on Bio-diversity & environmental hazards (UNO, Kyoto, G8, G13)

b) Government’s role in sustainable development; patent alternatives.

c) Role of NGO’s and Peoples’ movements (Chipko, Narmada, Bishnoi movements.)

Books Recommended:-

English-

Fundamentals of Ecology : E.P. Odum

Concepts of Ecology : E. J. Kormondy

Ecologically Sustainable Development : MW.L. Hare, J.P.Marlowe, M.L. Gray, R. Humphries,

R. Ledgar.

Ecology in developing Countries : The Emerging Paradigms|: P.S. Ramakrishna

Underexploited Tropical Plants with Promising Economic Value: National Academy of

Sciences

Prakriti :Vatsayan

Climate change and Tropical Forests in India : N.H. Ravindranath, R. Sukumar

The state of the Environment : UNEP

Food, Energy and Society : D. Pimental, M. Pimental

Soil Erosion : D. Zachar

Towards Green Villages : A. Agrawal & S. Narain

Environmental Regeneration in Himalaya: concepts and strategies: J.S. Singh

Rural Ecosystems and Gandhian Concepts: Gandhian in Action: P.S. Ramakrishnan

Ecology in Developing countries: The Emerging Paradigms : P.S. Ramakrishnan

Man and Environment : Irfan Habib

History of Ecology and Environment: India : IGNOU, New Delhi

.Social Ecology, Ramachandra Guha, (ed) Delhi

Indian Environmental Politics, Programming and Stewardship, O.P. Dwivedi, 1997, Macmillan,

London.

Environmental Politics in Third World, O.P. Dwivedi. Explorations in Environmental History,

Samuel P. Hays, 1998, Pitsburg U.S.A.

Hindi

ParisthitievamParyavaran , Harish Chandravyas, PanchshilPrakashan, Jaipur.

ParyavarankiSanskriti ,ShubhraPatva, VagdeviPrakashan, Bikaner.

ParyavarankiRajniti), Lata Joshi, Anamika Publishers&Distributers,2001

Himalaya Bachao, SundarlalPatwa (ed.).

ParyavaranSanskriti, PradusanevamSanrakshan, Pt. Nityanand Mishra, Almora Book Depot.

Foundation Course II (For the students of other disciplines )

Paper II Modern India ( 1857- 1947)


Unit I

a. Revolt of 1857 – Causes and Effects

b. Causes for the rise of Nationalism, Establishment of Indian National Congress

c. Moderate Phase.

Unit II

a. Rise of the Extremists

b. Revolutionary Movements

c. Rise of Mahatma Gandhi

Unit III

a. Non Cooperation Movement

b. Civil Disobedience Movement

c. Quit India Movement

Unit IV

a. Cabinet Mission Plan

b. Mountbatten Plan

c. Partition of India

Books Recommended

English

1. An Advanced History of India by R.C. Majumdar, Raychaudhari, K. K. Dutta

2. Modern India by Bipan Chandra

3. The Cambridge History of India by H.H.Dodwell

4. Indian Society and the Making of the British Empire by C. A. Andrews

5. Social Background of Indian Nationalism by A. R. Desai

6. From Plassey to Partition by ShekharBandopadhyaya

7. Social Conditions in Eighteenth Century India by Pushpa Suri

8. British Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance by R. C. Majumdar Vol I, II

9. India’s Struggle for Freedom by Bipan Chandra

10. Modern India by Sumit Sarkar

11. History of Freedom Movement in India( Four Volumes) by Tara Chand

12. History of Freedom Movement in India by R.C. Majumdar

13. India Wins Freedom by Maulana AbulKalam Azad

14. Constitutional Development and National Movement of India :R.C.Agarwal

Marathi, Hindi 1. AdhunikBhartachaItihas 1757-1857 by Dr. Vaidya and Dr. Kothekar

2. Adhunik Bharat ka Itihasby Bipan Chandra

3. Plassey Se VibhajanTakby ShekharBandopadhyaya

4. Adhunik Bharat by Dinanath Varma

5. Adhunik Bharat (1858-1920) : Dr. Suman Vaidya, Dr.ShantaKothekar

6. AdhunikBharatachaItihas :Sardesai,Nalwade

7. AdhunikBharat(1920-1947) : Dr.Vaidya, Dr. Kothekar

8. Adhunik Bharat Ka Itihas :R.L.Shukla

Semester IV

Paper 4T4- Core History of Modern Vidarbha (For the students of History only)

Time Three Hours Full Marks :80

Unit 1

a. Formation and Administration of Central Provinces and Berar

b. Sarvajanik Sabha, Gorakshan Sabha, Educational Institutions

c. Congress Sessions – 1891,1897,1920

Unit 2

a. Non Cooperation Movement, Civil Disobedience Movement

b. Quit India Movement –Ashti, Chimur, Yawli

c. First Congress Ministry under Dr. N.B.Khare

Unit 3

a. Separate Vidarbha Movement

b. Dalit Movement

c. Samyukta Maharashtra Movement

Unit 4

a. Social Welfare Activities—Missionary Work, MatruSevaSangh, Anandvan,

GurudevSeva Mandal

b. Rashtriya SwayamSevak Sangh

c. Dhamma ChakraPravartan

History of Modern Vidarbha

Books Recommended

English

Changing Leadership in an Indian Province:Central Provinces and Berar-D.E.U.Baker

Freedom Movement in Madhya Pradesh D.P. Mishra

History of Educational Development in Vidarbha 1882-1923 S.Shabbir

BhosleRaghuji II of Nagpur R.K.Dubey

JanojiBhosle and his Times S.G.Kolarkar

Nagpur Affairs T.J.Shezwalkar

Political Ideas and Leadership in Vidarbha P.L.Joshi

My Political Memoirs N.B.Khare

Glimpses of Freedom Struggle : Politics in C.P.and Berar S.Johari

Raghuji III and his Times(1818-1853) P.P.Joshi

The Lost Empire R.P.Pandhey

Marathi, Hindi

MaharashtrateelCongresschaSwantantrayaLadha: Suman Vaidya and Shanta Kothekar

VidarbhachaItihasKolarkar and Purandhare

Prachin Bharat va Vidarbha P.N.Phadke

Nagpur RajyachaUdaianiSthapanaPrabhakar Gadre

Bhoslekaleen Nagpur B.R.Andhare

DoosareRaghujiBhosleB.R.Andhare

AkherchaNanasahebSubhaTeesareRaghujiBhosale :B.R.Andhare

AdhunikVidarbhachaItihas 1847-1950 N.A.Vakkani

VaidarbhiyaMahilancheSwatantrayaSangramateelSahakarya: Dr.Damayanti Pathak

Nagpur NagariTrishatabdiGranth

VidarbhachaItihasS.G.Kolarkar, G.M. Purandhare

Adhunik Vidarbha Ka Itihas N.A. Vakkani

Madhya Prant me SwadheentaAndolanD.P.Mishra

Shukla AbhinandanGranth Maheshwari Biyani(ed)

Nagpur Nagar evamSwatrantaAndolanNandkishore Vyas

ChandrapurchaItihasA.J.Rajurkar

NagpurkarBhosaleyanchiBakharY.M.Kale(ed.)

Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur

SYLLABUS PRESCRIBED FOR M.A. PART — I AND PART II ECONOMICS

(Choice Based Credit System CBCS) from 2016-17 onwards

M. A. Part I

Semester I Semester II

Compulsory Course

1T1 : Micro Economic Analysis I

1T2 : Macro Economic Analysis I

2T1 : Micro Economic Analysis II

2T2 : Macro Economic Analysis II

Elective Course : Any one from the Group

Group A Group C

1T3 : Statistics for Economics - I

1T4 : Indian Economic Policy I

1T5 : Economics of Infrastructure

1T6 : Trade Cycle

1T7 : Regional Economics

2T3 : Statistics for Economics - II

2T4 : Indian Economic Policy II

1. 2T5 : Agricultural Economics

2.

2T6 : Urban Economics

2T7 : Rural Economy and Social Change

Group B Group D

1T8 : Mathematical Economics-I

1T9 : Industrial Economics – I

1T10: Public Economics - I

1T11: Economics of Education and Health

1T12: Human Development

2T8 : Mathematical Economics –II

2T9 : Industrial Economics – II

2T10: Public Economics-II

2T11: Environmental Economics

2T12: History of Economic Thought

Note:

The Concepts Given in current year ECONOMIC SURVEY will be part of

the SYLLABUS at the respective subject to which the topic will be

related.The copy of Economic Survey is available on Internet in English

and Hindi . It is available on the day of Union Budget of the respective year

This year the Concept of Economic Survey (2016-17) will be applicable in

SEM I,SEM II,SEM III, SEM IV .The Questions related to Economic

Survey will be treated as within the syllabus. For Semester I

1. Compulsory Course (Two) i.e. 1T1 and 1T2

2. Elective Course (Any one from Each group A and B) i.e. 1T3 to 1T7 and from 1T8 to 1T12

For Semester II

1. Compulsory Course (Two) i.e. 2T1 and 2T2

2. Elective Course (Any one from Each group C and D) i.e. 2T3 to 2T7 and from 2T8 to 2T12

M. A. Part II

Semester III Semester IV

Compulsory Course

3T1 : Economics of Growth and Development-I

3T2 : International Trade & Finance – I

4T1 : Economics of Growth and Development–II

4T2 : International Trade & Finance - II

Elective Course : Any one from the Group

Group E Group G

3T3 : Financial Institutions & Markets-I

3T4 : Gender Economics

3T5 : Labour Economics

3T6 : Poverty and Income Distribution

3T7 : Basic Econometrics

4T3 :Financial Institutions & Markets-II

4T4 : Economics of Marketing

4T5 : Computer Application in Economics

4T6 : Rural Development

4T7 : Advanced Econometrics

Foundation Course

(For the students of other Departments)

3T8 : Economics - 1 4T8 : Economics - 2

Core Course (Any One)

(For the Students of Economics Department who do not want to opt foundation course from other

department)

Group F Group H

3T9 : International Monetary System and

Finance

3T10 : Research Methodology-I

4T9 : Welfare Economics

4T10 : Research Methodology-II

Note:

The Concepts Given in current year ECONOMIC SURVEY will be part of

the SYLLABUS at the respective subject to which the topic will be related.

The copy of Economic Survey is available on Internet in English and Hindi

. It is available on the day of Union Budget of the respective year . This

year the Concept of Economic Survey (2016-17) will be applicable in

SEM I, SEM II, SEM III, SEM IV For Semester III

1. Compulsory Course (Two) i.e. 3T1and 3T2

2. Elective Course (Any one from group E) i.e. 3T3 to 3T7.

3. Foundation course for students of other department 3T8

4. Core Course for students of Economics department (Any one from group F) i.e.3T9 or 3T10

For Semester IV

1. Compulsory Course (Two) i.e. 4T1and 4T2

2. Elective Course (Any one from group G) i.e. 4T3 to 4T7.

3. Foundation course for students of other department 4T8

4. Core Course for students of Economics department (Any one from group H) i.e. 4T9 or

4T10

1

M.A. Part -I : Semester-I (Core Course)

1T1: Micro Economic Analysis – I

Module 1 : Theory of Demand

Demand-Concept, Law of demand, demand Function determinants of Demand, change in

demand and quantity demanded. Market demand function

Supply - meaning, Law of Supply, Supply function, determinants of supply.

Market equilibrium, changes in market equilibrium, Application of Demand Supply analysis.

Consumer Behaviour –Cardinal utility analysis- Law of diminishing Marginal Utility, Equi-

marginal Utility, Consumer Equilibrium

Indifference Curve Analysis: Marginal Rate of Substitution, Consumer's Equilibrium,

Indifference Curve Analysis of Demand : Income, Substitution and Price Effects – Hicks-Allen

and Slutsky. Bandwagon and Snob Effect

Applications and Uses of Indifference Curves: Subsidies to Consumers: Price Subsidy vs. Lump-

sum Income Grant. Rationing and Indifference Curve Analysis.Food Stamp Programme.

Module 2 : Consumer Behaviour and Elasticity of Demand

Revealed Preference Theory of Demand: Preference Hypothesis and logic of Ordering.

Derivation of Law of demand through logical ordering

Individual Behaviour under Uncertainty: Choices Involving Risk: St. Petersburg Paradox and

Bernoulli's Hypothesis, Neumann-Morgenstern Method of constructing Utility Index under

Risky Situations. Friedman-Savage Hypothesis, Markowitz Hypothesis.

Elasticity of Demand : concept of demand elasticity, types and measurements, determinants and

application of elasticity

Consumer Surplus :Marshall's Measure of Consumer Surplus. Consumer Surplus and Changes in

Price.Hicksian Four Concepts of Consumer Surplus, water –diamond paradox, use of consumer

surplus in cost benefit analysis.

Module 3 : Theory of Production and Cost

The Theory of Production: Law of Variable Proportions, Production Function: Isoquants,

Marginal Rate of Technical Substitution.

Production function with two variable factors - Returns to Scale, Cobb-Douglas - Production

Function

Optimum Factor Combination -Iso-Cost Line, Least-Cost Combination of Factors, Expansion

path.

Cost of Production and Cost Curves : Concepts of Cost, Theory of Short-Run and Long Run Costs, Economies of Scale : Internal and External, modern theory of cost- learning curve-L shaped long run average cost.

Module 4 : Theory of Firm

Market Structure and Revenue Curves: Classification of Market Structures, Concepts of Average

Revenue and Marginal Revenue. Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue Under different

market structure, Equilibrium of the Firm

Equilibrium of the Competitive Firm and Industry: Meaning and Conditions of Perfect

Competition, Short-Run and Long Run Equilibrium of the Perfectly Competitive Firm.

Competitive Equilibrium under Differential Cost Conditions, Supply curve of perfectly

2

competitive firm in short run and long run.

Stability of Equilibrium and Cobweb Model, Incompatibility Theory: Kaldor and Sraffa on

Incompatibility of Equilibrium with Perfect Competition Books Recommended :

1. Ahuja H. L., Advanced Economic Theory : Microeconomics Analysis, 13th Edition,

S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi.

2. Baumol, W.J. 91982), Economics Theory and Operations Analysis, Prentice Hall of

India, New Delhi.

3. Dewett K. K., Modern Economic Theory, S. Chand & Company Ltd., Revised Edition,

2005.

4. Jhingan M. L., Micro Economic Analysis, Vrinda Publications

5. Koutsoyiannis, A. (1979): Modern Microeconomics, 2nd ed., Macmillan Press,

London.

6. Kreps, David M (1990): A Course in Microeconomic Theory, Princeton University

Press, Princeton.

7. Sen, A. (1999): Microeconomics: Theory and Applications, Oxford University Press,

New Delhi.

8. Stigler, G. (1996): Theory of Price, 4th ed., Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

9. Varian, H. (2000): Microeconomic Analysis, W.W. Norton, New York.

3


1T2: Macro Economic Analysis – I

Module 1 : National Income and Social Accounts

Circular Flow of Economic Activity : Two Sector Model - Household and Business Sectors -

Three Sector Models including Government Transactions - Four Sector Open Economy Model

including Foreign Trade Transactions

National Income Accounts :Calculation of National Income : Product Method - Income Method

- Expenditure Method,.Different concepts of National Income, Importance and difficulties in

measurement of National Income, New method of Calculation of GDP in India

National Income and Social Accounts :Social Accounts : Main Features,Types of Social Accounts

Module 2 : Theory of Employment and Consumption Function

Theory of Employment:Classical Views on Full Employment, Keynes theory of

Employment, Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply curve in Classical and Keynesian

views

Consumption Function:Keynes' psychological law of consumption Implication of the law;

short run and long-run consumption function, Empirical evidence on consumption function,

Income-consumption relationship-absolute income, relative income, life cycle and permanent

income hypothesis.

Module 3 : Multiplier and Investment Function

Multiplier:Meaning, Types of Multiplier, Its Working, Reserve Operation, Limitations,

Importance, Criticism and Leakages, Balanced Budget Multiplier, Multiplier in developing

economy.

Investment Function: Autonomous and Induced Investment, Marginal Efficiency of

capital and Investment – short run and long run, Acceleration Principle, Interaction of

Multiplier and Accelerator (Leverage effect), Influence of polices on investment.

Module 4 : Supply of Money

Components of money supply : Measurement of money supply, RBI Approach to Money

Supply - M1, M2, M3 and L1, L2, L3, Deposit Multiplier, High Powered Money and Money

Multiplier and factors determining money supply; budget deficit and supply of Money,

Control on Money Supply

Books Recommended :

1. Blackhouse, R. and A. Salansi (Eds.) (2000), Macroeconomics and the Real World (2

Vols), Oxford University Press, London. 2. D’Souza, Errol (2008), Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, Delhi. 3. Gupta R.D.andRana A.S. (1998): Post-Keynesian Economics, Kalyani Publishers,

Ludhiana. 4. Heijdra, B.J. and V.P. Fredericck (2001), Foundations of Modern macroeconomics,

Oxford University Press, New Delhi. 5. Jha, R (1991) : Contemporary Macro Economic theory and Policy, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,

4

6. Jhingan, M.L.(1999) : Macro Economics 7. Keynes, J.M (1936) : General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money 8. Mithani D. M., Money, Banking, International trade and public finance, Himalaya

Publications 9. Rakshit, M. (1998), Studies in the Macroeconomics of Developing Countries, Oxford

University Press, New Delhi.

10. Reddy.Y.V. (2000): A Review of Monetary and Financial Sector Reforms in India,

UBSPD, New Delhi.

5

M.A. Part – I: Semester – I

(Elective Course – Group A)

1T3 : Statistics for Economics – I

Module 1:Introduction to Statistics, Data Presentation and Indian Statistics

Statistics in Practice- Application- Data, Data Sources, Descriptive Statistics, Statistical

Inference

Basic Statistical concepts – Population, Sample, Parameter and Statistics, Variables and Data,

Data Measurement levels- Nominal, Ordinal, Interval and Ratio, Computer and Statistical

Analysis

Construction of Frequency Distribution- Classification and Tabulation of Data, Graphs and

Charts

Indian Statistics: CSO, NSSO, Recent Population Census, Agricultural and Industrial Statistics

Module 2: Descriptive Statistics: Numerical Measures

Measures of Central Tendency: - Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode, Geometric, Harmonic

Percentiles and Quartiles

Measure of Variability: Range, Interquartile Range, Mean Deviation, Variance, Standard

Deviation, Coefficient of Variation

Measures of shape – Skewness and Kurtosis

Module 3: Correlation and Regression Analysis

Correlation Analysis: Meaning, Importance, Types, Methods of Determining Correlation and

Limitations- Karl Pearson’s Coefficient of Correlation, Coefficient of Concurrent Deviation,

Spearman’s Rank Correlation, Coefficient of Correlation by Least Square Method

Regression Analysis: Meaning, Importance, Types, Methods of Determining Correlation and

Limitations- Simple Linear Regression Model, Least Squares Method

Module 4: Introduction to Probability and Probability Distribution

Introduction to Probabilities, methods of Assigning Probabilities, Structure of Probabilities,

Marginal, Union, Joint, and Conditional Probabilities, Addition and Multiplication Laws, Bayes’

Theorem

Probability Density Function, Probability Distribution, Discrete and Continuous Probability,

Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution

Books Recommended:

1. Gupta S.C and Mrs. Indira Gupta: Business Statistics: Himalaya Publishing House; Delhi

2. Gupta, S.C., Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, S. Chand & Sons New Delhi.

3. Gupta, S.P., Introduction to Statistical Methods.,S. Chand& Sons New Delhi.

4. King, W.I.: The Elements of Statistical Methods; The Macmillan Co. New York.

5. Anderson, Sweemey and Villiams, Statistics for Business and Economics, Cengage

Learning publication, New Delhi.

6



1T4: Indian Economic Policy – I

Module 1: Nature of Indian Economy:

Features and Characteristics of the Indian Economy,Demographic features,

National income: Trends and Structure,

Growth and Structural Change in the Indian Economy

Poverty and inequality, Nature, policy & implications,

Module 2: Infrastructure and Human Development

Energy, Conventional and Non-Conventional energy development in India

Energy policy –

Social infrastructural developments –Education and Health –Recent issues

Human Development in India- Concept and Measurement

Module 3: Planning in India:

Objectives and strategy of planning;

Failures and achievements of Plans;

Inclusive Growth Strategy- 11th

and 12th

five years Plan

Developing grass-root organizations for development-Panchayats, N.G.O.s and pressure groups

Module 4: The Agricultural Sector:

Agricultural Production and Productivity,

Institutional structure- land reforms in India: technological change in agriculture.

Pricing of agricultural inputs and output;

Terms of trade between agriculture and industry;

Agricultural finance policy; Agricultural Marketing and Warehousing;

Issues in food security- Policies for sustainable agriculture.

Books Recommended:

1. Agarawal A.N. (2006):Indian Economy: Problems of Development and Planning (2006):

A Division of New Age International (P) :Limited, New Delhi.

2. Ahluwalia, I.J. and I.M.D. Little (Eds) (1999), India’s Economic Reforms and

Development (Essays in honour of Manmohan Singh), Oxford University Press, New

Delhi.

3. Bardhan, P.K. (9th edition) (1999), The Political Economy of Development in India,

Oxford University Press, new Delhi.

4. Bawa, R.S. and P.S. Raikhy (Ed.) (1997), Structural Changes in Indian Economy, Guru

Nanak Dev University Press, Amritsar.

5. Bhargava, P. K. (1991), India's Fiscal Crisis, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi.

6. Bhole, L. M. (2000), Indian Financial System, Ghugh Publications, Allahabad.

7. Brahmananda, PR. And V.R.Panchmukhi (Eds.) (2001), Development Experience in the

IndianEconomy: Inter-state Perspectives, Book well, Delhi.

7

8. C.Rangarajan, (2000), Perspectives on Indian Economy -A Collection of Essays, UBSPD

publishers Distributors Ltd., New Delhi.

9. Dantwala, M.L. (1996), Dilemmas of Growth: The Indian Experience, Sage Publications,

New Delhi.

10. Datt, R. (Ed.) (2001), Second Generation Economic Reforms in India, Deep & Deep

Publications, New Delhi.

11. Dhingra I. C. (2002): Indian Economy S.Chand New Delhi.

12. Dutt R and KPM Sundharam (2002): Indian Economy: S.Chand New Delhi.

13. Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual), Ministry of Finance, New Delhi.

14. Gupta, S. P. (1998), Post-Reform India : Emerging Trends, allied Publishers, New Delhi.

15. HanumanthaRao C.H. and H.Linnemann (Eds)(1996): Economic Reforms and Poverty

Alleviation in India Sage, New Delhi.

16. MisraS.K.andV.K.Puri, (latest): Indian Economy, Himalaya, Publishing house, Mumbai.

17. Mookherjee, d. (Ed.) (1997), Indian Industry : Policies and Performance, Oxford


18. Mundle, s. (1999), Public Finance : Policy Issues for India, Oxford University Press, New

Delhi.

19. Sandesara, J.C. (1992), Industrial Policy and Planning, 1947-1991: Tendencies,

Interpretations and Issues, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

20. Sen, R.K. and B.Chatterjee (2001), Indian Economy : Agenda for 21st Century (Essays in

honour of Prof.P.P.Brahmananda), Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi.

21. Sen, R.K. and B.Chatterjee (2001), Indian Economy: Agenda for 21st Century (Essays in


22. Swamy, D. s. (1994), The Political Economy of Industrialization : from Self reliance to

Globalization, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

23. Uma Kapila (2006): Indian Economy-Since Independence-17th Edition, Academic

Foundation, New Delhi.

8



1T5: Economics of Infrastructure

Module I: Infrastructure and Economic Development

Meaning and types of Infrastructure – Social and Physical Infrastructure -Infrastructure and

Economic Development -Commercialization of Infrastructure Services.

Infrastructure Development in India- Profile of Physical Infrastructure -Rural and Urban

Infrastructure, Special Economic Zones (SEZ)

Infrastructure investments requirement in India -Infrastructure Financing in India: Progress

and Prospects

Recent policy Announcement on Infrastructure in India –FDI in Infrastructure- Public

Private Partnership (PPPs) in Infrastructure- Cross-border Infrastructure initiatives.

Module 2: Development of Transport and Tourism in India

Transportation: Function, Means and Modes- Need for Integrated Transport System -Models of

freight and passenger demand.

Role of Transport System in India’s Economic Development -Indian Railways –Roads and

Road Transportation –Shipping and Ports –Civil Aviation.

Tourism and economic development– Tourism planning- Infrastructural requirements for

marketing tourism.

Tourism development in India - Initiatives by the government for tourism promotion-

Tourism policy of India - Towards sustainable tourism

Module 3: Energy, Communication and Information Technology

Energy & Economic Development – Renewable and non-conventional sources of energy -–

Recent trends in demand and supply of primary Energy in India.

Nature of Energy crisis in India. -The relative economics of Thermal, Hydel and Nuclear

Power Plants -Energy conservation.

Telecommunication in India- New Telecom Policy-BSNL, MTNL, TRAI –FDI in

Telecommunications -Rate making in telephone utilities; principles of decreasing costs in

telephone industry.

Strategies of Indian IT-BPO Companies –IT in Banking -IT in Agriculture -Challenges Ahead.

Characteristics of postal services- its importance – Restructuring of postal services

Module 4: Education and Health

Education in India and development of human resources; Elementary, Secondary andHigher

education in India

Problems of India’s education system, Reforms in Education its impact on

employment,Education policy in India

Role of Health is improving the quality of human capital, Determinants of health- Health and

Nutrition

Health crisis in India- The new health policy- National Rural Health Mission- Health

Programmes under recent plans.

9

Books Recommended:

1. Baru R.V: Private Health Care in India - Social Characteristics and Trends (Sage, New

Delhi,1998)

2. Becker G.S: Human Capital (National Bureau of Economic Research, New York, 1974)

3. Berman P (Ed): Human Health Sector Reform in Developing Countries - Making

HealthDevelopment Sustainable (Harvard Series on Population and International Health,

Bosto 1995)

4. Bhatia A.K: Tourism Development - Principles and Practices (Sterling, New Delhi 1996)

5. Jha R, Murthy M.N & Paul S: On fixing Prices for Postal Services in India (National

Institute ofPublic Finance and Policy, New Delhi, 1990)

6. NCAER: India Infrastructure Report: Policy Implications for Growth and

Development(NCAER, New Delhi, 1996)

7. Panchamukhi P.R: Economics of Health - A Trend Report in ICSSR, A Survey of Research

inEconomics, Vol.VI, Infrastructure (Allied, New Delhi, 1980)

8. Parikh K.S (Ed): India Development Report 1999-2000 (Oxford University Press, New

Delhi,2000)

9. Raghuram G &Rekha J: Infrastructure Development and Financing (Mac Millan, New

Delhi,1999)

10



1T6 :Trade cycles

Module 1- Introduction

Business cycle- concept, nature, types and scope

Phases of trade cycle, main type of economic fluctuations seasonal

Kitchin, Juglar, Kondratieff, Kuznets& Schumpeter’s three type of scheme

Building cycle

Historical background of trade cycle theory.

Module 2- Theory of Business Cycle- I

Monetary theory of trade cycle- Hawtrey ,Hayek

Non-monetary theory- Spiethoff

Under consumption theory of trade cycle- Malthus, Karl marks,

Module 3- Theory of Business Cycle- II

Theory of trade cycle- Keynesian, Hicks,

Innovation theory of trade cycle- Schumpeter

Modern theories of trade cycle- Kelecki,

Econometric models of trade cycle- Timbergen

Unit 4- Business Cycles History

World great depression (1929-33)- features, causes, effects, characteristic

Nature of business cycle after the second world war,

Business cycle history during 19th & 20th century

Developing countries and business cycles, nature of trade cycle in underdeveloped

Methods of measurements of cyclical fluctuations

Policies & measures for business cycle- monetary & fiscal qualitative & quantitative measure,

Books recommended.

1. Esteyl.a. business cycles- their nature causes & control

2. Gordon, r.a. business fluctuations.

3. Harberler, g. Prosperity and depression.

4. Hicks, j.r. business cycles and national income

5. Kaleckij.r. a contribution to the theory of trade cycle

6. Ludbergeric: he business cycles in the post world war.

7. Shuklad.k. business cycle analysis.

8. World bank (1993) east asian miracle world bandk report washingiond.c.

9. Goldstein, m.(1998) the asian financial cresiscresis, cacre and systematic implication

institute for international economics washingtord.c.

10. Kindleberger. C.p. (19960 a history of financial crisis manias, prics and crashes (3rd ed) john

wiley and sons, new york

11. Bhargavap.k. (1991) india’s fiscal crisis, ashish publishing house, new delhi.

12. Vaidyanathan a, (1995) the indian economy crisis response and prospects.

Onentlongmansnew delhi.

13. Mahore r business cycle

11



1T7:Regional Economics

Module 1:

Overview of Regional Economics: Meaning of Regional Economics. Need for study of

Regional Economics, Definition of a region, Different types of regions, Differences between

region and a nation; Importance of Regionalisation – Regionalisation Approaches – Indicators of

Regional Development

Module 2:

Spatial Theories: Determinants of Regional Location, Theories of Location – Von Thunen,

Weber, Losch on Location on Location – Concentration vs Dispersal of Economic Activities,

Regional Social Accounting – Regional Growth Process – Regional Multiplies – Regional Input

Output Analysis – Regional Business Cycle – Convergence and Divergence – Techniques for

regional Economic Analysis

Module 3:

Regional Economic Policy and Regional Disparities: Importance and Objectives of regional

Economic Policy– Formulation of Regional Economic Policy – Tools – Techniques

Implementation – Limitations.

Causes of regional Disparities – Indicators – Extent – Trends – Policies and Programmes to

reduce Disparities – Regional Planning – Backward Area Development Programmes –

Institutional and Policy framework.

Module 4:

Globalization and Regionalization Significance – Impact of New Economic Policy and

Globalization on Regional Development , Indicators of regional development– New Challenges

and Policy Choice.

Recommended Books:

1. Chand, M. and U.K. Puri : Regional Planning in India, Allied Publishers, New Delhi.

2. Dholakia, R.H : Regional Disparity in Economic Growth in India, Himalaya Publishing

House, Bombay.

3. Glasson, J : An Introduction to Regional Planning, Concepts, Theory and Practice,

Hutchiuson, London.

4. Richardson H.W (1969) Elements of Regional Economics, Penguin Harmendsworth

5. Shrivastava O.S.(1992) Regional Economics : Theoretical issues, Anmol Publications,

New Delhi

6. ShekharSudharshu (ed) (2003) Regional Planning in India, vol-I and II Anmol


12


(Elective Course – Group B)

1T8 : Mathematical Economics- I

Module - 1: Basics of Mathematical Economics and Algebra

Basic Concepts- Importance of Mathematical Methods in Economic Analysis;

Review of Elementary Algebra- indices, quadratic equations, Arithmetic and Geometric

Progressions, theory of Sets and operations, Equation of a straight line, slope of line, intercept

Module - 2: Limits, Differential Calculus and Integration

Limit, Continuity and Derivatives;

Rules of Differentiation, Partial Differentiation; Total Differential; Uses in Economics;

Marginal Concept; Marginal Cost; Revenue; Utility; Elasticity’s and Types; Concepts of

Maxima and Minima; Unconstrained and Constrained Optimization in Simple Economic

Problems; Concept of Integration; Some Simple Rules of Integration and Applications in

Economic Dynamics

Module - 3: Matrix and Determinants Matrix – Types, Elementary Operations – Addition, Multiplication, Matrix Inverse and Rank of

a Matrix, Determinants and their Basic Properties; Solution of Simultaneous Equations using

Matrices

Module-4: Game Theory and Linear Programming and Input-Output Analysis: Concept of game – Two-person zero-sum game, Pay-off matrix, pure and mixed strategies,

Saddle point solution; Non-constant sum game, Prisoners Dilemma

Linear programming – Basic concept of linear programming problem (LPP), solution of LPP

by graphical and simplex method; primal and dual problem, application of LPP in economics.

Input-output analysis- introduction, Open and closed input-output models, Coefficient Matrix

and Open Model; Hawkins-Simon conditions; Leontief's dynamic model and static model;

Limitations.

Books Recommended:

1. Alien, R.G.D., Mathematical Analysis for Economists, Macmillan Press and ELBS, London.

2. Allen, R.G.D. (1974), Mathematical Analysis for Economic, Macmillan Press and ELBS,

London.

3. Arrow, K.J. and M. Intrilligator (Eds.) (1982), Handbook of Mathematical Economics,

Volumes I, II and III, North Holland, Amsterdam.

4. Black J. and J.F. Bradley: Essential Mathematics for Economists. John Wiley and Sons,

London.

5. Chiang, A.C., Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill, New York.

6. Edward T. Dowling, Introduction to Mathematical Economics: Schaum’s Outline Series

Tata, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

7. Hadley, G., Linear Programming, Addison Wesley Publishing Co., Massachusetts.

8. Handry, A.T., Operations Research, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

9. Monga G.S., Mathematics and statistics for Economists. Vikas Publishing House, New

Delhi.

13

10. Taha, H.A., Operations Research: An Introduction (6th Edition), Prentice Hall of India Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi.

11. Veerachamy R. (2002): Quantitative Methods for Economists. New Age International

Publishers, Bangalore.

12. Yamane, Taro, Mathematics for Economists, Prentice Hall of India New Delhi.

14



1T9 :Industrial Economics-I

Module 1:

Industrialisation: Meaning, Nature and scope of industrial economics.

Organization of a firm: Concept, types of organisation forms, objectives of a firm.

Meaning of industrialisation, rationale for industrialisation, Role of Industrialization in

Economic Development - Factors for and against industrial development.Strategies for

industrialisation.

Module 2:

Size and location of the firm: Measures of size of firm, Concept of optimum firm, Factors

determining optimum size of a firm.

Determinants of Industrial Location - Technical, economic, infrastructural and other factors .

Theories of Industrial Location: Weber, Sargent Florence.

Industrial Imbalance: Causes and Measures. Need for Balanced Regional Development of

Industries.

Module 3:

Industrial Productivity & Efficiency: Meaning & determinants of efficiency.

Productivity: concept and Measurement, Distinction between productivity & production.

Factors affecting Productivity and Capacity Utilization, Importance of Productivity in the

Competitive Environment. Measures required for Improving Productivity and Efficiency,

National Productivity council.

Labour productivity: concept and determinants. Tools for improvement of labour productivity.

Module 4:

Profitability & investment analysis: Meaning & measurement of profitability. Market

conditions favourable for profitability.

Investment decisions: Nature & type, Methods of evaluating investment expenditure – Payback

method, ARR, NPV and IRR. Ranking of Projects. Social Cost Benefit Analysis –Balancing

private and social returns.

Assessment of financial soundness of the firm: Ratio analysis, Break Even analysis.

Books Recommended:

1. Ahluwalia, I.J: Industrial Growth in India (Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1985)

2. Barthwal, R.R: Industrial Economics (Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi, 1985)

3. Cherunilam F: Industrial Economics: Indian Perspective (3rd Edition) (Himalaya Publishing

House, Mumbai, 1994)

4. Desai B: Industrial Economy in India (3rd Edition) (Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai,

1999)

5. Kuchhal S.C.: Industrial Economy of India (5th Edition) (Chaitanya Publishing House,

Allahabad, 1980)

6. Singh. A and A.N Sadhu: Industrial Economics (Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay,

1988)

15



1T10: Public Economics- I

Module 1: Introduction Role of Government: The Role of the Government in a Changing Perspective

Government as an agent for economic planning and development

Private Goods, Public Goods, Social Goods, Merit Goods and Mixed Goods- meaning & characteristics

Public finance vs private finance Taxable Capacity- Meaning, Types and Measurement

Taxable Capacity- Meaning, Types and Measurement

Monetary and Fiscal Policies- Meaning, Objectives and interdependence

Module 2: Public Choice Public finance and the economy

Principle of public finance

Maximum Social Advantage, Musgrave’s view on MSA

Test & Limitation of the Theory of MSA

Private and public mechanism for allocating resources, problems for allocating resources, problems of

preference revelation and aggregation of preferences, an economic theory of democracy.

Module 3: Rational for Public Policy

Problems of preference revelation and aggregation of preferences

Arrow impossibility theorem;

An economic theory of democracy; Politico-eco-bureaucracy

Demand-revealing schemes for public goods- Tiebout model, Theory of club goods.

Liquidity preference; Social goals; Poverty alleviation, Provision of infrastructural facilities,

removing distributional inequalities and regional imbalances.

Stabilization Policy-Keynesian case for stabilization policy, Uncertainty and expectations,

Failure of inter-temporal markets;

Module 4: Government Budget and Revenue

Budget – Meaning, kinds, Components, Preparation, Presentation and Execution of Budget.

Type sources & Trends in Revenues of Union, State and Local Bodies since 1991; Economic

Reforms in Direct and Indirect Taxes

Budgeting trends & techniques – Zero base, Gender base, Outcome, Incremental, Traditional,

Programme budgeting; Balance budget Multiplier

Books Recommended:

1. Atkinson, A.B. and J.E. Siglitz (1980): Lectures on Public Economics, Tata McGraw

Hill, New York.

2. Auerbach, A.J. and M. Feldstern (eds.) (1985): Handbook of Public Economics. Vol.1,

North, Holland, Amsterdam.

3. Barman, K. (1986), Public Debt Management in India, Uppal Publishing House, New

Delhi.

4. Bhargava, P.K. (1984): Some Aspects of Indian Public Finances, Uppal Publishing

House, New Delhi

5. Bhargava, P.K. (1991), India's Fiscal Crisis. Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi.

16

6. Bhatia, H.L. (2000): Public Finance, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. Delhi.

7. Chellaih, Raja J.(eds,)(1997), Towards Sustainable Growth, Oxford University Press,

New Delhi.

8. Datt, R. (Ed.)( 2001), Second Generation Economic Reforms in India, Deep & Deep,


9. Gandhi, V.P. (1970): Some Aspects of India‟ s Tax Structure, Vora and Company,

Bombay.

10. HemlataRao (2006) Fiscal Federalism –Issues and Policies, New Century Publications,

New Delhi.

11. KiritS.Parikh (Ed.) (1999) India Development Report -1999-2000, Oxford University

Press, New Delhi.

17



1T11:Economics of Education and Health

Module1: Economics of Education

Education- Meaning, need, objective,

Meaning of Economics of Education, Demand for Education–Private Demand and Social

Demand; Determinants of Demand;

Costs of Education–Expenditure on Education; Private Costs and Social Costs;

Benefit of Education– Direct and Indirect Benefits; Private and Social Benefit;

Cost–Benefit Analysis, rate of return to investment in education

Current scenario of education system

Module2: Education and Economic Development in India

Objectives of Educational Planning;

A Review of Educational Development in India – Primary, Secondary, Vocational, Higher,

Technical and Adult Education;

Educational Policy in India; Expenditure on Education and Improvement in Literacy in India;

Educational Development Policy and Employment in India.

Globalization and higher education,

National Knowledge Commission Effects of educational financing on income distribution

Effects of education, Ability and family background on earnings,

Poverty and income distribution, Education and employment- Concept, Merit- Demerit

Module3: Demand for and Supply of Health

Health care- Definition, characteristic, holistic approach, benefits, types of treatments

Nature of Demand for Supply of Health, Determinants of Demand & good health

Pricing of HealthCare Services-Drugs, Hospitals;

Cost of Health Care Services; Market Failure; components of healthcare systems

National health policy, Planning & health committees Role of NGO’s In Healthcare Systems

Module 4: Financing Health Care

Financing of health care and resource constraints,

PHC- Health Status Indicators and measurement,

A review of per capita private and public expenditure on health services.

Economic Reforms and Health Sector.

WHO- role & Need for a social health insurance for the poor, disabled and the aged.

The role of development financing institutions in financing health services.

Health insurance Policy in India-Insurance- definition, nature, characteristics, functions, types,

importance, classification, advantages, Principles

Rural healthcare system in India

Books Recommended:

1 Agarwal, Pawan, Higher Education in India: The need for Change.

18

2 Aggarwal and Aggarwal, Educational Planning in India, Vol.I, Delhi.

3 Banerjee D., Social Cultural and Foundations of Health Services Systems of India, Inquiry,

Supplement to Vol. XII June.

4 Banerjee D., Poverty, Class and Health Culture in India Vol.I, PrachiPrakashan, New Delhi.

5 Baru, R.U., Private Health Care in India; Social Characteristics and Trends, Sage

Publications,New Delhi.

6 Berman, P. and M.E Khan, Paying for Indian‟ s Health Care, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

7 Berman, R.(Ed), Health Sector Reform in Developing Countries: Making Health Development

Sustainable, Boston: Harvard Series on Population and International Health.

8 Das Gupta M., Chen, L. C. and Krishna, T. N, Health, Poverty and Development in India,

Oxford University Press, Delhi.

9 Feldstein M.S., Economic Analysis of Health Service Efficiency, North Holland, Amsterdam.

10 Hanley, N., J.F.Shogern and B. White, Environmental Economics in Theory and Practice,

Macmillan.

11 Kapur, Devesh and Mehta, PratapBhanu, Indian Higher Education Reform: From Half-Baked

12 Krishnakumar T. and Rao K.N., Financing of Health Services in India: Perspectives and

Issues”,

Department of Economics, University of Hyderabad,

13 McMohan, W.W., Education and Development; Measuring the Social Benefits, Oxford

University Press, Oxford.

14 Murthy M.N.,A.James ; and S.Misra, The Economics of water Pollution in India, Oxford

University Press, new Delhi.

15 Padmanabhan, C.B., Financial Management in Education, Select Books, New Delhi.

16 Panchamukhi, P.R., Economics of Health: A Trend Report in ICSSR, A Survey of Research

in Economics, Vol.VI, Infrastructure, Allied, Delhi.

17 Rao, V.K.R.V, Education and Human Resources Development, Allied Publishers Bombay.

18 Sengupta R.P, Ecology and Economics: An approach to Sustainable Development, Oxford


19 ShriPrakash, Cost of Education: Theoretical Exploration and Empirical Prognostication,

20 Tilak, J, B.G., The Economics of Inequality in Education, Sage Publishers, New Delhi

21 Tilak, J.B.G., Education for Development in Asia, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

22 Vaizey, J., Economics of Education, Faber and Faber, London.

23 Woodhall, M., Cost Benefit Analysis in Educational Planning, UNESCO, Paris.

24 World Bank, The Financing Health Services of Developing Countries: An Agenda for

Reform,World Bank Policy Study, Washington

19



1T12: Human Development

Module – 1: Nature of Human Development

Concept of Human development- Components of human Development.

Human Development and Economic Development: Human Development and Human Rights.

Human Resource Development; Usefulness of Concept

Gender and Human Development

Module – 2: Measurement of Human development

Human Development index- Measurement of Human Development: Limitations ofHuman

Development measure

Political Freedom- Index of Economic Freedom, Human Development index and Poverty index.

Multidimensional Poverty Index.

Module – 3: Human development in India

Human Development and Economic Growth with Indian context.

Status of Human Development in India and inter State comparison;

Human Development and Poverty, Human Development and Backward classes.

Module – 4: Expenditure on Human Development in India

Human Development Expenditure in India and States (Public spending)

Primary Education, Human Development and India’s disadvantaged group

Social Capital –Economic Attainments and Well-being, Millennium Development Goals.

Books Recommended :

1 Baru, R.U. (1998): Private Health Care in India; Social Characteristics and Trends, Sage


2 Dwivedi R.S. : Human Relations and Organizational Behaviour –Global perspective, Mac.

Millan , India.

3 Human development in South Asia, 2001, published for the MahbubulHaq Human

development Center, Oxford.

4 Lokslmansamy, T- Economics of Human Behaviour al and Publishers Ltd.

5 Mc. Mohan, W.W. (1999): Education of Development: Measuring the Social Benefit, Oxford

University Press Oxford.

6 Michael, V.P : Human Resources Management and Human Relations, Himalaya Relations,

Himalaya Publishing House.

7 National Human development Report; Government of India, 2002.

8 Panchamukhi, P.R. (1980): "Economics of Health: A Trend Report" in ICSSR: A Survey of

Research Economics, Vol . VI, Infrastructure, Allied, Delhi.

9 Rao T.V. Et.al : Alternative approaches and strategy of human resources development.

10 SubbaRao P. : Essentials of Human Resources Management and Industrial Relations,

Himalaya Publishing House.

11 Tilak, J.B.G. (1994): Education for Development in Asia, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

12 UNDP- Human Development Reports, Annual Reports.

20

13 Woodhall, M. (1992): Cost-Benefit Analysis in Educational planning, UNESCO, Paris.

14 World Bank (1993): The world Development Report, 1993: Investing in Health, Oxford

University Press, New York.

15 Datta, Ruddar.(2002) Human Development and Economic Development, Deep and Deep

Pub., New Delhi.

21

M.A. Part -I : Semester-II (Core Course)

2T1: Micro Economic Analysis – II

Module 5 : Price and Output under Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition

Price and Output Under Monopoly : Sources of Monopoly, Price-Output Equilibrium under

Monopoly.

Price Discrimination : Degrees of Price Discrimination, Equilibrium under Price Discrimination.

Measurement of the Degree of Monopoly Power, Price and Output under Bilateral Monopoly.

Price and Output Under Monopolistic Competition : Price-Output Equilibrium under

Monopolistic Competition. Chamberlin's Alternative Approach.

Excess Capacity Under Imperfect Competition : The Concept of Excess Capacity - Cassel's

Two Concepts of Excess Capacity. Chamberlin's Concepts of Ideal Output and Excess

Capacity.Importance of Advertising and other Selling Costs under Monopolistic Competition

and Oligopoly.

Module 6 : Price and Output under Oligopoly

Price and Output Under Oligopoly: Classical Models of Oligopoly –Cournot Model, Bertrand's

Model and Edgeworth Model, Stackelberg. Collusive and non-collusive oligopoly model,

Kinked Demand Curve Hypothesis.

Game Theory- Prisoners’ Dilemma, Application of Game theory to oligopolistic Strategy.

Theory of Limit Pricing : Bain's Model of Limit Price,. Sylos Model of Limit Pricing and

Modigliani's Model of Limit Pricing.

Module 7 : Theory of Distribution

Marginal Productivity Theory of Distribution: Clark's Version of Marginal Productivity Theory;

Marshall-Hicks' Marginal Productivity Theory. Wage determination under Perfect Competition

and Monopoly in Labour Market

Theory of Rent: Ricardian Theory of Rent, Scarcity Rent, Quasi-Rent.

The Theory of Interest: Classical Theory of Interest, Loanable Funds Theory of Interest,

Keynes's Liquidity Preference Theory of Interest.

The Theory of Profit : Innovations and Profits. Risk, Uncertainty and Profits.

Alternative Theories of Distribution :Ricardian Theory, Marxian Theory, Neo-Classical Theory,

Kaleckis Degree of Monopoly Theory and Keynesian-Kaldor’s theory.

Product Exhaustion Theorem – Concept, Eular Theorem

Module 8 : Welfare Economics

Introduction to Welfare theory : Individual and Social Welfare, Role of Value judgment,

Pareto’s Criterion of Social welfare,

Welfare Theories :Kaldor-Hicks Welfare Criteria, Scitovsky Paradox, Bergson-Samuslon Social

Welfare function, Arrows Theory of Social Choice, Rawls theory of justice, Sen’s Social

Welfare Theory.

Market Failure and Public Goods- concepts, externalities, Market failure and role of government.

22

Books Recommended :

1. Ahuja H. L., Advanced Economic Theory : Microeconomics Analysis, 13th Edition,

S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi.

2. Baumol, W.J. 91982), Economics Theory and Operations Analysis, Prentice Hall of

India, New Delhi.

3. Dewett K. K., Modern Economic Theory, S. Chand & Company Ltd., Revised Edition,

2005.


5. Koutsoyiannis, A. (1979): Modern Microeconomics, 2nd ed., Macmillan Press,

London.

6. Kreps, David M (1990): A Course in Microeconomic Theory, Princeton University

Press, Princeton.

7. Sen, A. (1999): Microeconomics: Theory and Applications, Oxford University Press,

New Delhi.

8. Stigler, G. (1996): Theory of Price, 4th ed., Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

9. Varian, H. (2000): Microeconomic Analysis, W.W. Norton, New York.

23


2T2: Macro Economic Analysis – II

Module 5 : Demand for Money

Classical approach to Demand for Money: Quantity theory of Money, Cambridge

Quantity theory, derivation of LM Curve,

Modern approach to Demand for Money: Keynes Quantity Theory of Money, Baumol

Model of money Demand (Inventory Approach), Tobins Model of money demand (Portfolio

Balance), Patinkins Monetary model (real balance Effect), Friedman’s modern Quantity

Theory of Money(Wealth Theory)

Module 6 : Interest Theories

Rate of Interest : Classical, Neoclassical (Loanable Fund Theory of interest), Keynesian

Theory of Interest, Liquidity Trap, Relative effectiveness of monetary & fiscal policies,

Interest rates and price expectations –Nominal and real interest rates, Inflationary expectations

and interest rates.

Wage Flexibility: Keynes and Pigou effect

Module 7 : Theories of Inflation

Theories of Inflation :Meaning and Types, Inflationary Gap : Convergent and Divergent

Inflationary Gaps, Theories of Inflation : Demand Pull, Cost Push and Mixed Inflation, Effects of

Inflation, Inflation in Developing Economies - Inflation and Economic Growth, Short run and

long run Phillips Curve, Tobins modified Phillips Curve, Adaptive Expectations and rational

expectations polices to control Inflation

Module 8 : Trade Cycles and Financial markets

Theories of business Cycle :Acceleration Principle and Business Cycle, Samuelson model and

Super Multiplier, Monetary Theory of trade Cycle (Hawtrey) and Monetary Overinvestment

Theory (Hayek), Hicks theory of Trade Cycle and Kaldor Model of trade Cycle

Markets :Money Market – Characteristics and Constituents, Capital Market – Instruments and

institutions of money and capital markets

Books Recommended :

1. Blackhouse, R. and A. Salansi (Eds.) (2000), Macroeconomics and the Real World (2

Vols), Oxford University Press, London. 2. D’Souza, Errol (2008), Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, Delhi. 3. Gupta R.D.andRana A.S. (1998): Post-Keynesian Economics, Kalyani Publishers,

Ludhiana. 4. Heijdra, B.J. and V.P. Fredericck (2001), Foundations of Modern macroeconomics,

Oxford University Press, New Delhi. 5. Jha, R (1991) : Contemporary Macro Economic theory and Policy, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 6. Jhingan, M.L.(1999) : Macro Economics 7. Keynes, J.M (1936) : General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money 8. Mithani D. M., Money, Banking, International trade and public finance, Himalaya

Publications

24

9. Rakshit, M. (1998), Studies in the Macroeconomics of Developing Countries, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

10. Reddy.Y.V. (2000): A Review of Monetary and Financial Sector Reforms in India,

UBSPD, New Delhi.

25

M.A. Part – I: Semester – II

(Elective Course – Group C)

2T3: Statistics for Economics - II

Module 5: Sampling Distribution, Estimation and Hypothesis

Sampling – Introduction, Advantage of Sample Survey, Sample Designs and Methods of

Sampling – Random and Non-random

Sampling Distributions

Estimation – Meaning, Types, Characteristics, Importance

Hypothesis – Meaning, Concepts, Types, Errors, level of Significance, Critical Region,

Confidence Interval and Confidence Limits, One Tailed and Two Tailed Test, Critical Values

and Significant Values. Type I and Type II Errors

Module 6: Statistical Inference

Test of Significance – Small Sample and Large Sample

Chi-Square analysis

Analysis of Variance

Module 7: Time Series Analysis and Forecasting

Time Series Analysis -Meaning, Nature, Components of Time Series and Importance, Additive

and Multiplicative Model, Measurement and Projection of Trends, Measurement of Seasonal,

Cyclical and Random Fluctuation, Forecasting – Meaning, Importance and Methods- Delphi,

Expert Judgement, Box-Jenkins

Module 8: Index Numbers

Index Number- Meaning, Characteristics, Importance and Limitations, Methods of Computation

of Index Numbers– Simple and Weighted

Cost of Living Index Numbers: Meaning, Importance, Types, Methods of Computation of Cost

of Living Index Number, Concept and use of CPI and WPI

Books Recommended:

1. Gupta S.C and Mrs. Indira Gupta: Business Statistics: Himalaya Publishing House;

Delhi

2. Gupta, S.C., Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, S. Chand & Sons New Delhi.

3. Gupta, S.P., Introduction to Statistical Methods.,S. Chand& Sons New Delhi.

4. King, W.I.: The Elements of Statistical Methods; The Macmillan Co. New York.

5. Anderson, Sweemey and Villiams, Statistics for Business and Economics, Cengage

Learning publication, New Delhi.

26

M.A. Part – I: Semester - II


2T4: Indian Economic Policy – II

Module 5: Industrial Sector:

Trends in Industrial Production and Productivity, Changes in Industrial pattern during Plans

Public Sector enterprises and their performance; Industrial Sickness in India;

Small-scale and Cottage Industries: Meaning, Classification and Role in Indian Economy,

Problems and Government Policy.

Industrial policy; Privatisation and disinvestment debate;

Module 6: External Sector:

Structure and direction of foreign trade;

India’s Balance of payments;

Foreign Capital and Aid

India’s Exchange Rate Policy; Foreign Exchange Reserves and Capital Account Convertibility

Multinational Corporation, FERA and FEMA;

Module 7: Financial Sector:

Indian Money Market- Organized and unorganized sector, Characteristics and reform measures

Commercial Banking System, Banking Sector Reforms,

Non-Banking Financial Intermediaries;

Monetary Policy of RBI, Control of currency and credit by RBI,

Capital market in India, SEBI and capital market development,

Module 8: Economic Reforms

Economic reforms in India;

Globalisation and its impact on Indian economy;

W.T.O. and India;

Fiscal sector reform in India.

Need for and issues in good governance;

Books Recommended :

1. Agarawal A.N. (2006):Indian Economy: Problems of Development and Planning (2006): A

Division of New Age International (P) :Limited, New Delhi.

2. Ahluwalia, I.J. and I.M.D. Little (Eds) (1999), India’s Economic Reforms and Development

(Essays in honour of Manmohan Singh), Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

3. Bardhan, P.K. (9th edition) (1999), The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford


4. Bawa, R.S. and P.S. Raikhy (Ed.) (1997), Structural Changes in Indian Economy, Guru

Nanak Dev University Press, Amritsar.

5. Bhargava, P. K. (1991), India's Fiscal Crisis, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi.

6. Bhole, L. M. (2000), Indian Financial System, Ghugh Publications, Allahabad.

7. Brahmananda, PR. And V.R.Panchmukhi (Eds.) (2001), Development Experience in the

Indian Economy: Inter-state Perspectives, Book well, Delhi.

27

8. C.Rangarajan, (2000), Perspectives on Indian Economy -A Collection of Essays, UBSPD

publishers Distributors Ltd., New Delhi.

9. Dantwala, M.L. (1996), Dilemmas of Growth: The Indian Experience, Sage Publications,

New Delhi.

10. Datt, R. (Ed.) (2001), Second Generation Economic Reforms in India, Deep & Deep


11. Dhingra I. C. (2002): Indian Economy S.Chand New Delhi.

12. Dutt R and KPM Sundharam (2002): Indian Economy: S.Chand New Delhi.

13. Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual), Ministry of Finance, New Delhi.

14. Gupta, S. P. (1998), Post-Reform India : Emerging Trends, allied Publishers, New Delhi.

15. HanumanthaRao C.H. and H.Linnemann (Eds)(1996): Economic Reforms and Poverty

Alleviation in India Sage, New Delhi.

16. Misra S.K. &Puri, V.K.(2001), Indian Economy, Himalaya Publication House, Mumbai.

17. MisraS.K.andV.K.Puri, (latest): Indian Economy, Himalaya, Publishing house, Mumbai.

18. Mookherjee, d. (Ed.) (1997), Indian Industry : Policies and Performance, Oxford University

Press, New Delhi.

19. Mundle, s. (1999), Public Finance: Policy Issues for India, Oxford University Press, New

Delhi.

20. Sandesara, J.C. (1992), Industrial Policy and Planning, 1947-1991: Tendencies,

Interpretations and Issues, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

21. Sen, R.K. and B.Chatterjee (2001), Indian Economy : Agenda for 21st Century (Essays in


22. Sen, R.K. and B.Chatterjee (2001), Indian Economy: Agenda for 21st Century (Essays in


23. Swamy, D. s. (1994), The Political Economy of Industrialization : from Self-reliance to

Globalization, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

24. Uma Kapila (2006): Indian Economy-Since Independence-17th Edition, Academic

Foundation, New Delhi.

28



2T5: Agricultural Economics

Module – 1 : Agricultural Marketing System

Markets : Types of Agricultural Markets, Structure and Problems of Agricultural Marketing

in India. Functions of Agricultural Marketing- Packaging, Transportation, Grading and

Standardization, and Storage and Warehousing.

Processing : Meaning and necessity of processing, Advantages of processing, Processing

Types : Processing of wheat, paddy, pulses, oilseeds and milk, Agro- Processing- Structure

and Classification; Agro-Food Processing- Structure - Milk and Milk Products, Fish and

Poultry; Horticulture and Plantation- Fruits, Vegetables and Flowers, Buying and selling of

agro-produce.

Growth Prospects of Dairy Farming :Organic farming — Present status & Future scope,

use of Hybrid Seeds,

Marketing of Farm Products : Marketing Function, Components of Marketing Function,

Agricultural Inputs and their types, Fertilizers Marketing, Seeds Marketing, Chemical

Marketing, Packaging : Packing Materials, Types of Materials for packing.

International Trade and Agriculture :Share of Agricultural Products in Foreign Trade,

Export of Agriculture Products, Imports of Agro-related Commodities, Status of import-

export of commodities like cereals, pulses, oilseeds, sugar, raw cotton, fruits and vegetables.

WTO and Agreement on Agriculture(AOA), Globalization of Indian Economy and problems

and prospects of Indian Agriculture., Impact of World Trade Organization on Indian

Agriculture.

Module 2 : Indian Farmers' Indebtedness and Agriculture Finance

Indian Farmers' Indebtedness : Extent of Rural Indebtedness ; Debt - Position after

Independence ; nature of Indebtedness ; Causes of Rural Indebtedness ; Evils/Effects of

Indebtedness; Govt. Measures to reduce Rural Indebtedness ; Impact of Legislative

Measures.

Agricultural Finance : Criteria for Agricultural Credit ; Need for Agricultural Finance ;

Estimates of Rural Financial Requirements : Extent of Agricultural Finance ; Problem of

Agricultural Finance ; Suggestions to Improve Agricultural Finance ; Source of agricultural

Finance ; Role of Money lenders.

Agricultural Credit Institutions : Sources of Finance : Commercial Banks Functions,

Regional Rural Banks, NABARD, Govt. Policy for Agricultural Credit

Co-Operative Credit Structure : Introduction; Three-Tier Structure; Primary Agricultural

Credit Societies ; Central Co-operative Bank; State Co-operative Bank; Land Development

banks ; Achievements of Co-operative Credit.

Module 3 : Farm Mechanisation, Farm Size and Productivity

Farm Size and Productivity :Measurement of Size of Farm, Pattern of-Farm Holding in

India, Factors Determining Economic holding, Farm-Size Practices-Large Scale and Small

Scale Farming, Specialized and Diversified Farming, Mixed Farming, Extensive and Intensive

Farming, Reasons for Inverse Relationships, Size Productivity and Green Revolution, Farm

Size and Profitability, Policy Implications.

29

Farm Mechanisation : Types of Farm mechanization, Progress of Mechanisation ; Pre-

conditions for Mechanisation of Agriculture, Factors Responsible for Expanding

Mechanisation, Magnitude of Mechanisation, Arguments for Farm Mechanisation,

Arguments Against Farm Mechanisation, Benefits of Farm Mechanisation Scope of Farm

Mechanisation, Causes for Slow Progress of Mechanisation, Mechanisation V/s Employment

Promotion of Agricultural Mechanism and Among Small Farmers, Mechanism and

Productivity

Food Problem and Food Security : Public Procurement of Food and Buffer Stock Food

Problem after Independence, Different Aspects of Food Problems, Public Distribution System

Buffer Stock Policy, Long-run Food Management Policy, Food Management Policy,

Food Security and Poverty, Food Security Act, Impact of World Trade Organization on

Food Security in India.

Module 4 : Recent Development Models of Agricultural Development Recent Changes in Agriculture Sector : India and International Agro-Market Importance

of Horticulture, Inland Fishery - Growth Prospects, Bio-Technology in Agricultural

Productivity, Towards Self-Reliance in Oil Seeds, Global Attraction for Indian Spices, 'Fair

Price' for Commodities, Dry Land Farming, Out Sourcing Marketing, BT Brinjal, BT Cotton:

Controversy in India.

Agriculture Model : Schultz’s transformation of traditional Agriculture, Mellor’s model of

Agriculture Development, Boserup Model of Agriculture Development.

Books Recommended : 1 Acharya S. S. and Agarwal N.L. (1994), Agricultural Prices-Analysis and Policy, Oxford and

IBH Publishing Co., Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi.

2 Agrawal A.N. &Kundan K.L. Agricultural Problems of India, Vikas Pub. House, New

Delhi

3 B.N.P. Singh. : Indian Economy Today Changing Contours. Deep and Deep Pub.

4 Bhalla, G.S. (1994). Economic Liberalisation and Indian Agriculture, Institute for Studies in

Industrial Development, New Delhi.

5 Bhupat M. Desai, N.V.Namboodiri (2001), ―Organisation and Management of Rural Financial

Sector‖ Text, cases and Exercise, Oxford and IBH Publishing Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, Calcutta.

6 Bilgrami, S.A.R. (1996), Agricultural Economics, Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi.

7 Chada, G.K. and A.N. Sharma (1997). Growth, Employment and Poverty: Change and

Continuity in Rural India, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.

8 Dantwala, M.L. (1996). Dilemmas of Growth: The Indian Experience, Sage Publications,

New Delhi.

9 DewettKewal :Indain Economy C.Chand& Co. Ltd. New Delhi.

10 Government of India, Report of the National Commission on Agriculture, New Delhi,

11 Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual), New Delhi.

12 GulabNath Singh, Dal Singer Singh and Ram Iqbal Singh (1987), Agricultural Marketing

in India (Analysis, Planning and Development), chugh publications, Allahabad.

13 Gulati, A. and Kelly, J. (1999), Trade Liberalization and Indian Agriculture, Oxford


14 HanumanthaRao, C.H. (1975), Agricultural Growth, Rural Poverty and Environmental

Degradation in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

15 Joshi, P.C. (1975), Land Reforms in India Trends and Prospects, Allied Publishers,

30

Bombay.

16 Kapila Uma (ed) Indian Economy Since Independence. Academic Foundation

17 M.V.Nadkarni (1973) : Agricultural Price Policy in Economic Development Kalyan

Publishers, new Delhi.

18 Mamoria C.B. Agricultural Problems of India KitabMahal Pub. 2005.

19 Rudra A. (1982), Indian Agricultural Economics, Myths and Reality, Allied Publishers,

New Delhi.

20 Singh Acharya, Sagar - Sustainable Agricultural Poverty and Food Securities, Rawat

Publication JaypurVol- I & II

31



2T6: Urban Economics

Module 1 :Urbanisation: Concept and Characteristics

Introduction : Urbanization meaning characteristics and concepts, The Process of Urbanization,

factors affecting urbanisation, Features of Urbanization in Developing Countries.

Urbanisation in India - factors and trends of urbanization, Urbanization and urban growth;

components, Effects of urbanization.

Module 2 : Urban Problems

Problems of Urban area : Immigration, Problems of Urbanization, Urban Transportation,

Slums, Housing and Urban Renewal, Urban Water Supply, sewerage system, Crime and Public

Health

Environmental pollution and health, transport and communication Problems.

Module 3 : Urban Planning in India

Planning in India : Concept of town and urban planning, Principles of Urban Planning in India,

Urban Policies and Practices in India, Planning of Mega City, 21st Century Urbanization in India

– Growth of Urban Population, Urbanization without labour absorption in India.

Module 4 : Urban Finance, Management and Theory of Local Finance

Urban Finance :Financing of Urban Infrastructure, Municipal administration, Urban modelling,

Private Sector Participation in Financing Urban Infrastructure

Local Finance : Local government; meaning and types, Theory of Local Finance, 73rd and 74th

constitutional amendments and local finance, Finance Commission and Local Finance.

Books Recommended: 1 Bose, A. N. (1980), Urban Economics : A Trend Report in Indian Council of Social Science Research, A

Survey of Research in Economics, Vol. 6, Infrastructure, Allied Publishers. 2 Briance A and RavinderSingh, (edited) (1995) Housing the Urban Poor, Policy and Practice in

Developing Countries, (Sage Publications, New Delhi). 3 Dube, K. K. and a. K. Singh (1988), Urban Environmental in India, Inter-India, New Delhi. 4 Fred Durr, The Urban Economy (London, Index Educational Publishers) 1971. 5 Harris Tondon (1973), Introduction to Urban Economic Analysis and Policy (New York) 6 Leathy, McKee, Dean (1970) Urban Economics, Collier- Macmillan Limited , London 7 LolydRdowin and Assocaites (1969). Planning Urban growth and Regional Development (London

:M.T.Press) 8 Mark Garrett, (1996) Transportation Planning (Sage Publications, New Delhi) 9 Maurya, S. D. (1989), Urbanisation and Environmental Problems.

10 Mishra R. P. K. V. Sundaram and V. L. S. PrakasaRao (1974), Regional Development Planning in India,

Vikas Publishing House, Delhi. 11 Mohan, R. (1979), Urban Economics and Planning Models, John Hopkins University press, Baltimore. 12 Report of the Task Forces on Housing and Urban Development-I Planning of Urban Development

(1983), Planning Commission. 13 Sharma, R.C., (1972) Settlement Geography of the India Desert, Kumar Brothers, New Delhi 14 Shrivasta, O.S. (1992) Regional Economics: Theoretical Issues, Anmol Publications, New Delhi

32



2T7: Rural Economy & Social Changes

Unit I: Introduction of Rural Economy

Concept and Nature of Rural Economy; Factors affecting rural Economy.

Basic Needs of Rural Economy; Housing; Health, education, Training, drinking water supply;

Electricity, sanitation, rural Roads, transport and communication, rural stabilisation, Utilization

of Local Human & Natural Resources

Role and Status of Women: Role of gender inequality, status of women in different ages,

nature of women disabilities in Indian society, causes of women decline, women’s problem in

present age.

Rural Economy of India: size and structure, characteristics of Rural Economy

Unit II: Rural Social Problems:-

Inequality of Caste: Definition, Characteristics, constructive demerits of caste inequality,

Problems of Lower or untouchable caste, changing pattern of Leadership (Caste base)

Problems and Remedies of the backward classes- Meaning, disabilities, problems,

constitutional provisions to solve the problems, government measures for development.

Jajmani system- concept & structure

Domestic Violence: Meaning of violence against women, nature of violence, major causes of

rape and measures, causes of domestic violence and measures.

Suicide: Meaning, causes of suicide in relation to rural people, preventive solution

Problems related to Land: Types of techniques of farm production, problems of land owners

and Landless Labours and artisans, measure to reduce rural problems, trends of land acquisition

by Businessmen, industrialist, politicians and Bureaucrats.

Unit III: Globalization Rural Industrialization The Role of Rural Technology – need & important of rural Technology, appropriate rural

Technology, Technology for Rural Women, difficulties in adoption of rural technology.

Globalisation of Rural Economy- Globalisation and aims and objectives; Impact of

Globalisation on rural economy, Contract farming, corporate farming, SEZ’s and Agriculture.

Globalization with reference to poverty: - Meaning, policy, globalization and poverty, WTO

policy, Gandhi’s ideas about rural development.

Agro-base Industries - Importance, problems, solutions

Unit IV: Dynamics of Social change in Rural India

Meaning, characteristics and sources of Social Change;

Social mobility, mobilization and change; Meaning of empowerment, economic, political, Social

and cultural empowerment

Current status of Rural Development programmes and the emerging challenges.

Developing countries &Globalisation

Process of Urbanisation and Rural-Urban link

Reference Books:

1- MkW- dÚgkMsch- ,e- fiaiGkiqjsvW.M da- ifCy”klZ] ukxiwj 2009

33

2- MkW- vkxykos] izfni

3- MkW- egktu] lafto vtqZuifCyf”akxgkml] valkjhjksM] nfj;kxat]

ubZfnYyh 2001

4- MkW- laxos] foykl

5- ukxxksaMs ]xq:ukFk

6- izk- MkW- ckscMs] izdk”k % ikjaikfjdvk/kqfudJh- eaxs”kizdk”ku] Jh- “kkarhnqxkZfuokl]

23 uohjkenklisB] ukxiwj 1998

7- MkW- dÚgkMsch- ,e- fiaiGkiqjsvW.M da- ifCy”klZ] ukxiwj 2005

8- MkW- >kejsTkh- ,u- fiaiGkiqjsvW.M da-

ifCy”klZ] ukxiwj 2006

9- izk- fuackGdj] lafto ds- ds”ko&d’̀.kkizdk”ku] 14 fon;kuxj] panziwj 2005

10- ;kno] jketh vtqZuifCyf”akxgkml] ubZfnYyh 2008

11- [akMsyk] ekupan

12- “kekZ ]izKk

13- MkW- lsu] vEkR;Z

jktikyvWMlUl] dk”ehjXksV] fnYyh 2007

14- [ksj] lh-] ia-] 2002] tkxfrdhdj.k&leL;k] vk”k; vkf.kvuqHko] fnyhijktizdk”ku] iq.ks-

15- iafMrjko] ;”koar] 2000] Hkkjrkrhyxzkeh.kvkS|ksxhdj.k] xzaFkkyh] eqcbZ-

16. Dr. Sundaram, I. Satya. Rural Development.Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House, 2002.

17. Datt and Vasant. Fundamental of Rural Development New Delhi: Rawat publication,

1991.

18. Datt and Rudra. Growth Poverty and Equality New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publication,

2008.

19. Khanna, Sulbha. Rural Development New Delhi: Sonali Publication, 2003.

20. Prasad, B.K. Rural Development New Delhi: Surupand Sons, 2003.

21. Desai, Vasant. Rural Development in India.New Delhi: Himalaya, 2005.

22. IGNOU. Rural Development: Indian Context. New Delhi: IGNOU, 2005.

23. Narwani, G. S. Training for Rural Development, New Delhi: Rawat Publications, 2002.

24. Rao K. Hanumantha Rural Development Statics – 2007-08, National Institute of Rural

Development Ministry of R. D., Govt. of India, Rajendra Nagar, Hyderabad – 30 July, 2008.

25. Desai, Vasant. Rural Development in India Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House, 2005.

26. Prakash, I. Satya. Rural Development in India

New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House, --

27. Rao, B.S. Vasudev. Rural Resources and Development

Delhi: Associated Publication, 2007.


(Elective Course – Group D)

2T8: Mathematical Economics – II

Module 5: Theory of Consumer Behavior

34

Demand function- Ordinal utility maximization, Slutsky equation, income,substitution and price

effects

Concept of elasticity and its applications, Concept of consumer’s surplus and itsapplications

Additive utility function, indirect utility function,

Revealed Preference Theory

Module 6 : Theory of Production and Cost

Production Function – Homogenous and Non-Homogenous, Cobb-Douglas – Constant

Elasticity of Substitution (CES) and its properties

Cost function, short run and long run cost functions, Modern Theory of Cost, Relation between

AC and MC in short period

Analysis of joint profit maximization and multi-product firm; Production possibility curve;

Empirical uses of production function analysis.

Module 7: Market Structure

Price and Output determination in Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition,

Price and Output determination in Duopoly and Oligopoly

Market Equilibrium- Single and Two-commodity market model, Multi-market equilibrium,

General Gquilibrium,

Module 8 : Growth Models

Harrod-Domar model; Neo classical growth models – Solow and Meade, Growth models of

Kaldor and Joan Robinson; Optimal growth and golden rule of accumulation; Turnpike theorem

Books Recommended :

1. Alien, R.G.D., Mathematical Analysis for Economists, Macmillan Press and ELBS, London.

2. Barry Bressler: A unified Introduction to Mathematical Economics McGaw Hill New Delhi.

3. Black J.andJ.F.Bradley: Essential Mathematics for Economists. John Wiley and Sons.

London.

4. Chiang, A.C., Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill, New York.

5. Edward T. Dowling, Introduction to Mathematical Economics: Schaum‟ s Outline Series

Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

6. Henderson, J.M. and R.E.Quandt (1980), Micro Economic Theory: A

MathematicalApproach, Mc. Graw Hill, New Delhi.

7. Hiller, F.S. and G. J. Lieberman (1985), Operations Research, C.B.S., New Delhi.

8. Taha, H.A., Operations Research : An Introduction (6th Edition), Prentice Hall of India

Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi.

9. Yamane, Taro, Mathematics for Economists, Prentice Hall of India New Delhi.



2T9: Industrial Economics- II

35

Module 1:

Industrial Policy and Growth: Trends in Industrial Growth in India during Five year plans.

Overview of industrial policy prior to 1991-Industrial policy resolution of 1991 and changes

thereafter.

Regional Development: Role of industrial policy for regional development-Trends and pattern

of regional development. Committees for Balanced regional development in India.

Module 2:

Industrial Finance: Need for finance, types of industrial finance, sources of finance: internal &

external. Choice of funding.

Role of Commercial Banks & DFIs in institutional finance.Trends in institutional finance for

industrial sector. Critical assessment of the role of Commercial Banks & DFIs in institutional

finance

Foreign Capital: Need for Foreign Capital, Governments Policy towards Foreign Capital. Direct

Investment , Foreign Institutional Investment, Euro Issues, GDR, ADR, External Commercial

Borrowings.

Module 3:

Impact of Globalization: Trends and pattern of FDI in India-Trends and pattern of Indian

industry abroad- Export and import component of Indian industrial sector.

Industrial Combinations - Causes, Mergers & Amalgamations, Effects of Industrial Monopoly

Module 4:

Industrial Profile of India - Private Sector, Large, Medium & Small Scale Industries, Village

Industries, Public Sector, Role and Problems of Public Sector Industries, Small-scale and cottage

industries in India-SMEs in India. Recent trends in Industrial growth. Industrial sickness-Exit

policy – Role of BIFR .

Books Recommended:

1. Ahluwalia, I.J: Industrial Growth in India (Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1985)

2. Barthwal, R.R: Industrial Economics (Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi, 1985)

3. Cherunilam F: Industrial Economics: Indian Perspective (3rd Edition) (Himalaya

Publishing House, Mumbai, 1994)

4. Desai B: Industrial Economy in India (3rd Edition) (Himalaya Publishing House,

Mumbai, 1999)

5. Kuchhal S.C.: Industrial Economy of India (5th Edition) (Chaitanya Publishing House,

Allahabad, 1980)

6. Singh. A and A.N Sadhu: Industrial Economics (Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay,

1988)



2T10: Public Economics-II

36

Module 5: Taxation

Theory of incidence; Alternative concepts of incidence

Impact and Incidence-Meaning, Distinction, and types

Theories of Shifting Tax Incidence;

Benefit and ability to pay approaches;

Optimal taxation;

Excess burden of taxes

The problem of double taxation,

Laffer curve

Module 6: Public Expenditure

Public Expenditure- Concept, scope, objectives, causes & types

Canons of Public Expenditure,

Theory- Wagner’s law of increasing state activities, Wiseman-Peacock hypothesis

Economic stability- meaning, objective & instruments

Role of Public expenditure and economic stability in economic development

Structure and growth of public expenditure; Public expenditure and production,

Criteria for public investment;

Social cost-benefit analysis

Module 7: Public Debt

Public Debt-Concept, need, types, effects

Sources of public debt

Burden of Public Debt

Public Debt Management & redemption

Deficit financing- meaning, need, effects

Module 8: Fiscal Policy and Federal Finance

Indian Fiscal Policy since 1991- objective, role & impact

Indian Fiscal Imbalance - Indicators, Causes, Effects & Remedial Measures.

Transfer of Resources from Union to States

Recommendations of 13 & 14 Finance Commission.

Centre – States conflicts on Finances

Recent changes in Indian taxation policy

Books Recommended:

1 Atkinson, A.B. and J.E. Siglitz (1980): Lectures on Public Economics, Tata McGraw Hill,

New York.

2 Auerbach, A.J. and M. Feldstern (eds.) (1985): Handbook of Public Economics. Vol.1, North

Holland, Amsterdam.

3 Barman, K. (1986), Public Debt Management in India, Uppal Publishing House, New Delhi.

4 Bhargava, P.K. (1984): Some Aspects of Indian Public Finances, Uppal Publishing House,

New Delhi

5 Bhargava, P.K. (1991), India's Fiscal Crisis.Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi.

6 Bhatia, H.L. (2000): Public Finance, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. Delhi.

37

7 Chellaih, Raja J.(eds,)(1997), Towards Sustainable Growth, Oxford University Press, New

Delhi.

8 Datt, R. (Ed.)( 2001), Second Generation Economic Reforms in India, Deep & Deep


9 Gandhi, V.P. (1970): Some Aspects of India‟ s Tax Structure, Vora and Company, Bombay.

10 HemlataRao (2006) Fiscal Federalism –Issues and Policies, New Century Publications, New

Delhi.

11 KiritS.Parikh (Ed.) (1999) India Development Report -1999-2000, Oxford University Press,

New Delhi.

12 Mundle, S. (1999), Public Finance Policy: Issues for India, Oxford University Press, New

Delhi.

13 Musgrave, R.A. and P.B. Musgrave (1976): Public Finance in Theory and Practice, McGraw

Hill, Kogakusha, Tokyo

14 Sahni, B.S. (Ed.) (1972): Public Expenditure Analysis: Selected Readings, Rotherdam

University Press.



38

2T11: Environmental Economics

Module 1: Elements of Environmental Economics

Meaning, Subject matter, Nature and Scope of Environmental Economics;

Economic Development and the Environment, Population and Environmental Linkages.

Economy, Ecology and Environmental Interaction- AyreesKneese’s Material Balance Model.

Leontief’s Environmental extended Input-Output Model.

Environmental Quality as public goods, Market Failure.

Module 2: Environmental Problems of Industrial and Agricultural Development:

Environmental Problems of Industrial development: Water Pollution, Air Pollution,

Noise Pollution,

Special Economic Zones and Environmental Issues, Green Marketing, Environmental Auditing.

Environmental Problems of Agricultural development- Salinity, water logging, desertification of

land, Excess use of water, fertilizers and pesticides,

Approaches to Sustainable Agriculture Management.

Module 3: Economics of Natural Resource Management and Sustainable

Development

Economics of Renewable Resources; Resource Scarcity as Limits to Growth;

Pricing of Resources; Energy and Economic Development.

Sustainable Development- Meaning, Rules of Sustainable Development- Indicators of

sustainable development,

Mechanism for environment regulation in India; Environmental laws and their

Implementation-Policy instruments for controlling water and air pollution-Forestry policy;

Module 4: Environmental Problems and Environmental Policy in India:

Rural and Urban environmental problems – Population and the Environment,

Poverty and the Environment

Housing and Slums and the Environment, Rural Sanitation Scheme,

Trade and environment, issues of Climate Change, Environmental Policy in India-

Environment protection laws in India,

Central pollution Control Board, State and Local Bodies and Environment protection.

Books Recommended:

1. Zingan M.L. and Sharma(), Environmental Economics, Vrinda Publication, New Delhi

2. Ali, S. A. (1979), Resources for Future Economic Growth, Vikas Publishing House, New

Delhi.

3. Baumol, W.J.and W.E. Oates (1988), The Theory of Environmental Policy (2nd edition),

Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

4. Bhattacharya, R.N. (Ed) (2001), Environmental Economics; An Indian Perspective, Oxford


5. Chopra, K. (1998), Valuation of Bio-diversity within Protected Areas: AlternativeApproach

and a case study, Institute of Economics Growth, Delhi.

6. Chopra, K., KadekodiG.K.and M.N. Murthy : The Management of Common Property

39

Resources, SAGE, New Delhi.

7. Garge, M. R. (Ed.) (1996), Environmental Pollution and Protection, Deep and Deep


8. Hanley, N., J.F.Shogern and B. White (1997), Environmental Economics in Theory and

Practice, Macmillan.

9. Kolstad C.D.(1999), Environmental Economics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

10. Lodha, S. L. (Ed.) (1991), Economics of Environment, RBSA Publishers, Jaipur.

11. Markandya, A. and M. N. Murty (2000), Cleaning up the Ganges: Cost-Benefit Analysis of

Ganga Action Plan, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

12. Mehta, S.S Mundle and U. Sankar : Controlling pollution: Incentives and Regulation,

SAGE, New Delhi - 1995

13. Murthy, M.N, A. James and S. Misra : The Economics of Water pollution in India: Oxford

University Press, New Delhi, 1995

14. Pearce, D.W. and R.Turner (1991), Economic of Natural Resource Use and Environment,

John Hapkins University Press, Baltimere.

15. Rajlaxmi&Birunda (1994) Environomics, Allied Publishers Limited, Madras

16. Rathore, M. S. (Ed.) (1996), Environmental and Development, Rawat Publications Jaipur.

17. Sankar, U.(Ed), (2001, Environmental Economics, Oxford, University Press, New Delhi.

18. Singh, G. N. (Ed.) (1991), Environmental Economics, Mittal Publications, New Delhi

19. Singh, Katar and Anil Shishodia; Environmental Economics; Theory and Applications,

Sage Publications, New Delhi, 2007.

20. Tirpathy, S.M. and Sumakar Panda, Fundamentals of Environmental Studies, Vrinda

Publications, Delhi.

21. World Bank: World Development Report, 1992: Environment and Development

OxfordUniversity Press, New Delhi

40



2T12: History of Economic Thought

Module 1: Pre- Adamite Thoughts

Economic ideas during Vedic & Mercantilism

Ancient economic thought: Kautilya’sArthshashtra

Socialist & capitalist thinking

Buddha’s Dhamma Medieval Economic Thought- Ala-ud-din Khilji, Akbar

Module 2: Development of Classical Political Economy

Classical Economics: Adam Smith, Ricardo, Malthus,

J.B. Say, J.S. Mill.

Nationalist- F. List

Critics of Classicism- Sismondi, St. Simon, Robert Owen, Proudhon.

Karl Marx

Module 3: Modern Economic Thought

Pigou, Marshall, Keynes, J.A. Schumpeter

Marginalists& other thinker-

H.H. Gossen,

W. S. Jevons

Irving Fisher

Karl Manger

Knut Wicksell

Module 4: Indian Economic Thought

Dr. B.R. Ambedkar,

M.K. Gandhi,

AmartyaSen

J. K. Mehata

Dadabhai Naoroji

Jyotirao Phule

Gopal Krushna Gokhale

Books Recommended:

1 Ambedkar, B.R. : States and Minorities.

2 Bell, F. : History of Economic Thought.

3 Bhatnagar& others: A History of Economic Thought

4 Bhatta, HL. : History of Economic Thought.

5 Datta, Bhabatosh : Indian Economic Thought (Twentieth Century Perspective)

6 Desai, S.S.M. : Development of Indian Economic Thought.

41

7 Ghosh, B.N. : Indian Economic Thought (Nineteenth Century Perspective)

8 Gide &Rist : History of Economic Thought.

9 Gray, Alexander: A History of Economic Thought:

10 Haney, L.H. : History of Economic Thought.

11 Kuber, W.N. :Dr.Ambedkar - A critical study.

12 Loknathan : History of Economic Thought.

13 Mithani, D.M. : History of Economic Thought

14 Paul, RR.: A History of Economic Thought.

15 Srivastava, S.K.: History of Economic Thought

16 Pant & Pant: History of Economic Thought

42

M.A. Part II: Semester-III (Core Course)

3T1: Economic Growth, Development and Planning – I

Module 1: Concepts of Economic Development

Economic Development and Growth- meaning, indicators, Factors and measurements

Characteristics of Underdeveloped, Developing and Developed countries

Obstacles to Economic Development and Growth

Human Development Indices: PQLI and HDI

Module 2:Issues in Economic Development and Growth

Features of Modern Economic growth, Modern Growth and the rise in International

Inequalities, Convergence of Development Levels.Chenery’sStructural Changes under

Development

Economic growth and Income Distribution- Kuznet’s hypothesis, Economic Growth and Social

Justice

Module 3 :Theories of Economic Development - I

Classical theory: Adam Smith and Malthus and Ricardo,

Schumpeter’s’ theory of Development, Rostow Stages of Economic Growth, Marx theory of

Economic Development,

Lewis Theory of Unlimited Supply of Labour, Keynes theory of underdeveloped country, Big

Push Theory, Theory of Balanced and Unbalanced Growth (Hirschmans), Dualistic theory.

Module 4 :Theories of Economic Development– II

Myrdal’s Theory of Circular Causation, Harrod-Domar Model, Kaldor model of Distribution,

Joan Robinsons model of Capital Accumulation, Solow’s model of Long run Growth, Meades

Neo Classical Model of Economic Growth, Models of Technical Change, Golden Rule of

Accumulation.

Books Recommended

1. Todaro, Michael P. and Stephen C. Smith, Economic Development, 8e. Delhi : Pearson Education,

2003.

2. Misra, S. K. and Puri, Growth and Development, Mumbai : Himalaya Publishers, 2005.

3. Thirlwall, A.P. Growth and Development 8e. New York : Palgrave McMillan, 2005.

4. Meier, Gerald M. and James E. Rauch, Leading issues in Economic Development, 8e. New Delhi :

Oxford University Press.

5. Jhingan M.L.(2015) The Economics Of Development and Planning. Vrinda Publication (P) Ltd,

New Delhi

43

M.A. Part II: Semester-III (Core Course)

3T2: International Trade and Finance- I

Module 1: Theories of trade:

Meaning, Salient Features and Importance of International and inter-regional Trade.Theories of

absolute advantage, comparative advantage and opportunity costs, J.S. Mill’s Theory of

Reciprocal Demand; Heckscher-Ohlin Model. Role of dynamic factors, i.e., changes in tastes,

technology and factor endowments.

Module 2: Recent developments in international trade theories:

Factor Price equalization theorem; Rybczynski theorem; Leontief paradox. Kravis theory of

availability; Linder’s demand hypothesis; Posner Technological gap (Imitation-gap) theories of

trade; Vernon’s Product Cycle Hypothesis; Kenen’s theory and Emmanuel’s theory. Gravity

model of Trade, Krugman’s theory Economic Geography. Intra-industry trade- Meaning and

measurement.

Module 3: Gains from trade:

Trade as an engine of economic growth. Terms of Trade: Meaning, Types, Importance, uses,

factors affecting terms of trade, causes of adverse terms of trade and their remedies. Gains from

trade: meaning, factors affecting gains from trade and the measurement of gains and their

distribution; Hypothesis of secular deterioration of terms of trade, its empirical relevance and

policy implications for less developed countries;.

Module 4: Trade and Growth:

Effects of growth on trade: consumption & production effects on international trade. Effect of

growth on terms of trade The effects of growth on small countries; The Effects of Growth on

Large Countries; Immiserizing growth. Export-led growth.Technical progress and international

trade- Neutral technical progress, capital-saving technical progress, Labour-saving technical

progress.

Books Recommended:

1. Jhingan M.L., International Trade and Finance, 2014, Vrinda Publication, New Delhi.

2. CherunilumFramcis (2008), International Economics,Tata McGraw Hill.

3. Mithani D.M., International Economics, Himalaya Publishing house, Nagpur.

4. Salvatore Dominick (2002), International Economics, (Latest edition), John Wiley and

Sons, Singapore

44

5. Feenstra Robert C. (2004), International Trade: Theory and Evidence, Princeton,

University Press, Princeton.

6. Grimwade Nigel (2001). International Trade, (Latest edition), Routledge. London.

M.A. Part II: Semester-III

(Elective Course - Group E)

3T3:Financial Institutions and Markets-I

Module 1: Introduction of Indian Financial System:

Nature & Role, Functions, Structure of Financial System.Equilibrium in financial

Markets.Financial System and Economic Development.Meaning and Indicators of financial

developments.Reforms in financial system (Narasimham Committee Report 1991 and 1998).

Financial inclusion: meaning, need and initiatives.

Module 2: Structure of Interest Rates

Theories of level of interest rate determination. Term Structure of Interest rates: meaning and

theories of structure of interest rates and determinants of general structure of interest rates .

Interest rates in India: Administered & Deregulation of interest rates, Features & Trends of

interest rates in India. Appropriate interest rate policy.

Module 3: Banking in India:

Growth and structure of banking in India 1970.Asset Liability Management of Commercial

Banks, Management of NPAs, Diversification on Commercial Banking, Profitability and

Productivity of Commercial Banks in India, Co-operative Banks – Structure, Performance and

Policy. The Reserve Bank of India: Roles and Functions, Monetary Policy of the RBI, Techniques of

Monetary Control, Recent Policy Developments, Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF).

Module 4: Development Banking:

Development Banks-Role and functions & performance.Non Banking Financial Intermediaries:

functions, types and significance. Small Savings: Concept & importance & types. Provident

funds and pensions funds. Mutual Funds: Concept, importance & types Investment banks and

Merchant banks. Insurance: origin & development. Role and functions of IRDA.

Books Recommended:

1. Bhole L M, 5th

edition, Financial Institutions & Markets, Tata McGraw, New Delhi.

2. Khan, M.Y., Indian Financial System, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. Pathak Bharti, 2009, Indian Financial System,Pearson Education Publication, New Delhi

4. Shrivastava P.K., Banking Theory and Practice, Himalaya Publishing House, New

Delhi,2009.

5. RBI Bulletin and various RBI Report.

45

M.A. Part IISemester-III


3T4: Gender Economics

Module-1: Women and Labour Markets

Factors affecting female entry in labour market,

Supply and demand for female labour in developed and developing countries, particularly India,

Female work participation in agriculture, non-agricultural rural activities, informal sector,

cottage and small scale industries, organised industry and services sector.

Wage differentials in female activities, Determinants of wage differentials - gender, education,

skill, productivity, efficiency, opportunity, Structures of wages across regions and economic

sectors.

Module-2: Women in Decision Making:

Factors affecting decision making by women; property rights, access to and control over

economic resources, assets;

Women’s work participation in general and in various sectors such as agriculture, non-

agricultural rural activities, small and cottage industries and organised industry.

Power of decision making at household, class, community level;

Economic status of women and its effect on work-participation rate, income level, health, and

education in developing countries and India.

Module- 3: Social Security and Social Protection for Women

Social security of women - ensuring economic independence and risk coverage. Access to credit

and insurance markets;

Role of voluntary organisations and self help groups in providing social security.

Labour market biases and gender discrimination; Effectiveness of collective bargaining.

Review of legislation for women's entitlements, protection of property rights and social security.

Schemes of safety nets for women; Need for female labour unions. 3.9 Affirmative action for

women and improvement in their economic and social status.

Module- 4: Gender Planning, Development Policies and Governance

Gender and development indices; Mainstreaming gender into development policies.

Gender planning techniques; Democratic decentralisation (Panchayats) and women's

empowerment in India;

Eco-feminism: meaning and origin of this concept, Concept and analysis of women's work;

Valuation of productive work and unproductive; visible and invisible work; paid and unpaid

work; economically productive and socially productive work; Female contribution to National

Income.

Books recommended:

46

1. Boserup, E.: Women's Role in Economic Development, George AllenandUnwin,

London, 1970.

2. Government of India:: Towards Equality Report of the Committee on the status of

women in India, Department of Social Welfare, Ministry of Education and Social

Welfare, New Delhi, 1974.

3. Krishnaraj, M.: Gender, Population and R.M, Sudarshan& A Shariff Development,

Oxford University Press, New Delhi,1999.

4. Seth,M.: Women and Development: The IndianExperience, Sage Publications, New

Delhi, 2000.

5. Srinivansan K. and: India : Towards Population and Development Goals, Oxford

University Press, New Delhi, 1998.

6. Wazir, R.: The Gender Gap in Basic Education: NGOs as Change Agents, Sage

Publications, New Delhi, 2000.

7. Mishra,S.: Voluntary Action in Health and population: The Dynamics of Social

Transition, Sage publications, New Delhi. 2000.

8. Sen, A.K: Gender and Cooperative Confects in Tinker (Ed.) Persistent Inequalities:

Women and World Development, Oxford University Press, New York, 1990.

9. Papola, T.S. and A.N Sharma: Gender and Employment in (Eds.) India, Vikas

Publishing House, New Delhi, 1999.

10. Krishnaraj M R, M Sudarshan and AShariff (1999): Gender, Population and

Development.

11. Srinivasa K and A Shroff (1998): India: Towards Population and Development Goals,

Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

12. Wazir R (2000): The Gender Gap in Basic Education: NGOs as Change Agents, Sage


13. Kabeer, N (1994): Reversed Realities: Gender Hierarchies in Development Thought,

Kali for Women, New Delhi.

14. Seth, M. (2000): Women and Development: The Indian Experience, Sage Publications,

New Delhi. Kabeer, N and R Subramanyam (Ed.) (1999): Institutions, Relations and

Outcomes: A Framework and Case Studies for Gender-aware Planning, Kali for

Women, New Delhi.

15. Radcliffe, N and E Mingione (Eds.) (1985): Beyond Employment: Household, Gender

and Subsistence, Basil Blackwell, Oxford.

16. Amsdden, A H (Ed.) (1980): The Economics of Women and Work, Penguin,

17. Harmondsworth. Baud, I S A (1992): Forms of Production and Women's Labour:

Gender Aspects of Industrialisation in India and Mexico, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

18. Custers, P (1997): Capital Accumulation and Women's Labour in Asian Economies,

Vistaar, New Delhi.

47



3T5:Labour Economics

Module 1: Labour&Labour Markets:

Labour market - Concept, Nature, scope, types, characteristics, objective & importance

Labour Markets in developing countries,

Demand & Supply of Labour in relations to growth of Labour Force;

Labour Problems- agricultural, industrial, unorganised sector, Women & Child workers

Measures taken by Government to reduce labour problems; Labour Market policies; Mobility,

Migration,

Impact of globalisation, impact of economic reforms on labour, impact of rationalization

Theories & models of labour market; Rationalization

Module 2: Employment, Unemployment & Schemes

Employment and developing relationship- Poverty and unemployment in developing

Countries; Employment exchange & committees

Unemployment –concept, types, causes and remedies.Absolute & Relative poverty in India

Technological Change and Modernization of Employment in Organised Private Industry;

Employment in Public & Private Sector Industry,

Educated unemployment, Employment oriented strategy during planning period

Relationship between employment & economic development

Government policy for removing unemployment

Major Employment Alleviation Programmes

Module 3: Wage Theories & Determination:

Wage- concept, scope, aspect, types, characteristics & efficiency of labour

Wage Determination Theory: Classical & Neo-Classical

Collective Bargaining Theory, Concepts of Minimum Wage, substance wage, living

Wage & Fair Wage, wage fund theory, marginal productivity wage theory, Demand &

Supply theory of wages

Wage Board;

Labour Markets Discrimination. Analysis of Rigidity in Labour Markets,

Bonus System and Profit Sharing

Module 4: Industrial Relations in India

Industrial Relations: Concept, Scope, Aspects, Component, Importance, objective & problem

Features of Indian Industrial relation, Role of government in industrial relation

Labour Unions: Growth, Pattern and Structure in India

Trade Union: objective, functions, characteristics, structure, importance, limitation;

Social security; labour welfare; exit policy;

48

International Labour Organization- Introduction, Constitution, Objectives, principles,

Functions, role & impacts of ILO on Indian labour.

National Labour Commission, Manpower planning, Personal Management

Industrial Disputes: Concepts, types, causes, Impacts, prevention & dispute settlements

Collective Bargaining - Concept, objective, Importance, types, features, and limitations

Books Recommended:

1 Bhagoliwal T.N. (2002), Economics of Labour and Industrial Relations: SahityaBhavan, agra

2 Bhatia, S.K. (2005), Constructive Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, B.R. World of

Books, New Delhi.

3 Das N. (1960), Unemployment, Full Employment and India, Asia Publishing House, Bombay.

4 Datt, G. (1996), Bargaining Power Wages and Employment: An Analysis of Agricultural

Labour Markets in

India, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

5 Datt, Rudra (2005), Economic Reforms and Employment, BRW, New Delhi.

6 Deshpande and J C Jandesara (Ed.), Wage Policy and Wage Determination in India, Bombay

University, 1970

7 Deshpande L.K., Brahmananda P.R. and E.A.G Robinson (eds), Employment Policy in a

Developing Economy,

vol.I & II, Macmillan, London, (1983).

8 Ghose, Ajit.K. (2003), Jobs and Incomes in Globalizing World, ILO, Geneva.

9 Hajela, P.D. (1998), Labour Restructuring in India: A Critique of the New Economic Policies,

Common Wealth

Publishers, New Delhi.

10 Kumar Anil, (2005), Labour Welfare and Social Security, BBW, New Delhi.

49



3T6: Poverty and Income Distribution

Module -1 Measuring poverty and Inequality

Concept of Poverty and Inequality, Different dimensions of Inequality,

Measuring Inequality- Size distributions, Lorenz curves, Gini coefficients and aggregate

measures of inequality, Functional distributions

Measuring Absolute Poverty -Headcount Index, Total Poverty Gap, Average Poverty Gap,

Normalized Poverty Gap, Average Income Shortfall, Normalized income Shortfall, The Foster-

Greer- Thorbecke Measure

Alternative approach to measuring Poverty -Human Poverty Index, Multidimensional

poverty Index

Module -2 Growth, Poverty and Income Distribution

Poverty, inequality and social welfare, Dualistic Development and Shifting Lorenz Curves

Growth and Inequality- Kuznets’s Inverted-U Hypothesis

Absolute Poverty: Extent and Magnitude,

Economic Characteristics of High-Poverty Groups- Rural Poverty, Women and Poverty,

Ethnic Minorities, Indigenous Populations and Poverty

Module- 3 Poverty and Income Inequality in India

Concept of poverty line- Poverty Estimations in India, Economic Reforms and Reduction of

Poverty,

Poverty and trickle down in the rural sector; Need for Redefining Poverty line;

Pattern of Income Distribution in India, Dis-equalisinggrowth during the Economic Reform

Period;

Causes and consequences of Inequalities in India.

Module- 4 Policy Options on Income Inequality and Poverty

Some basic Considerations- Areas of Intervention, Altering the Functional Distribution of

Income through Relative Factor Prices, Modifying the Size Distribution through Increasing

Assets of the Poor, Progressive Income and Wealth Taxes, Direct Transfer Payments and the

Public Provision of Goods and Services; Employment generation and wages, Human Capital

formation,

Safety Nets for poor- poverty Alleviation Programmes in India,

Strategy of poverty alleviation- Target growth approach, basic needs approach

Government Policy and Measures for reduction of income inequality.

Books Recommended:

1. Todaro M.P. and Smith S.C.(2012): Economic Development, Pearson, Addison-Wesley.

2. Datwala M.L. Paverty in India, Then and Now, 1870-1970.

3. Dandekar and Rath(1971): Poverty in India.

50

4. Deb Raj Ray (1998): Development Economics, Oxford Uni. Press.

5. Sen A. K. : On Economic Inequality, Oxford Press.

6. Dudlety Jackson (1972): Povery, Mackmillan studies, mackmillan Press.

7. Jain T. L. (1987): poverty in India, ESS Pub.

8. Millennium Development Goals, India Country Report 2014, Govt. of India.



3T7: Basic Econometrics

Module 1: Basic Econometrics

Econometrics- Meaning, Nature, Scope, Importance. Methodology of Econometrics, Structure

of Economic Data, Statistical Inference – Estimation and Testing of Hypothesis.

Simple and General linear regression model – Assumptions, Estimation (through OLS

approach) andproperties of estimators;Gauss-Markov theorem; Concepts and derivation of R-

square and adjusted R- square;

Module 2: Problems in Regression Analysis

Problems in Regression -Multicollinearity, Autocorrelation Heteroscedasticity-Meaning,

Nature, Consequences and Remedial Measures

Model Specification and Diagnostic Testing

Module 3: Regressions with Qualitative Independent Variables

Dummy Variable – Meaning, Nature, Importance and Limitation, Use of Dummy Variable

Technique in two and more than two categories, Dummy Variable Trap, Interaction effects,

Seasonal Analysis, Piecewise Linear Regression,

Applications - The LPM, Logit, Probit and Tobit Models

Module 4 : Dynamic Econometric Models

Lagged Variables and distributed lag models – Meaning, Nature, Importance and Estimation

Koyck Approach to Distributed Lag Models- the Adaptive Expectation model and Partial

Adjustment Model, Estimation of Autoregressive Models, Method of Instrumental variables

Almon Approach to Distributed Lag Models, Causality in Economics

Books Recommended:

1. Gujarati D.N., Basic Econometrics, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

2. Dongherty C (1992), Introduction to Econometrics, oxford University Press, New York.

3. Koutsoyiannis, A. (1977), Theory of Econometrics (2nd ed), The Macmillan Press Ltd.,

London.

4. Madani, G.M.K. (2000): Introduction to Econometrics: Principles and applications, Oxford

University Publications.

5. William H. Greene. (2008) Econometric Analysis. Pearson Education Publication New

Delhi

6. Wooldridge, J., (2009) Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, Cengage Learning

Publication .

7. Dhanasekaran K., (2014) Econometrics (Ed. 2), Vrinda Publication, New Delhi,

51


(Foundation Course)

(For the students of other Department)

3T8: Economics- I

Module 1: Micro Economics

Introduction to Economics-Concepts and Scope of Economics, Micro and Macro Economics

Demand and Supply Analysis, Elasticity of Demand and Supply

Utility analysis - law of diminishing marginal utility, law of equi-marginal utility

Indifference curve Approach, Consumer Equilibrium,

Production function- short run and long run

Cost analysis – meaning and types and Revenue Analysis- meaning, types and relationship.

Market Structure-features

Module 2:Macro Economics

Introduction to Macro Economics, Concept and measurement of National Income, Theory of

effective Demand, Consumption Function, Investment Function, Introduction to trade cycle,

Major economic crises. Inflation and deflation – meaning, types and causes

Module 3:I Banking and Financial system

Banking systems in India- Commercial Banks – Functions, credit creation and its limitations,

Central bank of India – Functions, qualitative and quantitative methods credit control, Monetary

and Fiscal Policy-objectives and instruments. Indian financial systems-structure, Role, and

functions, Types of financial markets in India

Module 4:Public Finance

Public Finance – Concept, Scope, Types of goods –Public, private, Social, Mixed, merit

Maximum Social Advantage and Market Failure, Role of Government – Expenditure and

Revenue, Budget – concept, types. Central – state relation, Finance Commission

Books Recommended:

1. Ahuja H. L., Advanced Economic Theory : Microeconomics Analysis, 13th Edition, S. Chand and

Co. Ltd., New Delhi.

2. Baumol, W.J. 91982), Economics Theory and Operations Analysis, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

3. Dewett K. K., Modern Economic Theory, S. Chand & Company Ltd., Revised Edition, 2005.



6. Bharti Pathak : Indian financial system, Pearson publication

52

7. Jhingan M.L., Money, Banking, International trade and Public Finance, 8th Edition, Vrinda Pub, New

Delhi.


(Core Course - Group F)

3T9- : International Monetary System & Finance

Module 1: Balance of Payments: Meaning and Components- Different Concept of Equilibrium of B.O.P - Factor Causes for

Disequilibrium in B.O.P - Equilibrium of B.O.P under Gold Standard - Devaluation and

Depreciation - Lerner elasticity approach, absorption approach, monetary approach, Internal and

External Balance.

Module 2: Exchange Rate: Principles of Exchange Rate Determination(P.P.P. Theory , B.O.P. Theory ), causes of

change in Exchange rate. Meaning, Merits & Demerits of Fixed, Flexible and Hybrid Exchange

Rate , Revaluation and Devaluation, Appreciation and Depreciation. Foreign Exchange Market.

Module 3: International Monetary system: Rise and fall of Bretton Wood and the emerging International Monetary system. International

Monetary Fund (IMF): Objectives, Problems – Crises and Reforms in International Monetary

System, Special Drawing Rights , Evaluation of IMF, Important International Financial Crisis

and the role of IMF (Oil crisis, International debt crisis, South East Asian crisis, Brazil

Argentina and Mexico, Russia and Eastern Europe, The sub-prime crisis)

Module 4: Foreign Trade Policies Foreign Trade Policies in India in Liberalized Economic Scenario, Problems relating foreign

Trade in India, Exchange rate Policy of India. Controls on Foreign Exchange- Objectives &

Methods of Exchange Control. Exchange rate Policy of India., Rupee Convertibility.

Books Recommended:

1. Cherunilam, Francis (2001), International Economics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Limited, New Delhi.

2. Jhingan M. L. (2015), “International Economics”, Vrunda Publications, New Delhi.

3. Salvatore, D. (1997), International Economics, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, N.J.,

New York.

4. Soderston, Bo (1991), International Economics, The Macmillan Press Ltd., London.

5. Krugman, P.R. and M. Obstfeld (1994), International Economics: Theory and Policy,

Glenview, Foresman.

53


(Core Course - Group E)

3T10: Research Methodology- I

Module I -Introduction to Research

Meaning, Characteristics of Research, Pure and appliedResearch in Social Science, Need of

Research in Business and Social Sciences, importance and utility of Social ScienceResearch,

Objectives of Research;

Types of Research:Basic Research,Applied Research, Descriptive Research,Analytical

Research and Empirical Research;

Issues and Problems in Social Science Research.

.

Module II-Research Methodology

Meaning of Research Methodology;

Research Process,

Research Problem- Meaning, need and formulation

Hypothesis- Meaning, types and Formulation

Module III-Research Design and Sample Design

Research Design –Meaning, Types and Significance

Sample Design –Meaning and Significance Essentials of a good sampling

Stages in Sample design

Sampling methods/techniques, Sampling Errors

Module IV-Methods and Techniques of Data Collection

Sources of Data: Primary Data –Meaning, Significance and Limitations, Secondary Data –

Meaning, Significance and Limitations;

Collection of Primary Data-Observation method, Survey through Questionnaire, Interview

Technique

Collection of Secondary Data; Factors influencing choice of method of data collection;

Designing of questionnaire - Meaning, types of questionnaire, Stages in questionnairedesigning,

Essentials of a good questionnaire.

Books Recommended:

1. Wilkinson and Bhandarkar -Methodology and Techniques of Social research –Pauline,

Young-Scientific Social Surveys and Research

2. Goode and Hatt -Methods in Social Surveys and Research

3. Krishnaswamy K.N. and AppalyerSivakumar (2009): Management Research Methodology,

Pearson Education Publication, New Delhi.

4. Sharma Prasad and Satyanarayana (ed) Research Methods in Social Sciences

54

5. Moser and Kalton -Survey Methods in Social Investigations

6. Sadhu and Singh -Research Methodology in Social Sciences

7. Kurein C. T.: A Guide to Research in Economics.

8. Devendra Thakur-Research Methodology in Social Sciences

9. Basotia G.R. Sharma K.K.-Research Methodology.

55

M.A. Part -II : Semester-IV (Core Course)

4T1:Economic Growth, Development and Planning – II

Module 1 : Domestic Measures for Economic Development - I

Capital formation and Economic Development

Role of Agriculture and Industry in economic Development

Human Capital formation and economic Development

Institutional Structure and economic Development, Deficit Finance and Eco

Development

Poverty and income inequality in developing countries, Problem of

Unemployment.

Module 2 : Domestic and International Measures for Economic Development -

II

Entrepreneurship and Economic Development, Role of State and Economic

Development

Foreign Trade and Foreign CapitaLand Economic Development, Commercial

policy and Economic Development

Foreign Direct Investment and Economic Development, Role of Multinationals

and Economic Development

Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)

Module 3 : Problems of Development Planning

Economic Planning: Meaning, Types, requisites and Problems,

Choice of techniques, Transfer of Technology,

Investment Criteria in economic Development

Shadow Prices-Meaning, Need and Principals

Application of Input-Output analysis and Linear Programming in Planning

Module 4 :Development and Planning in India

The strategy of Development Plan

Financing of Five Years Plan, Assesment of Indian Planning,

Agricultural, Industrial and Infrastructural development during Planning Period.

NITI Aayog – Aims, Objectives, Functions and Structure.

Status of income inequality and poverty during the planning period.

Books Recommended

56

1. Todaro, Michael P. and Stephen C. Smith, Economic Development, 8e. Delhi :

Pearson Education, 2003.

2. Misra, S. K. and Puri, Growth and Development, Mumbai : Himalaya

Publishers, 2005.

3. Thirlwall, A.P. Growth and Development 8e. New York : Palgrave McMillan,

2005.

4. Meier, Gerald M. and James E. Rauch, Leading issues in Economic

Development, 8e. New Delhi : Oxford University Press.

5. Jhingan M.L.(2015) The Economics Of Development and Planning. Vrinda

Publication (P) Ltd, New Delhi

M.A. Part -II: Semester-IV (Core Course)

4T2: International Trade and Finance- II

Module 1: Trade Restrictions :

Free Trade vs. protection. Tariffs : Classification, and effects of tariff- The Partial

Equilibrium & General Equilibrium Analysis of a Tariff . The Optimum Tariff.

The Stolper Samuelson Theorem on effect of tariff . Non-Tariff Trade Barriers:

import quotas, voluntary export restraints, exchange control, subsidies and

countervailing measures and commodity agreements. State Trading; International

Cartels; Dumping.

Module -2: Economic Integration & international organizations: Economic Integration: meaning and types. Static and Dynamic effects of a customs

union and free trade areas, Regional Trading Arrangements – SAFTA, NAFTA,

EFTA, ASEAN, European Union. Recent Development in Economic Integration

WTO: structure, functions, major agreements, dispute settlement mechanism,

Expected effects on the Indian economy. Other organizations: UNCTAD, IMF,

World Bank and Asian Development Bank – Their Achievements and failures.

Module 3: Balance of Payment & Foreign Exchange system:

Balance of Payment: Concept and components; disequilibrium in balance of

Payments- Causes of disequilibrium. Traditional, absorption and monetary

approaches for adjustment in balance of payment.Foreign Trade Multiplier-

concept and working. Foreign exchange rate: meaning, types. Exchange Rate

Theories: Mint Par Parity Theory, Purchasing Power Parity Theory. Optimum

currency area.

57

Module 4: Foreign Capital & Trade Policies in India

FDI: Concept and Effects of FDI. MNCs: Role, working and regulations of

MNCs in India. Recent changes in the direction and compositions of trade and

their implication, Instruments of export promotion and recent import and export

policies of India.

Books Recommended:

1. Jhingan M.L., International Trade &Finance, 2014, Vrinda Publication, New

Delhi.

2. CherunilumFramcis (2008), International Economics,Tata McGraw Hill.

3. Mithani D.M., International Economics, Himalaya Publishing house,

Nagpur.

4. Salvatore Dominick (2002), International Economics, (Latest edition), John

Wiley and Sons, Singapore

5. Feenstra Robert C. (2004), International Trade: Theory and Evidence,

Princeton, University Press, Princeton.

M.A. Part -II : Semester-IV

(Elective Course- Group G)

4T3: Financia lInstitutions and Markets-II

Module 1: Money Market

Meaning, Function and instrument of the money market, Meaning, function and

instruments of capital market, Distinction & relationship between money and

capital market. Defects and Suggestions to Improve Indian Money Market; Recent

Developments in Indian Money Market.

Module 2: Primary Capital Market

Functions, Structure, Importance, Factors affecting development of Indian capital

market. Primary Capital Market in India: Methods of issue of new shares- Public

Issue, Right issue & Private placement. Free pricing regime, book-building, green-

shoe option, on-line IPOs. Reforms in Primary Capital Market. Recent trends in

58

Primary market. SEBI and its role in the market.

Module 3: Secondary Capital Market

Meaning, functions of secondary market. Regulations in secondary capital markets.

Trading system- Clearing and settlement mechanisms; Stock exchanges in India &

their Functions ; Dematerialization of shares; Debt market in India: Characteristics,

components, problems Derivative market: Meaning, types & uses.

Module 4: International Financial Markets

Foreign Exchange Market:, Nature and role of foreign exchange market, players in

the market rates. Recent trends in exchange rates and its impact on India Rise and

fall of Bretton wood Institutions. International financial flows: types, importance

and problems. Euro-dollar and Euro-Currency markets: their developmental role

and regulation at the International level. Global Financial Crisis 2008- Its causes

and impact on developing and developed economies

Books Recommended:

1. Bhole L M, 5th

edition, Financial Institutions & Markets, Tata McGraw,

New Delhi.

2. Khan, M.Y., Indian Financial System, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

3. Pathak Bharti, 2009, Indian Financial System,Pearson Education

Publication, New Delhi

4. Shrivastava P.K., Banking Theory and Practice, Himalaya Publishing House,

New Delhi,2009.

5. RBI Bulletin and various RBI Report.

59

M.A. Part -II: Semester-IV


4T4 : Economics of Marketing

Module 1 Introduction to Marketing:

Meaning of Market and Marketing-Goals or objective of Marketing-Marketing

functions.

Marketing Management: Meaning, philosophies: production, product, selling and

marketing concept.

Marketing planning – Marketing Environment-Market Segmentation

Consumer Behaviour: Types of buying situations, participants factors, buying

process.

Module 2 : Marketing Mix:

Concepts, components: Product mix, price mix, promotion mix and place mix.

Product: Meaning, product planning, product positioning

New product development - product life cycle.

Pricing: pricing objectives- Factors- Methods and procedures.

Module 3 : Advertising and Sales Promotion:

Meaning of promotion mix-Components of promotion mix.

Advertising: Message, advertisement budgeting-Sales promotion, personal selling

and

publicity.

Purpose and scope of Advertising - Major decisions on advertising.

Choice of Media - Advertising Budget, Sales Promotion measures – AIDAS

formula

Module 4 : Distribution:

Sales Force - Task of Salesman - Size of Sales Force - Recruiting - Training -

Motivation

Evaluation of sales force.

Channels of Distribution-Need, functions, types, evaluating the channel

alternatives

Physical Distribution: Objectives, order processing, transport, storages and

warehousing,

inventory control.

Marketing control: Meaning, types, steps essentials of effective marketing control

Marketing& Society: Consumer protection: Needs, Methods of consumer

60

protection , consumer protection in India.

Books Recommended :

1. Cravens., Marketing Management (Irvin Publishers, 1988)

2. Joseph P. Guiltiman., Marketing Management (New York: McGraw Hill Co

1997)

3. Malhotra., Marketing Management (Amol Publication 1997)

4. Neelamegam., Marketing Management and the Indian Economy (New Delhi:

VikasPublilhers 1970).

5. Philip Kotler,. „Marketing Management (New Delhi: Prentice Hall 1988)

6. Philip Kotler: : Principles of Marketing-Prentice of India Private Limited. New

Delhi

7. Pillai and Bhagavathi., Marketing Management (New Delhi: Chand & Co 1999)

8. Davar R.S.: Modern Marketing Management – Progressive Corporation,

Bombay.

9. Rajan Nair., Marketing Management (New Delhi: Chand & Co 1993) Rustom, S.Davar.,

Modern Marketing Management (New Delhi: Progressive Corporation 1982)

10. Jha S.M.& : Marketing Management in Indian

11. Singh S.P.Perspective - Himalaya Publishing House. Delhi.

12. Stanton., Fundamental of Marketing (New York: McGraw Hill 1987)

61

M.A. Part -II: Semester-IV


4T5: Computer Application in Economics

Module 1: Introduction to Computers

Introduction: Meaning, Characteristics, types of Computers, The Evolution of Computers, and

The Computer Generations.

Components of a computer : Basic components of computer – Input-output devices : CPU,

keyboard, mouse & Scanner, video display, primers and plotters, data storage and retrieval, hard

disk, Floppy disk and CD ROM;

Classification of Computers: Notebook Computers, Personal Computers (PCs), Workstations,

Mainframe Systems, Supercomputers and Clients and Servers

.

Module 2: Introduction to Operating System

Operating System: Microsoft Disk Operating Systems (MS DOS), Operating System -

Objectives, Features and Characteristics of Operating System, Computer Network, Working of

My Documents, My computer, Internet Explorer, Network Neighbourhood.

Features, working and facilities in MS-Word, MS-Excel, MS-PowerPoint.

Module 3: Statistical Analysis of Data

Data: Meaning, types and sources of data.,Data Base Management Systems (DBMS),

Relational Database Management System (RDBMS)

Use of software packages in analyzing data, obtaining results and presenting them in

meaningful and interpretable forms, Statistical Packages for Social Sciences.

62

Module 4 : Application in Finance & Economics and Internet

On line Banking: ATM’s, Electronic stock exchange,

Electronic trading, Data sharing and decimation, Electronic trading –B2B, B2C and C2C.

Introduction to Internet.Application of Internet (WWW, E-mail),Use of Internet in Research.

Books Recommended :

1 Atul Kahate, Information Technology and Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw Hill, New

Delhi, 2003.

2 Dass and Singh (2006): Introduction to Computers, Shree Publishers and Distributors,

New Delhi.

3 Garden B.Davis, Computer data processing, Tata Mc.Grawa Hill Publishing Co., Ltd.,

New Delhi.

4 James Senn, Analysis and Design of information systems, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing

Co., New

5 Kalicharan, Noel: Introduction to Computers, Cambridge University Press.

6 Kathuinemurray, BPB Publications, Mastering PowerPoint 4 for Windows.

7 Norton Peter: Introduction to Computers, Tata McGraw Hill, New York.

8 Rajaraman, V. (1996), Fundamentals of Computers, prentice Hall of Indian, New Delhi.

9 Sanders, D.H. (1988): computers Today, McGraw Hill, New York.

10 Saxena, Sanjay: A First Course in Computers, Prentice hall of India, New Delhi

11 Sinha P.K. (1992), Computer Fundamentals, BPB Publications, New Delhi.

M.A. Part – II : Semester – IV


4T6: Rural Development

Module 1: Nature and Scope of Rural Development

Rural Development; Concept, Objectives, Indicators, Importance, & Challenges of Rural

Development;

Rural-Urban Development- Linkages, Disparity and Relationship, Characteristics of the Rural

Sector, Role of Agricultural Technology, Allied Sector

Role of Non-Agricultural sub-sector- Nature of changes since Independence- Challenges &

opportunities.

Rural Infrastructure : need, status and development. Approaches to development: Gandian and

PURA.

Rural Administrative Machinery- 73rd

Constitutional Amendment

Module 2: Problem of Rural Development

Rural Poverty- Concept, Measurement, Regional Pattern, Causes and remedial measures;

Rural Unemployment- Concept, Measurement and Types.

Regional Pattern and Causes of Unemployment, rural labour problem, Rural Migration- causes

and implications

Small-scale & Cottage Industries - Progress and Problems and Remedial Measures.

Problem of Inequality in rural India, Magnitude, causes & remedial measures

Module 3: Financing Rural Development:

63

Rural Indebtedness – Problems, effects/ remedies & present situation

Rural Financial structure - Role of Co-operatives, Commercial Banks and non-institutional

sources of credit, RRBs-Working of RRBs and its role in Rural Development NABARD, Land

Development Bank, State Co-operative Banks, SHGs.

Microfinance institutions in India, Kisan Credit Cards

Module 4: Rural Development Strategies and Programmes

Diversification of Agriculture-Dairy Farming, Fishery, and Farm Forestry

Rural Industrialisation- Importance, Programmes, Technological change

Review of Poverty Alleviation and Employment Generation Programmes in India,

Wage Employment Programmes - IRDP- DWCRA- NREP- TRYSEM, MGNERGA, SJGRY

20 point programme& Rural Housing programmes, Community Development Programme

National Programmes of Rural Development, Indira AwasYojna

Food & nutrition security & programme

NGO - Concept, Objectives, Indicators, Importance and role

Books Recommended:

1. Desai, Vasant - Study of Rural Economics, Himalaya Publishing Company, New Delhi.

2. KanakKantiBagchi – Employment and Poverty Alleviation Programmes in India – An

Appraisal (2 vols) (Abhijeet Publications, New Delhi)

3. Mishra Puri – Indian Economy, Himayala Publishing House, Mumbai..

4. 10.Gupta p,k –Agriculture Economics,Vrinda publication private limited,New Delhi

5. Desai, VasantFundamentals of Rural Development, New Delhi: Rawat Publications, 1991

6. Narwani, G.S. Training for Rural Development, New Delhi: Rawat Publications, 2002.

7. Dr. Sundaram, I. Satya. Rural Development. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House, 2002.

8. Datt ,Sundaram - Indian Economy , S.Chand and Company, New Delhi.

9. MkW- dÚgkMsch- ,e- fiaiGkiqjsvW.M da- ifCy”klZ] ukxiwj 2009

10 MkW- vkxykos] izfni

MkW- egktu] lafto vtqZuifCyf”akxgkml] valkjhjksM]

nfj;kxat] ubZfnYyh 2001

12 izk- MkW- ckscMs] izdk”k % ikjaikfjdvk/kqfudJh- eaxs”kizdk”ku] Jh-

“kkarhnqxkZfuokl] 23 uohjkenklisB] ukxiwj 1998

13 MkW- dÚgkMsch- ,e- fiaiGkiqjsvW.M da- ifCy”klZ] ukxiwj 2005

.14MkW- >kejsTkh- ,u- fiaiGkiqjsvW.M

da- ifCy”klZ] ukxiwj 2006

64



4T7: Advanced Econometrics

Module 1: Simultaneous Equation Models

Simultaneous Equation Model – Meaning, Nature, Consequences, Simultaneous equation bias

and inconsistency of OLS estimates;

The Identification Problem- Rules of Identification – Order and RankConditions;

Methods of Simultaneous Equation- Reduced form, Instrumental Variable and 2SLS

Module 2: Time Series Analysis

Concepts - Stationary, Non-Stationary, Unit roots, Co-integration, Spurious regression, Random

Walk Model. Dickey-Fuller and Phillips-Perron approaches to Unit Root test

Forecasting with AR, MA and ARIMA Modeling, Box-Jenkins methodology- Identification,

Estimation and Diagnostic Test.

Co-integration and Error Correction models

Module 3: Panel Data Techniques

Panel Data Techniques- Meaning- Nature, and Importance

Estimation of Panel Data Regression-Random Effects Model and Fixed Effects

Model;Applications of Panel Data in Economic Analysis

Module 4: Multivariate Analysis

Multivariate Analysis- Introduction and Applications in economics, Principal Component

Analysis, Discriminant Analysis and Factor Analysis

Books Recommended:

1. Gujarati D.N., Basic Econometrics, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

2. Dongherty C (1992), Introduction to Econometrics, oxford University Press, New York.

3. Koutsoyiannis, A. (1977), Theory of Econometrics (2nd ed), The Macmillan Press Ltd.,

London.

4. William H. Greene. (2008) Econometric Analysis. Pearson Education Publication New Delhi

5. Wooldridge, J., (2009) Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, Cengage Learning

Publication.

6. Johnson Richard and Wichern Dean (2014), ‘Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis,’ PHI

Learning Pvt. Ltd. Delhi

7. Dhanasekaran K., (2014) Econometrics (Ed. 2), Vrinda Publication, New Delhi,

65


(Foundation Course)

(For the students of other Department)

4T8: Economics-II

Unit I: International Trade & foreign exchange market: Meaning, importance and reasons for

International trade. Free trade vs. protected trade. Balance of Payments – concept, reasons for

disequilibrium and methods to correct it. Foreign exchange rates- meaning, determination of

foreign exchange rates, Causes of changes in foreign exchange rate. Fixed and flexible exchange

rate policy- meaning, merits and demerits.

Unit II: Economic Growth: Economic Development and Growth- meaning, indicators, Factors

and measurements Characteristics of Developing and Developed countries Sustainable

Development- concept and importance, Characteristics of Developing Countries, Human

Development Indices: PQLI and HDI.

Unit III: Indian Economy: Features and Characteristics of the Indian Economy, Demographic

features. Growth and Structural Change in the Indian Economy.Objectives and strategy of

planning in India.Failures and achievements of Plans.

Unit IV: Economy of Maharashtra: Features of Economy of Maharashtra: Gross State and Per

Capita Income, Demographic Features, HDI. Sectoral composition of Maharashtra: Agriculture,

Industry, Cooperative Sector. Structural changes in the Economy of maharashtra. Regional

Disparity in Maharashtra.

Books Recommended:

1. Jhingan M.L., Money, Banking, International trade and Public Finance, 8th Edition, Vrinda Pub,

New Delhi.


3. Bharti Pathak : Indian financial system, Pearson publication

4. Economic survey of Maharashtra, Govt. of Maharashtra, DES.

5. Dewett K. K., Modern Economic Theory, S. Chand & Company Ltd., Revised Edition, 2005.

66


(Core Course- Group H)

4T9: Welfare Economics

Module 1: Pre-Paretian Welfare Economics

Definition and nature of welfare economics

Pigovian Welfare Economics, Benthamite approach to aggregate welfare

Optimum recourse allocation and welfare maximisation

Marshallian welfare economics

Consumer‘s Surplus; Measurement of Consumer‘s Surplus —Difficulties involved, Criticism;

Principle of Compensating Variation; Hicks‘s Consumer‘s surpluses.

Module 2 :Paretian Welfare Economics – I

Pareto optimality- Optimum exchange conditions,

The consumption optimum, the production optimum,

Infinite number of non- Comparable optima vs unique social optima

Concept of contract curve;

Compensation criteria: contribution of Barone, Kaldor and Hicks

Scitovsky double criteria

Module 3 :Paretian Welfare Economics - II

Concept of community indifference map

Samuelson utility possibility curve

Value judgment and welfare economics

Bergson’s social welfare function

Arrow’s impossibility theorem

Module 4: Some later developments

Problems of non market interdependence

Externalities of production and consumption

External economies and diseconomies, Problem of public goods.

Divergence between Private and social costs

Marginal cost pricing; Cost-benefit analysis;

Books Recommended :

1. Arrow K.J., Social Choice and Individual Values, Yale University Press, New haven

2. Baumol W.J., Welfare Economics and the theory of the State, Longmans, London

3. Fieldman A. M. Welfare Economics and OScila Chice Theory, Martinus Nijhoff Boston

4. Myint H, Theories of Welfare economics, Longman

5. Nicolas B., Economic theory and the A Welfare State, Edward Elgar Publishing, UK

6. Quirk J and Sapasnik, Introduction to General Equilibrium Theory and Welfare Economics,

McGraw Hill, New York

67


(Core Course- Group H)

4T10: Research Methodology- II

Module 1 -Data Processing and Statistical Analysis

Data ProcessingMeaning, Significance and problems in data processing

Stages in data processing:Editing, Coding, Classification, Tabulation, Graphical Presentation

Statistical Analysis -Tools & Techniques-Measures of Central Tendency, Dispersion Analysis,

Correlation Analysis, Regression Analysis

Module 2-Hypothesis Testing & Interpretation of Data Testing of Hypothesis: Steps in Hypothesis Testing, Procedure for Testing Hypothesis, Types of

Hypothesis Testing –Parametric –t, f,z,tests Non-Parametric-Chi square, ANOVA

Interpretation of Data-Meaning, Significance and Precautions in data interpretation

Module 3 -Research Report

Research Report: Meaning and Importance of research report writing, Essentials of a good

Research Report, Structure/ layout of Research Report, Types of Research Report, Steps in

research report writing, Footnotes and Bibliography,

References and Citation methods- APA (American Psychological Association, MLA (Modern

Language Association) and CMS (Chicago Manual Style)

Module IV -Ethics and Modern practices in Research

Ethics -Ethical Norms in Research ,Ethical Issues in Research –Plagiarism

Role of Computer in Research- Data sheet preparation –coding, Application of Statistical

software – Excel and Mega stat. Introduction to SPSS, creating data Sheet using SPSS, Case

analysis using SPSS

References

1. Goode and Hatt -Methods in Social Surveys and Research

2. Wilkinson and Bhandarkar -Methodology and Techniques of Social research

3. Sadhu and Singh -Research Methodology in Social Sciences

4. Kurein C. T. A guide to research in Economics.

5. Research Methodology Text and Cases with SPSS Applications, by Dr S.L. Gupta and

Hitesh Gupta, International Book House Pvt Ltd

6. Methodology of Research in Social Sciences, by O.R. Krishnaswami, Himalaya Publishing

House

7. Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques by C.R Kothari

8. Research Methodology by Dr Vijay Upagude and Dr Arvind Shende

9. Quantitative Techniques by Dr S. K Khandelwal, International Book House Pvt Ltd

10. Foundations of Social Research and Econometrics Techniques by S.C. Srivastava, Himalaya

publishing House

11. Statistical Analysis with Business and Economics Applications, Hold Rinehart &Wrintston,

2nd

Edition, New York

68

12. Research Methods in Economics and Business by R. Gerber and P.J. Verdoom, The

Macmillan Company, New York

(1)

TWO YEAR POST GRADUATE DEGREE COURSE

(MASTERS OF ARTS)

IN POLITICAL SCIENCE

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SYLLABUS OF CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

2016-17 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

A. OBJECTIVES

Political Science as a discipline of study is known as the science which studies

the ruler and the ruled. It encompasses the study of an individual in relation to

the State, Society, Nation and the World. It deals not merely with the structures

of government and administration and study of political theories that hold sway

over human life, rights and duties of the citizens, but also the developmental

processes. It has assumed an interdisciplinary character. The subject matter of

political science is changing fast and so we need to rely on new conceptual

instruments that allow us a better understanding of political phenomena.

Similarly, we need to explore new tools for analysis within the discipline. This is

a time to ponder over whether Political Science categories and concepts are

useful for an increasingly complex world. A student of political science cannot

remain oblivious of the processes of decision making and the socio-economic

orientations behind them. The proposed post graduate course in Political

Science is designed in the light of these new dimensions of political science in

the changing world. It will impart basic principles, ideas, themes, concepts of

the subject as well as relate those to the latest development. The course is

further designed to provide the understanding of the fundamental ideas,

concepts and processes involved in the understanding of the discipline in

general. It also takes into consideration the idea of politics in India and

establishes the methods to understand the science of politics in India in

particular. The course tries to create a fine balance to provide exposure not just

to the core political science segment but also equally to the International

Relations component.

Following are the broad objectives of the course-

1. To enable students to understand the entire gamut of political science and its

interrelations with other disciplines;

2. To appraise the students of recent trends in Political Science and the new

ideas, approaches, methodologies and perspectives;

(2)

3. To develop the analytical abilities of the students that will help to make sense

of the changes taking place;

4. To appraise the students of the changing social, political and economic

environment in India and in the world and the implications it holds for each

other;

5. To develop interdisciplinary outlook and comprehensive understanding

among the students about political realities;

6. To inculcate research and analytical habits among students and encourage re-

conceptualization of politics vis-à-vis the changing economy;

7. To equip them to act as sensitized individuals and active citizens and to

explore diverse careers in life.

8. The CBCS enables students to take courses of their choice, learn at their pace,

undergo additional courses, acquire credits more than what is required and

adopt an interdisciplinary approach.

B. ELIGIBILITY

Admission and Promotion:

1. Students, who have passed post-Standard XII or post-HSSC, 3 year or 5

years’ degree course in any discipline from a UGC recognized statutory

University/ Institute in India, are eligible for admission in the 1st Semester.

2. Candidates obtaining at least ‘P’ (Pass) Grades in all courses (inclusive of

Core and Elective) of first semester and obtained at least ‘P’(Pass) Grade

in 50% of courses of Second Semester Examination shall be allowed to take

admission in third semester.

3. The eligibility will however be subject to the fulfillment of other eligibility

conditions and rules of admission laid down by the RTM Nagpur University

as in force.

4. The course is open for regular, full time students only.

5. Rest of the eligibility criteria will be governed by various rules,

ordinances, etc., issued by the university from time to time.

C. DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND ACADEMIC YEAR

1. Two consecutive (one odd+ one even) semesters constitutes one

Academic year.

2. New syllabus will come into force from the academic year 2016-17 for M.A.

Semesters I and II.

D. PATTERN OF NEW COURSE

1. The new syllabus is designed as per the Semester Pattern with Continuous

Internal Evaluation (CIE) schema.

(3)

2. The entire course is full time of Two Academicyears’ duration consisting of

four semesters.

3. Each semester will have 04(four) papers and the entire course

requirement is of 16 papers for the successful completion of the M.A.

programme.

4. The papers are divided into Core, Elective, and Foundation papers.

5. The M.A. programme is designed as Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

within the Credit Based Semester System (CBSS).

6. Semister I and II consists of Core and Elective Papers of total 16 credits

(each paper will consist of 4 credits) and Semister III and IV consists of

Core, Elective and Foundation papers. (schema given on pg. no. 5)

7. The system is based upon continuous internal evaluation having a written

and descriptive examination of 80 marks and internal evaluation of 20

marks for each paper.

8. The entire course will of 1600 marks.

E. COURSES

The PG Programme in Political Science consists of the following courses that

are offered to the students.

1. Core: Consists of the Compulsory papers offered in all the four semesters

which are core to the discipline of political science. The students admitted

in the department have to compulsorily appear in these papers. (These

papers are not for offer to the other discipline students)

2. Elective: The elective papers are for the students admitted in the

department only. It consists of papers to provide an opportunity to the

students to select from the pool of papers so as to enable her/him to carry

out specializations. They are supportive, scope enhancing and provides

interdisciplinary exposures vis a vis the parent discipline. (students from

other disciplines cannot offer these papers)

3. Foundation (compulsory and elective): The papers offered in the

foundation courses are only for the students of discipline other than

political science.

F. PATTERN OF EXAMINATION AND QUESTION PAPER

Students will be evaluated at two levels in the following manner.

a. Written Examination

1. There will be written examination of descriptive type for each paper at

the end of every semester.

2. Each paper will be of 80 marks of 3-hours duration

(4)

3. There will be two questions on each unit of syllabus.

4. The question paper will consist of Five questions with internal choices

in question.

5. The fifth question will be common from all units.

6. Students will have to answer all the five questions.

7. Each question will carry 16 marks.

b. Internal Evaluation

1. There will be internal evaluation of each student in each paper.

2. Internal evaluation will be of 20 Marks. It will include 10 marks for the

assignments (this can include research paper writing, book reviews,

survey, project, study tour, seminar presentation etc.)

3. The teacher concerned will decide the task to be given to the students

and will also evaluate the performance of the student.

4. Internal Assessment will also consist of 10 Marks for viva-voce and

participation in class room.

5. Personal interview will be conducted jointly by the faculty of the

department or teachers concerned and the principal of the college.

G. MINIMUM STANDARD OF PASSING

1. The students should secure minimum 40 marks out of 100 in the written and

internal examination together.

H. CREDIT AND GRADE POINT SYSTEM

Credit System: The following will be credit system of the M.A. Programme of

the department of Political Science.

The programme will consist of full credit courses of 4 credits/week. Each

semester the students are required to complete 4 full credit papers. In all the

semester will be of 16 credits. The overall M.A. programme will be of 64

credits. A student is required to fulfill minimum 60 credits from the

department and minimum four credits to be attained from the other discipline

of their choice.

Grade Point System (as per UGC directives)

Letter Grade Grade Point

O (outstanding) 10

A+ (Excellent) 09

A (Very Good) 08

B+ (Good) 07

B (Above Average) 06

(5)

C (Average) 05

P (Pass) 04

F (fail) 00

Absent 00

I. ABSORPTION SCHEME

1. Students seeking admission to third semester must clear first semester in

both written(theory) and internal examination.

2. First year annual pattern students can get admission to third semester

directly provided they clear all the papers in first attempt.

3. Rules and regulations passed by the university in this matter will govern

the absorption scheme.

J. CURRICULUM SCHEMA

M.A. I

SEMESTER-I

PAPER I AND II AND III - CORE

PAPER IV - ELECTIVE

SEMESTER-II

PAPER I AND II and III - CORE

PAPER IV - ELECTIVE

M.A.II

SEMESTER- III

PAPER I AND II - CORE

PAPER III - ELECTIVE

PAPER IV - FOUNDATION

SEMESTER- IV

PAPER I AND II - CORE

PAPER III - ELECTIVE

PAPER IV - FOUNDATION

(6)

K. SEMESTER-WISE OUTLINE OF THE COURSE

M.A. I

SEMESTER – I

CORE

POL 1T1 - Modern Indian Political Thought

POL 1T2 - Indian Government and Politics

POL 1T3 - Modern Political Ideologies

ELECTIVE

(Choose any ONE from the following elective papers)

POL 1T4.1 - Politics of Developing Countries

POL 1T4.2 - Fundamentals of Foreign Policy

POL 1T4.3 - International Law

POL 1T4.4 - Theory and Practice of Diplomacy

SEMESTER – II

CORE

POL 2T1 - Comparative Politics

POL 2T2 - Western Political Thought

POL 2T3 - International Relations

ELECTIVE


POL 2T4.1 - Political Sociology

POL 2T4.2 - Political Anthropology

POL 2T4.3 - Western Political Theory

POL 2T4.4 - South Asian Political System

(With reference to Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka & Nepal)

M.A. II

SEMESTER - III

CORE

POL 3T1 - Research Methodology

POL 3T2 - Public Administration

(7)

ELECTIVES


POL 3T3.1 - Politics of Maharashtra

POL 3T3.2 - Ancient Indian Political Thought

POL 3T3.3 - Electoral Politics in India

POL 3T3.4 - Globalization and its Impact on India

FOUNDATION COURSE

(ONLY For the students of disciplines other than Political Science)

POL 3T4.1 - Political Science : Ideas and Concepts

(Students of Political Science who do not wish to offer foundation course from other disciplines can choose any ONE paper from the following as

foundation course)

POL 3T4.2 - India and the World

POL 3T4.3 - Local Self- Government

POL 3T4.4 - Major Issues in Contemporary Politics

SEMESTER - IV

CORE

POL 4T1 - State Politics in India

POL 4T2 - Indian Administration

ELECTIVES


POL 4T3.1 - Pressure Groups and Social Movements

POL 4T3.2 - Reservation Policy in India

POL 4T3.3 - International Human Rights- Problems and Prospects

POL 4T3.4 - Public Policy in India

FOUNDATION COURSE

(To be opted by students of disciplines other than Political Science)

POL 4T4.1- Indian Constitution and Its Working

(Students of political science who do not wish to offer foundation course from other disciplines can choose any ONE elective paper from the

following as foundation course)

POL 4T4.2 - International Organizations

POL 4T4.3 - Development Administration

POL 4T4.4 - Human Rights and Indian Constitution

(8)

L. PUBLICATIONS AND RESOURCE MATERIALS

List of Journals with publisher’s address & websites :

- MARATHI -

• Samaj Prabodhan Patrika – Editor – Dr. Ashok Chausalkar, Deptt.Of Political

Science, Shivaji University, Kolhapur.

• Anubhav – 8, Amit Complex, 474, Sadashiv Peth, Pune-30.

• Andolan – 6, Raghav, Shri-Raghuraj 118-A, Simhagarh Road,Pune-30

• Parivartanacha Vatsaru – C/o. The Unique Academy, VastuChambers, Shirole

Road, Opp. Fergusson College, Pune.

• Sadhana – Sadhana Media Center, 431, Shaniwar Peth, Pune -30.

• Vichar Shalaka – Dr. Nagprao Kumbhar, Aai, Shiv Nagar, Sut-MillRoad, Latur –

413512.

• Nav Bharat – Pradnya Pathshala Mandal, 315, Gangapuri, Dist:Satara, WAI –

412803.

• Pradnyalok – C/o. S. M. Halde, 487-A, Hanuman Nagar, Nagpur –440009.

• Aajcha Sudharak – Mohoni Bhavan, Khare Town, Dharampeth, Nagpur-440010.

- HINDI -

• Shodharthi – Dr. Anilkumar Varma, 78, New Civil Lines, Behind Gurudeo

Palace, Kanpur – 208024.

• Samayeek Varta – Yogendra Yadav, XB-4, Sahavikas Society, 68, Indraprastha

Vistar, Patadganj, Delhi – 110092.

• Chintan Srujan - Dr. B. B. Kumar, Secretary, Astha Bharati, 12/604,East End

Apts., Mayur Vihar, Phase-I Extn., Delhi – 110096. www.asthabharati.org

• Journal of Asia For Democracy and Development, by the Council for Peace,

Development & Cultural Unity, Modi Niwas, MORENA, (MP)

• Samanyajan Sandesh – Lohiya Adhyayan Kendra, Subhash Road, Near Cotton

Market, Nagpur – 440018

- ENGLISH –

• Economic & Political Weekly – www.epw.org.in

• Indian Political Science Journal – Dr. Sanjeev Kumar Sharma,Professor& Head,

Department of Political Science, CCS University,Meerut (UP) – available in

Hindi also.

• Manthan – C/o. Deendayal Research Institute, 7-E, SwamiRamtirtha Nagar,

Rani Jhansi Road, New Delhi – 110055.

• World Focus – www.cnfworldfocus.org

• Bhartiya Pradnya – Dr. T. H. Chowdhary, 3-4-705/4, Narayanguda,Hyderabad

– 5000020.

• Dialogue (Ashta Bharati Journal) – Dr. B. B. Kumar, Secretary,Astha Bharati,

12/604, East End Apts., Mayur Vihar, Phase-I Extn.,Delhi – 110096.

www.asthabharati.org

• Indian Journal of Public Administration, C/o. Editor, IIPA,Indraprastha Estate,

Ring Road, New Delhi – 110002.

(9)

• Comparative Political Studies (SAGE) - http://cps.sagepub.com

• India Quarterly: A Journal of International Affairs (SAGE) -

http://iqq.sagepub.com

• International Relations (SAGE) - http://ire.sagepub.com

• Indian Social Science Review Indian Council of Social ScienceResearch

• Philosophy and Social Action, Editor : Dhirendra Sharma,Philosophy & Social

Action, “Nirmal Nilay" , Dehradun - 248009,(Uttaranchal) India. -

http://www.psaindia.org

• Journal of Indian School of Political Economy (Arthabodh), IndianSchool of

Political Economy, Pune

• Journal of Interedisciplinary Policy Research and Action, Nagpur, A-2, 604,

Samruddhi Sankul, Civil Lines, Nagpur-440001.

Supplementary Reading Material :

1. Marathi Vishwa Kosh (Marathi Encyclopedia) – Vols 1 to 16,

2. Bhartiya Samaj Vidnyan Kosh

3. Rajyashastra Kosh by Vora & Palshikar

4. Rajyashastra Kosh by Dr. P.D.Deore& others, Diamond Publishers

5. Rajniti Shastra Parichay by Acharya S.D. Jawdekar

6. All Books on Political Science by Yashvantrao Chavan MaharashtraOpen

University

Important Institutional Websites :

1. Indian Parliament & Central Governmentwww.parliamentofindia.nic.in

2. Election Commission – www.eci.gov.in

3. Census of India – www.censusindia.net

4. Supreme Court – http://supremecourtofindia.nic.in

5. United Nations – www.un.org

6. Reserve Bank of India - www.rbi.org.in

7. Maharashtra Government - maharashtra.gov.in

8. Tata Institute of Social Science – www.tiss-uirf.org

9. Lokniti-CSDS – www.lokniti.org

10. Prayas – www.prayaspune.org

11. International Institute for Democracy & Electoral Assistance –www.idea.int

12. Rambhau Mhalgi Prabodhini - http://rmponweb.org

M. Detail Semester-wise contents of the syllabi are given below:-

M.A. I

SEMESTER – I

CORE PAPERS POL-1T1 : MODERN INDIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT

(10)

UNIT-I:

a. Rajarammohan Roy- Socio-political reforms and movements, thoughts on the

British government, Education and social practices in India.

Jyotiba Fuley- Socio-political movements and reforms, thoughts on Caste

system, Education and the Idea of State

b. Dr. B.R.Ambedkar- Thoughts on Social Political System, Caste System,

Constitutional Democracy and national integration and political concepts of

Lliberty, Equaliity and Fraternity

UNIT-II:

a. Abul Klam Azad- Indian nationalism, hindu muslim unity and composite

nationalism

b. V.D.Savarkar- nationalism, hindu militarism, hindu society

UNIT-III:

a. M.K. Gandhi- Indian nationalism, theory of state, Instruments of protest-

satyagraha, nonviolence, non-copoeration and civil-disobediance

Bal Gangadhar Tilak- on Indian society, on Indian nationalism, Self Rule,

Swadeshi,

b. Jayprakash Narayan- on Indian nationalism and Political Awekning,

Democaracy, Total Revolution.

UNIT-IV:

a. Jawaharlal Nehru- Idea of India and Indian nationalism, on Indian

Constitutionalism, Democratic Socialismand Philosophy of India’s Foreign

Policy

b. Rammanohar Lohia – on Indian nationalism, on Choukhamba theory, Social

Equality

M.N. Roy- on Indian nationalism, communism and new humanism

Reading Material :

1. Appadorai, Documents on Political Thought in Modern India, 2 vols. Bombay,

Oxford University Press, 1970.

2. ——, Indian Political Thinking Through the Ages, Delhi, Khanna Publishers,

1992.

A. Azad, India Wins Freedom, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1988.

3. J. Bandhopadhyaya, Social and Political Thought of Gandhi, Bombay, Allied,

1969.

4. J. V. Bondurant, Conquest of Violence: The Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict,

5. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1965.

6. K. Bose, Studies in Gandhism, Calcutta, Merit Publishers, 1962.

7. R. J. Cashman, The Myth of the ‘Lokmanya’ Tilak and Mass Politics in

Maharasthra,Berkeley, University of California Press, 1975.

8. Chandra, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, Delhi, Vikas, 1979.

(11)

9. Chatterjee and G. Pandey (eds.), Subaltern Studies VII, Delhi, Oxford

UniversityPress, 1992.

10. K. Damodaran, Indian Thought: A Critical Survey, London, Asia Publishing

House,1967.

11. T. de Bary, Sources of Indian Tradition, New York, Columbia University Press,

1958.

12. G. Dalton, India’s Idea of Freedom: Political Thought of Swami Vivekananda,

13. AurobindoGhose, Mahatma Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore, Delhi,

Academic Press, 1982.

14. R. Desai, Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Bombay, Popular, 1954.

15. Diehl, E.V. Ramaswami Naicker - Periyar: A Study of the Influence of a

Personalityin Contemporary South India, Lund Esselte Studium, 1977.

16. P. Dutt, India Today, Calcutta, Manisha, 1970.

17. T. Embree (ed.), Sources of Indian Tradition: from the Beginning to 1800,

India, Penguin Books, 1991.

18. Gandhi, Eight Lives: A Study of the Hindu-Muslim Encounter, Albany, NY,

StateUniversity of New York Press, 1986.

19. V. Geetha and S. V. Raja Durai, Towards a Non Brahmin Millennium: Iyothee

Thass toPeriyar, Calcutta, Samya, 1998.

20. Ghose, The Renaissance to Militant Nationalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers,

1969.

21. ————, Socialism, Democracy and Nationalism in India, Bombay, Allied

Publishers,1973.

22. 22.————, Modern Indian Political Thought, Delhi, Allied, 1984.

23. A. N. Ghoshal, A History of Indian Political Ideas, London, Oxford University

Press,1959.

24. R. Hardgrave, The Dravidian Movement, Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1965.

25. S. Hay, Sources of Indian Tradition: Modern India and Pakistan, India, Penguin

Books,1991.

26. Heimsath, Indian Nationalism and Social Reform, Princeton NJ, Princeton

University Press, 1964.

27. R. Iyer, The Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, Delhi, Oxford


28. 28. T. N. Jagdisan (ed.), Wisdom of a Modern Rishi: Writings and Speeches of

Mahadev Gobind Ranade, Madras, Rouchbuse, 1969.

29. K. Jones, Socio-Religious Reform Movement in British India, Cambridge,

CambridgeUniversity Press, 1984.

30. K. N. Kadam (ed.), Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, New Delhi, Sage, 1992.

31. M. J. Kanetkar, Tilak and Gandhi: A Comparative Study, Nagpur, Author, 1935.

32. K. P. Karunakaran, Modern Indian Political Tradition, New Delhi, Allied

Publishers,1962.

33. ————, Religious and Political Awakening in India, Begum Bridge,

Meenakshi Prakashan, 1969.

34. ————, Indian Politics from Dadabhai Naoroji to Gandhi: A Study of Political

Ideas of Modern India, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1975.

35. A. G. Karve and D. V. Ambedkar, Speeches and Writings of Gopal Krishna

(12)

Gokhale, Bombay, Asia, 1966.

36. R. M. Lohia, Marx, Gandhi and Socialism, Hyderabad, Nav Hind, 1953.

37. V. P. Luthra, The Concept of Secular State and India, Delhi, Oxford University

Press, 1964.

38. G. R. Madan, Western Sociologists on Indian Society, London, Routledge and

Kegan Paul, 1979.

39. V. R. Mehta, Foundations of Indian Political Thought, New Delhi, Manohar,

1992.

40. S. Mukherjee, Gandhian Thought: Marxist Interpretation, New Delhi Deep &

Deep, 1991.

41. B. R. Nanda, Gokhale, Gandhi and the Nehrus: Studies in Indian Nationalism,

London, Allen and Unwin, 1974.

42. ————, Gandhi and His Critics, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985.

43. ————, The Making of a Nation: India’s Road to Independence, New Delhi,

Harper Collins, 1998.

44. J. P. Narayan, Prison Diary, Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 1977.

45. V. S. Narvane, Modern Indian Thought, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1978.

46. J. Nehru, Discovery of India, London, Meridian Books, 1956.

47. K. Nambi Arooran, Tamil Renaissance and Dravidian Nationalism: 1905-1944,

48. Madurai, Koodal Publishes, 1980.

49. G. Omvedt, Dalits and the Democratic Revolution: Dr. Ambedkar and the Dalit

Movement in Colonial India, New Delhi, Sage, 1994.

50. T. Pantham and K. Deustch (eds.), Political Thought in Modern India, New

Delhi, Sage, 1986.

51. B. Parekh, Colonialism, Tradition and Reform: Analysis of Gandhi’s Political

Discourse, New Delhi, Sage, 1989.

52. ———— and T. Pantham (eds.), Political Discourse: Exploration in Indian and

Western Political Thought, New Delhi, Sage, 1987.

53. B. Prasad, Jayaprakash Narayan: Quest and Legacy, New Delhi, Vikas, 1992.

54. S. Radhakrishnan, Eastern Religion and Western Thought, London, Oxford


55. S. Ramamoorthy, Freedom and The Dravidian Movement, Delhi, Orient

Longman, 1982.

56. N. R. Ray (ed.), Rajamohan Roy: A Bi-centenary Tribute, Calcutta, Asiatic

Society, 1975.

57. S. H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, Gandhi- The Traditional Roots of Charisma,

Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1983.

58. S. Saraswati, Towards Self Respect: Periyar EVR on a New World, Madres New

Century Book House, 1994.

59. J. Sarkar, India Through the Ages: A Survey of the Growth of Indian Life and

Thought, Calcutta, M.C. Sarkar and Sons, 1928.

60. S. Sarkar, Bengal Renaissance and Other Essays, New Delhi, PPH, 1970.

61. T. V. Satyamurthy, Social Change and Political Discourse in India, Vol. 3,

Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996.

62. R. A. Sinari, The Structure of Indian Thought, Delhi, Oxford University Press,

1989.

(13)

63. M. Sykes (trans.), Moved by Love: The Memoirs of Vinobha Bhave,

Hyderabad, Gandhi Darshan, 1973.

64. V. P. Verma, Modern Indian Political Thought, Agra, Lakshmi Narain

Aggarwal, 1974.

65. S. A. Wolpert, Tilak and Gokhale, Berkeley, University of California Press,

1962.

66. G. Woodcock, Mohandas Gandhi, London, Fontana, 1971.

67. Nandedkar, V. G. – Rajkeeya Vichar and Vicharvant, (Marathi) Diamond

Publications, Pune (2011).

68. vk/kqfud Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd fpUru] MkW- oh- ih- oekZ] y{ehukjk;.k vxzoky

izdk'ku] vkxjk] vko`Rrh 2008

69. Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd fopkjd] MkW- ,- ih- voLFkh] y{ehukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku]

vkxjk] vko`Rrh 2008-

70. vk/kqfud jkT;ehekalk Hkkx&1] 'ka- n- tkoMsdj] yksdf'k{k.k y?kqxaFkekyk-z

71. vk/kqfud Hkkjr ds jktuhfrd fopkjd] ih- ,u- ukVk.kh] ikabZaVj iCyh'klZ] t;iwj]

2007.

72. vk/kqfud Hkkjrkrhy jktdh; fopkj] MkW- Hkk- y- HkksG] fiaiGkiwjs ifCyds'kUl]

ukxiwj] 2003-s

73. Hkkjrh; jktdh; fopkjoar] uk- ;- MksG] fo|k cqDl] vkSjaxkckn] 1999-s

POL-1T2 : INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

UNIT-I: Foundations of Indian Government and Politics

a. Philosophy of the Constitution of India, Salient features and constitutional

objectives, idea of welfare state

b. Nature of rights- civil, political, social and economicand role of Judiciary

UNIT-II: Structure of Governance:

a. Indian Federalism: Features of Indian federalism, Strains and Tensions

between the Centre and State.

b. Union Government: President, Prime Minister and Cabinet

Parliament-composition, powers and functions

UNIT-III: Process of Indian Democracy:

a. Electoral Politics: Election commission and electoral process, Party System in

India

b. Pressure Groups, Interest Groups and Social Movements

UNIT-IV: Issues in Indian Politics:

a. Politics of identity and Representation- Caste, Class, Gender, Language,

Religion and Region

b. Development, communalism and violence, globalization, terrorism, radical

politics

Reading Material :

(14)

1. I. J. Ahluwalia and I.M.D. Little, India’s Economic Reforms and Development,

Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998.

2. G. Austin, The Constitution of India: Cornerstone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford


3. ————, Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi,


4. R. Baird (ed.), Religion in Modern India, New Delhi, Manohar, 1981.

5. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford, Blackwell,

1988.

6. U. Baxi, Political Justice, Legislative Reservation for Scheduled Castes, and

Social Change, Madras, University of Madras, 1990.

7. ———— and B. Parekh (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New

Delhi, Sage. 1994.

8. S. Bayly, Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the

Modern Age, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

9. S. Bose and A. Jalal (eds.), Nationalism, Democracy and Development: State

and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.

10. P. Brass, “Pluralism, Regionalism, and Decentralizing tendencies in

contemporaryIndian politics” in A. Wilson and D. Dalton (eds.), The States of

South Asia: Problemsof National Integration, London, Hurst, 1982.

11. ————, The Politics of India Since Independence, 2nd edn., Cambridge

Cambridge University Press, 1994.

12. J. Brown, Modern India: the Origins of an Asian Democracy, Delhi, Oxford


13. T. Byres (ed.), The Indian Economy: Major Debates Since Independence,

Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998.

14. N. Chandhoke, Beyond Secularism: The Rights of Religious Minorities, Delhi,


15. P. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press,

1997.

16. ———— and M. Rao (eds.), Dominance and State Power in Modern India:

Decline of a Social Order, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989.

17. ———— and et.al., (eds.), Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics of

Democracy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000.

18. A. H. Hanson and J. Douglas, India’s Democracy, New Delhi, Vikas, 1972.

19. R. L. Hardgrave, India: Government and Politics in a Developing Nation, New

York, Harcourt, Brace and World, 1965.

20. T. B. Hansen, The Saffron Wave: Democracy and Hindu Nationalism in Modern

India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1999.

21. N. Jayal, Democracy and the State: Welfare, Secularism and Development in

Contemporary India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

30. R. Jeffery and P. Jeffery, Population, Gender and Politics: Demographic

Change in Rural North India. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1997.

31. R. Jenkins, Democratic Politics and Economic Reform in India, Cambridge,


32. S. Khilnani, The Idea of India, London, Hamish Hamilton, 1997.

(15)

33. A. Kohli, Democracy and Discontent: India’s Growing Crisis of Governability,

Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1990.

34. ———— (ed.), The Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge


35. R. Kothari, Politics in India, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.

36. T. K. Oomen, Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi,

Sage, 1990.

37. G. Omvedt, Reinventing Revolution: New Social Movements and the Socialist

Tradition in India, London, ME Sharpe, 1993.

38. S. H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi- The Political Economy of

the Indian State, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1987.

39. T. Sathyamurthy (ed.), Social Change and Political Discourse in India, Vols.3,


40. A. K. Sen, “Secularism and its discontents” in K. Basu and S. Subrahmanyam

(Eds.),

41. D. Sheth, “Caste and class: social reality and political representations” in V.A.

Pai

42. D. E. Smith, India as a Secular State, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press,

1963.

43. M. N. Srinivas, Social Change in Modern India, Bombay, Allied Publishers,

1966.

44. A. Varshney (ed.), The Indian Paradox: Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi,

Sage, 1989.

45. M. Weiner, Party Building in a New Nation: The Indian National Congress,

Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1967.

46. ————, The Indian Paradox: Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1989.

47. B. Arora and D. V. Verney (eds.), Multiple Identities in a Single State: Indian

Federalism in Comparative Perspective, New Delhi, Centre for Policy

Research, Konark, 1995.

48. M. Chadda, Ethnicity, Security and Separatism in India, Delhi, Oxford


49. A. Chanda, Federalism in India: A Study of Union-Sate Relations, London,

George Allen & Unwin, 1965.

50. P. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press,

1997.

51. A. H. Hanson and J. Douglas, India’s Democracy, New Delhi, Vikas, 1972. B.

Singh,

52. Singh, M.P. and H. Roy (eds.), Indian Political System: Structure, Policies,

Development, New Delhi, Jnanada Prakashan, 1995.

53. E. Sridharan, Coalition Politics in India: Lessons from Theory, Comparison and

Recent History, New Delhi, Centre for Policy Research, 1997.

54. P. Brass, Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols.2, Delhi, Chanakya

Publications, 1984-1985.

55. ————, Factional Politics in a Indian State: The Congress Party in Uttar

Pradesh, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1966.

56. A. Burger, Opposition in a Dominant Party System, Berkeley, University of

(16)

California Press, 1969.

57. P. K. Chhibber, Democracy Without Association; Transformation of the Party

System and Social Cleavages in India, Ann Arbor, The University of Michigan

Press, 1999.

58. A. Kohli, (ed.), The Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge


59. R. Kothari, “The Congress System Revisited: A Decennial Review”, Asian

Survey, 14/12, 1974.

60. ————, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.

61. ————, Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,

1967.

62. J. Manor, “Parties and the Party System”, in A. Kohli (ed.), India’s Democracy:

AnAnalysis of Changing State- Society Relations, Princeton NJ, Princeton


62. R. N. Rao, Coalition Conundrum: The BJP’s Trials, Tribulations and Triumphs,

New Delhi, Har Anand Publications, 2001.

64. R. Roy and P. Wallace (eds.), Indian Politics and the 1998 Election:

Regionalism, Hindutva and State Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1999.

65. T. V. Sathyamurthy, Social Change and Political Discourse in India: Structures

of Power, Movements of Resistance, Vols. 4, Oxford, Oxford University Press,

1996.

66. N. C. Sahni, (ed.), Coalition Politics in India, Jullunder, New Academic

Publishing Company, 1971.

67. S. L. Shakdher, The Law and Practice of Elections in India, New Delhi, National,

1992.

68. ————, Electoral Reforms in India, New Delhi, Council and Citizen for

Democracy, 1980.

69. A. Abdul, Poverty Alleviation in India: policies and programmes, New Delhi,

Ashish, 1994.

70. J. Adams, “Breaking Away: India’s economy vaults into the 1990s” in M. Bouton

and 1993.

71. A. Ghosh, Indian Economy: Its Nature and Problems, 22nd revised edn.,

Calcutta, World Press, 1979-80.

72. B. Jalan (ed.), The Indian Economy: Problems and Prospects, New Delhi,

Viking, 1992.

73. R. Jenkins, Democratic Politics and Economic Reform in India, Cambridge,


74. V. Joshi, “Fiscal Stabilization and economic reform in India” in I.J. Ahluwalia

and M.D. Little (eds.), India’s Economic Reforms and Development: Essays for

Manmohan Singh, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998.

75. D. Khatkhate, “India on an economic reform trajectory” in L. Gordon and P.

Oldenburg (eds.), India Briefing 1992, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press and

the Asia Society, 1992.

76. R. Khator, Environment, Development and Politics in India, Lanham Md,

University Press of America, 1991.

77. A. Vanaik, The Painful Transition: Bourgeois Democracy in India, London,

(17)

Verso, 1990.

78. P. Verma, The Great Indian Middle Class, Delhi, Viking, 1998.

79. M. Weiner, The Indian Paradox, Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage,

1989.

80. ————, The Child and the State in India, Princeton NJ, Princeton University

Press, 1991.

81. Hkkjrh; jktuhfr dk cnyrk ifjn`';] ,e- lh- [kaMsyk] ikabZaVj izdk'ku] t;iwj] 2005

82. Hkkjrh; jktuhfr fl/nkar o O;ogkj] ,e- lh- [kaMsyk] ikabZaVj izdk'ku] t;iwj] 2007

83. Lora= Hkkjr ds ipkl o"ksZ] Hkkx 1 o 2] ch- xksLokeh] ikabZaVj izdk'ku] t;iwj]

2007

84. iapk;r jkt vkSj efgyk fodkl] ,e- jkBksM] ikabZVj izdk'ku] t;iwj] 2010-

85. Hkkjrh; 'kklu vkf.k jktdkj.k] MkW- vydk fons'keq[k] Jh- lkbZukFk izdk'ku]

ukxiwj

86. Hkkjrh; x.kjkT;kps 'kklu vkf.k jktdkj.k] MkW- Hkk- y- HkksG] fiaiGkiwjs

ifCyds'kUl] ukxiwj-s

POL-1T3 : MODERN POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES

Unit-I Introduction to political ideologies: Nature, Origin and Significance

a. Liberalism: Classical, Neo-Liberalism and libertarianism

b. Socialism: Origin of socialist thought and its various kinds.

Unit-II

a. Communism: Classical and Neo-communism- Meaning, nature,

significance and Development

b. Marxism: Meaning, nature and Philosophy and developments in Marxist

thought

Unit-III

a. Feminism: Meaning, nature, philosophy and kinds of feminism- liberal,

Marxist, radical and black feminism

b. Environmentalism: Meaning, nature, philosophy, development and

movements

Unit-IV

a. Fascism: Meaning, nature, philosophy, development- old and new

b. Nationalism: Meaning, nature, Philosophy and forms.

Reading Material :

1. P. F. Clarke, Liberals and Social Democrats in Historical Perspective, Cambridge,


2. L. Derfler, Socialism since Marx: A Century of the European Left, London,

Macmillan, 1973.

3. A. Devall and G. Sessions, Deep Ecology, Salt Lake City UT, Peregrine Smith

Books, 1985.

4. A. Dobson, Green Political Thought, London, Unwin Hyman, 1990.

5. A. Durbin, The Politics of Democratic Socialism, London, Routledge, 1940.

6. J. B. Elshtain, Public Man, Private Woman: Women in Social and Political tought,

(18)

Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1981.

7. A. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguin,

1992.

8. B. Friedan, The Feminine Mystique, New York, Norton, 1963.

9. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1992.

10. P. Gay, The Dilemma of Democratic Socialism: Eduard Bernstein’s challenge to

Marx, New York, Columbia University Press, 1952.

11. J. Gray, Liberalism, Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 1986.

12. —————, Liberalisms: Essays in Political Philosophy, London, Routledge, 1989.

13 A. Gentile, “The Philosophical basis of Fascism” in Readings on Fascism and

National Socialism, Denver Colarado, Swallow, n.d.

14. R. E. Goodin, Green Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992.

15. A. J. Gregor, Young Mussolini and the Intellectual Origins of Fascism, Berkeley

and Los Angeles, University of California Press, 1979.

16. A. Hamilton, The Appeal of Fascism: A Study of Intellectuals and Fascism 1919-

1945, New York, Macmillan, 1971.

17. M. Harrington, Socialism: Past and After, New York, Arcade, 1989.

18. F. Hayek, The Constitution of Liberty, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1960.

19. R. N. Iyer, The Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, New York,


20. D. Jay, Socialism and the New Society, London, Longman, 1962.

21. J. Joll, The Anarchists, London, Methuen, 1979.

22. M. Kitchen, Fascism, London, Dent, 1979.

23. J. Laski, The Rise of European Liberalism, London, George Allen and Unwin,

1967.

24. L. Labedz, Revisionism: Essays on the History of Marxist Ideas, London, Allen and

Unwin, 1962.

25. W. Lacquer (ed.), Fascism: a Readers’ Guide: Analyses, Interpretation and

Bibliography, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1979.

26. G. Lichtheim, A Short History of Socialism, London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson,

1970.

27. Lyttelon (ed.), Italian Fascism from Pareto to Gentile, London, Cape 1973.

40. D. MacLean and C. Wills (eds.), Liberalism Reconsidered, Totowa NJ, Rowman

and Allanheld, 1983.

28. D. J. Manning, Liberalism, London, John Dent and Sons, 1976.

29. C. Mansfield, The Spirit of Liberalism, Cambridge, Harvard University Press,

1978.

30. D. McLellan, Marxism after Marx, London, Macmillan, 1975.

31. R. Minogue, The Liberal Mind, London, Methuen, 1963.

32. B. Mussolini, Fascism: Doctrine and Institutions, New York, Howard Fertig, 1968.

33. E. Nolte, Three Faces of Fascism: Action francaise, Italian Fascism, National

Socialism, New York, New American Library, 1969.

34. R. Nozick, Anarchy, State and Utopia, New York, Basic Books, 1974.

35. O’Neill, Ecology, Policy and Politics: Human Well-being and the Natural World,

London, Routledge, 1993.

36. S. G. Payne, Fascism: Comparison and Definition, Madison, University of

(19)

Wisconsin Press, 1980.

37. J. Porritt, Seeing Green: The Politics of Ecology Explained, Oxford, Basil

Blackwell, 1984.

38. G. de Ruggiero, The History of European Liberalism, Boston, Beacon, 1959.

39. Rand, The Fountainhead, New York, Bobbs-Merrill, 1943.

40. Rothbard, Ethics of Liberty, Atlantic Highlands NJ, Humanities Press, 1982.

41. M. J. Sandel, Liberalism and its Critics, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984.

42. J. Strachey, Programme for Progress, London, Gollancz, 1940.

43. L. Strauss, Liberalism: Ancient and Modern, New York, Basic Books, 1968.

44. O’ Sullivan, Fascism, London, J. M. Dent and Sons, 1983.

45. F. D. Torre, E. Mortimer and J. Story, Eurocommunism: Myth or Reality,

Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1979.

46. F. M. Watkins, The Age of Ideology- Political Thought from 1750 to the Present,

Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1964.

47. E. Weber, Varieties of Fascism, New York, Van Nostrand, 1966.

48. G. Woodcock, Mohandas Gandhi, London, Fontana, 1971.

49. D. Worster, Nature’s Economy: A History of Ecological Ideas, 2nd edition,


ELECTIVES (Choose any ONE from the following elective papers)

POL-1T4.1 : POLITICS OF DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

Unit-I

a. Genesis of Colonialism, Types of Colonialism

b. Nature of anti colonial Struggle in Developing countries

Unit-II

a. Nature of Constitutionalism and Post colonial State

b. Political Institutions in post colonial states- nature and types; appraisal

Unit-III

a. Political Leadership in developing countries: nature, objectives, significance

and role

b. Political Parties in post colonial developing countries- nature, types,

objectives, role and performance

Unit-IV

a. New Social Movements in developing countries- nature, role, types and

political impact

b. Role of Military, Waves of Democratic Expansion: recent trends

Reading Material :

1. H. Alavi and T. Shanin, Sociology of Developing Societies, London, Macmillan,

(20)

1982.

2. S. Amin, Accumulation on a World Scale: A Critique of the Theory of

Underdevelopment, New York, Monthly Review Press, 1974.

3. B. Anderson, Imagined Communities: Reflections of the Origin and Spread of the

Nationalism, 2nd edn., London, Verso, 1991.

4. Z. F. Arat, Democracy and Human Rights in the Developing Countries, London,

Verso, 1992.

5. H. Asfah (ed.), Women and Politics in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1996.

6. M. Berger, “The End of the Third World”, Third World Quartely, 15/2, 1994.

7. J. M. Bystdzienski (ed.), Women Transforming Politics: Worldwide strategies for

Empowerment, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1992.

8. P. Cammack, D. Pool and W. Tordoff, Third World Politics: A Comparative

Introduction, 2nd edn. London, Macmillan, 1993.

9. C. Clapham, Third World Politics: An Introduction, Beckenham, Croom Helm,

1985.

10. R. Cohen and P. Kennedy, Global Sociology, London, St. Martin Press, 1999.

11. L. Diamond (ed.), Political Culture and Democracy in Developing Countries,

Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1993.

12. D. Engels and S. Marks (eds.), Contesting Colonial Hegemony, State and Society

in Africa and India, London, I. B. Tauris, 1994.

13. J. A. Ferguson, “The Third World”, in R. J. Vincent (ed.), Foreign Policy and

Human Rights, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1996.

14. D. K. Fieldhouse, The West and the Third World: trade, Colonialism,

Dependence and Development, Oxford, Blackwell, 1999.

15. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth Penguin,

1992.

16. J. Gelb, Feminism and Politics: A Comparative Perspective, Berkeley, University

of California Press, 1989.

17. A. Giddens, The Consequences of Modernity, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1990.

18. J. Harbermas, “New Social Movements”, Telos, 49, Fall, 1981.

19. N. Harris, The End of the Third World: Newly Industrializing Countries and the

Decline of an Ideology, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1986.

20. P. Harrison, Inside the Third World, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1981.

21. K. Hajdor, Dictionary of Third World Terms, London, Penguin, 1993.

22. J. Haynes, Third World Politics: A Concise Introduction, Oxford, Basil Blackwell,

1996.

23. ————, Religion in Third World Politics, Buckingham, Open University Press,

1993.

24. D. Held, and D. Archibugi (eds.), Cosmopolitan Democracy: An Agenda for a

New World Order, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1995.

25. A. Hettne, Developmental Theory and the Three Worlds, Harlow, Longman, 1995.

26. M. Kamrava, Politics and Society in the Third World, London, Routledge, 1993.

27. S. D. Krasner, Structural Conflict: The Third World against Global Liberalism.

Berkeley, University of California Press, 1985.

28. J. Manor (ed.), Rethinking Third World Politics, Harlow, Longman, 1991.

29. J. Midgal, Strong Societies and Weak States, State-Society Relations and State

(21)

Capabilities in the Third World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.

30. L. M. Miller, The Third World in Global Environmental Politics, Boulder

Colorado,Lynne Rienner, 1995.

31. M. Miller, The Third World in Global Environmental Politics, Buckingham, Open


32. H. Nelson and N. Chowdhary (ed.), Women and Politics Worldwide, Delhi,

OxfordUniversity Press 1997.

33. R. Packenham, The Dependency Movement: Scholarship and Politics in

Dependency Studies, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1992.

34. Pourgerami, Development and Democracy in the Third World, Boulder

Colorado, Westview, Press, 1991.

35. V. Randall, Women and Politics: An International Perspective, 2nd edn., Chicago,

University of Chicago Press, 1987.

36. ———— (ed.), Political Parties in the Third World, London, Sage, 1988.

37. ———— and R. Theobald, Political Change and Underdevelopment: A Critical

Introduction to Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1985.

38. W. Rodney, How Europe Underdeveloped Africa, London, Bogle l’ Ouverture,

1972.

39. P. Schmitter and L. Whitehead (eds.), Transitions from Authoritarian Rule:

Prospects for Democracy, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

40. B. Smith, Understanding Third World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1996.

41. R. Slater, B. Schutz and S. Dorr (eds.), Global Transformation and the Third

World, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1993.

42. M. P. Tadaro, Economic Development in the Third World, 5th edn., New York,

Longman, 1994.

43. Thomas et al., Third World Atlas, 2nd edn., Buckingham, Open University Press,

1994.

44. G. White, R. Murray and C. White, Revolutionary Socialist Movements in the

Third World, Brighton, Wheatsheaf, 1983.

POL-1T4.2 : FUNDAMENTALS OF FOREIGN POLICY

UNIT-I –

a. Foreign Policy: Meaning, Definition, Scope and significance

b. Foreign policy: Theoretical Aspects-Liberal realist, liberal idealist, Marxist

UNIT-II-

a. International Relations and Foreign Policy: Bilateral Relationship, multilateral

relationship, unilateral actions

b. Objectives of Foreign policy: promotion of national interest, power status in

international relations and influence.

UNIT-III :

a. Internal & External Determinants of Foreign Policy

b. Making of Foreign Policy : Role of Foreign Ministry, Foreign Secretary

(22)

and Diplomatic Missions

UNIT-IV :

a. Diplomacy and Foreign Policy in the Era of Globalisation

b. Impact of Technology, Role of Diaspora

Reading Material

1. J. Bandopadhyaya, the Making of India’s Foreign Policy, Calcutta, Allied

Publications, 1995.

2. Vandana Ashtahan, India’s Foreign Policy and Subcontinental Politics

3. A. Appadorai, Domestic Roots of India’s Foreign Policy New Delhi OUP, 1981.

4. S. Bhattacharya, Persuit of National Interest through Non alignment, Calcutta,

university press, 1978.

5. R. Badrock, India’s Foreign Policy Since 1971, London, Royal Institute for

International Affairs, 1990.

6. V.P.Dutta, India’s Foreign Policy in Changing World, new Delhi, Vikas, 1999.

7. C. Hill, Changing Politics of Foreign Policy, Hampshire, Macmillan, 2001.

8. S. Mansingh (ed), India’s Foreign Policy in 21st Century, New Delhi, Foreign

Policy Institute, 1999.

9. C. Raja Mohan, Crossing the Rubicon-The Shaping of India’s New Foreign

Policy, Palgrave Macmillan, delhi, 2004

10. J. N. Dikshit, India’s Foreign Policy and its Neighbours, Gyan Publishers, new

delhi, 2001.

POL-1T4.3 : INTERNATIONAL LAW

UNIT-I :

a. The Origin, Development and Sources of International Law

b. Subjects of International Law : States, International Organizations, Rights &

Duties of Individuals

UNIT-II :

a. Recognition and Jurisdiction of State, Treaty Obligations, Laws of the Sea

b. State Territory, Acquisition & Loss of Territory, State Succession,

Intervention

UNIT-III :

a. Piracy on High Seas, Hijacking, Extradition, Asylum

b. Laws of War, War Crimes, Prisoners of War and Refugees

UNIT-IV :

a. Laws of Neutrality, Blockade, Right of Visit & Search

b. International Court of Justice, International Criminal Court

Reading Material :

1. S. D. Bailey, Prohibitions and Restraints in War, London and New York,

OxfordUniversity Press, 1972.

2. N. Bentwich, International Law, London, Royal Institute of International

Affairs,1945.

3. J. L. Brierly, The Outlook for International Law, Oxford, The Clarendon Press,

(23)

1944.

4. ————, The Law of Nations, 4th edn., Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1949.

5. ————, The Basis of Obligation in International Law, London, Oxford


6. I. Brownlie, Principals of Public International Law, London, Oxford University

Press,1973.

7. D. P. O. Connell, International Law, 20 Vols., London, Stevens, 1970.

8. P. E. Corbett, Law and Society in the Relations of States, New York, Harcourt

Brace,1951.

9. ————, Law and Diplomacy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1959.

10. K. Deutsch and S. Hoffman (ed.), The Relevance of International Law, Oxford,

TheClarendon Press, 1955.

11. E. D. Dickinson, What is Wrong with International Law?, Berkeley, James J.

Gillickand Company, 1947.

12. ————, The Equality of States in International Law, Cambridge,

CambridgeUniversity Press, 1920.

13. I. J. Dore, International Law and Superpowers: Normative Order in a

DividedWorld,

14. L. Duguit, Law in the Modern State, New York, B. W. Huebsch, 1919.

15. R. Falk, Legal Order in a Violent World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University

Press,1968.

16. ————, The Status of Law in the International Society, Princeton NJ,

PrincetonUniversity Press, 1971.

17. C. G. Fenwick, International Law, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1939.

18. W. Friedmann, The Changing Structure of International Law, New York,

ColumbiaUniversity Press, 1964.

19. L. Henkin, How Nations Behave, New York, Praegar, 1968.

20. R. Higgins, Development of International Law through the political

Organizations ofthe United Nations, 1963.

21. R. Hingham (ed.), Intervention or Abstention, Lexington Kentucky, The

UniversityPress of Kentucky, 1975.

22. P. C. Jessup, Modern Law of Nations, New York, Macmillan, 1948.

23. M. A. Kaplan and N. de B. Katzenbach, The Political Foundations of

InternationalLaw, New York, John Wiley and Sons, 1961.

24. G. W. Keeton, National Sovereignty and International Order, London, Peace

Book Company, 1939.

25. ———— and G. Schwarzenberger, Making International Law Work, 2nd edn.,

London, Stevens and Sons Ltd., 1946.

26. H. Kelsen, The Law of the United Nations, New York, Praegar, 1950.

27. ————, Principles of International Law, New York, Rinehart and Co., 1952.

28. ————, General Theory of Law and State, Cambridge, Harvard University

Press, 1945.

29. J. Mattern, Concepts of State, Sovereignty and International Law, Baltimore,

Johns Hopkins Press, 1928.

30. J. B. Moore, International Law and Some Current Illusions, New York,

Macmillan, 1924.

(24)

31. H. J. Morgenthau, “Positivism, Functionalism and International Law”,

American Journal of International Law, 34, April 1940.

32. W. V. O’ Brien, The Conduct of Just and Limited War, New York, Praeger,

1981.

33. C. C. K. Okolie, International Law Perspective of the Developing Countries,

1973.

34. L. Oppeheimer, International Law Vol. 1, 1969, Revised edn., Vol. II- 1953.

35. H. B. Siago, New States and International Law, 1970.

36. G. Schwarzenberger, International Law and Order, New York, Praeger, 1971.

37. J. G. Starke, Introduction to International Law, London, Butterworths and

Company Ltd., 1947.

38. J. Stone, Legal Controls of International Conflict, New York, Rinehart and

Company, 1954.

39. ————, Aggression and World Order, Berkeley and Los Angeles, University

of California Press, 1958.

40. C. de Visscher, Theory and Reality in Public International Law, Princeton NJ,

Princeton University Press, 1957.

41. M. Walzer, Just and Unjust Wars, New York, Basic Books, 1977.

42. Sir J. F. Williams, Aspects of Modern International Law, New York, Oxford


43. is'kos, MkW- Ogh- ,e- o eankdhuh - vkarjjk"Vªh; dk;nk] Hkkx 1 o 2] O;daVjkt

bUQksVsd izk- fy] ;orekG-

POL-1T4.4 : THEORY AND PRACTICE OF DIPLOMACY

UNIT-I

a. Diplomacy : Meaning, Nature and Scope.

b. Relationship with Foreign Policy and international relations

UNIT-II

a. Evolution of Diplomatic Theory, Practices and Methods, Diplomatic Offices

&Agents, Diplomatic Language

b. Negotiations, Treaties, Alliance; Different Types of Diplomacy

UNIT-III

a. Instrument of National Policy: promotion of national interest, diplomacy

during war and peace. Diplomatic Services and Consular Services, privileges

and immunities

b. Recent Changes: Diplomacy by Conference, Diplomacy and Commercial

interest, Diplomacy at the Regional and international Multilateral

organizations

UNIT-IV

a. Open Diplomacy: Meaning, Nature and Characteristics, Functions and roles

of Democratic diplomacy, Open Diplomacy and the Resolution of international

conflicts

b. Issues before global diplomacy: Racial Discrimination, Environment, Global

Terrorism, Nuclear Proliferation, Gender Discrimination, Human Rights

(25)

Reading Material :

1. H.G. Nicolson - Diplomacy, London, Oxford University Press, 1963.

2. H.G. Nicolson - The Evolution of Diplomatic Method, London, Constable, 1954

3. American Academy of Political and Social Science, Instruction in Diplomacy:

TheLiberal Arts Approach, 1972

4. Henry Kissinger - Diplomacy, New York, Simon & Schster, 1994

5. Sir D. Busk - The Craft of Diplomacy: How to Run A diplomatic Service, New York,

Praeger, 1967

6. G.H. Fisher - Public Diplomacy and the Behavioral Sciences, Bloomington,

IndianaUniversity Press, 1972

7. C.J. Friedrich - Diplomacy and the Study of International Relations, Oxford, The

Clarendon Press, 1919

8. L. Gerber - The Diplomacy of Private Enterprise, Cape Town, Purnell, 1973

9. D.L.S. Hamlin - Diplomacy in Evolution, Toronto, University of Toronto Press, 1961

10. Sir W. Hayter - The Diplomacy of the Great Powers, New York Macmillan, 1961

11. Sir M. Howard - Studies in War and Peace, New York, Viking, 1971

12. F.C. Ikle - How nations Negotiate, New York, Praeger, 1967

13. G.K. Mookerjee - Diplomacy: Theory and History, New Delhi, Trimurti

Publications,1973

14. L.B. Pearson - Diplomacy in a Nuclear Age, Cambridge Massachusetts,

HarvardUniversity Press, 1959

15. E. M. Satow - A Guide to Diplomatic Practice, revised 2nd ed., London,

LongmansGreen, 1922

16. A. Watson - Diplomacy, New York, McGraw Hill, 1983

17. E. L. Woodward - The Old and New Diplomacy, the Yale Review, 36, No. 3,

Spring,1947

18. G. Young - The Practical Negotiator, New Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1982

19. G. Alpervitz, Atomic Diplomacy, New York, Vintage Books, 1967.

20. G. Chan, Chinese Perspective on International Relations, New Zealand,

MacmillanUniversity Press, 1999.

21. R. A. Cossa, Restructuring the US-Japan Alliance, Washington DC, CSIS Press,

1997.

22. P. M. Cronin, From Globalism to Regionalism: New Perspective on US Foreign

andDefence Policies, Washington, National Defence University Press, 1993.

23. J. Dumbrell, American Foreign Policy: Carter to Clinton, London, Macmillan,

1997.

24. J. B. Dunlop, The Rise of Russia and the Fall of the Soviet Empire, Princeton

NJ,Princeton University Press, 1993.

25. J. Dower, Japan in Peace and War, New York, New Press, 1994.

26. F. R. Dulles, American Foreign Policy towards Communist China, New York,

Crowell, 1972.

27. J. Frankel, The Making of Foreign Policy, London, Oxford University Press, 1963.

28. H. L. Gaddis, Strategies of Containment: A Critical Appraisal to Post War

AmericanNational Security Policy, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1990.

29. R. N. Haas, Intervention: The Use of American Military Forces in the Post Cold

(26)

WarWorld, New York, Carnell Endowment of International Peace, 1998.

30. C. Hill, Changing Politics of Foreign Policy, Hamsphire, Macmillan, 2001.

31. G. E. Kennan, American Diplomacy: 1900-1950, Chicago, University of Chicago

Press, 1951.

32. H. J. Morgenthau, In Defense of the National Interest, New York, Knopf, 1951.

33. Hkkjr dh fons'k furh] MkW- ,l- lh- flagy] y{ehukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk]

vko`Rrh 2008-

34. Hkkjrkph fons'k furh] MkW- pan'ks[kj fnok.k] fo|k izdk'ku] ukxiwj-z

35. Hkkjr dh fons'k uhfr] vkj- flag] ikabZVj izdk'ku] t;iwj] 2005-

36. jktu;] izk- fp- x- ?kkaxjsdj] fo|k izdk'ku] ukxiwj-

37. Hkkjrh; ijjk"Vª /kksj.k lkrR; o fLFkR;arj] 'kSysanz nsoG.kdj] izfrHkk izdk'ku] iq.ks]

2007-

SEMESTER - II

CORE PAPERS

POL-2T1 : COMPARATIVE POLITICS

(With reference to political systems in UK, USA, Switzerland, Russia & China)

UNIT-I

a. Comparative Politics: Meaning Nature and Scope, Growth of Comparative

Politics;Traditional Approaches to the Study of Comparative politics:

Philosophical, Historical, Legal- Institutional

b. Modern Approaches to the Study of Comparative Politics: Systems, Structural

Functionalism, Political Sociology and Political Economy.

UNIT-II:

a. Constitutionalism: Meaning and Features, Development of Constitutionalism

b. Comparative Study of Political Institutions: Executive, Legislature and

Judiciary

UNIT-III:

a. Political Development, Modernization and Change: Definition, Implications

and Dimensions- Marxian Perspective, Sustainable Development Perspective

b. Political Parties, Elections and Voting Behaviour; Leadership, Elites and Role

of Women in Politics, Pressure Groups and Social Movements

UNIT-IV:

a. Political Culture: Meaning, Nature and Components

b. Political Socialization and Communication: Meaning Nature and Agents of

Political Socialization and mobalization

(27)

Reading Material :

1. Almond and G.B. Powell Jr.- Comparative Politics; a Development Approach,

Boston, Little Brown, 1966.

2. R. Hague and M. Harrop, Comparative Government and Politics : An

Intordducation, 5th edn., New York, Palgrave, 2001.

3. G.A. Almond and J.S. Coleman- The Politics of Developing Areas, Princeton NJ,

Princeton University Press, 1960.

4. G.A. Almond and S. Verba- The Civic Culture; Political Attitudes and Democracy

in Five Nations, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963

5. G.A. Almond- Comparative Politics Today : A World View, 7th edn., New York,

London, Harper/Collins, 2000.

6. D.E. Apter, The Politics of Modernization, Chicago, University of Chicago Press,

1965.

7. A. Bebler and J. Seroka (eds.), Contemporary Political Systems : Classifications

and Typologies, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Reinner Publishers, 1990.

8. L.J. Cantori and A.H. Zeigler (ed.), Comparative Politics in the Post-Behaviouralist

Era, London, Lynne Reinner Publisher, 1988.

9. R.H. Chilcote, Theories of Comparative Politics : The Search for a Paradigm

Reconsidered, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1994.

10. J.E. Goldthrope, The Sociology of Post-Colonial Societies : Economic Disparity,

Cultural Diversity and Development, Cambridge University Press, 1996.

11. J.C. Johari, Comparative Political Theory : New Dimensions, Basic Concepts and

Major Trends, New Delhi, Sterling, 1987.

12. R.C. Macridis, The Study of Comparative Government, New York, Doubleday,

1955.

13. G. Sartori, Parties and Party Systems : A Framework for Analysis, Cambridge,


14. T. Skocpol, States and Social Relations : A Comparative Analysis of France, Russia

and China, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1979.

15. A. Stephan, Arguing Comparative Politics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2001.

16. Tks- lh- tksgjh & rqyukRed jktuhrh & fnYyh] Lvfxax ifCyds”ku-

17. Ekgs”ojh ,l- vkj- rqyukRed jktuhrh] vkxjk] y{ehukjk;.k ifCyds”ku-

18. Ek- n- ns”kikaMs] “kklu laLFkk vkf.k jkT; in~/krh % rkSyfud fopkj] dksYgkiwj]

egkjk’Vª fo|kihB

xzaFk fufeZrh eaMG-

19. rkSyfud 'kklu vkf.k jktdkj.k & MkW- Hkk- y- HkksG] fiaiGkiwjs izdk'ku] ukxiwj-s

20. rqyukRed 'kklu vkf.k jktfurh] MkW- vydk ns'keq[k] MkW- lat; xksjs] Jh- lkbZukFk

izdk'ku]

ukxiwj-

21. rqyukRed 'kklu vkf.k jktdkj.k] MkW- tks- o- xobZ] 'ks[k gk'ke] fo'o ifCyds'ku]

ukxiwj-

22. rqyukRed 'kklu vkf.k jktdkj.k] MkW- Jhjke ;sj.kdj] Jh- lkbZukFk izdk'ku] ukxiwj

23. rqyukRed jktuhfr] MkW- ,l- vkj- ekgs'ojh] y{eh ukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk]

2008-

24. rqyukRed 'kklu ,oa jktuhfr] MkW- ,l- lh- flagy] y{ehukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk

(28)

2008-

POL-2T2 : WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT

UNIT-I :

a. Classical political thought : Meaning, nature, characteristics and significance,

Evolution of a political theory

b. Plato and Aristotle

UNIT-II :

a. Social Contract : Meaning, Nature and Significance; achievements of social

contract theory

b. Hobbes, Locke and Rousseau

UNIT-III :

a. Theory of Utilitarianism : Meaning, nature, significance and Contributions

b. Bentham and Mill

UNIT-IV :

a. Scientific Socialism : Meaning, nature, significance and impact on political

theory

b. Hegel and Marx

Reading Material :

1. Adams Ian and R. W Dyson., 2004, Fifty Great Political Thinkers, London,

Routledge

2. Boucher David and Paul Kelly, 2003, Political Thinkers, Oxford University Press.

3. Jones W. T. (series editor), 1959, Masters of Political Thought, (Vols.2 & 3),

London, George Harrap & Co.

4. Mehta V. R., 1996, Foundations of Indian Political Thought, New Delhi, Manohar.

5. Nelson Brian, 2004, Western Political Thought, Pearson Education

6. Parekh Bhikhu and Thomas Pantham, Political Discourse: Explorations in Indian

and Western Political Thought, 1987, New Delhi, Sage.

7. Sabine G. H., 1971, A History of Political Theory, Calcutta, Oxford & I.B.H.

8. Blakeley Georgina & Valerie Bryson (eds.), 2002, Contemporary Political

Concepts, London, Pluto Press.

9. Goodwin Barbara, 2004, Using Political Ideas, Chichester, John Wiley & Sons.

10. Hampton Jean, 1998, Political Philosophy, New Delhi, OUP.

11. Hawkesworth Mary and Maurice Kogan (eds.), 1992, Encyclopaedia of

Governmentand Politics (Vol. I), London, Routledge Knowles Dudley, 2001, Political

Philosophy, London, Routledge.

12. Pierson Christopher, 2004, The Modern State, London, Routledge.

13. Swift Adam, 2001, Political Philosophy, Cambridge, Polity

14. Nelson Brian R, 2006, Western Political Thought, Second Edition, Pearson

Education, New Delhi.

15. ik'pkR; jktuhfrd fl/nkar] MkW- ,l- lh- flagy] y{ehukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk]

2008-

(29)

16. ik'pkR; jktdh; fopkjoar] MkW- uk- ;- MksGs-

17. ik'pkR; jktdh; fopkjoar] MkW- Hkk- y- HkksG] fiaiGkiqjs ifCyds'ku] ukxiwj-1995s

18. Rege, M. P., Swatantrya, Samata ani Nyaya, Mumbai, Shanta Rege-2005

19. Rege, M. P., Pashchatya Nitishastracha Itihas, Pune, Samaj Prabodhan Sanstha,

1974

20. Bhole Bhaskar, Rajakiya Siddhanta ani Vishleshan, Nagpur, Pimpalapure, 2002

POL-2T3 : INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

UNIT-I : International Relations:

a. Meaning, Nature, Development and Scope,

Classical Theories of International Relations: Realism, Liberalism and Marxism

b. Later Developments: Neo-Realism, Neo-Liberalism, Constructivism and

feminism

UNIT-II : Concepts :

a. National Power, National Interest, Balance of Power and Sovereignty

b. Security- Collective Security and Cooperative Security, Human Security

UNIT-III : Phases and Issues in World Politics:

a. End of Cold War and Post-Cold War World Order

b. Race, Caste and Gender in International Relations, Globalization, issues of

global justice and global terrorism

UNIT-IV : Global, Regional Organizations and related issues

a. United Nations, WTO and SAARC- Its Structure, Role and Impact

b. Human Rights, Environmentalism and Development

Reading Material

1. S.P.Verma - International System and Third World, New Delhi, Vikas Pub.,

1988.

2. Vinaykumar Malhotra - International Relations.

3. Ghosh, Peu – International Relations, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

4. Prem Arora - Comparative Politics and International relations, Bookhives, New

Delhi.

5. Kashikar, M. S. – SAARC : Its Genesis, Development & Prospects, Himalaya

Publishing House, Mumbai, 2000.

6. P. Allan & Goldman (Ed.) - The End of the Cold War, Dordrecht, Martinus

Nijhoff, 1992

7. A. Appadurai - National Interest and Non-Alignment, New Delhi, Kalinga

Publication, 1999

8. R. Aron - Peace and War: A Theory of International Relations, London,

Fontana,1966

9. S. Burchill et. Al., - Theories of International Relations, Hampshire, Macmillan,

2001

10. I. Claude- Power and International Relations, New York, Random House, 1962.

11. A.A Couloumbis & Wolf - Introduction to International relations: power and

Justice, New York, Praeger, 1989.

(30)

12. K.W. Deutsch - The Analysis of International Relations, New Delhi, Prentice

Hall, 1989

13. Dougherty & Ofaltzfraff Jr. - Contending Theories of International

Relations,Philadelphia, J.B. Lippincott Co., 1970

14. J. Frankel - The Making of Foreign Policy, London, Oxford University Press,

1963

15. J. Fankel - Contemporary International Theory and the behavior of States,

NewYork, Oxford University press, 1973

16. Greenstein & Polsby - Theory of International Relations, Reading

Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley, 1979

17. Groom & Lights (Ed.) - Contemporary International Relations: A Guide to

Theory, London, Printer, 1993

18. S.H. Hoffman - Essays in Theory and Practice of International relations,

Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1989

19. K.J. Holsti - International Relations: A Framework of Analysis, Englewood

Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1967

20. Hans J. Margenthau - Politics Among Nations, 6th edition, revised by K.W.

Thompson, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1985

21. W.C. Olson & A.J.R. Groom - International Relations: Then and Now, London,

Harpercollins Academic, 1991

22. J.N. Rosenau - International Studies and Social Sciences, Beverly Hills

California and London, Sage, 1973

23. M.P. Sullivan - Theories of International Politics: Enduring Paradigm in a

Changing World, Hampshire, Macmillan, 2001

24. Oklar jk;iwjdj] varjjk’Vªh; laca/k( lq/kkfjr vkoLRrh] ukxiwj] Jh eaxs”k izdk”ku]

2006-

25. QkMh;k ch- ,y- varjjk’Vªh; laca/k lkfgR; izdk”ku flfjt] vkxjk-

26. Hkkjr vkf.k tx] MkW- ch- Mh- rksMdj] Mk;eaM ifCyds'kUl] iq.ks] 2011-

27. la;qDr jk"Vª vkf.k brj vkarjjk"Vªh; la?kVuk] izk - tkWUlu ckstsZl] Mk;eaM

ifCyds'kUl] iq.ks] 2011-

28. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k] MkW- olar jk;iwjdj] Jh eax'k izdk'ku] ukxiwj] 2006-s

29. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k fl/nkar vkf.k O;ogkj] izk - ch- vk;- dqyd.khZ] izk- v'kksd

ukbZdokMs] Jhfo|k izdk'ku] iq.ks] 2004-

30. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k] MkW- ,l- lh- flagy] y{ehukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk]

2008-

31. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k] 'kSysanz nsoG.kdj] vkSjaxkckn] fo|k cqDl-

32. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k] 'khr;q/nksrj o tkxfrdhdj.kkps jktdkj.k] v:.kk isaMls]

mRrjk lgL=cq/ns] vksfj,aV ykxeu] 2008-

ELECTIVE PAPERS (Choose any one paper from the following elective papers)

POL-2T4.1 : POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY

(31)

UNIT-I

a. Political Sociology : Meaning, nature and Scope

b. Approaches : Systems, Marxist and Developmental

UNIT-II

a. Bureaucracy – Meaning & Nature, Weber’s Contribution

b. Power, Authority, Legitimacy, Social Stratification

UNIT-III

a. Political Culture – Meaning, Nature and Types

b. Political Socialization – Meaning, Nature, Process

UNIT-IV

a. Change and Development: Westernization, modernization and

underdevelopment

b. Political Participation: Political Parties, interest groups, Political Mobilization

and mass media

Reading Material :

1. Saroj Kumar Jena - Political Sociology, Anmol Publications

2. Ali Ashraf & L.N. Sharma - Political Sociology : A New Grammar of Politics,

UniversityPress

3. Ram Ahuja - Indian Social System, Rawat Publications

4. Harihar Dass & B. C. Chaudhary : Introduction to Political Sociology, Vikas

PublishingHouse, Delhi, 1997.

5. D. C. Bhattacharya : Political Sociology, Vijaya Publishing House, Kolkata,

2005.

6. G.A. Almond, and S. Verba, The Civic Culture, Princeton NJ, Princeton


7. S. Bayly, Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to

theModern Age, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

8. U. Baxi, Political Justice, Legislative Reservation for Scheduled Castes, and

SocialChange, Madras, University of Madras, 1990.

9. R. Benaix, and S. M. Lipset, Class, Status and Power, 2 nd edn., New York, The

FreePress, 1966.

10. P. R. Brass, Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols.2, Delhi,

ChanakyaPublications, 1984-1985.

11. J. Dennis, Socialization of Politics, New York, Wiley, 1973.

12. R. Kothari, Caste and politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.

13. K.P. Langton, Political Socialization, New York, Oxford University Press, 1969.

14. K. Murali Manohar (ed.), Socio-economic Status of Indian Women, Delhi,

Seema,1983.

15. G. Omvedt, Dalits and the Democratic Revolution : Dr. Ambedkar and the

DalitMovement in Colonial India, New Delhi, Sage, 1994.

16. T. K. Oomen, Protest and Change : Studies in Social Movements , New Delhi,

Sage,1990.

17. R. D. Putnam, The Comparative Study of Political Elites, Englewood Cliffs NJ,

Prentice-Hall, 1976.

(32)

18. D. Sheth, “Caste and Class : Social reality and political representations” in

V.A. PaiPanandikar and A. Nandy (eds.), Contemporary India, Delhi, Tata

McGraw-Hill, 1999.

19. M. N. Srinivas, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, Bombay, Asia

Publishing House, 1962.

20. ___ , The Cohesive Role of Sanskritizatiion and other Essays, Delhi, Oxford


21. E. Zelliot, “Gandhi and Ambedkar : a Study in Leadership” in M. Mahar (Ed.),

The Untouchables in Contemporary India, Tuscon, University of Arizona Press,

1972.

22. ____ , From Untouchables to Dalit : Essays on the Ambedkar Movement,

Delhi, Manohar, 1992.

23. jktuhfrd lekt'kkL=] MkW- ,l- lh- flagy] y{eh ukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk]

vko`Rrh 2008-

24. dfolkO;k 'krdkrhy cnyrs lektdkj.k vkf.k jktdkj.k] MkW - vydk fons'keq[k] Jh

lkbZukFk izdk'ku] ukxiwj-

25. Hkkjrkrhy lkekftd pGoGh] ?ku';ke 'kgk] Mk;eaM izdk'ku] iq.ks] 2008-

POL-2T4.2 : POLITICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Unit-1 : (a) Political Anthropology : Meaning, Nature, Scope & Development

(b) Ordering and establishment of Human Relations,Control of Human

Behaviour

Unit-2 : (a) Nature & Aspects of Culture, Culture & Political Sphere

(b) Economic Organisation of Human Society at different stages

Unit-3 : (a) Social Organisations and Leadership in Human Society at different stages

of development

(b) Kinship and Power; Social Stratification in Primitive Society

Unit-4 : (a) Religion and Power, Value System in Primitive Society

(b) Political System in Primitive and Traditional societies

Reading Material :

1. Political Anthropology: An Introduction [Paperback]; Ted Lewellen Publisher:

Bergin &Garvey, Westport, CT; 1992.

2. Irawati Karve (1989) [1928]. The Chitpavan Brahmins - A Social and Ethnic

Study.pp. 96–97. ISBN 81-7022-235-4.

3. Oroon K. Ghosh. The changing Indian civilization: a perspective on India.

4. Pran Nath Chopra (1982). Religions and communities of India. Vision Books.

pp. 49.

5. Bernard S. Cohn, Milton Singer (2007). Structure and Change in Indian

Society.pp. 399–400. ISBN 978-0-202-36138-3.

6. John Wilson (2001). Indian Caste. Volume 2. Adegi Graphics. p. 20. ISBN 978-

1-4021-8002-6. Retrieved 2010-06-18. "among the fairest (probably the fairest)

of the Hinduraces"

7. Sonali Gaikwad, V. Kashyap (July 19, 2005). "Molecular Insight into the

(33)

Genesis ofRanked Caste Populations". Genome Biology 6 (8): P10.

doi:10.1186/gb-2005-6-8-p10.

8. Sir Ramakrishana Gopal Bhandarkar (1888). The critical, comparative, and

historicalmethod of inquiry, as .... pp. 13, 14.

9. Kumar Suresh Singh, B. V. Bhanu, B. V. Mehta. People of India.

Anthropological Surveyof India.

10. Gopal Guru, with Shiraz Sidhva. India’s "hidden apartheid".

11. William A. Haviland, Anthropology: The Human Challenge, 13th edition,

ThomsonWadsworth, 2010, ISBN 978-0-495-81084-1

12. Ambedkar B. R.: The Annihilation of Caste. p. 49 of his Writings and Speeches,

vol.1,Education Dpt., Government of Maharashtra 1979.

13. Ayesha Jalal, Democracy and Authoritarianism in South Asia: A Comparative

andHistorical Perspective (Contemporary South Asia), Cambridge University

Press (May26, 1995), ISBN 0-521-47862-6.

14. Anne Waldrop (2004). "Dalit Politics in India and New Meaning of Caste".

Forum forDevelopment Studies 31 (2).doi:10.1080/08039410.2004.9666283

15. Swami Sahajanand Saraswati Rachnawali (Selected works of Swami

SahajanandSaraswati), Prakashan Sansthan, Delhi, 2003.

16. Baldev Upadhyaya, Kashi Ki Panditya Parampara, Sharda Sansthan, Varanasi,

1985.

17. M.A. Sherring, Hindu Tribes and Castes as Reproduced in Benaras, Asian

Educational Services, New Delhi, First edition 1872, new edition 2008.

18. Jogendra Nath Bhattacharya, Hindu Castes and Sects, Munshiram Manoharlal,

Delhi, first edition 1896, new edition 1995.

19. E.A.H.Blunt, The Caste System of North India, first edition in 1931 by Oxford

University Press, new edition by S.Chand Publishers, 1969.

20. Christopher Alan Bayly, Rulers, Townsmen, and Bazaars: North Indian Society

in the Age of British Expansion, 1770–1870, Cambridge University Press, 1983.

21. Anand A. Yang, Bazaar India: Markets, Society, and the Colonial State in Bihar,

University of California Press, 1999.

22. Acharya Hazari Prasad Dwivedi Rachnawali, Rajkamal Prakashan, Delhi.

Bibha Jha's Ph.D thesis Bhumihar Brahmins: A Sociological Study submitted to

the Patna University.

23. Arvind Narayan Das, Agrarian movements in India : studies on 20th century

Bihar (Library of Peasant Studies), Routledge, London, 1982.

24. M. N. Srinivas, Social Change in Modern India, Orient Longman, Delhi, 1995.

25. Ambedkar, B.R. (1946). The Untouchables: Who Were They and Why They

Became Untouchables? as reprinted in Volume 7 of Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar

Writings and Speeches, published by Government of Maharashtra 1990;

Complete Writings.

26. Ambedkar, B.R. (1946) Who were the Shudras

27. Atal, Yogesh (1968) "The Changing Frontiers of Caste" Delhi, National

Publishing House.

28. Atal, Yogesh (2006) "Changing Indian Society" Chapter on Varna and Jati.

Jaipur, Rawat Publications.

29. Baines, Jervoise Athelstane (1893). General report on the Census of India,

(34)

1891, London, Her Majesty's Stationery Office.

30. Blunt, E.A.H. (1931). The Caste System of Northern India, republished 1964, S.

Chand, Delhi.

31. Crooke, William (1896). Tribes and Castes of the North-Western Provinces

and Oudh, 4 vols.

32. Duiker/Spielvogel. The Essential World History Vol I: to 1800. 2nd Edition

2005.

33. Dumont, Louis. Homo Hierarchicus: The Caste System and Its Implications.

CompleteEnglish edition, revised. 540 p. 1970, 1980 Series: (Nature of Human

Society).

34. Forrester, Duncan B., 'Indian Christians' Attitudes to Caste in the

NineteenthCentury,' in Indian Church History Review 8, no. 2 (1974): 131-147.

35. Forrester, Duncan B., 'Christian Theology in a Hindu Context,' in South Asian

Review8, no. 4 (1975): 343-358.

36. Forrester, Duncan B., 'Indian Christians' Attitudes to Caste in the Twentieth

Century,'in Indian Church History Review 9, no. 1 (1975): 3-22.

37. Forrester, Duncan B., Caste and Christianity: Attitudes and Policies on Caste

of Anglo-Saxon Protestant Missions in India (London and Atlantic Highlands,

NJ: Curzon Pressand Humanities Press, 1980).

38. Ghurye, G. S. (1961). Caste, Class and Occupation. Popular Book Depot,

Bombay.

39. Ghurye, G. S. (1969). Caste and Race in India, Popular Prakashan, Mumbai

1969(1932).

40. Jaffrelot, Christophe (2003). India's Silent Revolution: The Rise of the Lower

Castes, C.Hurst& Co.

41. Kane, Pandurang Vaman: History of Dharmasastra: (ancient and mediaeval,

religiousand civil law) — Poona : Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute,

1962–1975.

42. Lal, K. S. Growth of Scheduled Tribes and Castes in Medieval India (1995).

43. Murray Milner, Jr. (1994). Status and Sacredness: A General Theory of

StatusRelations and an Analysis of Indian Culture, New York: Oxford

University Press.

44. Raj, Papia & Aditya Raj (2004) "Caste Variation in Reproductive Health of

Women inEastern Region of India: A Study Based on NFHS Data" Sociological

Bulletin 53 (3):326–346.

45. Ranganayakamma (2001). For the solution of the "Caste" question, Buddha is

notenough, Ambedkar is not enough either, Marx is a must, Hyderabad :

Sweet HomePublications.

46. Russell, R.V. and R.B. Hira Lal (1916). The Tribes and Castes of the Central

Provincesof India, 4 vols., London.

47. Liz Stuart, in the Guardian Weekly, January 10, 2002

48. Stanley Diamond, In Search of the Primitive, Transaction Publishers, U.S. 1987,

ISBN0-87855-582-X

49. Adam Kuper, The Reinvention of Primitive Society. Transformations of a Myth,

Taylor& Francis Ltd. 2005, ISBN 0-415-35761-6

50. Joseph Campbell, The Masks of God: Primitive Mythology, Viking, 1959;

(35)

reissued byPenguin, 1991 ISBN 978-0-14-019443-2

51. Joseph Campbell, The Historical Atlas of World Mythology, vols. I and II,

Harper andRow 1988, 1989.

52. Primitive Religion Its Nature And Origin (1937). Author: Paul Radin Publisher:

TheViking Press

53. E Durkheim, The Elementary Forms of Religious Life (1915)

54. M Eliade, The Sacred and the Profane (1959), and A History of Religious Ideas

(1978)

55. E E Evans - Pritchard, Theories of Primitive Religion (1965);

56. B Malinowski, Magic, Science and Religion and Other Essays (1948)

57. J Skorupski, Symbol and Theory: A Philosophical Study of Theories of Religion

inSo E B Tylor, Primitive Culture (1891);

58. A F C Wallace, Religion: An Anthropological View (1966).

59. Geertz, Clifford : The Interpretation of Cultures (1973), Basic Books 2000

paperback:ISBN 0-465-09719-7

60. Pritchard, E. E., Theories of Primitive Religion. Oxford University Press. 1965

ISBN 0-19-823131-8.

61. Stark, Rodney & William Sims Bainbridge "Theory of Religion". Rutgers

University

62. Press 1996, (originally published in 1987) ISBN 0-8135-2330-3.cial

Anthropology (1976)

POL-2T4.3 WESTERN POLITICAL THEORY

UNIT-I

a. Nature and significance: Meaning, nature, related Concepts, political thought,

political Philosophy, political ideology

b. Importance of Classical Traditions: Meaning, nature, development, emphasis

on political philosophy, ethics, search for a perfect political order.

UNIT-II

a. Different Interpretations: Conflicting political ideas, problems of

generalizations and categorizations, problems of interpretations in political

theory.

b. Limitations of classical traditions: lack of scientific methodology, non-inclusion

of third world studies, lack of study infrastructure and processes.

UNIT-III

a. Debate on the Decline of Political Theory: Causes of the decline of political

theory-historical development of science and technology, expansion of

empiricism

b. Nature of the revival of political theory: Arguments of Berlin, Blondel and

Trauss

UNIT-IV

a. End of Ideology debate and its impact on Political theory: Arguments of

Daniel Bell and S. M. Lipset

b. New trends in political theory- post modernism, environmentalism, euro-

communism and LPG

(36)

Reading Material:

1. Daniel Bell, The End of Ideology, the free Press, New York, 1960

2. I. Berlin, Does Political Theory Still Exist? In Philosophy, Politics and Society,

2nd Series ed. P. Lasletyt and W.G. Runciman. Oxford, Blackwell 1964.

3. J. Blondel, The Discipline of Politics, London, Butterworth, 1981.

4. D. Easton, The Political System: An Inquiry into the State of Political Science,

New York Wiley, 1953.

5. D. Germino, Beyond Ideology: The Revival of Political Theory, New York,

Harper and Row, 1967.

6. R.E.Goodin, Green Political Theory, Cambridge Polity Press, 1992.

7. J.G. Gunnell, Political Theory: Traditions and Interpretations, Cambridge,

Winthrop, 1979.

8. A. Hacker, Political Philosophy, USA, Westview Press, 1997.

POL-2T4.4 : SOUTH ASIAN POLITICAL SYSTEM (Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka and Nepal)

Unit-1 : (a) South Asia - Historical Background during the Colonial Period

(b) Independence and the efforts at Constitution Making in South Asia

Unit-2 : (a) Nature of the Political System: A Comparative Assessment

(b) Democracy in the Region: Problems and Prospects

Unit-3 : (a) Role of Military and Nuclear Politics in South Asia

(b) Developmental Issues and Dilemma of Strategies

Unit-4 : (a) Major Issues: Border Dispute, Language, Ethnicity and Religion

(b) Impact of Globalization on South Asia

Reading Material :

1) Kashikar, M. S. : “SAARC : Its Genesis,Development & Prospects”; Himalaya

Publishing House, Mumbai, (2000)

2) N. Ahmed and P. Norton (eds.), Parliaments in Asia, London, Frank Cass, 1999.

3) Alavi, H. “Authoritarianism and legitimation of state power in Pakistan”, in

S.K.Mira (ed.) The Post-Colonial State in Asia: Dialectics of Politics and

Culture, London, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1990.

4) ———— and T. Shanin (eds.), Introduction to the Sociology of Developing

Societies, London: Macmillan, 1982.

5) ———— and J. Harriss, The Sociology of Developing States in South Asia,

Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1987.

6) G. A. Almond and J. Coleman (eds.), The Politics of the Developing Areas,


7) K. Bahadur, Democracy in Pakistan: Crises and Conflicts, New Delhi, Har

Anand, 1998.

8) C. Baxter et.al., Government and Politics in South Asia, Lahore, Vanguard,

(37)

1988.

9) P. Bidwai, and A. Vanaik, South Asia on a Short Fuse: Nuclear Politics and the

Future of Global Disarmament, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

10) M. Brecher, “Political instability in the new states of Asia”, in H. Eckstein and

D.E. Apter (eds.), Comparative Politics: A Reader, New York, The Free Press,

1963.

11) M. Chadda, Building Democracy in South Asia: India, Nepal, Pakistan, Boulder

Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 2000.

12) V. D. Chopra (ed.), Religious Fundamentalism in Asia, Delhi, Gyan Publishers,

1994.

13) C. Clapham and G. Philip (eds.), The Political Dilemmas of Military Regimes,

London, Croom Helm, 1985.

14) S. P. Cohen, The Pakistan Army, New Delhi, Himalay Books, 1984.

15) B. Crow, “The state in Bangladesh: the extension of a weak state” in S.K. Mitra

(ed.)The Post-Colonial State in Asia: Dialectics of Politics and Culture, London,

Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1990.

16) R. E. Dowse, “The military and political development”, in C. Leys (ed.) Politics

and Change in Developing Countries, Cambridge, Cambridge University

Press, 1969.

17) E. Emerson, From Empire to Nation: The Rise to Self-Assertion of Asian and

African People, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1960.

18) S. E. Finer, The Man on Horseback: The Role of the Military in Politics, London,

Pall Mall Press, 1962.

19) H. Gardesi and J. Rashid (eds.), Pakistan: The Roots of Dictatorship: The

Political Economy of a Praetorian State, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1983.

20) B. K. Gordon, The Dimensions of Conflict in South Asia, Englewood Cliffs,

Prentice Hall, 1966.

21) K. Gough and H. P. Sharma (eds.), Imperialism and Revolution in South Asia,

London, Monthly Review Press, 1990.

22) S. P. Huntington, The Third Wave: Democratization in the Late Twentieth

Century, Norman Oklahoma and London, University of Oklahoma Press, 1991.

23) ————, Political Order in Changing Societies, New Haven CT, Yale


24) ————(ed.), Changing Patterns of Military Politics, International Yearbook

of Political Behaviour Research vol.3, Glencoe Illinois, The Free Press, 1962.

25) R. B. Jain, “Bureaucracy, Public Policy and Socio-Economic Development”, in

H.K.Asmerom, R. Hope and R.B. Jain (eds.), Bureaucracy and Development

Politics in the Third World, Amsterdam, VU University Press, 1992.

26) S. U. Kodikara (ed.), External Compulsion of South Asian Politics, New Delhi,

Sage, 1993.

27) J. S. Migdal, Peasants, Politics and Revolution: Pressures toward Political and

Social Change in the Third World, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press,

1974.

28) S. K. Mira (ed.), The Post-Colonial State in Asia: Dialectics of Politics and

Culture, London, Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1990.

29) G. Mydral, Asian Drama: An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations,

(38)

Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1968.

30) U. Phadnis and R. Ganguli, Ethnicity and Nation Building in South Asia, New

Delhi, Sage, 2000.

31) D. Potter, “Democratization in Asia’, in D. Held (ed.), Prospects for

Democracy: North South, East, West, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992.

32) R. Rais, State, Society and Democratic Change in Pakistan, Oxford, Oxford


33) V. Randall, Political Parties in the Third World, London, Sage Publications,

1988.

34) F. W. Riggs, Administration in Developing Countries: The Theory of Prismatic

Society, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1964.

35) G. Rosen, Peasant Society in a Changing Economy: Comparative

Development in Southeast Asia and India, Urbana, University of Illinois Press,

1975.

36) R. W. Stern, Democracy and Dictatorship in South Asia: Dominant Classes and

Political Outcomes in India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh, New Delhi, India

Research Press, 2001.

37) C. Thomas and P. Saravanamuttu (eds.), The State and Instability in the South,

London, Macmillan, 1989.

38) M. Weiner, Party Politics in India: The Development of a Multi-Party System,


39) Wilson and D. Dalton (Eds), The States of South Asia: Problems of National

Integration, London, Hurst, 1982.

40) T. P. Wright, “South Asian Separatist Movements”, in W.H. Morris-Jones (ed.),

ThePolitics of Separatism, Collected Seminar Papers No.19, London,

University of London Institute of Commonwealth Studies, 1976.

M.A. II

SEMESTER – III

CORE PAPERS

POL-3T1 : RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

UNIT-I :

a. Scientific methodology: meaning, Nature and development in the studies of

Social Sciences

b. Fundamentals of scientific Research: Objectivity, Generality, Probability and

Neutrality

UNIT-II :

a. Research design, Literature Review & Its importance, Hypotheses and

Variables

b. Tools and Techniques of Data Collection - Observation, Questionnaire,

(39)

Interviews

UNIT-III

a. Sampling : Meaning, Significance, Types and Selection

b. Field Survey method and Library Research

UNIT-IV

a. Data Processing & analysis - Statistical techniques of data analysis, Use of

Computers

b. Thesis and Report Writing, bibliography, footnotes, references, Chapterization,

Characteristics of a Good Report

Reading Material :

1. Techniques of Social Research: Dr. P.L. Bhandarkar and Wilkinson, Himalaya

2. Publishing House.

3. Research Methodology Methods/Techniques. C.R. Kothari, Vishwa Prakashan,

New Delhi.

4. Methodology & Social Science Research. Dr. Raj Kumar, Book Enclave- Jaipur.

5. Research Methodology in Political Science. Theory and Analysis. S. L. Verma,

Rawat Publication- Jaipur.

6. H.N. Blalock, An Introduction to Social Research, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice

Hall,1970.

7. M.J. Brenner, J. Brown and D. Canter (eds.), The Research Interview : Uses and

Approaches, London, Academic Press, 1985.

8. Bryman, Quantity and Quality in Social Research, London, Unwin Hyman,

1988.

9. Bulmer (ed.), Sociological Research Methods : An Introduction, London,

Macmillan, 1984.

10. De D.A. Vaus, Surveys in Social Research, 2nd edn., London, Unwin Hyman

1991.

11. Gilbert (ed.), Researching Social Life, London, Sage, 1993.

12. W.J. Goode and P.K. Hatt, Methods of Social Research, New York, McGraw

Hill,1952.

13. A.C. Isaak, Scope and Methods of Political Science, Homewood IIIinois,

Dorsey Press, 1985.

14. J.B. Johnson and R.A. Joslyn, Political Science Research Methods, Washington

DC, C.O. Press, 1986.

15. Kaplan, The Conduct of Inquiry, Methodology for Behavioural Science.

16. D. Marsh and G. Stoker (ed.), Theory and Methods in Political Science,


17. G. Mydral, Objectivity in Social Science, New York, Pantheon Books, 1969.

18. Sir, K.R. Popper, The Logic of Scientific Discovery, London, Hutchinson, 1959.

19. Smith, Political Research Methods, Boston, Hougton Milton, 1976.

20. D.P. Warwick and M. Bulmer (eds.), Social Research in Developing Countries :

21. Surveys and Consciousness in the Third World, Delhi, research Press, 1993.

22. P.V. Young, Scientific Social Surveys and Research.

23. MkW- Ogh-,y- tjkjs] lkekftd “kkL=kaph lacks/ku iz.kkyh (Research

Methodology) vOnSr

(40)

24. izdk”ku] vdksyk-

25. MkW- Ogh-,y- tjkjs] “kks/k iz.kkyh ,chMh ifCy”klZ-

POL-3T2 : PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

UNIT-I : Public Administration :

(a) Meaning, Nature,Evolution, objectives, Role, and Scope

(b) Theories : Decision-making, Human Relations, Scientific Management

UNIT-II : Basic Concepts:

(a) Organisation, Hierarchy, Unity of Command

(b) Authority, Responsibility, Delegationof powers

UNIT-III : Financial Administration :

(a) Role of Administration in Planning, Budgeting and Development

(b) Accountability & Control of the Legislature & Executive

UNIT-IV :

(a) Personnel Administration - Recruitment, Training, Performance Appraisal

and Promotion

(b) Issues & New Trends - Role of Civil Society, Ombudsmen, Good

Governance, E-Governance

Reading Material :

1. Avasthi R. and Maheshwari S.R., 2004, Public Administration, Agra, Laxmi

Narian Agrawal.

2. Goel S.L., 2003, Public Administration, Theory And Practice, New Delhi, Deep

& Deep Publishers.

3. Maheshwari Shriram, 1998, New Delhi, Macmillan.

4. Maheshwari S.R., 1991, Issues and Concepts In Public Administration, New

Delhi, Allied Publishers.

5. Naidu S.P., 1996, Public Administration: Concepts and Theories, Hyderabad,

New Age, International Publishers

6. Sahni, Pradeep and Vayunandan, Etakula – Administrative Theory, PHI

Learning Pvt. Ltd, Delhi; 2010.

7. Nigro Felix A. and Llyod Nigro, 1970, Modern Public Administration, N.Y.,

Harper & Row

8. Shafritz Jay M. and Hyde Albert C., 1987, Classics of Public Administration,

Chicago, Illinois, The Dorsey Press

9. Sharma M.P. and Saldana B. L., 2001, Public Administration in Theory and

Practice, Allahabad, Kitab Mahal

10. Dye Thomas R 2004, Understanding Public Policy, Tenth Edition, Pearson

Education, New Delhi.

11. Dimock and Dimock - Public Administration, Oxford, 1975.

12. Basu D.D., Administrative Law, Prentice Hall, 1996.

13. Rumki Basu, Public Administration, Concepts and Theories (2nd Ed.), Sterling,

NewDelhi, 1990.

(41)

14. L.D. White, Introduction to the Study of Public Administration, New York,

Mcmillan, 1955

15. B. P. Bhambri, Administration in changing society, National, Delhi, 1978.

16. N. Bhattacharya, Bureaucracy and Development Administration, Uppal, Delhi,

1979.

17. yksdiz'kklu] ekgs'ojh Jhjke o voLFkh] vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk] 2006-

18. yksd iz'kklu] Nk;k cdk.ks] Jh fo|k izdk'ku] iq.ks-

19. yksdiz'kklu ds u;s vk;ke] eksfgr HkV~Vkpk;Z] tokgj izdk'ku] fnYyh-

20. yksdiz'kklu] uk- j- bukenkj] nkLrkus izdk'ku] iq.ks-

21. yksd iz'kklukph ewyrRos] vfye odhy] fnyhi /keZ] nwj f'k{k.k dsan] iq.ks

fo|kihB-z

22. Tukaram Jadhav – Good Governance, Unique Bulletin. (Marathi)

ELECTIVES (Choose any one from the following elective papers)

POL-3T3.1 : POLITICS OF MAHARASHTRA

UNIT-I :

(a) Historical background of State of Maharashtra, Role of Maharashtra Ekikaran

Samiti

(b) Reorganization of States- Reports of various commissions and committees,

Socio-Cultural Determinants of Maharashtra Politics

UNIT-II:

(a) Socio-Economicdeterminants of Politics in Maharashtra: Caste, Sub-Region,

language, industrialization, Agriculture, Trade Unions and Cooperative

sector

(b) Major Political Parties in Maharashtra-Congress, BJP, Shiv Sena, NCP and RPI:

Ideology, Support Base and Electoral Performance, Role of Leadership

UNIT-III :

a) Role of Political Elites in the formation of state- Y.B.Chavahan, A.A.Dange,

S.M.Joshi, N.G.Gore and Madhu Limaye; Role of Elites in Contemporary

Politics- V.P.Naik, S.B.Chavhan, Vasantdada Patil, Sharad Pawar and Bal

Thakre

b) Coalition Governments in Maharashtra post 1990, Pressure Groups and Social

Movements in Maharashtra

UNIT-IV :

(a) Emerging issues in politics of Maharashtra : Demand for Separate Vidarbha,

Farmers’ Suicide, Naxalism, Political & bureaucratic corruption

(b) Dalit Assertion, women’s movement, recent demands for caste and communal

reservation, demand for reservation in private sector, RTI & its impact

Reading Material :

1. V.M. Sirsikar - Politics of Modern Maharashtra, Orient Longman Pub.,

(42)

2. Usha Thakkar & Mangesh Kulkarni - Politics in Maharashtra, Himalaya


3. Livi Rodrigues - Rural Political Protest in Western Maharashtra, Oxford


4. K.R. Bombwall - The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia

Publishing House, 1967

5. P. Chatterjee (Ed.) - States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University

Press, 1997

6. Zoya Hasan - Politics and States in India, New Delhi, Sage, 2000

7. Rajani Kothari - Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970

8. Iqbal Narain (Ed.) - State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Publication,

1967

9. Baviskar B. S.; The Politics of Development, Sugar Co-operative in Rural

Maharashtra, Oxford Uty, 1980.

10. Jayant Lele - Elite Pluralism and Class Rule, Political Development in

Maharashtra, Popular, Mumbai, 1982

11. S. A Rao/Francis Frankel, 'Politics in Maharashtra' Vol.2 Oxford University

Press, 1990

12. Phadake Y. D.; Language and Politics, Himalaya, 1969.

13. Inamdar N. R. & others (Ed.) Social, Political and Economic Processes in

Contemporary India.

14. Gail Omvedit; 'New social movements in India'

15. Zellot and Eleanor; Buddhism and Politics in Maharashtra', in Smith D. E. (Ed.)

South Asian Politics and Religion, Princeton Uty. Press, 1966.

16. --"--; From untouchables to Dalits.

17. Jugale, V. B. and Dange, S. A.; 'Challenges to economy of Maharashtra'

18. tkr o egkjk"Vªkrhy lRrkdkj.k] lqgkl iG'khdj] lqxkok izdk'ku] iq.ks] 1998-

19. egkjk"Vªkrhy lRrk la?k"kZ] jktdh; ;'kkph okVpky] lqgkl iG'khdj] lqgkl

dqyd.khZ] ledkyhu izdk'ku] iq.ks-

20. egkjk"Vªkps jktdkj.k] jktdh; izfØ;sps LFkkfud lanHkZ] lqgkl iG'khdj] furhu

fcjey] izfrHkk izdk'ku] iq.ks 2007-

21. folkO;k 'krdkrhy egkjk"Vª] ;- nh- QMds] [kaM 1 rs 8] Jh fo|k o ekSt izdk'ku]

iq.ks- cnyrk egkjk"Vª] HkkLdj HkksG] fd'kksj csMfdgkG MkW- vkacsMdj

vdkneh] lkrkjk] 2003-s

22. tkr vkf.k jktdkj.k] HkkLdj HkksG] MkW- vkacsMdj vdkneh] lkrkjk] 1999s

23. egkjk"Vªkrhy lRrkarj] jktsanz Ogksjk] lqgkl iG'khdj] xzaFkkyh izdk'ku]

eqacbZ] 1996-

24. vk/kqfud egkjk"Vªkps jktdkj.k] o- e- fljlhdj dkWfUVusUVy izdk'ku] iq.ks-

25. vktpk egkjk"Vª] iUukyky lqjk.kk] fd'kksj csMfdgkG] Jh fo|k izdk'ku] iq.ks

1988-

26. Hkkjrh; 'kklu vkf.k jktdkj.k] MkW- vydk fons'keq[k] Jh lkbZukFk izdk'ku]

ukxiwj

POL-3T3.2 : ANCIENT INDIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT

UNIT-I

(43)

a. Issues of Interpretations of Ancient Indian Political Thought; Various Schools of

Thought & their Nature; Nature of politics in Ancient India

b. Political Philosophy of Vedanta - basic concepts, evolution, character and

interpretations; Vedic Popular assemblies: Sabha, Samiti, Gana and Vidatha

UNIT-II

a. Political ideas in Kautilya’s Arthashastra and the Shantiparva; Concepts of

Caste and Varna; Dharma and Rajdharma.

b. Elements of the State: the Saptanga Theory and inter-state relations, Mandala

theory; King and his Duties & Functions

UNIT-III

a. Theories of the Origin of the State: Theory of Property, Family and Varna

regarding the origin; the contract theory and other theories.

b. Buddhist Political Philosophy - basic concepts, evolution, character and

interpretations.

UNIT-IV

a. Ministries: Council of Ministers, important functionaries, their functions and

working

b. Local Republics: Their Types, Governance system, Nature of Kingship,

Limitations on the Monarchy

Reading Material

1. U.N. Ghoshal, A history of Indian Political Ideas, London, 1956

2. U.N. Ghoshal, Indian Political Ideas, Ancient period and the Period of

Transition to the Middle Ages, OUP, Bombay, 1959.

3. P.V.Kane, History of Dharma shastra, Vol. 3, Pune, 1946.

4. R.P. Kangade, The Kautilya Arthashastra-III, Bombay 1965.

5. A.S.Altekar, State and Government in Ancient India, Varanasi, 1962

6. Romila Thapar, From Lineage to State,

7. R.S.Sharma, Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India,

8. V.P.Verma, Studies in Hindu Political Thought,

9. Ranga Swamy Iyangar, Some Aspects of Ancient Indian Polity, Madras 1935

10. A. A. Anjaria, Nature and Grounds of Political Obligation in the Hindu State,

Calcutta, 1935.

11. N.C.Bandopadhyaya, Development of Hindu Polity and Political Theories, Part

I and II, Calcutta, 1927- 30

12. D.R.Bhandarkar, Some Aspects of Hindu Poltiy, Varanasi, 1963.

13. R.P. Kangale, Kautilya’s Artha Shastra Part-III- A study, Bombay 1965.

(44)

POL-3T3.3 : ELECTORAL POLITICS IN INDIA

UNIT-I

a. Electoral Politics in India-Pre and Post Independence: Nature Characteristics

and Change

b. Electoral Process: Nature, Characteristics, significance, Mechanism and

Implementation

UNIT-II

a. Election Commission of India: Power, Functions and Role

b. Determinants of Voting Behavior- Role of Caste, Religion, Language, region

and social and economic class

UNIT-III

a. Party System in India: Nature, classification, ideology and programmes,

organization and leadership

b. Issues in Electoral politics: corruption, money power, muscle power, electoral

rigging, undemocratic party system

UNIT-IV

a. Electoral Reforms: Tarkunde, Goswamy and Indrajeet Gupta Committee

Reports

b. Electoral Reforms by the Election Commission during T.N.Seshan and

Lingdoh regime.

Reading Material:

1. J.C.Agarwal and N. K. Choudhari, Election in India, Shipra Publications, New

Delhi, 1998

2. R.Ali, Representative Democracy and Concept of Free and Fair Elections,

Deep and Deep, New Delhi, 1996

3. D.Anand, Electoral Reforms-Curbing Role of Money Power, Indian Institutie of

Public Administration, New Delhi, 1995

4. A.Bajpai, Indian Electoral System- an Analytical Study, Nardeen Book Centre,

New Delhi , 1992.

5. A.K. Bhagat, Elections and Electoral Reforms in India, Vikas, Delhi, 1996.

6. R.P.Bhalla, The Electoral System, its Operation and Implications for

Democracy in India, Teaching Politics, Vol. XV No. 3-4, 1989.

7. J.K.Chopra, Politics of Electoral Reforms in India, Mittal Publication, Delhi,

1989.

8. R. Hedge, Electoral Reforms-Lack of Political Will, Banglore, Karnataka State

Janata Party, 1987.

9. P. N. Sharma, Elections and National Politics, Shipra Publications, New Delhi,

1994.

10. M.P.Singh, Lok Sabha Elections-1989 Indian Politics in 90s, Kalinga

Publications, New Delhi, 1992.

POL-3T3.4 : GLOBALIZATION AND ITS IMPACT ON INDIA

(45)

Unit-I :

(a) Globalization : Meaning, nature and theories

(b) Causes of India’s participation in the Globalization process

Unit-II :

(a) Impact of Globalization on India : Issues of national Sovereignty and

Jurisdiction

(b) Political Economy and Globalization - Impact of Trans National Corporations

and Multinational Corporations on India

Unit-III :

(a) Impact of Financial Regimes: Role of WTO, IMF and IBRD

(b) Global Conflicts and India: Issues of national security and diplomatic

Alliances

Unit IV :

(a) Impact of Globalization on Indian Economy: Privatization, Liberalization, and

the issues of economic inclusion and exclusion

(b) Critics of Globalization, Alternative models and Protest Movements against

Globalization

Reading Material :

1. P. Aghin and J. Williamson, Growth Inequality and Globalization, Cambridge,


2. M. Albrow and E. King (eds.), Globalization, Knowledge and Society, London,

Sage, 1990.

3. ————, The Global Age, Cambridge, Polity, 1996.

4. A. Alesina, E. Spolaore and R. Wacziarg, Economic Integration and Political

Disintegration, Working Paper 6163, Chicago, National Bureau of Economic

Research, 1997.

5. J. Anderson, C. Brook and A. Cockrane (eds.), A Global World? Re-ordering

Political Space, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995.

6. M. Anderson, Frontiers: Territory and State Formation in the Modern World,

London, Polity Press, 1996.

7. J. T. Bhagwati, A Stream of Windows: Unsettling Reflections on Trade, Immigration,

and Democracy, Cambridge Massachusetts, MIT Press, 1998.

8. ———— (ed.), Trading Blocs: Alternative Approaches to Analyzing Preferential

Trade Agreements, Cambridge Massachusetts, MIT Press, 1999.

9. D. Blake and R. Walters, The Politics of Global Economic Relations, 5th edn.,

Englewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, 2001.

10. J. Boli and G. Thomas (eds.), Constructing World Culture: International Non-

Governmental Organizations since 1875, Stanford CA, Stanford University Press,

1999.

11. M. Bordo, B. Eichengreen, and D. Irwin, “Is Globalization Really Different

ThanGlobalization a Hundred Years Ago?” National Bureau of Economic Research,

Working Paper, 1995.

12. J. Boston (ed.), The State under Contract, Wellington, Bridget Williams, 1995.

13. L. Bryan and D. Farrell, Market Unbound: Unleashing Global Capitalism, New

(46)

York, John Wiley and Sons, 1996.

14. P. Buchanan, The Great Betrayal: How American Sovereignty and Social Justice

Are Being Sacrificed to the Gods of the Global Economy, New York, Little Brown,

1998.

15. R. Burbach, O. Núnez and B. Kagatlitsky, Globalization and its Discontents: The

Rise of Postmodern Socialisms, London, Pluto, 1997.

16. J. M. Bystdzienski (ed.), Women Transforming Politics: Worldwide strategies for

Empowerment, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1992.

17. P. Dicken, Global Shift: The Internationalization of Economic Activity, London,

Paul Chapman, 1992.

18. P. Doremus, et al., The Myth of the Global Corporation, Princeton NJ, Princeton


19. F. Cairncross, The Death of Distance: How the Communications Revolution Will

Change Our Lives, Boston, Harvard Business School Press, 1997.

20. T. Courschene, Room to Maneuver? Globalization and Policy Convergence,

Kingston Ontario, McGill-Queen’s University Press, 1999.

21. A. Davis, and D. Wessel, Prosperity: The Coming Twenty-Year Boom and What

ItMeans to You, New York, Times Books, 1998.

22. R. dehoussse, “European Integration and the Nation State” in M. Rhodes, P.

Heywood and V. Wright (eds.), Developments in West European Politics,


23. L. Diamond. J. Linz and S. Lipset (eds.), Politics in Developing Countries:

Comparing experiences with Democracy, Boulder Colorado and London, Lynne

Rienner, 1995.

24. ———— and M. Plattner, The Global Resurgence of Democracy, 2nd edn.,

Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1996.

25. P. Drucker, “The Global Economy and the Nation State”, Foreign Affairs,

September/October, 1997.

26. ————, Managing in a time of Great Change, New York, Truman Talley, 1996.

27. ————, The Concept of the Corporation, New York, Mentor, 1983.

28. A. Elazar, Constitutionalizing Globalization: the Postmodern Revival of

Confederal Arrangements, Lanham Oxford, Rowman and Littlefield, 1998.

29. G. Esping-Andersen (ed.), Welfare States in Transition: National Adaptations in

Global Economies, Thousand Oaks California, Sage, 1996.

30. P. Evans, D. Rueschemeyer and T. Skocpol (eds.), Bringing the State Back In,


31. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguin,

1992.

32. J. K. Galbraith, The Good Society: The Human Agenda, Boston, Houghton Mifflin,

1996.

33. A. Gamble and A. Payne (eds.), Regionalism and World Order, Basingstoke,

Macmillan, 1996.

34. S. Ghoshal and C. Barlett, The Individualized Corporation, New York, Harper

Business, 1997.

35. A. Hettne, Globalism and the New Regionalism, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1999.

36. P. Hirst and G. Thompson, Globalization in Question: the international Economy

(47)

and the Possibilities of Goverance, 2nd edn., Oxford and Cambridge

Massachusetts, Blackwell, 1999.

37. R. Holton, Globalization and the Nation State, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1998.

38. A. M. Hoogvelt, Globalization and the Post-colonial World: The New Political

Economy of Development, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1997.

39. S. P. Huntington, The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order,

New York, Simon and Schuster, 1996.

40. H. Jacobson, Networks of Interdependence: International Organizations and the

Global System, New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1985.

41. J. Jackson, The World Trade Organization, London, Cassell, 1998.

42. R. Jackson, Quasi-States: Sovereignty, International Relations and the Third

World, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1989.

43. H. Jacobson, Networks of Interdependence: International Organizations and the

Global System, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1985.

44. A. Jones and M. Keating (eds.), The European Union and the Regions, Oxford,


45. M. Kahler (ed.), Capital Flows and Financial Crises, Ithaca NY, Cornell University

Press, 1998.

46. Kamarck and J. Nye, Democracy.com? Governance in a Networked World, Hollis

NH, Hollis, 1999.

47. I. Kaul, I. Grunberg and M. Stern, Global Public Goods, Oxford, Oxford

University Press, 1999,

48. A. W. Kegley and E. R. Wittkopf, World Politics: Trends and Transformation, New

York, St. Martin’s Press, 1995.

49. A. Kratochwil and E. Mansfield (ed.), International Organization: A Reader, New

York, HarperCollins, 1994.

50. A. Lister, The European Union, the United Nations and the Revival of Confederal

Governance, Westport Connecticut, Greenwood Press, 1996.

51. A. Loader, The Governance of Cyberspace, London and New York, Routledge,

1997.

52. P. Norris (ed.), Critical Citizens: Global Support for Democratic Governance,


53. K. Ohmae, The Borderless World, New York, Harper Business, 1990.

54. ———— (ed.), The Evolving Global Economy: Making Sense of the New World

Order, Boston, Harvard Business School Press, 1985.

55. M. Waters, Globalization, 2nd edn., London, Routledge, 2000.

FOUNDATION COURSE (Following paper is for students of discipline other than political science ONLY)

POL-3T4.1 : POLITICAL SCIENCE : IDEAS AND CONCEPTS

UNIT- I:

a. Science of Politics - Genesis, development, nature and Scope

b. Political theory, political philosophy and Thought

(48)

UNIT-II

a. State: theories of origin- social contract, utility and class theory.

b. Sovereignty: Concept, definition, meaning and nature, singular and pluralist

theory of sovereignty

UNIT-III

a. Power- meaning, nature, scope and types; Authority and Legitimacy:

Definition, meaning, nature and Significance.

b. Citizenship, Rights, Equality, liberty, Justice and Civil Society

UNIT-IV

a. Constitutionalism and Development of liberal and Marxist constitution

b. Democracy: Theories, development, types, modernization, welfare state and

theories of social change

Reading Material

1. Asirvatham, Eddi, Political Theory, S.Chand And Company, New Delhi, 1988.

2. Kashikar, M.S. and Merkap, D. K. : Political Science: Principles, Ideas and

Concepts; AGB Publishing, Nagpur; 2015; ISBN : 978-81-923117-3-9

3. David Held, , Political Theory Today, Policy Press, Cambridge, 1991.

4. Andreq Hacker, Political Theory Macmillan, New York, 1968.

5. M.N. Hagopian, Ideas and Ideaologies, longman, new York, 1985.

6. Leslie Lipson, The Great Issues of Politics, Blackwell, London, 1984.

7. A. Leftwitch, What is Politics, Blackwell, London, 1984.

8. R.M. MacIver, The modern state, OUP, Oxford, 1966.

9. O.P. Gauba, Introduction to Political Theory, Macmillan, Delhi,

10. Sushila Ramaswami, Ideas and Concepts in Politics,

11. Rajeev Bhargava, Political Theory, Pearson, New Delhi,

(Students of Political Science who do not wish to offer foundation course from other disciplines can choose any ONE paper from the following as foundation course)

POL-3T4.2 : INDIA AND THE WORLD

UNIT-I

a. Idea of India- Self perception and self image

b. India in the World- India’s perception of the world and world’s perception of

India

- Historical-colonialism, imperialism, third-wordlist

-Evolutionary- power sharing, multilateral interest orientation

UNIT-II

a. India’s Foreign Policy- Domestic Determinants- (geography, history, culture,

society, polity, leadership etc.)

(49)

b. India’s Foreign Policy- External Determinants- (geo-political environment,

relations with neighbors, global/regionalEconomic environment, global

leadership, Interests of Super Powers etc.)

UNIT-III

a. India in post cold war World order: Foreign policy shifts in relation to great

powers, foreign policy with regards to SAARC countries

b. India’s relation in west Asia and South East Asia

UNIT-IV

a. India and Global issues: Terrorism, Environmentalism, Nuclear Prolifiration

b. India Specific Issues: Democratic Expansion of UN and India’s inclusion,

Border dispute with Pakistan and China, Liberalization policy

Reading Material

1. J. Bandopadhyaya, the Making of India’s Foreign Policy, Calcutta, Allied

Publications, 1995.

2. Vandana Ashtahan, India’s Foreign Policy and Subcontinental Politics

3. A. Appadorai, Domestic Roots of India’s Foreign Policy New Delhi OUP, 1981.

4. S. Bhattacharya, Persuit of National Interest through Non alignment, Calcutta,

university press, 1978.

5. R. Badrock, India’s Foreign Policy Since 1971, London, Royal Institute for

International Affairs, 1990.

6. V.P.Dutta, India’s Foreign Policy in Changing World, new Delhi, Vikas, 1999.

7. C. Hill, Changing Politics of Foreign Policy, Hampshire, Macmillan, 2001.

8. S. Mansingh (ed), India’s Foreign Policy in 21st Century, New Delhi, Foreign

Policy Institute, 1999.

9. C. Raja Mohan, Crossing the Rubicon-The Shaping of India’s New Foreign

Policy, Palgrave Macmillan, delhi, 2004

10. J. N. Dikshit, India’s Foreign Policy and its Neighbours, Gyan Publishers, new

delhi, 2001.

POL-3T4.3 : LOCAL SELF-GOVERNMENT

UNIT-I

a. Local Self Government: meaning, nature, objectives and significance.

b. Local Self Government and Indian Political Process: Structure, role, powers

and functions

UNIT-II

a. Local Self Government and Rural Development: Powers, functions, role of Zilla

Parisahad, Panchayat Samiti and Gram Panchayat

b. Local Self government and Urban development: powers, functions and role of

Local Development Authorities.

UNIT-III

a. Financial Sources of Local Self Governments- Urban and Rural

b. Role of Bureaucracy in Local Self Government- Problems of political and Civil

corruption

UNIT-IV

(50)

a. Local Self Government- Representation of Women, SC/ST and the OBC

b. Local Self Government- Demands for more autonomy (financial and

administrative)

Reading Material

1. A.Vajpai, Panchayati Raj and Rural Development, Delhi, Sahitya Prakashan

1997.

2. M.S.Varma, Panchayati Raj In India: A New Thrust, Delhi, Sahitya Prakashan,

1995.

3. B.S.Bharvava, Grass Root Leadership: Study of Leadership in Panchayat Raj

Institutions, Dehli, Ashish, 1979.

4. S.N.Jha and P.C.Mathur, Centralization and Local Politics, New Delhi Sage,

1999.

5. S.Kaushik, Women and Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Har Anand Publications,

1993.

6. P.S.Khanna, Panchayati Raj In India, Deep and Deep, 1994.

7. S.Maheshwari, Local Government in India, Agra, Laxsminarayan Agrawal,

1996.

8. R.V.P.Singh, Financing of Panchayati Raj Institutions, New Delhi, Deep and

Deep, 1993.

9. N. Shivanna, Panchayati Raj Reforms and Rural Development, Allahabad,

Chug, 1990.

10. A.K.Majumdar and B.Singh (ed.), Historical and Conceptual Development of

Panchayati Raj, New Delhi, Radha, 1997.

POL-3T3.4 : MAJOR ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY WORLD POLITICS

UNIT-I

a. Post Cold War World: Meaning, Nature, and Structure

b. Globalization, Unipolarity and diffusion in regional power centres.

UNIT-II

a. Conflict in West Asia and the Arab Spring

b. Changing nature of Terrorism in world politics

UNIT-III

a. Global Regimes: The United Nations System and its short comings, the WTO

and global Economic order

b. The emerging global justice systems: the International Court of Justice,

International Criminal Court and war tribunals.

UNIT-IV

a. Clash of Civilizations, global market integration and interdependence

b. Changing nature of security and global peace

Reading Material

(51)

1. S.P.Verma, International System and Third World, New Delhi, Vikas

Pub.1988.

2. Vinaykumar Malhotra - International Relations.

3. Ghosh, Peu – International Relations, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

4. Prem Arora - Comparative Politics and International relations, Bookhives,

NewDelhi.

5. Kashikar, M. S. – SAARC : Its Genesis, Development & Prospects, Himalaya


6. P. Allan & Goldman (Ed.) - The End of the Cold War, Dordrecht, Martinus

Nijhoff, 1992

7. A. Appadurai - National Interest and Non-Alignment, New Delhi, Kalinga

Publication, 1999

8. R. Aron - Peace and War: A Theory of International Relations, London,

Fontana,1966

9. S. Burchill et. Al., - Theories of International Relations, Hampshire, Macmillan,

2001

10. I. Claude- Power and International Relations, New York, Random House, 1962.

11. A.A Couloumbis & Wolf - Introduction to International relations: power and

Justice, New York, Praeger, 1989.

12. K.W. Deutsch - The Analysis of International Relations, New Delhi, Prentice

Hall,1989

13. Dougherty & Ofaltzfraff Jr. - Contending Theories of International Relations,

Philadelphia, J.B. Lippincott Co., 1970

14. J. Frankel - The Making of Foreign Policy, London, Oxford University Press,

1963

15. J. Fankel - Contemporary International Theory and the behavior of States, New

York, Oxford University press, 1973

16. Greenstein & Polsby - Theory of International Relations, Reading

Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley,1979

17. Groom & Lights (Ed.) - Contemporary International Relations: A Guide to

Theory, London, Printer, 1993

18. S.H. Hoffman - Essays in Theory and Practice of International relations,

Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1989

19. K.J. Holsti - International Relations: A Framework of Analysis, Englewood

Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1967

20. Hans J. Margenthau - Politics Among Nations, 6th edition, revised by K.W.

Thompson, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1985.

21. W.C. Olson & A.J.R. Groom - International Relations: Then and Now, London,

Harpercollins Academic, 1991

22. J.N. Rosenau - International Studies and Social Sciences, Beverly Hills

California, London, Sage, 1973

23. M.P. Sullivan - Theories of International Politics: Enduring Paradigm in a

Changing World, Hampshire, Macmillan, 2001

24. Oklar jk;iwjdj] varjjk’Vªh; laca/k( lq/kkfjr vkoLRrh] ukxiwj] Jh eaxs”k

izdk”ku] 2006-

25. QkMh;k ch- ,y- varjjk’Vªh; laca/k lkfgR; izdk”ku flfjt] vkxjk-

(52)

26. Hkkjr vkf.k tx] MkW- ch- Mh- rksMdj] Mk;eaM ifCyds'kUl] iq.ks] 2011-

27. la;qDr jk"Vª vkf.k brj vkarjjk"Vªh; la?kVuk] izk - tkWUlu ckstsZl] Mk;eaM

ifCyds'kUl] iq.ks] 2011-

28. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k] MkW- olar jk;iwjdj] Jh eax'k izdk'ku] ukxiwj] 2006-s

29. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k fl/nkar vkf.k O;ogkj] izk - ch- vk;- dqyd.khZ] izk- v'kksd

ukbZdokMs] Jh fo|k izdk'ku] iq.ks] 2004-

30. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k] MkW- ,l- lh- flagy] y{ehukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk]

2008-

31. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k] 'kSysanz nsoG.kdj] vkSjaxkckn] fo|k cqDl-

32. vkarjjk"Vªh; laca/k] 'khr;q/nksrj o tkxfrdhdj.kkps jktdkj.k] v:.kk isaMls] mRrjk

lgL=cq/ns] vksfj,aV ykxeu] 2008-

SEMESTER - IV

CORE PAPERS

POL-4T1 : STATE POLITICS IN INDIA

UNIT-I :

(a) Nature and Significance of the study, Patterns of state politics

(b) Socio-economic determinants of state politics

UNIT-II:

(a) Centre-State federal relationship- legislative, administrative and financial

(b) Impact of national politics on state politics; Role of Regional PoliticalParties

UNIT-III :

(a) Issues in State Politics: Demand of autonomy and small states, border and river

water sharing, Caste and Ethnic inclusion and exclusion

(b) Linguistic, regional, religious communalism, development, environment and

gender justice

UNIT-IV:

(a) Electoral Politics: party politics of regional political parties, political elites-

functions and roles and social movements,

(b) Human Development issues: regional imbalances, literacy, sex ratio, poverty,

unemployment

Reading Material :

1. S. P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied

Publishers, 1965.

2. B. Arora and D. V. Verney (eds.), Multiple Identities in a Single State: Indian

Federalism in a Comparative Perspective, Delhi, Konark, 1995.

3. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford


4. ————, “The Constitution, society and law, in P. Oldenburg (Ed.), India

Briefing, 1993, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993.

(53)

5. ————, Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi


6. K. R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia

Publishing House, 1967.

7. N. Chadda, Ethnicity, Security and Separatism in India, Delhi, Oxford


8. A. Chanda, Federalism in India : A Study of Union-State Relations, London,

GeorgeAllen & Unwin, 1965.

N. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press,

1997.

9. R. Chatterjee (ed.), Politics in India: The State-Society Interface, New Delhi,

South Asian Publishers, 2001.

10. V. Doss, Impact of Planning on Centre-State Financial Relations in India, New

Delhi, National, 1978.

11. Z. Hasan, Politics and State in India, New Delhi, Sage, 2000.

12. R. Khan, Rethinking Indian Federalism, Simla, Indian Institute of Advanced

Studies,1997.

13. A. Kohli (ed.), India’s Democracy: An Analysis of Changing State - Society

Relations, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1988.

14. ————, Democracy and Discontent: India’s Growing Crisis of Governability,


15. ———— (ed.), The Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge


16. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.

17. K. Kurien et.al., Centre-State Relations, Delhi, Macmillan, 1981.

18. W. S. Livingstone, Federalism and Constitutional Change, Oxford, Oxford


19. Iqbal Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967.

20. S. Pai, State Politics: New Dimensions: Party System, Liberalization and Politics

of Identity, Delhi, 2000.

21. A. Prasad, Centre and State Powers under Indian Federalism, New Delhi,

Deep and Deep, 1981.

22. A. Ray, Tension Areas in India’s Federal System, Calcutta, The World Press,

1970.

23. L. Saez, Federalism without a Centre: The Impact of Political and Economic

Reformon Indian System, New Delhi, Sage, 2002.

24. S. R. Sharma, The Indian Federal Structure, Allahabad, Central Book Depot,

1967.

27. S. Singh (ed.), Union-State Financial Relations in India with special reference

to the underdeveloped states, New Delhi, Sterling, 1980.

28. G. Smith (ed.), Federalism: The Multi Ethnic Challenge, Harlow Longman,

1995.

29. Subhash Kashyap – National Resurgence through Electoral Reforms; Kshipra

Publications, Delhi (2002)

30. K. C. Wheare, Modern Constitutions, 4th edn., Oxford, Oxford University

Press, 1963.

(54)

31. nqljk yksd'kkgh mBko] laik] izdk'k ckG o fd'kksj csMfdgkG] MkW - vkacsMdj

vdkneh] lkrkjk-

32. yksd'kkgh ftankckn] ;ksaxnz ;kno] lqgkl iG'khdj] ihVj fMlq>k] ledkyhu

izdk'ku] iq.ks] 2010-s

33. dsan&jkT; laca/k] ih- dey] ikabZVj izdk'ku] t;iwj] 2007-z

34. yksdra= vkSj fo/kkueaMG] ch- xksLokeh] ikabZaVj izdk'ku] t;iwj] 2005-

35. Hkkjrh; 'kklu vkf.k jktdkj.k] MkW- vydk fons'keq[k] Jh- lkbZukFk izdk'ku]

ukxiwj-

36. Diwan, Deodhar & Diwan : Bhartatil Rajyanche Shasan, Vidya Prakashan,

Nagpur (2003)

POL-4T2 : INDIAN ADMINISTRATION

UNIT-I

a. Evolution of Indian Administration : Colonial and Post-Independence Period

b. Post independence Indian Administration: The Framework of Indian

Constitution, Indian Administrative System

UNIT II : Political Structure and Administration:

a. Union Executive: President, Prime Minister, Central Ministries, Central

Secretriats and Departments, Parliamentary Control over Administration

b. State Executive: Governor, Chief Minister and State Secretariat, ministries and

departments

UNIT III

a. Field Administration : 73rd & 74th Amendment Acts

b. District Administration - Role & Functions of District Collector; Zilla

Parishad and Role of the CEO, Panchayat Samiti and BDO, Gram Panchayat

and Gram Sevak

Urban Administration - Municipal Corporation, Municipal Commissioner and

Mayor

UNIT-IV : Constitutional Functionaries and PSU’s :

a. UPSC, CAG; Public Sector Undertakings – forms and functions; Issues in Indian

Administration:

b. Civil Services and other specialized services, Administrative Reforms,

Corruption, Bureaucracy in the Globalised era, conflict between political and

civil office

Reading Material :

1. R. K. Arora (ed.), Administrative Change in India, Jaipur, Alekh Publishers,

1974.

2. O. L. Bansal, Administrative Development in India, New Delhi, Sterling, 1974.

3. B. P. Bhambri, Bureaucracy and Politics in India, Delhi, Vikas Publications,

1971.

4. M. Bhattacharya, Bureaucracy and Development Administration, New Delhi,

Uppal, 1978.

5. R. Braibhanti and J. Spengler (eds.), Administration and Economic

(55)

Development in India, Durnham, Duke University Press, 1963.

6. Chandra, Indian Administration, London, Allen & Unwin, 1968.

7. P. R. Dubshashi, Rural Development Administration in India, Bombay, Popular

Prakahsan, 1972.

8. S. C. Dube (ed.), Public Services and Social Responsibility, Shimla, Institute of

Advanced Studies, 1979.

9. R. B. Jain, Contemporary Issues in Indian Administration, Delhi, Visha, 1976.

10. S. R. Maheswari, Evolution of Indian Administration, Agra, Lakshmi Narain

Aggarwal, 1970.

11. ————, Indian Administration, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1998.

12. M. V. Mathur, and I. Narain (ed.), Panchayti Raj, Planning & Democracy,

Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1969.

13. O. P. Motiwal (ed.), Changing Aspects of Public Administration in India,

Allahabad, Chugh Publications, 1976.

14. Organization of Government of India, Department of Personnel and

Administrative Reforms, Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of India, New Delhi,

1971.

15. V. A. PaiPanandiker (ed.), Development Administration in India, Madras,

Macmillan, 1974.

16. G. R. Reddy (ed.), Pattern of Panchayati Raj in India, Madras, Macmillan, 1977.

17. Prasad K (ed.) - Planning & its implementation, New Delhi, IIPA, 1984.

18. Maheshwari Shriram, Local Government in India, Laxminarayan Agrawal,

Agra, 1996

19. Hoshiar Singh & Monindar Singh, Pub Administration in India, Sterling

Publishes, Delhi,1995.

20. 20. R. Hooja, Planning Concepts, Setting and State level application, Jaipur,

Alok,1979.

22. G. Ram Reddy, Patterns of Panchayati Raj in India, MacMillion, Delhi 1971

23. Somasekhara, State’s Planning in India, Bombay, Himalaya, 1984.

24. Hkkjrh; iz'kklu] voLFkh ,oa voLFkh] y{eh ukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk-

25. Hkkjrh; iz'kklu bldk fodkl] MkW- ,l- vkj- ekgs'ojh] y{eh ukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku]

vkxjk-

26. Hkkjr es yksdiz'kklu] voLFkh ,oa voLFkh] y{eh ukjk;.k vxzoky izdk'ku] vkxjk-

ELECTIVES (Choose any ONE from the following elective papers)

POL-4T3.1 : PRESSURE GROUPS AND SOCIAL MOVEMENTS

UNIT I

a. Pressure Groups and Social Movements: Meaning, nature, and Significance,

Group Theories-

b. Pressure Groups – Evolution, Kinds and Techniques

UNIT-II :

(56)

a. Relationship between Pressure Groups and Political Parties-complementary

relationship, cooperation and conflict

b. Dynamics of Social Movements: Origin, ideology, Objectives, Means and

Methods and Constraints

UNIT-III

a. Social Movements in India- Old (Brahmo samaj, Satyashodhak samaj) and New

(Dalit movement, environmental movement and peasant movement)

b. Social Movements and the Development Process: Change, Progressive

legislations and modernization

UNIT-IV:

a. Pressure Groups, Social Movements and the Democratic Process- Role,

Impact and contribution to democratic process

b. Future of Pressure Groups & Social Movements in Global Perspective: New

trends and challenges

Reading Material :

1. G. Almond and G. B. Powell, Comparative Politics Today: A World View, 6th edn.,

New York, Harper Collins, 2000.

2. A. Bentley, The Process of Government, Chicago, University of Chicago Press,

1908.

3. P. Brooker, Twentieth Century Dictatorships: The Ideological One Party States,


4. C. Campbell and G. Wilson, The End of Whitehall: Death of a Paradigm? Oxford

and Cambridge Massachusetts, Blackwell, 1995.

5. C. Cigler and B. Loomis (eds.), Interest Group Politics, 5th edn., Washington DC,

Congressional Quartely Press, 1998.

6. R. A. Dahl, Who Governs? Democracy and Power in an American City, New Haven

CT, Yale University Press, 1961.

7. ————, Modern Political Analysis, 5th edn., Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall,

1991.

8. ————, “Pluralism” in J. Kriegar (ed.), The Oxford Companion to Politics of the

World, New York and Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1993.

9. R. Dalton, The Green Rainbow: Environmental Groups in Western Europe, New

Haven CT, Yale University Press, 1994.

10. ———— and M. Kuechler, Challenging the Political Order: New Social and

Political Movements in Western Democracies, Cambridge, Polity, 1990.

11. ———— and M. Wattenberg, Politics without Partisans: Political Change in

Advanced Industrial Democracies, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2000.

12. R. Domoff, Who Rules America Now? A View for the 1980s, Engelwood Cliffs NJ,

Prentice Hall, 1983.

13. I. Duchacek, Power Maps: The Comparative Politics of Constitutions, Santa

Barbara California, ABC Clio, 1973.

14. A. Escobar and S. Alvarez (eds.), The Making of Social Movements in Latin

America: Identity, Strategy and Democracy, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press,

1992.

15. R. Hrebenar and R. Scott, Interest Group Politics in America, 3rd edn.,

(57)

Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall 1997.

16. L. LeDuc, R. Niemi and R. Norris, Elections and Voting in Global Perspective,

Thousand Oaks California, Sage, 1996.

17. R. Kvavik, Interest Groups in Norwegian Politics, Oslo, Bergen and Tromsø,

Universitetforlaget, 1976.

18. T. Lowi, The End of Liberalism, New York, Norton, 1969.

19. T. Mathews, “Interest Groups” in R. Smith and L. Watson (ed.), Politics in

Australia, Sydeny, Allen and Unwin, 1989.

20. S. Mazey and J. Richardson (eds.), Interest Inter-Mediation and the EU, London

and New York, Routledge, 1998.

21. D. McKay, American Politics and Society, 4th edn., Oxford, and Cambridge

Massachusetts, Blackwell, 1997.

22. T. Moe, The Organization of Interests, Chicago, University of Chicago Press,

1980.

23. M. Olson, The Logic of Collective Action: Public Goods and the Theory of

Groups, New York, Schoken Books, 1968.

24. J. Richardson (ed.), Pressure Groups, Oxford and New York, Oxford University

Press, 1993.

25. W. Riker, The Theory of Political Coalitions, New Haven CT, Yale University

Press, 1962.

26. M. Smith, Pressure Politics, Manchester UK, Baseline Books, 1995.

27. S. Tarrow, Power in Movement: Social Movements and Contentious Politics 2nd

edn., Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1998.

28. C. Thomas (ed.), First World Interest Groups: A Comparative Perspective,

Westport Connecticut, Greenwood Press, 1993.

29. C. Thomas (ed.), Political Parties and Interest Groups: Shaping Democratic

Governance, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 2001.

30. J. Waddington and R. Hoffman (eds.), Trade Unions in Europe: Challenging and

Searching for Solutions, Brussels, European Trade Union Institute, 2001.

31. T. Weiss and C. Gordenker (ed.), Nongovernmental Organizations, the United

Nations and Global Governance, Boulder Colorado, Lynne Rienner, 1996.

32. G. Wilson, Interest Groups, Oxford and Cambridge Massachusetts, Blackwell,

1990.

POL-4T3.2 RESERVATION POLICY IN INDIA

UNIT-I

a. Reservation Policy- philosophy and foundational ideas of equality and equal

representation

b. Reservation policy- scope, objectives and significance

UNIT-II

a. Constitutional reservation policy: provisions under the constitution of India for

the SC/ST and OBC

b. Legislations relating to Reservations at the Central and Maharashtra state

level.

UNIT-III

(58)

a. Reservation policy and Judicial Interpretations: Land Mark cases on

Reservations from 1950 to 1988

b. Reservation Policy and Judicial interpretations: Land Mark Cases on

Reservations from 1989-2015

UNIT-IV

a. Reservation in private sector- the recent debate

b. Controversy over the Reservation Policy: the pro and against arguments.

Reading material:

1. Constituent Assembly Debates (C.A.D.).

2. Constitution of America.

3. Constitution of India 1950.

4. Supreme Court Case Laws on Reservation

Statutes:

1. Government of India Act, 1919.

2. Government of India Act, 1935.

3. The Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act, 1976.

4. The Central Educational Institution (Reservation in Admission) Act, 2006.

5. The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986.

6. The Minimum Wages Act, 1948.

7. The Panchayat (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996.

8. The Protection of Civil Rights Act, 1955.

9. The Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act,

1989.

10. The Untouchability (Offences) Act, 1955.

Books

11. Basu Durga Das: Commentary on The Constitution of India, S.C. Sarkar and

Sons Pvt. Ltd., 1964.

12. Bhattacharya, Mohit: Reservation Policy: The West Bengal Scene, in Pai

Panindiker (ed): The Politics of Backwardness, Delhi: Konark, 1997.

13. Galanter Marc: Competing Equalities; Law and the Backward Classes in India,

New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1984.

14. Goldman: Justice and Reverse Discrimination (Princeton University Press),

1979.

15. Hasan, Zoya: Politics of Inclusion, Cases, Minorities, and Affirmative Action,

1stpublished 2009, Oxford University, New Delhi.

16. Kumar Santosh, V.: Social Justice and the Politics of Reservation in India, The

Post Mandal Phase, 1st published in 2008, Mittal Publications, New Delhi.

17. Nesiah, Devanesan: Discrimination with Reason? The Policy of Reservation in

United States, India and Malaysia, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 1997.

18. Prabhash, J.: Affirmative Action and Social Change, 2001.Prasad, Anirudha:

Reservational Justice to Other Backward Classes (OBCs) Theoretical and

Practical Issues, 1997, Deep and Deep Publications, New Delhi.

19. Rajasekhariah, A.M.: Dr. B.R. Ambedkar on Reservation Policy, Trivendrum,

Light and Life Publishers, 1980.

(59)

POL-4T3.3 : INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RIGHTS : PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS

UNIT-I

a. Human Rights: Conceptual, theoretical and Historical Development

b. The Internationalization of Human Rights: The evolving inter-

governmental institutional structure of Human rights

UNIT-II

a. Human Rights and the United Nations: Charter Provisions

b. Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Various other

Conventions

UNIT III

a. Individual Rights- Rights of Women, Children & deprived sections

b. Collective Rights- Group rights and right to self determination

UNIT IV

a. International Protection and Promotion of Human Rights : Civil, Political, Social

and Economic Rights

a. Human Rights Issues in Developing countries, Human Rights in World

Perspective - Problems and Prospects

Reading Material :

1. G. Alfredsson, et.al., (eds.), The University Declaration of Human Rights, A

Commentary, Oslo, Scandinavian University Press, 1992.

2. ———— and A. de Zayas, Alfred, “Minority Rights: Protection by the United

Nations”, HRLJ, Volume 14, Numbers 1-2, 1993.

3. ———— and G. Melander, A Compilation of Minority Rights Standards: A

Selection of Texts from International and Regional Human Rights Instruments

and other Documents, Lund, Raoul Wallenberg Institute of Human Rights and

Humanitarian Law, Report Number 24, 1997.

4. P. Alston, “Making and Breaking Human Rights. The UN’s Specialized Agencies

and Implementation of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and

Cultural Rights”, Working Papers, Number 1, London, Anti-Slavery Society,

1979.

5. ————, The United Nations and Human Rights: A Critical Appraisal, Oxford, The

Clarendon Press, 1995.

6. J. A. Andrews (ed.), Human Rights in Criminal Procedure, A Comparative Study,

The Hague, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1982.

7. A. An-Na’im (ed.), Human Rights in Cross-Cultural Perspectives, Philadelphia:

University of Pennsylvania Press, 1991.

8. D. Beetham (ed.), Politics and Human Rights, Oxford, Blackwell, 1995.

9. T. V. Boven, “The United Nations and Human Rights: A Critical Appraisal”, Bulletin

of Peace Proposals, No.3, 1977.

10. I. Brownlie (ed.), Basic Documents on Human Rights, Oxford, The Clarendon

Press, 1992.

11. T. Buergenthal, International Human Rights in a Nutshell, St. Paul Minnesota, West

(60)

Publishing Company, 1995.

12. ———— and L. B. Sohn, International Protection of Human Rights, Indianapolis,

The Bobbs-Merrill Company, 1973.

13. M. M. J. Chan, “The Rights to a Nationality as a Human Rights”, HRLJ, Volume 12,

1991.

14. Claude, National Minorities - an International Problem, Cambridge

Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, 1955.

15. S. Davidson, Human Rights, Buckingham and Philadelphia, Open University

Press, 1992.

16. J. Donnelly, The Concept of Human Rights, London, Croom Helm, 1985.

17. Eide and H. Bernt, Human Rights in Perspective: A Global Assessment, London,

Blackwell, 1992.

18. T. Evans, The Politics of Human Rights: A Global Perspective, London, Pluto

Press, 2001.

19. T. J. Farer and F. Gaer, “The United Nations and Human Rights: At the End of the

Beginning” in A. Roberts and B. Kingburg (eds.), United Nations, Divided

World: The UN’s Role in International Relations, Oxford, Oxford University

Press, 1993.

20. Fouad, “Human Rights and World Order Politics”, Alternatives, 5, 3, 1978.

21. A. Gewirth, Human Rights: Essays on Justification and Applications, Chicago and

London, University of Chicago Press, 1982.

22. J. F. Green, The United Nations and Human Rights, Washington DC, The

Brookings Institution, 1956.

23. E. B. Haas, Human Rights and International Action: The Case of Freedom of

Action, Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1970.

24. L. Henkin (ed.), The International Bill of Rights, The Covenants on Civil and

Political Rights, New York, Columbia University Press, 1981.

25. ICJ, “Implementation of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and

Culttural Rights: ECOSOC Working Group”, ICJ Review, Number 27, 1981.

26. M. Ignatieff, Human Rights as Politics and Idolatory, Princeton NJ, Princeton


27. F. G. Jacobs, and R. C. A. White, The European Convention on Human Rights,

Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1996.

28. T. D. Jones, Human Rights, Group Defamation, Freedom of Expression and the

Lawof Nations, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, Kluwer Law

International, 1998.

29. K. Krause and W. A. Kright (eds.), Society and UN System: Changing

Perspectives on Multilateralism, Tokyo, UN University Press, 1995.

30. A. C. Kiss, “Permissible Limitations on Rights” in Louis Henkin (ed.), The

International Bill of Rights, The Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, New York,

Columbia University Press, 1981.

31. R. Lillich and F. Newman, International Human Rights: Problems of Law and

Policy, Law School Case Book Series, Boston, Little Brown, 1979.

32. I. Melden (ed.), Human Rights, Belmont California, Wadsworth, 1970.

33. T. Meron (ed.), Human Rights in International Law, Legal and Policy Issues,


(61)

34. G. A. Mower, International Cooperation for Social Justice: Global and Regional

Protection of Economic/Social Rights, London, Greenwood Press, 1985.

35. D. P. Moynihan, “The Politics of Human Rights”, Commentary, 63, 4, April, 1977.

36. J. W. Nicke, Making Sense of Human Rights: Philosophical Reflections on the

Universal Declaration of Human Rights, Berkeley, University of California Press,

1987.

37. M. Nowak, U.N. Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, CCPR Commentary, Kehl

am Rhein, N.P. Engel, 1993.

38. G. Ramcharan (ed.), Human Rights Thirty years After the Universal Declaration,

The Hague, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1979.

39. R. A. Ralk, “Comparative Protection of Human Rights in Capitalist, Socialist and

Third World Countries”, Universal Human Rights, 1, April- June, 1969.

40. A. Rosad and J. Helgsen (eds.), Human Rights in a Changing East-West

Perspective, London and New York, Pinter Publishers, 1990.

41. Rosas and J. Helgesen (eds.), The Strength of Diversity: Human Rights and

Pluralist Democracy, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1992.

42. N. Robinson, The Universal Declaration of Human Rights, New York, Institute of

Jewish Affairs, 1958.

43. K. P. Saksena (ed.), Human Rights: Fifty Years of India's Independence, Delhi,

Gyan, 1999.

44. L. Sermet, The European Convention on Human Rights and Property Rights,

Document H. (90) 2, 10 May 1990, Strasbourg, Council of Europe, 1990.

45. P. Sieghart, The International Law of Human Rights, Oxford, The Clarendon Press,

1983.

46. SIM Special Publication Number 18: The Right to Complain about Economic,

Social and Cultural Rights, 1995.

47. S. Subramanian, Human Rights: International Challenges, Delhi, Manas, 1997.

48. P. Thornberry, International Law and the Rights of Minorities, Oxford, The

Clarendon Press, 1991.

49. R. Tuck, Natural Rights Theories, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1979.

50. UNESCO (ed.), Human Rights, Comments and Interpretations, with an

Introduction by Jacques Maritain, London and New York, Alan Wingatet, 1949.

51. van D. Pieter and van G.J.H. Hoof, Theory and Practice of the European

Convention on Human Rights, 2nd edn., Deventer, Kluwer Law and Taxation

Publishers, 1990.

52. J. J. Waldron (ed.), Theories of Rights, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1984.

POL-4T3.4 : PUBLIC POLICY IN INDIA

UNIT-I

a. Public policy: Meaning, definition, nature, scope, objectives, role and

importance

b. Policy making: factors- social, economic, political, administrative and

geographical; Institutions- Governments, Non Governmental Organizations

(NGOs)

(62)

UNIT-II

a. Policy Implementation: meaning and elements- ministries, departments,

corporations, boards and commissions

b. Public policy articulations- Role of political parties, Pressure Groups, Interest

Groups and general masses.

UNIT-III

a. Nature of Public Policy in India with reference to Education policy,

Employment policy

b. Nature of public policy in India with reference to Health, food and nutrition

UNIT-IV

a. Policy Evaluation: criteria, methods and problems (with reference to

education, employment, health and food)

b. Assessment of public policy in India-Critical Appraisal

Reading Material

1. T.Dye, Understanding Public Policy, 9th Ed., Engle Wood Cliff NJ, Prentice

Hall 1997.

2. G.R.Gillbird, Making and Managing Policy: Formulation Analysis and

Evaluation, New York , Marcel Decker, 1984.

3. R.E.Goodin, Political Theory and Public Policy, University of Chicago Press,

Chicago, 1982.

4. H. Ingram and S.R.Smith, public Policy for Democracy, Washington DC,

Brokins Institution, 1993.

5. R.K. Sapru, Public Policy- Formulation Implementation and Evaluation,

Sterling, New Delhi, 1994.

6. P.K.Saksena, (ed.) Comparative Public Policy, Rawat Publishers, Jaipur, 1993.

7. A.C.Tandau, Policy Implementation in India- A Case Study, Vikas

publications, New Delhi, 1994.

FOUNDATION COURSE

(Following paper is ONLY for students of disciplines other than Political Science)

POL-4T4.1 : INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND ITS WORKING

UNIT-I-

a. Making of the Indian Constitution and its Sources

b. Basic features of the Indian Constitution and problems in Indian politics and

society

UNIT-II-

a. Role and Working of executive, legislature and Judiciary in the resolution of

socio-economic and political problems- an overview

b. Critical appraisal of Parliamentary system of government and Judiciary.

UNIT-III-

(63)

a. Panchayat Raj System and the Introduction of 73rd and 74th Constitutional

Amendment for rural and urban development-

b. Appraisal of the functioning of the Local self governments

UNIT-IV-

a. Constitutional Civil offices and its working: Election commission, CAG, Public

Services Commission.

b. Agencies of Politics: Political Parties, Social movements and Civil Society and

their role in Indian politics.

Reading Material :

1. G. Austin, Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, OUP,

Delhi,

2. Subhash Kashyap, Our Constitution, National Book Trust, new De4lhi, 2001

3. D.D.Basu, Introduction to Constitution of India, Pretence Hall, New Delhi, 1994

4. Rajeev Bhargav (ed)., Ethics and Politics of Indian Constitution, OUP, Delhi

5. G. Austin, The Indian Co0nstitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, OUP, 1966.

6. I. Jennings, Some Characteristics of Indian Constitution, OUP, London, 1953

7. M. V. Paylee, Constitutional Government in India, Asia Publishing House,

Bombay, 1977.

8. W.H. Morris Jones, Government and Politics in India, BI Publications, Delhi,

1974

9. B.L.Fadia, Indian Government and Politics, Sahitya Bhavan publications, Agra,

2014.

(Students of Political Science who do not wish to offer foundation course from other disciplines can choose any ONE paper from the following as foundation course)

POL-4T4.2 INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS

Unit-1 : (A) The Nature and Evolution of International Organizations;

(B) The League of Nations – Its Origin, Functions & Evaluation

Unit-2 : (A) The United Nations : Its origin, development, structure; United Nations in

the Post Cold War Era

(B) Allied Organs of the UN; Their functions and performance

Unit-3 : (A) The World Bank: Structure and Development Activities

(B) The International Monetary Fund: Structure and Operational Review

Unit-4 : (A) European Union, OPEC

(B) SAARC, NAM

Readings:

R. C. Angell, The Quest for World Order, Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press,

1979.

C. Archer, International Organization, New York, St. Martin Press, 1975.

(64)

P. Baehr and L. Gordenker, The United Nations in the 1990s, London, Oxford

University Press, 1992,

————, The United Nations: Reality and Ideal, London, Oxford University Press,

1989.

Sir E. Barker, The Confederation of Nations, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1918.

A. L. Bennett, International Organizations: Principles and Issues, Englewood Cliffs

NJ, Prentice Hall, 1977.

G. Berridge, Return to the UN: UN Diplomacy in Regional Conflicts, Sussex,

Wheatsheaf, 1991.

S. J. R. Bilgrami, International Organization, New Delhi, Vikas 1977.

J. L. Brierly, The Covenant and the Charter, Cambridge, The University Press, 1947.

I. Claude, Swords into Ploughshares: The Problems and Progress of International

Organization, New York, Random House, 1971.

————, Changing United Nations, New York, Random House, 1967.

————, Power and International Relations, New York, Random House, 1967.

B. V. Cohen, The UN: Constitutional Developments, Growth and Possibilities,


H. E. Davis, Pioneers in World Order, New York, Columbia University Press, 1944.

L. M. Goodrich, United Nature in a Changed World, New York, Columbia University

Press, 1974.

————, E. Hambro and A. P. Simons, Charter of the United Nations, 3rd edn., New

York, Columbia University Press, 1969.

S.S. Goodspeed, The Nature and Functions of International Organization, New York,


H. K. Jacobson, Networks of Interdependence: International Organizations and the

Global Political System, New York, Alfred Knopf, 1979.

H. Kelsen, The Law of the United Nations, New York, Praegar, 1950.

S. Kumar (ed.), The United Nations at 50: An Indian View, Delhi, UBSPD, 1995.

W. H. Lewis (ed.), The Security Role of the United Nations, New York, Praegar, 1991.

E. Luard, A History of the United Nations, London, Macmillan, 1989.

————, The Evolution of International Organization, London, Thames and Hudson,

1966.

G. J. Mangone, A Short History of International Organization, New York, McGraw-Hill

Book Co., 1954.

L. B. Miller, World Order and Local Disorder: The United Nations and International

Conflict, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1967.

(65)

H. J. Morgenthau (ed.), Peace, Security and the United Nations, Chicago, University

of Chicago Press, 1946.

H. G. Nicholas, The UN as a Political Institution, Oxford, Oxford University Press,

1975. L. Oppenheim, The League of Nations and its Problems, London, Longman,

1919,

M. S. Rajan, “India and the Making of the United Nations Charter”, International

Studies (New Delhi), 13, 3, July-Sept, 1973.

———— (ed.), United Nations at Fifty and Beyond, New Delhi, Lancer Books,

1996. I. Rikhey, Strengthening UN Peacekeeping, London, Hurst and Co., 1993.

A. Ross, The United Nations: Peace and Progress, Totowa NJ, Bedminster Press, 1966.

K. P. Saxena, Reforming the United Nations: The Challenge and Relevance, New

Delhi, Sage, 1993.

J. Stoessinger, The United Nations and the Superpowers, New York, Random House,

1965.

The United Nations in its Second Half Century, The Report of the Independent

Working Croup on the Future of the United Nations, New York, Ford Foundation.

The Stanley Foundation’s United Nations of the Next Decade 1997, Beyond Reform:

the United Nations in a New Era.

D. W. Wainhouse, Remnants of Empire: The United Nations and the End of

Colonialism, New York, Harper and Row, 1964.

F. P. A. Walters, A History of the League of Nations, Vols 2, New York, Oxford


World Organization, A Balance Sheet of the First Great Experiment, Washington DC,

American Council on Public Affairs, 1942.

A. Yoder, Evolution of the UN System, New York, Random House, 1989.

Sir A. E. Zimmern, The League of Nations and the Rule of Law, New York, Macmillan,

1939.

POL-4T4.3 : DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION

Unit-1: (A) Concept of development and Development Administration,

(B) Public Administration as Instrument for Development.

Unit-2 : (A) Policies of Development; New trends in People’s self-Development and

empowerment.

(B) Machinery of Development - Planning at the Central level

Unit-3 : (A) Machinery of Development at the State level

(B) Machinery of Development at the Local levels.

Unit-4 : (A) Local self Government in Rural and Urban areas with special reference

to administrative amendments.

(B) Role of Bureaucracy & Ombudsmen; Supervision & Control over

(66)

Administration; Impact of Economic liberalization and globalization Readings:

Almond, G. A. & G. B. Powell Jr., Comparative Politics: A Development Approach

New Delhi, Amerind Publishing Company, 1966.

R. K. Arora and S. Sharma (eds.), Comparative & Development Administration: Ideas

& Action, Jaipur, Arihant, 1992.

N. Bava, The Social Science Perspective & Method of Public Administration: Policy &

Development Administration Approach, New Delhi, Uppal, 1992.

C. P. Bhambri, Administration in a Changing Society, Delhi, National, 1978.

M. Bhattacharya, Bureaucracy & Development Administration, Delhi, Uppal, 1979.

C. Bryant and L. While, Managing Development in the Third World, Boulder

Colorado, Westview Press, 1987.

T. J. Byres (ed.), The State and Development Planning in India, Bombay, Oxford

University Press 1994.

P. Cloke and Jo Little, The Rural State: Limits to Planning in Rural Society, Oxford,

The Clarendon Press, 1990.

G. Craig and M. Mayo, Community Empowerment: A Reader in Participation &

Development, London, Zed Books, 1995.

P. Datta, Major Issues in the Development Debate: Lessons in Empowerment From

India, New Delhi, Kanishka, 1998.

————, Decentralization: Expenditure Pattern & Organizational Realities, Delhi,

Wiley Eastern, 1988.

P. R. Dubashi, Recent Trends in Public Administration, Delhi, Kaveri, 1995.

O. P. Dwivedi, Development Administration: From Underdeveloped to Sustainable

Development, Houndmills, Macmillan, 1994.

M. Franda, Voluntary Associations and Local Development in India, New Delhi,

Young Asia, 1983.

V. R. Gaikwad and P. S. Parmar, Rural Development Administration Under

Democratic Decentralization: Expenditure Pattern and Organizational Realities,

Delhi, Wiley Eastern, 1980.

S. S. Gadkari and M. R. Kolhetkar, Introduction in Public Administration, New Delhi,

Allied Publishers, 2000.

G. F. Grant, Development Administration: Concepts, Goals, Methods, Madison,

University of Wisconsin, 1979.

J. F. Handler, Power from Bureaucracy: The Ambiguity of Privatization &

Empowerment, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1996.

G. Haragopal, Administrative Leadership & Development in India, New Delhi, Light

and Life, 1980

(67)

B. Hettne, Development theory and The Three Worlds, England, Longman Group,

1996.

R. Hooja, District Planning: concept, Settings & State Level Applications, Jaipur,

Aalekh, 1986.

R. B. Jain and P.N. Chaudhari (eds.), Bureaucratic Values in Development, New

Delhi, Uppal. C. Kay, Development and Underdevelopment: A Marxist Analysis,

London, Macmillan, 1975. R. M. Khandelwal, State Level Plan Administration in India,

Jaipur, RBSA Publishers, 1985.

D. C. Korten (ed.), Bureaucracy & The Poor: Closing the Gap, Singapore, McGraw

Hill, 1981.

D. C. Korten and R. Klaus (eds.), People Centred Development: Construction

Towards Theory and Planning Frameworks, Hart Ford CT, Rumarian Press, 1984.

J. La Palombara (ed.), Bureaucracy & Political Development, Princeton NJ, Princeton

University, 1967.

S. R. Maheshwari, Administrative Theories, New Delhi, Allied, 1994.

S. R. Melkote, Communication for Development in the Third World: Theory and

Practice for Empowerment, New Delhi, Sage Publications, 2001.

G. K. Mishra and G. C. Mathur, Private Partnership in Urban Development, New

Delhi, Intellectual Book Corner, 1997.

J. D. Montgomery and W. J. Siffin (eds.), Approaches to Development, Politics,

Administration & Change, New York, Mc Graw Hill, 1966.

G. Myrdal, Economic theory and Underdeveloped Regions, London, G. Duckworth,

1957.

D. Nandini, Rural Development Administration, Jaipur, Rawat Publication, 1992.

V. A. Pai Panandikar (ed.), Development Administration in India, Delhi, Macmillan,

1974.

———— & S. S. Khirsagar (eds.), Bureaucracy and Development Administration,

New Delhi, Centre for Policy Research, 1978

H. K. Paranjape, The Planning Commission: A Descriptive Account, New Delhi, IIPA,

1964.

Planning Commission, The Planning Process, Delhi, GOI, 1975.

Planning Commission, Report of the Working Group on Block Level Planning, New

Delhi, GOI, 1978.

Planning Commission, Report of the Working Group on District Planning, New Delhi,

GOI, 1984.

K. Prasad (ed.), Planning & its Implementation, New Delhi, IIPA, 1984.

P. W. Purushottam and M. Karamatullah, Development Administration: A Rural

Perspective, Delhi, Kanishka, 1993.

(68)

K. Reddy, K. Venugopal and L. Kosalram (eds.), Multi - Level Planning in India,

Hyderabad, CESS & Booklinks Corporation, 1988.

D. Reid, Sustainable Development: An Introductionary Guide, London, Earthscan,

1995.

F. W. Riggs, Administration in Developing Countries, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1964.

———— and R. D. Krishna, Development Debate, Jaipur, Printwell, 1987.

———— (ed.), Frontiers of Development Administration, Durham, Duke University

Press, 1970.

C. K. Roy, et. al. (eds.), Development Management & Administration: A Third World

Perspective, Calcutta, Wiley Eastern, 1993.

A. Sarup and S. Brahma, Planning for Millions, New Delhi, Wiley Eastern, 1990.

A. K. Sharma, Planning for Rural Development Administration, Jaipur, Rawat

Publishing, 1995.

————, People’s Empowerment, IJPA, 42(3), July - September 1996.

S. K. Sharma (ed.), Dynamics of Development: An International Perspective, Delhi,

Concept, 1978.

A. Singh, Public Administration: The Grassroot Concerns, New Delhi, Mittal, 1998.

H. Singh, Administration of Rural Development in India, New Delhi, Sterling, 1995.

B. Smith (ed.), Progress in Development Administration: Selected Papers from Public

Administration & Development, 1981-1991, Chi Chester, John Wiley & Sons, 1992.

N. Somasekhara, State’s Planning in India, Bombay, Himalaya Publishing House,

1984.

K. B. Srivastava, New Perspectives in Development Administration in India, New

Delhi, Concept Publishing, 1994.

K. Staudt, Managing Development: State, Society & International Contexts, Newbury

Park, Sage, 1991.

D. C. Stone, Administration for Development & the Effective Administration: Two

Lectures, New Delhi, IIPA, 1964.

I. Swerdlow (ed.), Development Administration: Concept & Problems, Syracuse NY,

Syracuse University Press, 1963.

M. Umpathy, Development Administration Today: Super or Sub - disciplines,

Mysore, Menu Publishing, 1994.

J. S. Uppal, Indian Economic Planning, Delhi, Macmillan, 1984.

S. P. Verma and S. K. Sharma (eds.), Development Administration, New Delhi, IIPA,

1984.

D. Waldo (ed.), Temporal Dimensions of Development Administrations, Durham,

Duke University Press, 1970.

(69)

POL-4T4.4 : HUMAN RIGHTS AND INDIAN CONSTITUTION

UNIT-I

a. Human rights: Concept, nature, and significance

b. Human rights in Indian constitution: nature, scope, objectives, significance

and expansion

UNIT-II

a. Theoretical foundation of Human rights and Indian Constitutionalism

b. Democracy and Human rights in India vis-à-vis Universal declaration of

Human rights

UNIT-III

a. Human rights and Indian Constitution: Civil and political rights

b. Human rights and Indian constitution: Social, Economic and Cultural rights

UNIT-IV

a. Protection and promotion mechanism of human rights in India: Constitutional

provisions and judiciary, various commissions (NHRC, SHRC, SC/ST Commission,

Women’s commission)

b. Critical Appraisal- success, failures, challenges and remedies

Reading Material:

1. Agarwal, H.O Implementation of Human Rights Covenants with Special

Reference to India, Kitab Mahal, Allahabad, 1983

2. ---------International Law and Human Rights, Central Law Publication,

Allahabad, 2002

3. ---------Human Rights, Central Law Agency, Allahabad, 2010

4. Agarwal, R.S, Human Rights in the Modern World, chetana Publications, New

Delhi,1979

5. Austin, Granville,The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, Oxford

University Press, Bombay, 1966

6. Basu, Durgadas, HumanRights in Constitutional Law, wadhwa and Company,

Nagpur, New Delhi, 2003

7. Baxi, Upendra Human Rights in a Post Human World: Critical essays, Oxford

University Press, New Delhi, 2007

8. -------The Future of Human Rights, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2008

9. Hingorani, R.C, Human Rights in India, Oxford and IBH publishing Company,

New Delhi, 1985

10. Iyer, Krishna V.R, Human Rihgts and Inhuman Wrongs, B.R. Publishing

Company, New Delhi, 1990

11. -------“------ The Dialectics and Dynamics of Human Rights in India, Yesterday,

Today and Tomorrow, Eastern Law House, Calcutta, 1999

(70)

12. Sambare S, Bavge R : ‘’Anaadhyna suraksha aani manavi hakka’’, sir sahitya

prakashan Nagpur, 2014 ( Marathi)

13. Bavge R, Sambare S : ‘’Adivasi aani manavi hakka’’, G.C prakashan

Nagpur,2015(Marathi)

14. Sambare S, Kanhake N, Sheikh V : ‘’Vyasanmukti aani manavi hakka’’, G.C

prakashan, Nagpur, 2016 (Marathi)

<><><><><>

RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY

DIRECTION NO. 42 OF 2016

(Direction issued under Section 14(8) of Maharashtra Universities Act. 1994 relating to award of Masters degree in Business Administration in the Faculty of Commerce)

WHEREAS the Maharashtra Universities Act No. XXXV of 1994 has come into force with effect from 22nd July, 1994.

AND

WHEREAS the amendment to the said Act came to be effected from 12th May, 2000

AND

WHEREAS the Board of Studies in Business Administration and Business Management in the Faculty of Commerce at its meeting held on 14.2.2012 have updated and upgraded the existing scheme of examination and syllabus for the award of the degree of Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) commensurate with the curricula existing in the various Universities in India and with a view to include the latest trends in the managements stream as well as to design it to suit to the needs of the industries and corporate houses.

AND WHEREAS the Faculty of Commerce concurred with the recommendations of the Board of Studies in Business Administrations and Business Management in the Faculty of Commerce .

AND WHEREAS the Academic Council, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur approved the recommendations so made by the Board of Studies in Business Administration and Business Management in the Faculty of Commerce duly concurred by the Faculty of Commerce, held on 8.6.2016.

AND WHEREAS the recommendations made by the Board of Studies in Business Administration and Business Management approved by the Vice-Chancellor, proposed alterations in the contents of the syllabus as well as the scheme of the examination.

AND WHEREAS it is expedient to provide and Ordinance for the purpose of prescribing examinations leading to the degree of Master of Business Administration in the Faculty of Commerce and phasic repeal of Ordinance No. 23 of 2008 governing the existing course of Master of Business Administration.

AND WHEREAS an Ordinance is in existence, for the award of this Degree with semester pattern scheme and university examination system, which by this direction needs to be amended with Choice Based Credit System. Now, therefore, I, Dr. Siddharthvinayak P. Kane, Vice-Chancellor, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur in exercise of the powers vested in me under Section 14(8) of the Maharashtra University Act of 1994 do hereby issue the following direction :

1. This direction shall be called “DIRECTION REGARDING CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM AND EXAMINATIONS LEADING TO THE MASTERS DEGREE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE, RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR.”

2. The duration of M.B.A. course shall be of Two years consisting Semester-I & II in first year and

Semester-III & IV in second year. 3. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this direction and of other ordinances in force from time

to time, an applicant for admission to this course shall have passed degree examination of Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University or any other recognized University equivalent thereto with 50% aggregate marks for open category and 45% marks aggregate for Backward Class candidates or as notified by the State Government (Competent Authority) from time to time. Provided that Students admitted through Common Management Aptitude Test (CMAT) conducted by All India Council for Technical Education or through Central Entrance Test (CET) conducted by Directorate of Technical Education or any other entrance examination conducted by competent authority approved by the Directorate of Technical Education and fulfilling the eligibility conditions prescribed by the Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University shall only be admitted to this Course.

4. The Examinations for Semesters I, II, II and IV shall be held twice a year at such places and on such dates as may be fixed by the University.

5. The fees for examination shall be as prescribed by the Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur

University from time to time. 6. Applicant for the examination prosecuting a regular course of study leading to the Master Degree in

Business Administration shall not be permitted to join any other course in this University or any other University simultaneously.

7. A collegiate candidate shall have pursued a regular course of study for not less than 90 days of the

academic session before being examined for any semester examination of MBA in any recognized institution and or college affiliated to Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University where the course is conducted.

8. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the Examinations in General,

the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and 31 of the said Ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

9. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): The MBA program shall consist of 24 courses and a project

equivalent to 2 courses in any of the specialization area opted by the student. The courses in this program are of three kinds: Core, Elective and Foundation.

a. Core Course: - There is at least one Core Course in every semester. This is the course which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a programme in a said discipline of study(Comprising of basic subjects of Business Management). These subjects are codified with the “C” letter.

b. Foundation Course: - The Foundation Courses are elective value-based courses aimed at man-making education. These are the subjects oriented towards the skill enhancement as per the interest of the students. A pool of two courses shall be offered in 3rd and 4th semester from which the student has to opt for one in each of these semesters. These courses are codified with “F” letter.

c. Elective Course: -It is a course which can be chosen from the pool of courses. The course may be specific/specialized/supportive or advanced to the discipline of study. They may be nurturing candidate‟s skill as well as proficiency. Generic Elective coursesadd

generic proficiency to the students and they are for the said discipline of study. These courses are codified with “E” letters. These courses are oriented towards competency

building of student in various functional areas of business management. These Electives will give the students a chance to study a subject according to his/her area of interest and will also help in developing his/her personality. Two elective courses are to be selected by a student from the groups of electives before commencement of 3rd Semester of the program.

A student is required to Select Any Two Electives as following:

Either both the Electives from Core Group OR

One Elective each from Core Group and Complementary Group

Core Group

Marketing Management

Financial Management

Human Resource Management

Complementary Group Operations Management

Service Sector Management

Note: The affiliated Management Institutes / Colleges/ Department shall declare the Elective/Specialization it is offering before the commencement of admission process of Semester -I in their Information Brochure and website and communicate the same to the University well in advance. The Institute will offer the Specialization proposed only if minimumFIVE students opt for the same.

10. Credit System of Evaluation:

a. Courses offered, contact hours, credits attached and allocation of marks shall be as follows:

Semester-I

Co

urs

e C

od

e

Course Name

Inte

rna

l /

Un

ive

rsit

y

Ex

am

inat

ion

Inst

ruct

ion

Ho

urs

Tu

tori

al

Ho

urs

To

tal

Ho

urs

Marks

Cre

dit

s

Se

me

ste

r

En

d E

xa

m.

Inte

rna

l

Ass

ess

me

nt

To

tal

MBCI-1 Principles of Management Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBCI-2 Managerial Economics Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBCI-3 Accounting for Managers Uni. 25 15 40 80 20 100 4

MBCI-4 Business Legislations Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBCI-5 Business Communication and Information Systems

Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBCI-6 Research Methodology and Quantitative Techniques

Uni. 25 15 40 80 20 100 4

Total 170 70 240 480 120 600 24

Semester-II

Co

urs

e C

od

e

Course Name

Inte

rna

l /

Un

ive

rsit

y

Ex

am

inat

ion

Inst

ruct

ion

Ho

urs

Tu

tori

al

Ho

urs

To

tal

Ho

urs

Marks

Cre

dit

s

Se

me

ste

r

En

d E

xa

m.

Inte

rna

l

Ass

ess

me

nt

To

tal

MBCII-1 Human Resource Management & Organizational Behaviour

Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBCII-2 Financial Management Uni. 25 15 40 80 20 100 4

MBCII-3 Marketing Management Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBCII-4 Operations Management Uni. 25 15 40 80 20 100 4

MBCII-5 Cost Accounting Uni. 25 15 40 80 20 100 4

MBCII-6 Economic Environment of Business

Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

Total 165 75 240 480 120 600 24

Semester-III

Co

urs

e C

od

e

Course Name

Inte

rna

l /

Un

ive

rsit

y

Ex

am

inat

ion

Inst

ruct

ion

Ho

urs

Tu

tori

al

Ho

urs

To

tal

Ho

urs

Marks

Cre

dit

s

Se

me

ste

r

En

d E

xa

m.

Inte

rna

l

Ass

ess

me

nt

To

tal

MBCIII-1 Strategic Management Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBCIII-2 Summer Internship Project Assessment

Uni. 10 30 40 00 100 100 4

MBFIII-1

Project Management OR Environment Management

Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBEIII-11 Elective I – Paper 1 Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBEIII-12 Elective I – Paper 2 Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBEIII-21 Elective II – Paper 1 Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBEIII-22 Elective II – Paper 2 Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

Total 190 90 280 480 220 700 28

Note: One Foundation Course is to be selected by the student from MBFIII-1 and Two Elective Groups to be selected in the manner mentioned above.

Semester-IV

Co

urs

e C

od

e

Course Name

Inte

rna

l /

Un

ive

rsit

y

Ex

am

inat

ion

Inst

ruct

ion

Ho

urs

Tu

tori

al

Ho

urs

To

tal

Ho

urs

Marks

Cre

dit

s

Se

me

ste

r

En

d E

xa

m.

Inte

rna

l

Ass

ess

me

n

t

To

tal

MBCIV-1 Business Ethics & Corporate Governance

Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBCIV-2 Entrepreneurship Development

Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBCIV-3 Project Work Uni.

40 40 150 50 200 8

MBFIV-2

International Business Management OR Agri-Business Management

Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBEIV-13 Elective I – Paper 3 Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

MBEIV-23 Elective II – Paper 3 Uni. 30 10 40 80 20 100 4

Total 150 90 240 550 150 700 28

Note: One Foundation Course is to be selected by the student from MBFIV-2.

Summary of the Total Marks and Credits

Sr.

No

.

Inst

ruct

ion

Ho

urs

Tu

tori

al

Ho

urs

To

tal

Ho

urs

Marks C

red

its

Se

me

ste

r

En

d E

xa

m.

Inte

rna

l

Ass

ess

me

nt

To

tal

1 Semester – I 170 70 240 480 120 600 24

2 Semester – II 165 75 240 480 120 600 24

3 Semester – III 190 90 280 480 220 700 28

4 Semester – IV 150 90 240 550 150 700 28

Total 675 325 1000 1990 610 2600 104

b. The Semester End written examination of all the courses shall be conducted by the University.

c. The performance of the learners will be evaluated in two Components, One component will be the continuous assessment by the Institute/College/Department (Internal Assessment) component carrying 20% marks and the second component will be the Semester End Examination component carrying 80% marks.

The allocation of Internal Assessment Marks

1a Attendance of the student during a particular semester 05 marks

1b An assignment based on curriculum to be assessed by the teacher concerned 05 marks

1c Subject wise class test conducted by the teacher concerned 05 marks

1d Subject presentation/viva-voce seminar conducted during the semester 05 marks

1 Internal assessment Total marks 20

2 Semester wise End Examination marks 80

Total Marks Per Course 100

Marks for internal assessment shall awarded on the basis of tests, assignment etc. as prescribed above by the teacher in the respective subject and moderated by the Director shall be notified on the college notice board for information of students and it shall be communicated to the University at least 5 days before the commencement of the End Semester examinations.

The college shall preserve the answer sheets and assignments submitted by the students and attendance record and evaluation sheets for at least one academic year, while the summary of the internal marks to be preserved as a permanent record.

Since the student has to pass each course/subject jointly in University Assessment and Internal Assessment, a student cannot be declared „Failed‟ in Internal Assessment and no reassessment can be done for Internal Assessment.

d. Summer Training: At the end of second semester, all students will have to undergo summer training of 8-10weeks with an industrial, business or service organization by taking a project study. The condition of successfully completing the program shall not be deemed to have been satisfied unless a student undergoes summer training under the supervision of the department in organizations as approved by the Director/ Principal/ Head / Faculty from time to time. Alternatively Director/ Principal/ Head / Faculty of the Department/ College/ Institute may allocate the sector/ industry/ company specific project to the individual student. Each student will be required to submit a project report to the Department/ College/ Institute for the work undertaken during this period within three weeks of commencement of the third semester for the purpose of evaluation in the third semester.

e. Conversion of Marks to Grades and Calculations of GPA (Grade Point Average) and CGPA

(Cumulative Grade Point Average): In the Credit and Grade Point System, the assessment of

individual Courses in the concerned examinations will be on the basis of marks only, but the marks

shall later be converted into Grades by mechanism described hereinafter where the overall

performance of the Students can be reflected after considering the Credit Points for any given course.

However, the overall evaluation shall be designated in terms of Grade. There are some abbreviations

used here that need understanding of each and every parameter involved in grade computation and

the evaluation mechanism. The abbreviations and formulae used are as follows:-

Abbreviations and Formulae Used

G: Grade

GP: Grade Points

C: Credits

CP: Credit Points

CG: Credits X Grades (Product of credits & Grades)

SGPA = ΣCG: Sum of Product of Credits & Grades points / ΣC: Sum of Credits points

SGPA: Semester Grade Point Average shall be calculated for individual semesters. (It is also

designated as GPA)

CGPA: Cumulative Grade Point Average shall be calculated for the entire Program by considering

all the semesters taken together.

While calculating the CG the value of Grade Point 1 shall be consider Zero (0) in case of students

who failed in the concerned course/s i.e. obtained the marks below 50.

After calculating the SGPA for an individual semester and the CGPA for entire program, the value

can be matched with the grade in the Grade Point table as per the TEN (10) Points Grading System

and expressed as a single designated GRADE such as O, A, B, etc….

Marks Grade Grade Points

85 and Above O 10

84-75 A 9

74-65 B 8

64-60 C 7

59-55 D 6

54-50 E 5

49 and Below F (Fail) 0

Conversion of CGPA into Grades and Division shall be as follows:

CGPA Grade Division

9.0-10 O Distinction

8.0-8.9 A Distinction

7.0-7.9 B Distinction

6.0-6.9 C First

5.5-5.9 D Second

5.0-5.4 E Second

00-4.4 F (Fail) Fail

Note: Final Mark List will only show the Grade, Grade points and Division and not the marks

f. Provision of Direction No.44 of 2001 governing the award of grace marks for passing an examination and securing higher Grades shall apply to the examination.

9. Project Work: Project work will be compulsory for each student appearing at the semester- IV (M.B.A) Examination. (i) Project shall carry 200 marks as follows-

Head of Passing Marks

Project Report Evaluation by External Examiner 100

Seminar and open defense evaluation by External Examiner

50

Seminar and open defense by Internal External Examiner 50

TOTAL 200

(ii) For Project worka batch of Maximum TWENTYstudents per guide /supervisor has to be allotted by the Institute. The Guide/Supervisor shall act as an internal examiner for project Examination. (iii) The guide or the supervisor shall be appointed by the institute and should be teaching to MBA Programme with minimum qualifications as prescribed by AICTE for Assistant Professor. (iv)The External examiner shall be appointed from the list of full time approved teaching faculty of the MBA programme by the University. (v) Each such External examiner shall examine a maximum of TWENTY students in the academic year. (vi)ONE copy of Project work (Printed) shall be submitted to the University through the supervisor of the candidate and the Principal/ Director / Head of the Institute/ Department, by 31st March of academic year and one copy will be retained by the college/Department for internal evaluation purpose. A Candidate shall submit with his/her project work, a certificate from the Supervisor to the effect-

That the candidate has satisfactorily completed the Project work for not less than one session and

That the Project work is the result of the candidates own work and is of sufficiently high standard to warrant its presentation for examination.

Candidate shall submit his declaration that the Project is the result of his own research work and the same has not been previously submitted to any examination of this University or any other University. The Project shall be liable to be rejected and /or cancelled if found otherwise.

The Project work shall be evaluated through seminar and open defence and Viva-voce at the College/ Department by internal and external examiners appointed by

Universitybefore Semester-IV Examination.

A student appearing for MBA Semester IV Examination will have to pay additional fees as prescribed by the University from time to time.

10. The scope of the subject, percentage of passing in theory and project will be governed as per following rules:

1. There will be a combined passing of 50% marks to be secured by an examinee in internal and University written examination taken together for each course/subject/paper.

2. The results of successful candidates at the end of semester-IV shall be declared on the basis of CGPA obtained in all the four semesters.

3. The candidates who successfully clear all the semester examinations in the first attempt are eligible for ranks provided they secure Grade C and above.

4. The results of the candidates who have successfully cleared the Semester-IV examination but not cleared the lower semester examinations shall be declared as NCL (not completed lower semester examinations). Such candidates shall be eligible for the award of Degree only after successfully clearing all the lower semester examinations.

5. Student successfully clearing Semester I, II, III and IV examinations shall, on payment of the prescribed fee, shall be awarded a Degree in the prescribed form signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

6. An examinee failing to clear any semester end examination shall be eligible for re-examination on payment of a fresh Examination Fee prescribed by the University.

11. Promotion to Higher Semester (ATKT) An examinee failing to clear any semester examination shall be ALLOWED TO KEEP TERM (ATKT) in accordance with the following table:

12. Rejection of results: i. A candidate who

fails in one or more course(s) of a semester may

be permitted to reject the result of the whole examination of that semester. Rejection of result course-wise shall not be permitted. A candidate who rejects the results shall appear in the examination of that semester in the subsequent examination.

ii. Rejection can be exercised only once in each semester and the rejection once exercised cannot be revoked.

iii. Application for rejection of result along with payment of the prescribed fee shall be submitted to the University through the college along with the original statement of marks within 30 days from the date of publication of the result.

iv. A candidate who rejects the result is eligible for only class and not for ranking.

13. Improvement of results:

i. A candidate who has passed in all the papers of a semester may be permitted to improve the result by reappearing for the whole examination of that semester.

ii. The reappearance shall be permitted only once in each semester. iii. The reappearance for the examination of any semester is permitted during the subsequent

examination of that semester. iv. Application for reappearance along with payment of prescribed fee shall be submitted to the

University through the college along with the original statement of marks within 30 days from the date of publication of the result.

v. The candidate passes in all the subjects in the reappearance, higher of the two aggregate marks secured by the candidate shall be awarded to the candidate for that semester. In case the candidate fails in the reappearance, candidate shall retain the first appearance result.

vi. A candidate who has appeared for improvement is eligible for class only and not for ranking. vii. Internal assessment marks shall be shown separately in the marks card. A candidate who has

rejected the result or who, having failed, takes the examination again or who has appeared for improvement shall retain the internal assessment marks already obtained.

14. Guidelines for Setting Question Papers of Semester I, II, III & IV End Examination..

a. The question paper should be set in such a manner so as to cover the complete syllabus as prescribed by the University.

b. The duration of the Semester wise End Examination shall be 3.00 Hours per course. c. The evaluation of the Summer Internship Project should be conducted at the

Institute/Department by the Examiner appointed by the Principal/Director/Head of the Institute/Department.

d. The evaluation of Semester IV Project should be conducted at Institute / Department by the Project Supervisor of the student and an External Examiner appointed for the same by the University.

Admission to

Semester

Candidate should have

passed in following

examinations

Candidate should have

completed the term and

filled examination form

Semester-I Degree examination -------

Semester-II --------- Semester – I

Semester-III Semester-I Semester – II

Semester-IV Semester-I & II Semester – III

e. The result for these examinations should be declared within time limit as per University norms and communicated to the University within stipulated time.

f. The record of conduct of such examination, evaluation and results should be maintained for a period of at least One year by the respective Institute / Department for the verification by the competent authority.

g. The format for question papers for Semester End Examinations to be conducted by the University shall be as follows: 1. There shall be FIVE compulsory questions of 16 marks each. 2. First FOUR questions shall be with internal choice within the questions, i.e. there shall be 2

questions from each unit of the curriculum with an internal option. 3. Fifth question shall comprise of FOUR short answer questions of FOUR marks each one from

each unit. 4. Questions shall assess the knowledge, application of knowledge, and the ability to blend

knowledge. The paper setter shall ensure that questions covering all skills and all units are set. She/he shall also mandatorily submit a detailed scheme of evaluation (Memorandum of Instructions) along with the question paper to enhance the objectivity and maintain consistency in evaluation. However, the moderation board can make necessary changes in the pattern of question paper based on the content and pedagogy of subject.

ILLUSTRATIVE PATTERN OF QUESTION PAPER

Q.1 (A) …………………………………………..based on unit 1 OR

Q.1(B)…………………………………………….based on unit 1

Q.2(A)……………………………………………based on unit 2 OR

Q.2(B)……………………………………………based on unit 2

Q.3(A)…………………………………………..based on unit 3 OR

Q.3(B)…………………………………………..based on unit 3

Q.4(A)…………………………………………..based on unit 4 OR

Q.4(B)…………………………………………..based on unit 4

Q.5(a)…………………………………………..based on unit 1 Q.5(b)…………………………………………..based on unit 2 Q.5(c)…………………………………………..based on unit 3 Q.5(d)…………………………………………..based on unit 4

15. Not Fit for the Course:

If a student fails to pass the M.B.A. programme within FIVE successive years from the date of his/her admission he/she shall be declared Not Fit for the Course (NFC), and shall not be allowed to appear for any previous examination of the programme.

16. Absorption Scheme:

a. The unsuccessful student of old programme shall be permitted to appear for higher class as per the new scheme of examination of M.B.A. provided that they submit a certificate from Head of

the Department/ Head of the Institute stating that they have satisfactorily undergone the course of study in all subjects of the new programme as per the absorption scheme given below:

b. The University shall conduct the examination of old course(Introduced in 2012) for three attempts after the new scheme of examination is introduced as per following table:

Semester Examination

Attempt-1 Attempt-2 Attempt-3

Semester-I Winter 2016 Summer 2017 Winter 2017

Semester-II Winter 2016 Summer 2017 Winter 2017

Semester-III Summer 2017 Winter 2018 Summer2019

Semester-IV Winter 2018 Summer2019 Winter 2019

The students are required to clear all their papers within the stipulated time. The students clearing all the papers of old scheme of Examination shall be awarded Degree according to old scheme of Examination (Introduced in 2012).

c. Those students who have completed the course work and cleared their Semester I and Semester II

examination of old course (Introduced in 2012) shall be absorbed in the second year of new

scheme.

d. Those students who have not cleared their Semester I and/or Semester II examination of old

scheme of examination (Introduced in 2012) and are eligible as per the section 15 of this Direction

shall have to appear freshly for all the subjects of Semester I and Semester II examination of new

scheme of examination provided that they submit a certificate from Head of the Department/

Head of the Institute stating that they have satisfactorily undergone the course of study in all

subjects of the new program.

e. Such students shall be eligible for exemption in the courses which they have passed in the old

scheme of examination (Introduced in 2012) subject to the equivalence of courses mentioned

hereinafter:

Semester Examination under this Direction

Name of the Course under this Direction

Semester Examination under Old Course (2012)

Name of the Course under Old Direction (2012)

Status of Equivalence

I

Principles of Management

I Principles of Management

Yes

Managerial Economics I Managerial Economics Yes

Accounting for Managers

I Financial Accounting Yes

Business Legislations I Business Legislations Yes

Business Communication & Information Systems

I Communication Skills – I

Yes

Research Methodology & Quantitative Techniques

I Quantitative Techniques

Yes

II

Human Resource Management & Organizational Behaviour

II Human Resource Management

Yes

Financial Management II Financial Management Yes


II Marketing Management

Yes

Operations Management

II Operations Management

Yes

Cost Accounting II Cost & Management Accounting

Yes

Economic Environment of Business

II Business Environment Yes

III

Strategic Management III Strategic Management Yes

Project Management IV Operations Management (Specialization) – Paper 4

Yes

Environment Management

I Environment Management

Yes

IV

Business Ethics & Corporate Governance

II Business Ethics Yes

Entrepreneurship Development

III Entrepreneurship Development

Yes

International Business Management

III International Business Yes

Agri-Business Management

IV Agri-Business Management Specialization

Paper 4 Rural Marketing

Yes

Specialization

Core Group A


Paper 1 Sales & Distribution Management

III Marketing

Management Specialization

Paper 1 Retails & Services Marketing

Yes

Paper 2 IMC & Brand Management

III Marketing

Management Specialization –

Paper 2 Product Management & Brand Management

Yes

Paper 3 Consumer Buying Behaviour

IV Marketing

Management Specialization –

Paper 3 Consumer Buying Behaviour & IMC

Yes

Core Group B

Financial Management

Paper 1 Corporate Financial Management

III Financial

Management Specialization -

Paper 1 Advanced Financial Management

Yes

Paper 2 Security, Portfolio and Risk Management

III Financial


Paper 2 Risk Management & Derivatives

Yes

Paper 3 Investment Environment & Wealth Management

IV Financial


Paper 3 Financial Services Management

Yes

Core Group C

Human Resource

Management

Paper 1 Training & Development Practices

III Human

Resource Management Specialization

Paper 2 Training & Development Practices

Yes

Paper 2 III Paper 1 Yes

Performance & Compensation Management

Human Resource


Performance Management & Compensation

Industrial Relations & Labour Laws

IV Human

Resource Management Specialization

Paper 3 Industrial Relations & Labour Laws

Yes

Complementary Group

B Operations

Management

Paper 1 Logistics & Supply Chain Management

III Operations


Paper 1 Supply Chain Management

Yes

Paper 2 Operations Research

II Operations Research Yes

Paper 3 Total Quality Management

III Operations


Total Quality Management

Yes

Complementary Group

B Service Sector Management

Paper 1 Banking & Insurance Services

III Banking & Financial Services


Paper 1 Banking Operations & Services

Yes

Paper 2 Hospitality Management*

Paper 3 Healthcare Management

III Healthcare


Paper 1 Healthcare and Social Policy

Yes

(*) This course under this direction do not have any equivalent course in the old direction

(2012). Hence, the students absorbed in respective semesters are mandatorily required to

appear for these courses under this scheme of examination.

f. The University Examination & Internal Assessment marks awarded in the equivalent subjects of the MBA old course shall be carried in the mark sheet of the MBA new scheme of examination.

g. The above absorption scheme of M.B.A. shall be effective till the introduction of new Syllabus

with new absorption scheme.

17. Guidelines for Project Work :

Objective

Every student will be assigned a project in 4th Semester of MBA and it will be pursued by him/her under the supervision of an internal supervisor. The objective of the Project Work is to help the student develop his/her ability to apply multi-disciplinary concepts, tools and techniques to solve organizational problems and/or to evolve new/innovative theoretical frame work.

Type of Project

The Project may take any one of the following forms: i) Comprehensive case study (covering single organization/multifunctional area problem, formulation, analysis and recommendations)

ii) Inter-organisational study aimed at inter-organisational comparison/ validation of theory/survey of management services. iii) Evolution of any new conceptual / theoretical framework. iv) Business Plan/Viability Studies v) Field study (Empirical study). vi) Software analysis, Design and solutions for organisational achievement ( Applicable to IT)

Selection of Project Topic:

Project topic has to be selected with respect to the programme of study and area elected by the student.

Title of the project should clearly specify the objective and scope of the study. It should be specific and neither too vague nor centralistic. The topics should be designed meticulously. It can be designed like “Employee Welfare Measures” – A case study of XYZ Ltd.

Project selection has to be made in consultation with the supervisor who will act as a Project guide for the student.

Scope of Work

The student is expected to carry out following activities in the project: 1. Prepare a synopsis and get it approved by the supervisor as assigned by the respective

Institutes. 2. Undertake a detailed literature survey on the subject matter. 3. Make relevant data collection/observation. 4. Consult experts of the field. 5. Visit related organizations/institutions/industries. 6. Compile data in proper format. 7. Make proper conclusion/recommendations. 8. Prepare a Project Report. 9. The volume of the project-report should be ranging from 60-80 pages. 10. Obtain approval of Project Report by project supervisor. 11. Submit two hard bound copies of the Project Report at the Institute. 12. Submission of the Project Report shall be one month prior to the date of the commencement

of the 6th Semester Examinations for BBA.

General Format of the Report

The project report should preferably be written in the following format: a) Executive Summary b) Introduction to topic c) Research Methodology d) Analysis and Findings of the study e) Conclusions and Recommendations of the study f) Bibliography g) Appendices – to include questionnaire, if any

Examination and Evaluation

The Project is to be treated as a Course of study of the MBA-4th Semester comprising of 200 marks. The external assessment shall be done on the basis of the project report and Viva Voce. The Project shall be evaluated by an External faculty for 150 marks and of which 100 marks will be allocated to the Written Report Content and Presentation and 50 marks for Viva Voce. The Project work shall be evaluated by internal and external examiners approved in the list of the University for 100 marks (as

mentioned above) at the respective institute / college as per the scheduled fixed by the university. One such External Examiner shall not examine more than 20 students in one academic year.

17. Miscellaneous

a) Industrial Tour: To make students understand the various aspects of business; college/ Institute/ Department may organize industrial visits to the industrial/ business houses.

18. This direction shall come into force phase wise from the academic session 2016-17.

With the issuance of this Direction, The Direction No 22 of 2012 (Credit based Semester Pattern)

shall stand repealed.

Sd/- Nagpur : Dr. S. P. Kane Dated :21.6.2016 Vice-Chancellor

Appendix A

Course Summary for MBA Program

Semester Course Code

Course Type Name of Course/Subject

I

MBCI-1 Core Principles of Management

MBCI-2 Core Managerial Economics

MBCI-3 Core Accounting for Managers

MBCI-4 Core Business Legislations

MBCI-5 Core Business Communication & Information Systems

MBCI-6 Core Research Methodology & Quantitative Techniques

II

MBCII-1 Core Human Resource Management & Organizational Behaviour

MBCII-2 Core Financial Management

MBCII-3 Core Marketing Management

MBCII-4 Core Operations Management

MBCII-5 Core Cost Accounting

MBCII-6 Core Economic Environment of Business

III

MBCIII-1 Core Strategic Management

MBCIII-2 Core Summer Internship Project Assessment

MBFIII-1 Foundation Project Management

Environment Management

MBEIII-11 Elective Elective I – Paper 1

MBEIII-12 Elective Elective I – Paper 2

MBEIII-21 Elective Elective II – Paper 1

MBEIII-22 Elective Elective II – Paper 2

IV

MBCIV-1 Core Business Ethics & Corporate Governance

MBCIV-2 Core Entrepreneurship Development

MBCIV-3 Core Project Work

MBFIV-2 Foundation International Business Management

Agri-Business Management

MBEIV-13 Elective Elective I – Paper 3

MBEIV-23 Elective Elective II – Paper 3

Appendix B

List of Elective/Specialization Courses

Group Group Area Paper Name of Course

Core

A Marketing Management

1 Sales and Distribution Management

2 Integrated Marketing Communication & Brand Management

3 Consumer Buying Behaviour

B Financial Management

1 Corporate Financial Management

2 Security, Portfolio and Risk Management

3 Investment Environment & Wealth Management

C Human Resource

Management

1 Training & Development Practices

2 Performance & Compensation Management

3 Industrial Relations & Labour Laws

Complementary

A Operations Management

1 Logistics & Supply Chain Management

2 Operations Research

3 Total Quality Management

B Service Sector Management

1 Banking & Insurance Services

2 Hospitality Management

3 Healthcare Management

1 | Ошибка! Текст указанного стиля в документе отсутствует., MBA Syllabus, 2016-17

Appendix C

SYLLABUS

CORE COURSES

SEMESTER-I

MBCI - 1 – Principles of Management UNIT I: Introduction : Concept, Nature, Process and Significance of Management; Managerial Roles; An Overview of Functional Areas of Management – Marketing, Finance, Production, HRM, IT, R and D; Development of Management Thought – Classical, Neo- Classical, system and contingency Approaches – An Overview.

UNIT II: Functions of Management – I: Planning and control - Concept, Process and Types; Decision – making concept and process; bounded rationality; Management by Objectives; Corporate Planning – Environment analysis and Diagnosis, Strategy Formulations; Managerial Control – Concept and process; Designing an Effective Control System; Techniques – Traditional and Modern (PERT and CPM).

UNIT III: Functions of Managemement – II: Organizing - Concept, Nature, Process and Significance; Authority and Responsibility Relationships – Delegation, Decentralization; Departmentation basis and formals (Project and Matrix); Formal and Informal organization; Changing patterns in Organization structures in the Knowledge economy. Staffing : Concept, Manpower Planning, Job Design, Recruitment & Selection, Training and Development, Performance Appraisal. Directing : Motivating and Leading People at work – basic concepts; communication – nature, process, networks and barriers; Effective Communication.

UNIT IV: International Management Practices : A comparative study of management practices in India, Japan, USA and China with particular reference to Planning, Organising, Directing, Staffing and Controlling, Recent developments in the field of Management in a global perspective.

Suggested Readings: 1. Dr. V.S.P. Rao, “Principles of Management”, Himalaya Publishing House. 2. Dr. Kiran Nerkar, Dr. Vilas Chopde, “ Principles and Practices of Management”. 3. Tripathi Reddy , “ Principles of Management”, Tata Mac Graw Hill, 2012, 5th Edition. 4. T. Ramasamy, “Principles of management”, Hiamalya Publishing House. 5. J.S. Chandan, “ Management Theory and Practice”, Vikas Publishing House, First

Edition.

MBCI - 2 – Managerial Economics

Unit –I: Introduction to Managerial Economics: Definition, Nature, Scope and application of Managerial Economics to Business Decisions. Consumer Behavior: Choice and Utility Theory, the Indifference Curve Analysis. Demand and Supply Analysis –Theory of Demand: Demand Analysis, Elasticity of demand, types and significance of Elasticity of Demand. Demand Forecasting, Need for forecasting, forecasting techniques. Supply Analysis – Supply function, the Law of Supply, Elasticity of Supply.


Unit–II: Production & Cost Analysis: Production & Production Function: Concept, Forms of production function, Law of variable Proportions, Returns to scale. Cost concept, Short term and long term cost. Average cost curves, cost output relationship, Cost curves, Economies & Diseconomies of scale. Production function – Cobb-Douglas production function.

Unit– III: Market Structure and Pricing practices: Features and Types of different competitive situations - Price-Output determination in Perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly both the long run and short run. Pricing philosophy – Pricing methods in practice: Price discrimination.

Unit IV National Income: Basic concept-measurement of national income concept of GDP & GNP –Methods of measuring national income. Concept of Multiplier and Accelerator. Business cycles - Concept, Causes & Impact of business cycle, Inflation & deflation- types, causes, effects remedial measures; Monetary and Fiscal policy- meaning, scope and instruments.

NB: Numerical shall be based on the following topics.

Unit I: Utility Maximization, Demand and Supply analysis, Elasticity of demand, Demand forecasting.

Unit III: Price output determination under Perfect competition, monopoly competition and price discrimination.

Unit IV: Measurement of National Income and Multiplier.

Suggested Readings:

1. Managerial Economics, P. L. Mehta, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi 2. Managerial Economics, D.N.Dwidevi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 3. Managerial economics in a Global economy, Dominick Salvatore, Thomson learning Press 4. Managerial Economics, Suma Damodran, 2006, Oxford University Press, New Delhi 5. Indian Economy, Mishra &Puri, 2007, Himalaya Publishing House 6. Managerial Economics, Peterson & Levis, Prentice Hall of India 7. Mathematical Methods and Economic Theory, AnjanMukerji, Oxford University Press

MBCI - 3 – Accounting for Managers

Unit-I: Introduction to Accounting: Introduction of financial accounting, Importance, Objectives and Principles of Accounting, Concepts and conventions, and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), Introduction of Accounting Process- Journal and ledger, Trial Balance, Classification of capital and revenue expenses, preparation of subsidiary books and cash book. Reconciliation between bank pass book and cash book.

Unit II: Final Accounts of Joint Stock Companies - Final Accounts of Joint Stock Companies – contents, and preparation of Trading and Manufacturing, Profit and Loss Account, Profit and Loss Appropriation Account and Balance sheet with adjustments as per Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013, Provisions for Statutory Audit.

Unit III: Interpretation of Financial Statements: Cash Flow Analysis – Meaning and Purpose of Cash Flow Statement, Format of Cash Flow Statement (AS3), Cash Flow from Operating Activities, Uses and Limitations of Cash Flow Analysis – Ratio Analysis – Meaning, Need, Advantages and Limitations of Ratio Analysis, Classification of Ratios: Profitability Ratios, Liquidity Ratios and Activity Ratios, Projections through Ratios.

Unit IV: Budgeting and Budgetary Control – Concept of Budgeting and Budgetary Control, Types of Budgets, Static and Flexible Budgeting, Preparation of Cash Budget, Sales Budget, Production Budget and Master Budget, Essential features, Merits and Limitations of Budgetary Control.


N.B. Numericals shall be based on Unit II, III & IV.

Suggested Readings:

Bhagavati & Pillai: Management Accounting S.P. Gupta: Management Accounting, Sahitya Bhavan Hanif & Mukherjee: Financial Accounting – Vol. II, Tata McGraw Hill Dr.S.N. Maheshwari and Dr.S.K. Maheshwari: Financial Accounting, Vikas, 2009. Gokul Sinha: Financial Statement Analysis, PHI, 2009 Ambrish Gupta: Financial Accounting Management An Analytical Perspective, Pearson

Education-2009 Jawaharlal: Accounting for Management, HPH,2008 Stice & Stice: Financial Accounting Reporting & Analysis, Cengage, 7/e, 2008.

MBCI - 4 – Business Legislations

Unit I: Law of Contract 1872- Nature of contract and essential elements of valid contract, Offer and Acceptance, Consideration, Capacity to contract and free consent, Legality of object. Unlawful and illegal agreements, Contingent contracts, Performance and discharge of contracts, Remedies for breach of contract. Indemnity and guarantee.

Unit II: The Companies Act 1956 - Definition & characteristics of a company, Types of Companies, Provisions relating to incorporation: Memorandum of Association, Doctrine of ultra-vires, Articles of Association, Doctrine of indoor management & constructive notice, Company Meetings, Resolutions, Concept of Prospectus. Role & duties of promoter, transfer and transmission; Management –Appointment of Directors, Powers, duties, & liabilities of Directors. Winding Up of a Company

Unit III: Consumer Protection Act, 1986: Definitions of Consumer, Goods, Service, Complaint, Complainant, Unfair Trade Practices, Restrictive Trade Practices, Rights of Consumers, Relief available against complaint, Consumer Protection Councils, Consumer Disputes Redressal Agencies.

Unit IV: Information Technology Act 2000- Object and Scope of the IT Act, digital signature- digital signature certificate, electronic Governance, Electronic records certifying authorities, penalty and adjudication.

Suggested Readings: 1. K.R. Bulchandani: Business Law for Management, Himalaya, 2008 2. N.D.Kapoor: Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2009. . 3. S.N.Maheshwari & Maheshwari: Business Law and Regulation, Himalaya,.2008 4. Business Law, Seth, Pearson Education Asia

MBCI - 5 – Business Communication & Information Systems

UNIT I: Communication: Meaning and importance of communication in business, Types of communication- formal and informal and their characteristics, Essentials of effective business communication, Channels of communication, limitations, Barriers of communication. Listening, Barriers to listening, persuasion.

Unit II: Business Correspondence: Etiquettes of Business writing, Business letters: Memos, minutes, agendas, enquiries, orders, sales letters, notice, tenders, letters of application, letter of complaints, Job applications/Covering letters, Report writing, Types of report (Sales report, Committee report and technical report) . E-Mail Etiquettes, Formal & Informal email writing.

Unit III: Introduction to Information Systems and MIS: Concepts of Data and Information, Attributes of Information, Introduction to MIS, DSS, TPS, EIS, OAS, ISS. MIS in functional areas like Production, HR, Finance and Marketing. MIS in Web-environment , MIS and E-business


Unit IV: Modern trends in Information Systems: Online and Real time Information system, OLAP, Basic Concept of Data mining and Data warehousing, Introduction to Business Intelligence and Business Analytics and Knowledge management, Business Performance management – Scoreboards and Dashboards

Suggested Readings: 1. Raymond V. Lesikar, John D. Pettit and Mary E. Flatley – Lesikars Basic Communication Tata

McGraw Will 8th Edition,1999

2. Krizan et al (2010). Effective Business Communication, Cengage Learning.

3. Scot, O. (2009). Contemporary Business Communication, Biztantra, New Delhi.

4. Raman & Singh – Business Communications- Oxford University Press

5. Diwan & Aggarwal Business Communication Excel

6. Communication Skills, Sanjay Kumar, Oxford University Press

7. Sharan J. Genrson and Steven M. Gerson – "Technical Writing – Process and Product" – Pearson Education, 2000

8. Baugh, Frayer & Thomas How to write first class Business Correspondence-Viva Books.

9. Herta A Murphy & Herbert W Hildebrandt - Effective Business Communication - Mc Graw - Hill international Edition.

10. Boove, C.L., Thill, J.V. & Chaturvedi, M. (2009). Business Communication Today, Pearson.

11. Management Information and Systems, Text and Cases, Waman Javdekar, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill Publications

12. Management Information Systems, Effy Oz, Indian Edition, Cengage Publication

13. Computer based Information System, Dr. Sushila Madan, 3rd University Edition, Taxmann Publication.

MBCI - 6 – Research Methodology & Quantitative Techniques

Unit I: Introduction to statistics: Meaning, scope, importance and limitations, applications of descriptive and inferential statistics in managerial decision-making. Diagrammatic and graphic presentation, Significance of diagrams and graphs, General rules for constructing diagrams and graphs, Types of Graphs, Measure of central tendency: Mean, Median,Mode Unit II: Measures of dispersion, The Range, Quartile deviation and computation ,Mean absolute deviation and computation ,Variance and computation, Standard deviation and computation , Correlation analysis, Assumptions for a simple linear regression model, Parameters of simple linear regression mode, Methods to determine regression coefficients, Business Forecasting, Importance, scope, types, forecasting techniques (Time Series Analysis) Unit III: Business Research Basics: Definition of research Business Research, The nature of Business research Objectives of business research, Managerial value of business research ,research process , Attitude measurement ,Techniques for measuring attitudes ,Attitude rating scales . Unit IV: Sampling - Sampling designs and sampling procedures :Practical sampling concepts ,Non-probability sampling ,Probability sampling ,Data collection: Collection of primary data, Collection of secondary data, Univariate Statistical Analysis ,Hypothesis testing ,The hypothesis testing procedure ,Univariate hypothesis test using the t-distribution ,The chi-square test for goodness of fit . Bivariate & Multuivariate-concepts.

Suggested Readings:

1. Business Research Mehtods, Zikmund, Babin, Carr, Adhikari, Griffin, 8e, CENGAGE Learning

2. Research Methodology – Methods and Techniques, C R Kothari, Gaurav Gerg, New Age International Publishers

3. Research Methodology – Concepts and Cases, Dr Deepak Chawla, Dr Neena Sondhi


SEMESTER-II

MBCII - 1 – Human Resource Management & Organizational Behaviour Unit I: Introduction to Human Resource Management and Concepts

Introduction, Nature, Scope, Objectives, Importance and functions, Evolution, Difference between Personnel Management and Human Resource Management, Roles and Qualities of HR Manager Job

Analysis and Design- Job Analysis – Meaning, Uses, Process and methods of collecting data for job analysis, Job Description, Job Specifications & Role Analysis, Factors affecting Job Design, Techniques of Job Design, Cases and Exercises in understanding Job Analysis. Unit II: Important Concepts in Managing Human Resource

HRP- concept; Recruitment and Selection—Meaning, Sources and Process; Employee Training- concept, importance, objectives, types, steps in Training process; Performance Appraisal- concept, objectives, Importance, Methods; Compensation Management- Concept and components. Unit III: Introduction to Organizational Behaviour and Concepts OB- Definitions, goals, key elements; Foundations of OB, Contributing Disciplines to OB and Importance; Foundation of Individual Behaviour- factors affecting individual behaviour (biographical, psychological, organizational and Environmental); Perception- concept, Factors influencing perception; perception errors- stereotyping, halo effect, pigeonholing, self-fulfilling prophecy. Foundation of Group Behaviour- definition, Nature and types of groups, Teams- definition, types, importance of Teambuilding, stages in team development Leadership: Basic qualities of leadership, Leadership Styles Leadership theories- Trait, Managerial Grid, Path-goal theory Unit IV: Important Concepts of Organizational Behaviour

Motivation- Meaning, Importance, challenges, Theories- Maslow, Herzberg, Conflict- Meaning, Sources, Levels of conflict, Conflict management. Organizational Change- Nature, Internal and External Factors responsible for change, The Domino effect, Force field analysis, Change process, Resistance to change and managing resistance to change.

Suggested Readings:

1. Personnel and human Resource management - Text & cases, P Subba Rao, Publication - Himalaya Publishing House

2. Human resource Management –Garry Dessler & Biju Varkkey- Pearson 3. Human Resource Management- Text & Cases, K.Aswathapa, Publication- Tata McGraw Hill 4. Organisation Behaviour, Luthans 8th Tata McGraw Hill 5. Organizational Behaviour, K.Aswathapa, Himalya Publishing House 6. Organisation Behaviour, Robbins, 9th Pearson Education Asia

MBCII - 2 – Financial Management

Unit I: Introduction - Concept of business finance, finance function, scope, Responsibilities of finance executive, Goals & objectives of financial management, Sources of financing - LONG TERM: shares, debentures, term loans, lease & hire purchase, retained earnings, public deposits, bonds (Types, features & utility); SHORT TERM: bank finance, commercial paper & trade credit & bills discounting.

Unit II: Cost of Capital and Capital structure - Cost of capital, Cost of different sources of finance, Weighted average cost of capital, Over-capitalization and Under-capitalization – Concept, Symptoms, causes, Consequences & remedies. Capital Structure -Concept, meaning, principles & importance of Capital Structure, Assumptions & definitions, NI approach, NOI approach, Traditional Position, MM position, Taxation & capital structure, Trade off theory, EBIT-EPS Analysis.


Unit – III: Capital budgeting - Concept of time value of money, Compounding & discounting; Future value of single amount & annuity, present value of single amount & annuity; Practical application of time value technique. Nature and significance & techniques of capital budgeting –Pay Back Method, Accounting rate of return, Net Present Value, IRR and profitability index. Unit IV: Working Capital Management - Concept, significance, types. Adequacy of working capital, Factors affecting working capital needs, Financing approaches for working capital, Methods of forecasting working capital requirements. Estimate of working Capital requirement, Working capital finance from banks. Introduction to Management of Cash, Receivables and Inventory

Suggested Readings:

1. Financial Management by Ravi Kishore, Taxmann‟s. 2. Financial Management by S. M. Inamdar, Everest Publishing house, 12th Edition 2004. 3. Financial Management by Sharma & Gupta , Kalyani Publishers. 4. Financial Management by R.M. Srivastav, Kalyani Publishers. 5. Financial Accounting for Management by P. Shah- Pub, by Oxford 6. Financial Management by Dr. R. P. Rustagi.

MBCII - 3 – Marketing Management

UNIT-I Introduction: Concept, nature, scope and importance of marketing; Marketing concept and its evolution; Marketing mix; Marketing environment – macro and micro components and their impact on marketing decisions; Market segmentation and positioning; Buyer behavior; consumer versus organizational buyers; Consumer decision making process.

UNIT-II Product Decisions: Concept of a product; Classification of products; levels of product, Major product decisions; Product line strategies and product mix strategies; Product life cycle – strategic implications; New product development and consumer adoption process. Packaging and labeling. Pricing Decisions: Factors affecting price determination; Pricing policies and strategies

UNIT-III: Distribution Channels and Physical Distribution Decisions: Nature, functions, and types of distribution channels; Distribution channel intermediaries; Channel management decisions; Retailing and wholesaling. Promotion Decisions: Communication Process; Promotion mix – advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, publicity and public relations; Determining advertising budget; Copy designing and testing; Media selection; Advertising effectiveness; Sales promotion – tools and techniques.

UNIT-IV Marketing Research: Meaning and scope of marketing research; Marketing research process. Issues and Developments in Marketing: Social, ethical and legal aspects of marketing; Marketing of services; International marketing; Green marketing; Cyber marketing; Relationship marketing and other developments of marketing.

Suggested Readings:

1. Rajan Saxena, “Marketing Management”, - Tata McGraw-Hill.

2. Adrian Palmer, “Introduction to Marketing Management”, – Oxford University Press.

3. William D Perreault R, “Basic Marketing”, 15th edition - Tata McGraw-Hill.

4. P. Kotler, “Marketing Management”, - Prentice Hall Inc.


5. V. S. Ramaswamy and S. Namakumari, “Marketing Management, Planning, Implementation and Control”, – McMillan.

MBCII - 4 – Operations Management

Unit I: Introduction to Operations Management: Scope, Importance, Functions and Challenges of Operations Management. Differences between Manufacturing and Services. Planning premise, Make to stock, Make to order and Assemble to order. Capacity definitions, capacity expansion decisions and equipment selection decisions. Modern tools and recent trends in Operations management.

Unit II: Facilities Plan and Production Planning: Plant location, factors affecting Plant location. Types of Production systems, mass production, job-based production, batch production and assembly line production systems. Types of manufacturing layouts, product layout, process layout, group layout, fixed position layout. Types of service layouts. MPS (Master Production Schedule), MRP (Material Requirement Planning) and aggregate planning. Introduction to PERT/CPM, Network rules and network diagrams and calculation of critical path (with numerical); Introduction to Maintenance Management & Maintenance Types.

Unit III: Materials Management: Role of materials management, Purchase process and management, concepts of lead time, re-order level, purchase requisitions and purchase orders, Vendor selection and rating (with numerical), Stores procedure and management. Inventory Management: Concepts of Inventory management, Inventory costs, EOQ model, Inventory management tools, ABC analysis, FSN, HML, VDE, GOLF etc.

Unit IV: Quality and Productivity Management: Concepts of Quality, Dimensions of quality, cost of quality, Product quality and service quality. Introduction to quality systems, concept of TQM, ISO, QFD, SPC, KAIZEN, SIX-SIGMA,5S. Concepts of productivity, tools of increasing productivity, labour and machine productivity. Introduction to work-study, work measurement, method study and time study.

Suggested Readings:

1. Operations Management, Theory and Practice, B.Mahadevan , 2nd Edition, Pearson 2. Production and Operations Management, K Aswaathappa & K. Shridhara Bhat, Himalaya

Publication House 3. Production and Operations Management, R. Panneerselvam, 3rd Edition, Eastern Economy

Edition publication

MBCII - 5 – Cost Accounting

Unit I: Introduction to Cost Accounting and Unit and Output costing: Meaning of Cost, Costing and Cost Accounting, Features, Scope and Functions of Cost Accounting, Advantages and Limitations of Cost Accounting; Concept of Cost; Analysis and Classification of Costs; Elements of Cost; role of accounting information in planning and control. Unit Output Costing: Preparation of Cost Sheet (Statement of Cost); Quotations and tender. Unit II: Marginal Costing and Decision Making: Introduction, Application of Marginal costing in terms of cost control, profit planning, Closing down a plant, dropping a product line, charging general and specific fixed costs, fixation of selling price, make or buy decisions, key or limiting factor, selection of suitable product mix, desired level of profits, diversification of products, closing down or suspending activities, level of activity planning- Break-even-analysis: Application of BEP for various business problems.


Unit III: Standard Costing and Variance Analysis: Introduction, Meaning and limitations of Standard Costing, Standard costing as a management Tool, Historical costing, Estimated Costing and Standard Costing, Standard Cost and Budgeted Cost, Determination of Standard Cost for Direct Material, Direct Labour and Overhead Cost. Variance Analysis: Cost Variance, Direct Material Variance, Direct labour Variance, Overhead Variance, Sales Variance, Variance with reference to Profit. Practical Problems on Variance. Unit IV: Contract and Operating Costing: Salient clauses and accounting features of Contract costing, Retention money clause and Escalation clause, Profit of incomplete Contract, WIP in balance sheet. Features of operating costing: Transport costing (Standing charge, Repair and Maintenance Charge and Running charges and log sheet), Canteen, Hospital and hotels costing. Suggested Readings: 1. Cost and Management Accounting V. K. Saxena & C. D. Vashist, Sultan Chand & Sons Publication.

2. Management Accounting, Bhagwati & Pillai, Second Edition, S. Chand &. Company ltd.

3. Cost Accounting Theory and Practice, Bhahatosh Banerjee, PHI

4. Cases In Management Accounting & Control System, Allen, Pearson 5. Cost & Management Accounting, Ravi M Kishore, Taxmann Publications Pvt. Ltd. 6. Management Accounting: Theory and Problems, M.Y. Khan, P.K. Jain, TMH

MBCII - 6 – Economic Environment of Business

Unit I :- A Glimpse of Business environment - Types of Environment; Internal, External, Micro & Macro Environment. Competitive Structure of Industries; Competitor and Environmental analysis; Nature and Structure of Indian Economy; Economic Conditions; Economic Planning; Five year plans in India, Economic reforms in India;

Unit II :- Economic environment of Business - Concept of GDP; Overview of Union Budget, Budgetary Provisions and Fiscal deficit. Global Recession; Overview of Public, Private, Joint Venture and Cooperative Sectors with special reference to PPPs; Concept of Privatization, Disinvestment and Divestment; Industrial Sickness; Industrial Development Strategy; Consumer Rights, Consumerism and Overview of Consumer Protection Act and Trade Marks Act – 1999.

Unit III :- International Business Environment - Concept of Balance of Payment; Current & Capital Account; Importance of Current Account Deficit/Surplus; Currency Convertibility; Concept of FI & FII; Concept of Currency Devaluation and its Impact on CAD; Overview of GAAR & FEMA.

Unit IV :- Technological Environment - Technological Innovation, Product & Process Innovation, Technological „S” curve, Technological Leadership and Followership, Technology and Competitive Advantage, Technological Dynamics, Time lags in Technology, Introduction/Absorption, Adaptation, Transfer of Technology.

Suggested Readings :

1. Business Environment (Text and Cases) – Francis Cherunilam – Himalaya Publishing House. 2. Business Environment, Third Edition (Text and Cases ) – Justin Paul – Mc Graw Hill. 3. Economic Environment of Business (7th Revised Edition) – H. L. Ahuja, S. Chand Publishing 4. Economic Environment of Business (2nd Edition) – Biswanath Ghosh – Vikas Publishing

House. 5. Government and Business (6th Edition) – N. K. Sengupta – Vikas Publishing House.


SEMESTER III

MBCIII - 1 – Strategic Management

Unit I: Strategic management - Introduction to strategic management, Strategic decision making, Strategic management process; Difference between Policy, Strategy and Tactics. Vision, Mission & goals, Preparation of Vision & Mission Statement; Organisational objectives, Hierarchy of objectives & strategies, setting of Objectives; Internal Resource Analysis - SWOT analysis, Resource analysis- a) Organisation capabilities & competitive advantage b) Value chain analysis; Concept of synergy - Core competency, Competitive analysis - Interpreting the five forces model, Competitors analysis

Unit II: External analysis - Environment analysis a) Components of External environment b) Components of Internal environment c) Environmental scanning. Industry Analysis a) A Framework for industry analysis b) Michael Porter‟s Analysis c) Usefulness of industry analysis; Portfolio

Approach & analysis - a) Portfolio analysis, advantages & disadvantages, b) BCG Matrix c) General Electric‟s Business Screen, d) Life cycle or Arthur D Little matrix, e) Balance scorecard. 7s Framework, Strategic Business Unit (SBUS), Merits & Demerits of SBU; Leadership, Power & organisation culture. Unit III: Strategy Formulation - Corporate level strategy: A) Growth-Concentration, Horizontal, Vertical, B) Diversification- Concentric, conglomerate. C) Expansion through Cooperation; Merger, Acquisitions, Joint ventures & strategic alliances D) Stability -Pause/proceed with caution, No change, Profit strategies. E) Retrenchment –Turnaround, Captive Company Strategy, Selling out Bankruptcy, Liquidation. Unit IV: Business Level strategy & Functional level strategy - A) Business Level strategy- Competitive advantage, Low cost strategy, Differential strategy and Focus strategy, B) Functional level strategy - Operations strategy, Marketing strategy, Financial strategy, Human Resource strategy. Global strategy - Reasons for globalization, Global expansion strategy, International Portfolio Analysis; Market entry strategy, International strategy & competitive advantage. Suggested Readings:

1. Strategic Planning & Formulation of Corporate Strategy, V S Ramaswami, S Namaumari, Publication- Macmillan, India.

2. Strategic Management ,9 th Edition – John A Pearce II, Richard B Robinson, Jr Publication-Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.

3. Crafting & executive strategy -14 th edition, Arthur A. Thompson Jr, A.J. Strickland III, Publication-Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.

4. Management Policy & strategic Management – R.M. Srivastava Publication – Himalaya Publishing House.

5. Global Strategic management – Kamel Mellahi, J. George Frynas, Paul Finlay Publication- Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

http://www.rcw.raifoundation.org/management/mba/strategicmanagement/lecture-notes/lecture-03.pdf


SEMESTER IV

MBCIV - 1 – Business Ethics & Corporate Governance

Unit I: Business Ethics: Introduction, Concepts and theories - Introduction, definitions, need for Business ethics, Values and morals, Management and ethics, Normative Theories, – Gandhian Approach, Friedman‟s Economic theory, Kant‟s Deontological theory, Mill & Bentham‟s Utilitarianism theory.

Unit II : Business, Organisational Ethics & CSR - The Indian Business scene, Ethical Concerns, Global trends in business ethics, Business ethics rating in India, Organisational culture, Types of Organizations, Advantages of Corporate code of ethics, Formulating & implementing professional ethics code; CSR - Introduction, Advantages, Scope for CSR in India, steps to attain CSR, Prestigious awards for CSR, CSR & Indian Corporations-A Score Card.

Unit III : Corporate Governance, Globalisation & Business ethics - Introduction, systems of corporate governance, Indian model of Corporate Governance, OECD principles, World Bank on Corporate Governance, Indian Committees and guidelines; Factors facilitating Globalisation, Impact of globalization on Indian corporate and social culture, Advantages and disadvantages of MNC‟s to the Host Country, International codes of Business Conduct, Whistle blowing and its codes.

Unit IV: Environment Ethics, Marketing Ethics & Ethics in HRM - India‟s Environment Policy, Environment Risk Management, Environment Audit, Areas in Marketing Ethics, Ethics in HRM, Role of HRM in creating an ethical organisation.

Suggested Readings:

1. Business Ethics – Concept & Practice - B. H. Agalgatti & R. P. Banerjee – (Nirali Publication) 2. Ethics in Business & Management - R. P. Banerjee (Himalaya Publication) 3. Business Ethics. by Crane – Pub. By Oxford Press 4. Corporate Governance & Business Ethics – (Text & Cases), U. C. Mathur, Macmillan India

Ltd. 5. Business Ethics, C S V Murthy, Himalaya Publishing House 6. Business Ethics & Corporate Governance, by A.C.Fernando

MBCIV - 2 – Entrepreneurship Development

UNIT I: Entrepreneurship : Concept, characteristic of successful entrepreneurs: Functions of an entrepreneur, Role of Entrepreneurship in Economic Development; Factors Impacting Emergence of Entrepreneurship (Barriers to entrepreneurship); manager vs. entrepreneur, Forms of Business Ownership. Women Entrepreneurship : concept, problems and possible solutions, Types of Entrepreneurs, Theory of Achievement Motivation, McClelland‟s Experiments, Rural entrepreneurship, Tourism Entrepreneurship, Agri-preneurship and Social Entrepreneurship.

UNIT II: Starting the venture : generating business idea – source of new ideas, methods of generating ideas, steps in setting up a small business enterprise, Introduction to business plan: Concept of business plan: need and use. Key elements of business plan: Executive Summary, Business Description, Relevant information about the company, its legal form of operation, Production Plan, General Errors in Preparation of Business Plan.

UNIT III: Concept of project appraisal : environmental scanning, competitor and industry analysis; feasibility study – market feasibility, technical / operational feasibility, financial feasibility; managerial competence. Functional plans: marketing plan – marketing research for the new venture, steps in preparing marketing plan, Financial plan – working capital, Performa income statement Performa cash flow, perform balance sheet, break even analysis.


UNIT IV: Entrepreneurial Support system : Activities and objectives of institutions supporting entrepreneurs: Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI), NABARD, NSIC (National Small Industries Corpration), Khadi & Village Industries commission, Micro Small and Medium Enterprises; Classifications of enterprises, Characteristics and objective of MSME, Role of MSME in Economic Development, Problem Faced by MSME, Steps of Starting SSI/MSME‟s and Measures taken by government for the promotion of MSME‟s, Corporate Social Responsibility, Social Responsibility of Entrepreneurs.

Suggested Readings:

1. Entrepreneurship (6th Edition) – Robert D Hisrich, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Entrepreneurship: A Contemporary Approach – Kuratko, Thomson Learning Books

3. Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship (2003) – Vasant Desai, Himalaya Publishing House

4. Entrepreneurial Development – S.S. Khanka, S. Chand & Co

FOUNDATION COURSES

MBFIII - 1 – Environment Management

Unit I: Introduction to Environment Management - Definition, Scope & importance, Need for public awareness- institution in environment, using an environmental calendar of activities. Fundamentals– sustainable development, Unsustainable to sustainable development. Natural resources - Renewable and non renewable resources, and associated problems, Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources; equitable use of resources for sustainable life cycles. Unit II: Ecosystem & Biodiversity - Concept of an Ecosystem , ecosystem degradation, resource utilization; Structure & functions of an ecosystem-producers, consumers and decomposers; Ecological succession; food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids; Ecosystem types – characteristics features, structure and functions of forest, grassland, desert and aquatic ecosystems Introduction- biodiversity at genetic, species and ecosystem levels; Bio-geographic classification of India; Value of diversity– Consumption use value, Productive use value, Social, Ethical, Moral, aesthetic and optional value if diversity; India as mega-diversity nation Unit III: Environment Pollution: Air, Soil, Water, Noise, Thermal & Nuclear Pollution-

Introduction, causes, impact on health, environment and industry, measures of control, individual contribution. Climate change: Green House Effect, Global Warming, Acid Rain, Ozone Layer depletion, climate tipping points- Disruption of Indian Summer Monsoon. Institutions for controlling pollution- Ministry of Environment and Forest, Central Pollution Control Boards, State Pollution Control Boards, Local Bodies- their scopes, organizational and functional issues.

Unit IV: Human Population and Social Issues in Environment:Global population growth, variations among nations, Population explosion- causes, impact on society and environment, Family welfare Programmes-methods of sterilization; Infectious diseases, water related diseases, risk due to chemicals in food. Social Issues: Construction of dams: problems and concerns of resettlement, rehabilitation of affected people; Environmental ethics– issues and possible solutions, resource consumption patterns and need for equitable utilization; Equity disparity in western and eastern countries; Urban and rural equity issues; Need for gender equity.

Suggested Readings:

1. Textbook for Environmental Studies by Erach Bharucha, published by University Grant Commissio, New Delhi and Bharti Vidyapeeth of Environment Education and Research, Pune

2. Environment management by N K Uberoi”, published by Excel Books 3. Environment management by Dr. Swapan Deb”, published by Jaico Publishing House. 4. Environmental Management by S K Agrawal”, published by A.P.H. publishing Corporation.


MBFIII - 1 – Project Management Unit I: Introduction to Project Management - Concepts of Project and Project Management; Project Life Cycle, Project Stakeholders; Organizational Influences. Project Management Standard –

Processes, Process Groups, Process Interactions and Process Mapping

Unit II: Procurement and Risk Management – Planning Purchase and Contracting; Select Sellers; Contract Administration and Closure; Qualitative vs. Quantitative Risk Analysis; Risk Monitoring and Control. Cost Planning, Cost Estimating, Cost Build up, Cost Budget

Unit III: Time Planning and Critical Chain Project Management - The Process, Gantt Charts, Estimating, Activity on Arrow and Critical Path Analysis, Activity on Node Diagrams, Activity on Arrow vs. Activity on Node, Scheduling, Computer Assisted Project Planning, Fast Track Projects, Project Evaluation and Termination, Numerical on calculation of critical path.

Unit IV: Project Organization: Structure and Teams - Role of team, Pure Project Organization, Matrix Management, Structure Selection, Team Work, Life Cycle of Team, Managing personalities in a team, Effective Team Work

Suggested Readings:

1. Project Management-Managerial Approach, Jack Meredith, J. Mantel, Seventh Edition, John Wiley Publication

2. The New Project Management, J. Davidson Frame, Jossey-Bass, 1994. 3. Project Management, Harold Kerzner, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1979.

MBFIV - 2 – International Business Management Unit I: Introduction to International Trade – Concepts in international trade , Need & Importance of international trade, Trading Blocs and their classification ( Case studies of EU, NAFTA and SAPTA) Trade Agreements, Trade Barriers : various Tariff and Non Tariff barriers.

Unit II: Foreign Trade of India –Flow And Trends of FDI, EXIM Policy , Govt. Institutes supporting Foreign Trade : DGFT, EXIM Bank, ECGC, Export Promotion Councils, EPZ, EOU & SEZ

Unit III: Exchange Rate Management – Balance Of Trade, Balance of Payments, Types of exchange rate management, Exchange Rate Theory (Purchasing Power Parity theory), Working of Foreign Exchange Markets, Determination of Rate Of Exchange, Role of RBI in foreign exchange management, Introduction to FEMA.

Unit IV: International Business Environment and organizations – Factors Affecting Environment – Political, Economic, Socio- Cultural, Technological, Environmental, Legal factors & International Liquidity. International Economic Organizations: World Bank, International Monetary Fund, International Finance Corporation, Asian development bank, UNCTAD and WTO

Suggested Readings: 1. International Business – Subba Rao, Himalaya Publications 2. International Business – R.M. Joshi, Oxford University Press 3. International Business Strategy – A. Nag, Vikas Publishing House 4. Global Business Management – M. Adhikary, Macmillan Publishers 5. International Business – K Aswathhappa


MBFIV - 2 – Agri-Business Management

Unit I: Agro input Management : Concept of Agricultural Inputs, types and importance of agro inputs , demand and supply scenario of agro inputs, role of fertilizers, agro-chemicals and seeds in agro production, status and structure of fertilizer industry, seed industry and agro-chemical industry, Role of trade fairs like Agro Vision

Unit II: Livestock management : Present status of livestock products industry in India: dairy, meat, poultry, hatchery, skin, hides, wool and livestock, demand-supply scenario for livestock products in domestic and global markets, Role of management in feed manufacturing industry, organizing and planning feed manufacturing unit , storage, transportation and marketing of livestock

Unit III: Management of floriculture, Biotech and food : present status and advances in floriculture and flower, landscaping, fruit production, food processing industry , Agricultural needs & application of biotechnology for agricultural uses and benefits

Unit IV: Rural Marketing : Rural market segmentation, rural communications (Case study of ITC‟s E-Chaupal Initiative), Role of Government in the Development of Agricultural Marketing, Agricultural Credit, Crop Insurance and Commodity Markets ( COSAMB, NAFED, NCDC, PDS, FCI, DMI, NIAM and SHGs). Suggested Readings:

1. Agri Business Management/Himanshu. Jaipur, Ritu 2. Encyclopaedia of Agricultural Marketing : Marketing of Farm Inputs Seed, Fertilizer and

Irrigation, Vo. IX/Jagdish Prasad 3. Livestock Feeding Strategies for Dry Regions/edited by P.S. Pathak and S.S. Kundu 4. Trends in Livestock Research/S.K. Kaushish 5. Livestock Economy of India/P.C. Bansil and S.P. Malhotra 6. Food Processing and Preservation/Neelam Khetarpaul 7. Fruit Production : Problems and Solutions/R.R. Sharma 8. Emerging Trends in Post Harvest Processing and Utilization of Plant Foods/Neelam

Khetarpaul, R.B. Grewal, Sudesh Jood and Umaid Singh 9. Rural Marketing / Pradeep Kashyap / Pearson Education

ELECTIVE / SPECIALIZATION COURSES

CORE GROUP – A – MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Paper 1 MBEIII - 11 – Sales and Distribution Management

UNIT I– SALES MANAGEMENT – Definition and meaning, Objectives, Sales Research, Sales Forecasting, Sales Forecasting methods, Sales Planning and control: Goal setting, Performance measurement, diagnosis and corrective actions, Estimating market and Sales Potentials, AIDAS theory. UNIT II – SALES ORGANISATION – Setting up a sales organization, Personal Selling, Management of Sales force, Recruitment & Selection, Training, Motivation and Evaluation, Compensating Sales Force, Territory Management, Sales Budget, Sales Quota. UNIT III – PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION – Definition, Importance – participants in physical distribution process - Different forms of channels - Functions of Marketing Channels, Unconventional


channels - Channel Intermediaries – Wholesaling and Retailing , Channels for Consumer goods, Industrial Goods & Services – Integrated Marketing Channels – Horizontal, Vertical, Multi channel marketing Systems - International Marketing Channels. Marketing Channel Policies and Legal Issues. UNIT IV – SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT – concept – significance – components – Order processing – Material Handling – Transportation – Warehousing – Inventory Management – Reverse Logistics, E-enabled selling and distribution, E-commerce and e-retailing as a channel of distribution, Electronic intermediaries, Disintermediation and Re-intermediation, e-enabled logistics management and tracking systems. Suggested Readings:

1. Successful Sales Promotion – Choudhry, Elliot & Toop (Orient Longman) 2. Sales Management – Still, Cundiffs, Govani (Pearson) 3. Sales and Distribution Management – S. L. Gupta (Excel Books) 4. Sales & Distribution Management – Havaldar, Cavale (Tata McGraw Hill) 5. Sales & Distribution Management, Panda and Sahadev (Oxford)

Paper 2 MBEIII - 12 – Integrated Marketing Communication & Brand Management

UNIT-I: Marketing Communication - The functional areas of marketing communication ; Integrated marketing Communications; Who are the IMC partners?‟ How is the agency world organized? ; Consume Response - Prospects and customers, consumers and business buyers - How brand decision makers respond to IMC messages - How IMC messages influence consumer decisions; The IMC Planning Process; DAGMAR: An approach to setting objectives ; Data Driven Communication - Using databases to build relationships - Setting up a consumer database

UNIT- II: Media Characteristics - Media classifications - Print media - Broadcast media - Out-of-home media; Advertising and IMC Media Planning - A four step planning process; Consumer Sales Promotion and Packaging; Channel marketing: Trade Promotion and Co-Marketing; Personal Selling; Public Relations and Brand publicity; Direct marketing: The Dialogue Builder; Experiential Contact: Events, Sponsorships, and Customer Service ; Measurement, Evaluation and Effectiveness

Unit – III: Brand and Brand Equity - What is a brand?; Why do brands matter?; Can everything be branded?; What are the strongest brands?; Branding challenges and opportunities; The brand equity concept; Strategic brand management process; Customer based brand equity

UNIT- IV: Brand Management - Making a brand strong: Brand Knowledge; Sources of brand equity; Building a strong brand: The four steps of brand building; Creating customer value ; Defining and establishing brand mantras; Internal branding; Choosing brand elements to build brand equity; Developing a brand equity measurement and managing system - The brand value chain - Designing brand tracking studies; Designing and implementing branding strategies - Brand architecture - Brand hierarchy - Designing branding strategy; Brand Stretching and Retrenching

Suggested Readings:

1. Principles of Advertising and IMC, Tom Duncan, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Advertising and Promotion- An Integrated marketing Communications Perspectives, George

E Belch, Michael A Belch, Keyoor Purani, McGraw Hill 3. Advertising and promotion – An IMC Approach, Shimp, Cenage Learning 4. Strategic brand management – Building, Measuring, and Managing Brand Equity, Kevin Lane

Keller, Pearson 5. Strategic Brand management, Richard Elliott, Larry Percy, Oxford 6. Brand Positioning – Strategies for Competitive Advantage, Subrato Sengupta, Tata McGraw

Hill


Paper 3 MBEIV - 13 – Consumer Buying Behaviour

Unit-I Introduction to Consumer Behaviour(CB): Nature and Importance of CB, application of CB in Marketing , Consumer Research process.

Unit-II Consumer Decision making Process: Problem recognition · Information Search Process and Evaluation · Purchasing process · Post purchase behaviour · Models of CB

Unit-III Individual Determinants of CB: Perception: process, Consumer Imagery, perceived risk; Learning: principles, theories ; Personality: nature, theories, self concept, psychographic and life style; Attitude: Structural model of attitude, attitude formation & change; Motivation: needs/motives & goals, dynamic nature of motivation, Arousal of motives, theories

Unit-III Group Determinants of CB: · Reference group influence: types of consumer relevant groups, factors affecting group influence, application of reference group concept. · Family: functions of family, family decision making, family life cycle (FLC) · Opinion Leadership and Personal influence · Diffusion of Innovation: Adoption process., Diffusion process; Environmental Influences on CB: · Social class, Life style Profile of Social class, application to CB · Culture: characteristics, cross cultural understanding.

Suggested Readings:

1. Consumer Behaviour – Schiffman, Kanuk & Kumar 2. Consumer Behaviour & Branding – Kumar 3. Why We Buy: The Science of Shopping – Paco Underhill, Simon & Schuster 4. Consumer Behaviour – Evans, Jamal and Foxall, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

CORE GROUP – B – FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Paper 1 MBEIII - 11 – Corporate Financial Management

Unit I: Long-term Investment Decisions: Capital Budgeting – Identification of Cash Flows and evaluation of proposals, Risk and Uncertainty Analysis, Certainty Equivalent Approach, Sensitivity Analysis, Probability Distribution Approach and Decision Tree Approach

Unit II: Leasing, Hire-purchase & Project Finance - Types of leases, rationale for leasing, Mechanics of leasing, Operating lease, Leasing as financial decision, Lease Vs borrow & buy evaluation, Hire-purchase arrangement, Choice between leasing & hire purchase, Project finance – Private Equity, Venture Capital. Unit III: Valuation of business and Dividend Decisions - Valuation of business- Adjusted book value method, value o\f shares and debt method, comparison method, DCF method. Dividend

policies - Concept, determinants and factors affecting, relevance and irrelevance concept, dividend valuation models – Gordon, Walter and Modigliani-Miller models, Stability of dividends – concept and significance. Unit IV: Mergers & Acquisitions and Contemporary issues in Financial Management - M&A – Exchange ratio Financial evaluation of mergers, M&A as capital budgeting decision, Economic value added & market value added Taxation aspects. Contemporary issues in Financial Management –Public offerings - IPO, FPO, ASBA, book building, Reverse book building, private placement, Green shoe option, Red Herring Prospectus. ESOP, ESPP, Refinancing, Securitization, Carbon Credit, Balanced score card, P notes, GDR, ADR, ECB, Indian Depository Receipts, Hundi, Parta system


Suggested Readings:

1. Financial Management- Ravi Kishore, Taxmann‟s, New Delhi. 2. Financial Management: Problems and Solutions, Ravi Kishore, Taxmann, New Delhi 3. Financial Management – Theory & Practice by Prasanna Chandra, TMH Publishers 2004 4. Financial Management-I.M. Pandey, Vikas publishing house, New Delhi. 5. Financial Management & Policy – V. K. Bhalla – (Anmol Publication, New Delhi) 6. Strategic Financial Management – Dr. J.B. Gupta – Taxmann‟s, New Delhi 7. Financial Management – Rajiv shrivastava , Anil Misra – Oxford Higher Education. 8. Financial Management – M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain – Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 6th

Edition

Paper 2 MBEIII - 12 – Securities, Portfolio and Risk Management

Unit I: Valuation of Securities: Bond Valuation Types of Bonds - Dated Securities and Zero Coupon Bonds; Strips, Valuation of bonds; Yield, Current Yield, YTM, Yield to Call. Shares valuation–

Features of equity, valuation of shares- asset backing method, EPS method, Market value, Yield based methods, Fair value of shares, Dividend discount models- with constant dividend, with constant growth, multistage growth models. P/E based valuation.

Unit II: Equity analysis: -Fundamental analysis - Concept, process, Economy analysis, sector analysis, company analysis; Tools and techniques of fundamental analysis, business cycle and industry analysis. Technical Analysis -– Fundamental Principles; Dow Theory, EMH, Random walk Hypothesis, Indian Markets and Efficiency Charts – Line Charts, Bar Charts, Japanese Candlestick Chart; Moving averages – Simple; Momentum analysis/Relative Strength Index (RSI); MACD Unit III: Portfolio Theory - Risk and return for one security, two security and portfolio. Efficient frontier, Investor utility, Capital Market theory - Background, risk free asset, the market portfolio; capital asset pricing Model, systematic and unsystematic risk, Arbitrage pricing theory, Portfolio

Management - Passive v/s. Active, Value v/s. Growth, Understanding the Stock Index, Construction and composition - Sensex and Nifty, Calculation of indices. Free float Market capitalization.

Unit-IV: Futures and option Derivatives – Types of Futures – On the basis of Maturity, On the basis of the underlying asset; Futures Pricing – Cost of Carry Model; Mark to market; Definition of options; Types of Options - Call Options, Put Options; Option Pay-Offs; Option Pricing – Binomial Model and Black & Scholes Model; Option Greeks. Risk management and Hedging with Derivatives.

Suggested Readings:

1. Strategic Financial Management – Dr. J.B. Gupta – Taxmann‟s, New Delhi 2. Financial Management – Rajiv Shrivastava , Anil Misra – Oxford Higher Education 3. Financial Management- Ravi Kishore, Taxmann‟s, New Delhi. 4. Financial Management: Problems and Solutions, Ravi Kishore, Taxmann, New Delhi 5. Financial Management – Theory & Practice by Prasanna Chandra, TMH Publishers 2004 6. Financial Management-I.M. Pandey, Vikas publishing house, New Delhi. 7. Options Futures and other Derivatives – John C.Hull, PHI-EEE, 2011 8. Reference Material of NCFM from www.nseindia.com


Paper 3

MBEIV - 13 - Investment Environment and Wealth Management

Unit-I: Financial System- Financial markets [Money, Debt and Equity Markets]- structure, regulatory bodies- Role and functions–(RBI, IRDA, PFRDA and SEBI); Product features and uses (CP/CD, T bills, REPO, reverse REPO, dated securities, rated securities, equity shares) and participants – Role and functions (CCIL, FIMMDA, PDs, NSCCL, NSDL, CDSL. )

Unit-II: Insurance Services - Concept of insurance, principles of insurance, Traditional and Unit linked policies, individual and group policies, with profit and without profit policies, Different type of insurance products – whole life products, interest sensitive products, term assurance annuities, endowment, assurance. Medi-Claim and health insurance products - Different types of products available in the market, Salient features, Tax treatment General Insurance Products - Different types of products available in the market, Salient features.

Unit III: Mutual Funds – Organization Structure, Classification of Funds –Types of Funds – Equity Funds, Debt Funds, Liquid Funds, Balanced Funds, Monthly Income Plans, ETFs, Commodity Funds, Fund of Funds, Real-Estate Funds; Calculation of NAV; Systematic Investment Plans; Concept of Cost Averaging and Value Averaging; AMFI; AGNI. Recent developments in the Mutual Fund industry.

Unit IV: Wealth Management - Investor life cycle and investment goals, Investment options available and their comparison, Asset Allocation Strategies; Selecting appropriate allocation, Models of asset allocation, Evaluation of Portfolio performance, Portfolio Attribute Analysis

Suggested Readings:

1. Strategic Financial Management – Dr. J.B. Gupta – Taxmann‟s, New Delhi 2. Financial Management – Rajiv Shrivastava , Anil Misra – Oxford Higher Education 3. Financial Management- Ravi Kishore, Taxmann‟s, New Delhi. 4. Financial Management: Problems and Solutions, Ravi Kishore, Taxmann, New Delhi 5. Financial Management – Theory & Practice by Prasanna Chandra, TMH Publishers 2004 6. Financial Management-I.M. Pandey, Vikas publishing house, New Delhi. 7. Options Futures and other Derivatives – John C.Hull, PHI-EEE, 2011 8. Financial Institutions and Markets – L. M. Bhole – 4th Edition 9. Reference Material of NCFM from www.nseindia.com 10. Reference Material of NISM Mutual Fund Module from www.nseindia.com

CORE GROUP – C – HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Paper 1 MBEIII - 11 – Training & Development Practices

Unit I: Introduction to Training and Training need analysis -Important concepts and meanings- Training, Development, Education; Objectives of training; Benefits of training; Why and when to conduct TNA; TNA model; Data sources for locating gap in organizational performance; framework for conducting TNA; Output .

Unit II: Training Process-Training methods: On the job and Off the Job training; On the Job Training- Job Instruction Technique, Apprenticeship, Coaching, Mentoring; Off the job training- lectures and demonstrations; Games and simulations, In Basket Technique, Case Studies, Role Play, Behavior Modeling; Cross Cultural Training.


Unit III: Evaluation of Training: Follow Up of Training- Importance of Evaluation, Different Models of evaluation, Types of evaluation data collected- Outcome data; Cost Benefit Analysis of Training program; ROI on Training.

Unit IV: Management Development- Why focus on Management development; Management Development implications; Types of Management Development Programs; Types of Management development Training, Training for Executive Level Management- Knowledge, Skills, Traits and leadership style, Strategies for development of Executives, Career & Succession Planning.

Suggested Readings:

1. P. Nick Blanchard & James W. Thacker , Effective Training-Systems, Strategies, and Practices, 3rd edition, Pearson Education.

2. Raymond A Noe, Employee Training and Development, McGraw Hill. 3. Dr. B. Rathan Reddy , Effective Human Resource Training and Development Strategy,

Himalaya Publication House

Paper 2 MBEIII - 12 – Performance & Compensation Management

Unit I: Performance Appraisal and Performance appraisal system – concept and definition of Performance appraisal; Benefits of performance appraisal; Evolution of performance appraisal; Planning performance appraisal system; types of performance appraisal; approaches to performance

appraisal; Sources of performance appraisal

Unit II: Traditional and Modern methods of performance appraisal – Self Appraisal/Traditional methods- Ranking, Essay, Graphic rating scale, Field review, Forced Choice distribution, Critical Incident, Confidential Report; Modern Methods- MBO, Assessment Center, Human resource Accounting, BARS, 360 Degree, Balanced Scorecard

Unit III: Compensation Planning - Concepts, Nature and objectives of Compensation, Wages, Wage Fixation, Wage differentials, legal Status of Wages (basics), Wages – Variable Compensation and Supplementary Compensation – Perks, Fringe Benefits, Pay for Performance – Incentives.

Unit IV: Career Management - Career Development Plan - Employee„s and Employer„s Role, Career Anchors, Nature of Careers, Career Problems – Low ceiling Careers, Career Mapping, Career Counseling, Succession Planning.

Suggested Readings: 1. Tapomoy Deb, Performance appraisal and management- concepts, antecedents and

implications, Excel Books 2. Herman Aguinis, Performance Management, Pearson Publication 3. K Aswathapha, Human Resource and Personnel Management, Mc-Graw Hill

Paper 3 MBEIV - 13 – Industrial Relations & Labour Laws

Unit I: Industrial Relations: Concept of IR, Background to IR, Evolution of IR in India. Trade Unions: Concept of Trade Unions, Trade Union Movement in India, Employers Associations, Functions of Trade Unions, Types & Structure of Trade Unions Unit II: Industrial Conflicts: Concept of Industrial Conflicts/ Disputes, Classification of Industrial Dispute, Causes & Impact of Industrial Dispute, Strikes & Lockouts, Sexual Harassment: Legal Perspective


Unit III: Wage Legislations: Payment of Wages Act 1936, Minimum Wages Act 1948, Payment of Bonus Act 1965 Unit IV: Social Security Legislations: Workman‟s Compensation Act 1923 , Employees State Insurance Act 1948, Employees Provident Fund Act 1952, Payment of Gratuity Act 1972, Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 Suggested Readings:

1. Mamoria Gankar Dynamics of IR, Himalaya Publishing House 2. B.D. Singh Industrial Relations & Labour Legislations, Excel Publications. 3. A M Sarma, Industrial Jurisprudence and Labour Legislation, Himalaya Publishing 4. P.K.Padhi, House Labour & Industrial Legislation, Prentice Hall India. 5. C.S. Venkata Ratnam, Industrial Relations, Oxford

COMPLEMENTARY GROUP – A – OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

Paper 1 MBEIII - 11 – Logistics and Supply Chain Management

Unit I: Supply Chain Management : concept, objectives & importance, Decision Phases in a Supply Chain, Competitive and Supply Chain Strategies, Drivers of Supply Chain Performance, Framework for Structuring Drivers, competitive advantages through supply chain management.

Unit II: Supply Chain Network : Designing Distribution Networks and Applications to Business: Role of distribution in a supply chain, Factors influencing distribution network design, design options for a distribution network, e-supply chain, factors influencing network design decisions, framework for network design decisions, models for facility location and capacity allocation, Network Design in an Uncertain Environment: Impact of uncertainty on network design.

Unit III: Network Design in the Supply Chain: Network Design & Optimization Approach and Techniques Role of Transportation in Supply Chain- Factors influencing Transportation Decisions - Modes of Transportation - Transportation mode, Selection Process

Unit IV: Advanced Fleet Management System Inter modal Freight Technology Transportation Security Initiatives and Role of Technology; Introduction to Air Cargo: Aviation and airline terminology - IATA areas - Country – Currency– Airlines - Aircraft lay out - different types of aircraft - aircraft manufacturers - ULD - International Air Routes - Airports - codes – Consortium –Hub & Spoke – Process Flow

Suggested Readings: 1. Logistics and Supply Chain Management, MacMillan 2003, 1st Edition

2. Rahul V Altekar, Supply Chain Management concepts and case, PHI, New Delhi. 3. Robert B Handfield and Ernest L Nichols, Supply Chain Management PHI, New Delhi. 4. G Raghuram & N Rangaraj, Logistics and Supply Chain Management - Cases and Concepts.

Mac Millan.

Paper 2 MBEIII - 12 – Operations Research

Unit I: Operation Research- Definition, Main phases of operation research, Problem solving and Decision Making, Application of operation research in business.

Unit II: Linear Programming Problems: Application of Linear programming, General statement and assumptions underlying Linear Programming, Formulation of Linear Programming Problems,


Graphical method for solution of LPP. Unbounded and degenerate solution of LPP;Game Theory: Game models, Two persons zero sum games and their solution, solution of 2Xn and mX2 games by graphical approach, Solution of mXn games.

Unit III: Assignment: characteristics of assignment problem, Assumptions made in assignment problem, formulation of assignment problem, Hungarian method, Maximization problems, Restricted Assignment problem Unit IV: Transportation: characteristics & Assumptions, steps involved in transportation problem, Initial feasible solution: NWCR, LCM, VAM, testing degeneracy, testing optimality: stepping stone, MODI, Maximization transportation problem

Suggested Readings:

1. S. C. Gupta & Dr. V. K. Kapoor. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics: A Modern Approach. (10th Ed.) Sultan Chand Publication.

2. Kanti Swarup, P.K. Gupta & Man Mohan, Operation research (4th Ed.), Sultan Chand Publication.

3. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management: (3rd Ed) , McGraw Hill Publication

Paper 3 MBEIV - 13 – Total Quality Management

Unit I: Introduction to Quality Concepts - Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Basic concepts of Total Quality Management, contribution of Taguchi, Deming & Crossby, Continuous Process Improvement –Juran Trilogy, PDSA Cycle, 5S, Kaizen.

Unit II: Statistical Process Control (SPC) - The seven tools of quality, Statistical Fundamentals –Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion, Population and Sample, Normal Curve, Control Charts for variables and attributes, Process capability, New seven Management tools.

Unit III: Quality Improvement Techniques - Pareto Diagrams, Cause-Effect Diagrams, Scatter Diagrams, Run Charts, Cause and Effect Diagrams. Control Charts for Variables – Definitions, Variation: Common vs. Special Causes, Control Chart Techniques, X-bar and R chart Correlation, X-bar and S charts. Unit IV: TQM Tools - Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment (QFD) – House of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA – Stages of FMEA. Concept of six sigma - Introduction, Design for six sigma, key analytical tools for implementing six sigma, advantages of six sigma, six sigma DMAIC process. Suggested Readings:

1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et at., Total Quality Management, Pearson Education Asia, 1999. (Indian Areprint 2002).

2. James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, The Management and Control of Quality, (5th Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002

3. Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management Butterworth – Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford. 1989.


COMPLEMENTARY GROUP – B – SERVICE SECTOR MANAGEMENT

Paper 1 MBEIII - 11 – Banking & Insurance Services

Unit-I: Banking Services -Definition of banks, Functions of Commercial Banks, Banking Structure in India, Introduction to Banking services, Types of customers, Types of Deposit Accounts, Common guidelines of opening and operating accounts and KYC, Deposit Insurance.

Unit-II: Basics of bank Lending: Principles of Lending, Basics of Loan Appraisal, Credit decision-making and Review, Types of Advances, Management of Non Performing Assets; Concept of PLR, Base rate; Customer relationship management, Ombudsmen, New trends in banking

Unit-III: Insurance Services – Concept of insurance, principles of insurance. IRDA: powers and functions; Basics of Life Insurance: Principles in Life Insurance Contract, Title and claims, role and functions of life insurance policies, life insurance products- proposal, policy and documents, types of life insurance products. Unit-IV: General Insurance: Principles in General Insurance Contracts, Essentials of general insurance policies, general terms and conditions documentations, underwriting; Types of general insurance products, claims procedure. Suggested Readings:

1. Commercial Banking in India, NCFM reference material 2. Essentials of financial services, Dr S.Gurusamy, Mc-Graw Hill 3. Manual of insurance Laws, Bharat Publication Private limited 4. Insurance Manual, Taxmann Publication Private Limited 5. Principles of Insurance Law, M. N. Srinivasan, Wadhwa & Co.

Paper 2 MBEIII - 12 – Hospitality Management

Unit I: Hospitality Industry : Management of Hotel, scientific management and operations of hospitality services, scope and functioning of a hotel, The guest in a hotel, Computerized Hotel Management system , English-French terms in Hospitality , Management of Tourism, recreation, clubs, gaming and entertainment.

Unit II: Departments in a hotel : Departmental structure, front office operations, guest services, housekeeping , linen and uniforms, kitchen and its operations, restaurant operations, Bar operations, Stewarding, sales and marketing, maintenance, administration and HRD, accounting and finance control.

Unit III: Minor operating departments: Laundry, facilities, Banquet functions, conferences and catering services management , outdoor catering and mobile catering, exhibitions and other income sources, Purchase and store.

Unit IV: Security and safety systems: security and safety, security measures for cash and credit, pilferage and theft, maintenance of building, machineries and equipments, prevention against accidents and fire, staff training for safety preventions .

Suggested Readings:

1. Hospitality Management, Jagmohan Negi, Gaurav Manoher, University Science 2. Press Introduction to Hospitality, John Walker, 6th Ed, Prentice Hall Hotel


3. Management & their Technolohgy, Dinesh Tomar, Neha Publishers and distributors 4. Introduction to Management in the hospitality industry, Clayton Barrows, Power and

Reynolds, John Willy & Sons Publication

Paper 3

MBEIV - 13 – Healthcare Management

Unit I: Hospital Management: Issues and Challenges of Hospital Management, Government- Health Care Interface; Hospital Functions; Hospital Organization, Classification of Hospitals; Components of a Hospital System; Changing Role of Hospital Administration; Need for Managerial and Functional Specialists, Decision making in Hospitals, Hospital Communication System, Networking Technology and Information Technology in Hospitals, Hospital Information System, Computerized Hospital Information Systems.

Unit II: Health systems Management : Health systems: Characteristics, Planning methodologies, Goals and functions. Foundations of health service management, Health Systems research: Uses and applications, Health Manpower policy, Management of Costs; Health care Budgeting; Project Management in Health care

Unit III: Community Health, Epidemiology & Population Management : Meaning and scope of epidemiology, Health statistics and health indicators, Morbidity, Mortality, Health Information System, Primary health care and community participation. Models and factors associated with health and diseases, Clinical care, aspects of community health, Drugs, Alcoholism etc., Preventive and promotive health care, Population policy, Planning and management of population

Unit IV: Healthcare and Social Policy: Health Policy formulation, National health policy, International Perspective on health policy; Health policy for the Disadvantaged, Health Care Planning, Management of Health Care Systems, Dimensions of Health Care Management., Emergency and Disaster Planning; Safety Management; Patients and Personnel Safety, Fire Safety, General Sanitation., Hazardous Waste Management; Solid & Liquid Waste Handling, collection & Disposal; Legal and Social Aspects of Waste Management : Trends and Practices.

Suggested Readings:

1. Chatterice, Meera, "Implementing Health Policy". 1988, Manohar, New Delhi, 2. Goyal, R.C Handbook of Hospital Personnel Management, PHI, New Delhi, 1993 3. Alderson, M."An Introduction to Epldemeology". 2nd,ed. 1983. MacMillan, London. 4. Jolly, K G. "Family Planning in India 1969-84: A District Level Study", 1986. Hindustan, Delhi. 5. Abelln, T Brzenskl, Z J and Carstalrs, V D. "Measurement in Health Promotion and Protection",

1987, WHO, Copenhagen. 6. Wortman P M. ad "Methods for Evaluating Health Services". 1981. Sage, London. 7. Lele, R D Computers in Medicine, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, New Delhi. 1988. 8. Hospital Information Systems - The Next Generation, Velde, Rudi Van de Springer Verlag, 1992 9. Health Information In India, Central Bureau of Health Intelligence, Ministry of Health & Family

Welfare, Govt. Of India, New Delhi

RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY

DIRECTION NO. 43 OF 2016

DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF

MASTER OF COMPUTER MANAGEMENT (MCM)

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

WHEREAS the Maharashtra Universities Act No. XXXV of 1994 has come into force with effect

from 22nd July,1994.

AND

WHEREAS the amendment to the said Act came to be effected from 2016-2017.

AND

WHEREAS the Faculty of Commerce at its meeting held on 14.2.2012 have decided to update

and upgrade the existing syllabus for the award of the degree of Master of Computer

Management commensurate with the curricula existing in the various Universities in India and

with a view to include the latest trends in the commerce stream as well as to design it to suit to

the needs of the industries and corporate houses as provided under Section 38(a) of the Act.

AND

WHEREAS the Coordinator of the Faculty of Commerce concurred with the recommendations

of the Special Task Committee in Computer Application in the Faculty of Commerce .

AND

WHEREAS the Special Task Committee in Computer Application in its meetings held on

24.2.2016 updated the existing syllabi and recommended some modifications in the scheme of

examination for postgraduate courses,

AND

WHEREAS the Coordinator, Faculty of Commerce has consented to the changes in the

syllabus and the scheme of examination for the award of Master of Computer Management

Degree,

AND

WHEREAS the Vice-Chancellor, Nagpur University, Nagpur approved the recommendations so

made by the Special Task Committee in the Faculty of Commerce duly concurred by the

Coordinator, Faculty of Commerce as required under Section 38 (a) of the Act .

AND

WHEREAS it is expedient to provide and Ordinance for the purpose of prescribing examinations

leading to the degree of Master of Computer Management in the Faculty of Commerce and

phasic repeal of Ordinance No. 21 of 1994 governing the existing course of Master of Computer

Management.

AND

WHEREAS As per the Advice of the Vice Chancellor, Coordinator, Faculty of Commerce &

Coordinator, Special Task Committee (Computer Application) in the meeting held on 4.1.2016

constituted sub-committee for syllabus restructuring of MCM with Semester pattern.

The Sub-committee submitted the Semester Draft Syllabus of MCM in meeting held on

24.2.2016.

Now, therefore, I, Dr. S. P. Kane, Vice-Chancellor, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur

University, Nagpur in exercise of the powers vested in me under Section 14(8) of the

Maharashtra University Act of 1994 do hereby issue the following direction:

This direction shall be called “DIRECTION REGARDING EXAMINATIONS LEADING

TOTHE MASTER OF COMPUTER MANAGEMENT Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE, RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR

UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR”.

1. There shall be FOUR examinations leading to the degree of Master of Computer

Management namely:

Part-I

(1) The Master of Computer Management (MCM) Semester - I Examination,

(2) The Master of Computer Management (MCM) Semester - II Examination,

Part-II

(3) The Master of Computer Management (MCM) Semester - III Examination,

(4) The Master of Computer Management (MCM) Semester - IV Examination,

2. The duration of the Degree Course under this shall be of two academic years. The MCM

Semester - I Examination at the end of the first Semester and MCM Semester - II

Examination at the end of the Second Semester in First Year and MCM Semester - III

Examination at the end of the Semester - III and MCM Semester - IV Examination at the

end of Semester - IV in Second Year.

3. The Examinations Specified in above paragraph (i.e., Paragraph – 2) above shall be

held twice a year (Winter + Summer) at such places and on such dates as may be fixed

by the University.

4. The details of the procedure for admission as well as eligibility for examination

of:

(A) An applicant of the MCMSemester – I Examination shall have :

(i) Obtained a Bachelor degree of this University or an equivalent

Bachelor Degree of any statutory University in any faculty.

(ii) Prosecuted a regular course of study for not less than one Semester in

any recognized institution or college affiliated to the R. T. M. Nagpur

University where the course will be conducted.

(B) An applicant of the MCMSemester - II Examination shall have :

Appeared MCM Semester – I Examination of this University

(C) An Applicant of MCM Semester - III Examination shall have passed MCM

Semester - I and appeared in Semester - II Examination.

OR

Passed PGDCCA/Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science & Application of

Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur.

(D) An applicant of MCM Semester - IV Examination shall have passed MCM

Semester - I, Semester - II or equivalent Diploma and appeared in Semester -

III Examination.

Admission to Semester

Candidate should have passed in following

examinations

Candidate should have competed the term and filled examination form

Semester - I Degree Examination - Semester - II - Semester – I Semester - III PGDCCA /PGDCS/

Semester-I (Not applicable for

PGDCCA/ PGDCS) Semester-II

Semester - IV Semester-I & II Semester - III

5. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and 31 of

the said Ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

6. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the Management Council from

time to time and whenever any change is made in the fees prescribed for any particular

examination that shall be notified through a notification for information of the examinees

concerned.

With the issuance of this Direction, The Direction No 24 of 2012 (Credit based Semester

Pattern) shall stand repealed.

Sd/-

Nagpur Dr. S. P. Kane

Date :21.6.2016 Vice-Chancellor

7. Teaching and Examination Scheme

Master of Computer Management (MCM) (A) MCM Part-I

Semester – I

Co

urs

e C

od

e

Su

bje

cts

Pap

er

Teach

ing

Sch

em

e p

er

weeks (

hr)

En

d S

em

Exam

inati

on

Min

Ma

rks

Inte

rnal

Asse

ssm

en

t

Min

Ma

rks

Cre

dit

s

Theory

1CMT1 Fundamental of Information

Technology I 4 80 40 20 10 4

1CMT2 Programming in C & OOPs

Concept II 4 80 40 20 10 4

1CMT3 Introduction to Operating

Systems III 4 80 40 20 10 4

1CMT4 Computerized Accounting (Tally

ERP 9) IV 4 80 40 20 10 4

Practical

1CMP5 Practical-I :Programming in C &

Operating Systems P-I 8 100 50 Nil Nil 4

1CMP6 Practical-II :Tally (ERP 9)& MS-

Office P-II 8 100 50 Nil Nil 4

Total 32 520 24

Notes:

1. Duration of one Theory/Practical period is 1 hour.

2. The candidate has to pass theory papers and practical paper separately.

3. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching or two hours of Practical Work per

week.

4. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual

teaching days.

5. The odd semester may be scheduled from July to December and even semester from

January to June.

(B) MCM Part-I

Semester – II

Co

urs

e

Co

de

Su

bje

cts

Pap

er

Teach

ing

Sch

em

e p

er

weeks (

hr)

En

d S

em

Exam

inati

on

Min

Ma

rks

Inte

rnal

Asse

ssm

en

t

Min

Ma

rks

Cre

dit

s

Theory

2CMT1 Management Information

Systems I 4 80 40 20 10 4

2CMT2 Core Java II 4 80 40 20 10 4

2CMT3 Quantity Techniques &

Operation Research III 4 80 40 20 10 4

2CMT4 E-Commerce and Web

Designing IV 4 80 40 20 10 4

Practical

2CMP5 Practical-I :Core Java P-I 8 100 50 Nil Nil 4

2CMP6 Practical-II : HTML, JavaScript P-II 8 100 50 Nil Nil 4

Total 32 520 24

Notes:

1. Duration of one theory/practical period is 1 hour.


3. One credit is equivalent to one hour of teaching or two hours of practical Work per week.

4. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of academic Work equivalent to 90 actual

teaching days.


January to June.

(C) MCM Part-II

Semester – III

Co

urs

e C

od

e

Su

bje

cts

Pap

er

Teach

ing

Sch

em

e p

er

weeks (

hr)

En

d S

em

Exam

inati

on

Min

Ma

rks

Inte

rnal

Asse

ssm

en

t

Min

Ma

rks

Cre

dit

s

Theory

3CMT1 Advance Database

Management System I 4 80 40 20 10 4

3CMT2 Principles & Techniques of

Management II 4 80 40 20 10 4

3CMT3

Electives :

(i) PHP & MySQL

(ii) VB.Net

(iii) C#.Net

III 4 80 40 20 10 4

3CMT4 Compulsory Foundation

(i) Research Methodology IV 4 80 40 20 10 4

Practical

3CMP5 Practical- I :SQL & PL/SQL P-I 8 100 50 Nil Nil 4

3CMP6 Practical-II :Electives P-II 8 100 50 Nil Nil 4

Total 32 520 24

Notes:



3. One credit is equivalent to one hour of teaching or two hours of practical work per week.

4. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of academic work equivalent to 90 actual

teaching days.


January to June.

(D) MCM Part-II

Semester – IV

Co

urs

e C

od

e

Su

bje

cts

Pap

er

Teach

ing

Sch

em

e p

er

weeks (

hr)

En

d S

em

Exam

inati

on

Min

Ma

rks

Inte

rnal

Asse

ssm

en

t

Min

Ma

rks

Cre

dit

s

Theory

4CMT1 ASP.Net I 4 80 40 20 10 4

4CMT2

Electives:

(i) Advance Java

(ii) Android Programming

(iii) Python

II 4 80 40 20 10 4

4CMT3

Elective Foundation:

(i) Big Data &Hadoop

(ii) Software Engineering

(iii)Strategic Management

III 4 80 40 20 10 4

Practical

4CMP4 Practical-I:ASP.Net P-I 8 100 50 Nil Nil 4

4CMP5 Practical-II:Electives P-II 8 100 50 Nil Nil 4

Project

4CMP6 PROJECT Project 8 100 50 ------- ------ 4

Total 36 540 24

Notes:



3. One credit is equivalent to one hour of teaching or two hours of practical work per week.

4. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of academic work equivalent to 90 actual

teaching days.


January to June.

8. In order to pass the examination, an examinee shall obtain not less than 50 % marks in

each of the theory papers and each of the practical and the project and Internal

Assessment (Sessional) separately.

(A) An examinee who is unsuccessful in the examination shall be eligible for

admission to the subsequent examinations on payment of a fresh fee prescribed

for the examination together with the conditions of the ordinance in force from

time to time.

9. (A) The scope of the subjects and pattern of examination shall be as indicated

insyllabi.

(B) The Medium of instructions and examinations shall be in ENGLISH only.

10. Applicant for MCM Examination prosecuting regular course of study shall not

bepermitted to join any other course in this or any other University.

11. ASSESSMENT

The final total assessment of the candidates is made in terms of an internal

assessment (Sessional) and an external assessment for each course.

For each paper, 20 marks will be based on internal assessment and 80 marks for

semester end examination (external assessment), unless otherwise stated.

The division of the 20 marks allotted to internal assessment of theory papers

should based on class test, attendance, project assignments, seminar, power point

presentation, fieldwork, group discussions or any other innovative practice / activity

as determined by the teacher in respective subject and moderated by Head of the

Institute/Principal.

There shall be no separate / extra allotment of workload to the concerned teacher.

He/ She shall conduct the internal assessment activity during the regular teaching

days / periods as a part of regular teaching activity.

At the beginning of each semester, every teacher shall inform his / her students

unambiguously the method he / she propose to adopt and the scheme of marking

for internal assessment with the prior permission of HOD / principal.

An unsuccessful examinee at any internal shall be eligible for reexamination on

payment of fresh examination fee prescribed by the University as per the

respective directions.

The internal marks will be communicated to the University at the end of each

semester, but before the semester end examinations. These marks will be

considered for the declaration of the results.

The record of internal marks, evaluation & result should be maintained for a period

of one year by respective institute/college for verification by competent authority.

The maximum and minimum marks which each subject carries in MCM Semester -

I, Semester - II, Semester - III and Semester - IV Examination are as indicated in

Paragraph 7. A, B, C and D respectively.

A copy of Project work shall be submitted to college prior to commencement of

Semester - IV Examination for Evaluation by Internal and External Examiner

appointed as per University rules.

Candidate shall submit his/her declaration that the Project is a result of his/her own

work and the same has not been previously submitted to any examination of this

University or any other University.

The Practical Examination of each Semester will be conducted by Internal and

External Examiner appointed as per University rules.

The old course students shall be absorbed as per the absorption scheme

mentioned in Appendix D.

If an examinee failed to pass the MCM Degree within five successive years from

the date of his/her first admission to particular programme he/she shall be declared

as “Not Fit for the Course” (NFC) and he/she will not be allowed to appear

further for any examination of the course.

STANDARD OF PASSING

Every candidate must secure 50% marks in each head of passing.

The passing marks for external examination will thus be 40 out of 80 and for

internal examination, 10 out of 20 and aggregate marks taking both together will be

50 marks.

There shall be no internal marks in Practical and Project Examination.

11. (A) There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the MCM

Semester-I, Semester – II, Semester - III and Semester-IV Examinations whereas

SGPA will be notified.

* Conversion of Marks to Grades and Calculations of SGPA (Grade Point Average)

and CGPA (Cumulative Grade Point Average): In the Credit and Grade Point System,

the assessment of individual Courses in the concerned examinations will be on the basis of

marks only, but the marks shall later be converted into Grades by some mechanism

wherein the overall performance of the Learners can be reflected after considering the

Credit Points for any given course. However, the overall evaluation shall be designated in

terms of Grade. There are some abbreviations used here that need understanding of each

and every parameter involved in grade computation and the evaluation mechanism. The

abbreviations and formulae used are as follows:-

Abbreviations and Formulae Used

G: Grade

GP: Grade Points

C: Credits

CP: Credit Points

CG: Credits X Grades (Product of credits & Grades)

SGPA = ΣCG:Sum of Product of Credits & Grades points / ΣC: Sum of Credits points

SGPA: Semester Grade Point Average shall be calculated for individual semesters. (It is

also designated as GPA)

CGPA: Cumulative Grade Point Average shall be calculated for the entire Programme by

considering all the semesters taken together.

After calculating the SGPA for an individual semester and the CGPA for entire programme,

the value can be matched with the grade in the Grade Point table as per the ten (10) Points

Grading System and expressed as a single designated GRADE such as O, A+, A, B+, B,

etc.


85 and above O (Outstanding) 10

75 - 84 A+ (Distinction) 9

71 - 74 A (Very Good) 8

61 - 70 B+ (Good) 7

55 - 60 B(Above Average) 6

50 - 54 C (Average) 5

40 - 49 P (Pass) 4

00 - 39 F (Fail) 0

AB (Absent) 0

A student obtaining Grade F shall be considered failed and will be required to

reappear in the examination.

(B) Division at the MCMSemester - IV Examination shall be declared based on the

aggregate marks at the MCMSemester - I, Semester – II, Semester - III and

Semester - IV Examination taken together and the CGPA will be calculated and

notified.

(C) Successful examinees at the MCM Semester - IV Examination shall be awarded

division based on CGPA as follows:

CGPA Range Final Grade Equivalent Class/ Division

9.01 to 10.00 O First Division (Outstanding)

8.01 to 9.00 A+ (Distinction) First Division(Distinction)

7.01 to 8.00 A(Very Good) First Division (Very Good)

6.01 to 7.00 B+(Good) First Division (Good)

5.55 to 6.00 B(Above Average) Second Division (Above Average)

5.00 to 5.54 C(Average) Second Division (Average)

4.00 to 4.99 P (Pass) Pass

0 F (Fail) Fail

0 AB(Absent) Absent

12. Successful examinees in the MCMSemester Examination shall be awarded

Distinction in each subject in which examinees obtain 75% or more marks in that

subject at the respective Examination.

13. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to the

same examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be

prescribed by university.

14. Provisions of ordinance No 3 of 2007, relating to the award of grace marks for

passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing

distinction in subject(s) shall be applicable.

15. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Direction, no person shall be admitted to

an examination under this Ordinance, if he/ she has already passed the same

examination or an equivalent examination of any other University.

16. Examinees successful at MCMSemester - I, Semester - II, Semester-III and Semester-IV

Examination shall on payment of the prescribed fees receive a Degree in the prescribed

form signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

17. This Scheme shall come into force from the academic session 2016-17.

18. The Provisions of Ordinance No. 21 of 1994 governing the existing course for

Master of Computer Management stands repealed physically on implementation of this

Direction.

APPENDIX –A QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

First / Second / Third / Fourth Semester Master of Computer

Management (MCM) Examination

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

Subject Name

Paper - I

Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80

N. B. - a) Draw well labeled diagram wherever necessary.

b) All questions are compulsory.

Part - A

N. B. – 1. Each question carries two marks.

2. Answers should not more than five lines.

1. 8 x 2 = 16

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Part - B

N. B. – 1. Each question carries three marks.

2. Answers should not more than ten lines.

1. 8 x 3 = 24

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Unit - I

Unit - II

Unit - III

Unit - IV

Unit - I

Unit - II

Unit - III

Unit - IV

Part - C

N. B. – 1. Each question carries five marks.

2. Answers should not more than 400 words for 5 marks questions and

600 words for 10 Marks questions respectively.

1. Either

(A) 5

(B) 5

OR

(C) 10

2. Either

(A) 5

(B) 5

OR

(C) 10

3. Either

(A) 5

(B) 5

OR

(C) 10

4. Either

(A) 5

(B) 5

OR

(C) 10

Unit - I

Unit - II

Unit - III

Unit - IV Unit - IV

APPENDIX –B

(A) Project and Classification of Marks on Project

Towards the end of the second year of study, a student will be examined in the course ―Project

Work‖.

a. Project Work may be done individually or in groups (Maximum 3 students) in case of

bigger projects. However if project is done in groups, each student must be given a

responsibility for a distinct module and care should be taken to monitor the progress of

individual student.

b. The Project Work should be done using the tools covered in Master of Computer

Management.

c. The Project Work should be of such a nature that it could prove useful or be relevant

from the commercial / management angle.

d. The project work will carry 100 marks.

e. Project Work can be carried out in the Institute or outside with prior permission of the

Institute.

f. The external viva-voce examination for Project Work would be held as per the

Examination Time Table of the second year of study, by a panel of one external and one

Internal Examiner.

Types of Project

As majority of the students are expected to work out a project in some industry/research and

development laboratories/educational institutions/software export companies, it is suggested

that the project is to be chosen which should have some direct relevance in day-today activities

of the candidates in his/her institution. The Applications Areas of project -

Financial/Marketing/Database Management System/ Relational Database Management

System/E-Commerce /Internet/ Manufacturing/ web Designing / Scientific / ERP etc.

Project Proposal (Synopsis)

The project proposal should be prepared in consultation with the guide. The project guide must

be a person having minimum Qualification MCM/ M.Sc. (Computer Science + Information

Technology)/ M.Sc. (Mathematics /Electronics/Statistics/Physics + Post B.Sc. Diploma in

Computer Science& Application)/MCA. The project proposal should clearly state the objectives

and environment of the proposed project to be undertaken. It should have full details in the

following form:

Format of Synopsis for Desktop Application

1. Title of the Project.

2. Objectives of the Project.

3. Project Category (DBMS/RDBMS/OOPSetc.).

4. Tools/Platform and Languages to be used.

5. Complete Structure of the System:

i. Numbers of Modules and its Description.

ii. Modular Chart / System Chart.

iii. Data Structures or Tables.

iv. Process Logic of each Module.

v. Types of Report Generation.

6. References.

Note: Synopsis should not be more than 3-4 pages.

Format of Synopsis for Web Application

1. Title of the Project.

2. Objectives of the Project.

3. Project Category (DBMS/RDBMS/OOPSetc.).

4. Tools/Platform and Languages to be used.

5. Complete Structure of the System:

i. Number of pages and links their short description.

ii. Use / Information of Pages.

iii. Feedback Form (if any).

6. References.

Note: Synopsis should not be more than 3-4 pages.

Project Report Formulation

Front Page.

College Certificate Page.

Declaration Page.

Acknowledgment Page.

Project Profile.

Index or Content Page.

i. *Contents ——————————.

Appendices

i. List Figures, Tables& Charts.

ii. Approved copy of Synopsis.

Glossary

* Contents.

i. Introduction.

ii. Objectives.

iii. Preliminary System Analysis.

Preliminary Investigation.

Present System in Use.

Flaws in Present System.

Need of New System.

Feasibility Study.

Project Category.

iv. Software Engineering Paradigm Applied

Modules

System / Modular Chart.

v. Software & Hardware Requirement Specification.

vi. Detailed System Analysis.

Data Flow Diagram.

Numbers of Modules and Process Logic.

Data Structures and Tables.

Entity-Relationship Diagram.

vii. System Design.

Form Design.

Source Code.

Input screen & Output Screen.

viii. Testing &Validation Checks.

ix. System Security Measures.

x. Implementation, Evaluation and Maintenance.

xi. Future Scope of the project.

xii. Suggestion & Conclusion

xiii. Bibliography& References.

Note :-

i. A Student is expected to complete the Assignments based on Syllabus of Practical

subjects and submit the same in the form of a files (assignment Record) at the end of

Academic Session for the evaluation purpose.

ii. A student should submit internal assessment of each theory paper prescribed by the

subject teacher.

iii. A Student is expected to deliver a seminar on any course curricular subject / latest

trends in IT relevant subject per semester for internal assessment.

# Classification Of Marks on Project :- Report & Documentation 40 Viva voce (External) 40 Viva voce (Internal) 20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Marks 100 The marks of Project shall be notified as a whole out of 100 in Foil/C-Foil.

(B)Practical and Classification of Marks on Practical

1. Practical exam shall be of 4 hours duration.

2. The Practical Record of every student shall carry a certificate as shown below,

dulysigned by the teacher-in-charge and the Head of the Department.

3. If the student fails to submit his / her certified Practical Record duly signed by

theTeacher-In-Charge and the Head of the Department, he / she shall not be allowed

toappear for the Practical Examination and no Marks shall be allotted to the student.

4. After Viva-Voce and evaluation of practical records of a student by the Internal &

External Examiner, both examiners should sign on the certificate of practical records.

5. The certificate template shall be as follows:

Name of the college / Institution

Name of the Department:

CERTIFICATE This is to certify that Mr./Mrs./Ms. ___________________________________________

of class MCM Part _______ Semester _______ has satisfactorily completedthe practical

experimentsprescribed by RastrashantTukdojiMaharaj Nagpur University for the subject

______________________ during the academic year ____________________.

Signature Signature Practical In-charge Head of the Department

Signature Signature Internal Examiner External Examiner Date: ________________ # Classification Of Practical Marks :- Practical – I Marks

1. Writing a Program or Problem 40 (Algorithm & Flowchart) 2. Execute on a computer 3. Taking Hard Copy

Practical – II

1. Writing a Program or Problem 20 (Algorithm & Program)

Viva Voce 20 Practical Record 20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Marks 100 The marks of Practical shall be notified as a whole out of 100 in Foil/C-Foil.

APPENDIX –C

Absorption Scheme MCM It is notified for general information of all concerned that the failure students of MCM OldCourse

(SemesterPattern) shall be absorbed in the New Course CBCS Pattern introduced from the

session 2016-2017 Examination with the following scheme.

1) The Failure students of MCM – I (Semester – I & Semester - II) and MCM – II

(Semester – III & Semester - IV) as per Old Course (Semester Pattern) appeared in

Sum 2016 should clear their backlog papers of MCM – I (Semester – I & Semester - II)

and MCM – II (Semester – III & Semester - IV) Old Course (Semester Pattern) till

Winter 2017. If they fail to complete & pass till Winter 2017, then they will have to

appear in parallel papers of New Course CBCS Pattern (Choice Based Credit System)

as per absorption scheme indicated in Appendix - D.

2) The Failure students of MCM – II (Semester – III) as per Old Course (Semester Pattern)

appeared in Winter 2016 should clear their backlog papers of MCM – II (Semester - III)

Old Course (Semester Pattern) till Summer 2018. If they fail to complete & pass till

Summer 2018, then they will have to appear in parallel papers of New Course CBCS

Pattern (Choice Based Credit System) as per absorption scheme indicated in Appendix -

D.

3) The Failure students of MCM – II (Semester – IV) as per Old Course (Semester Pattern)

appeared in Summer 2017 should clear their backlog papers of MCM – II (Semester -

IV) Old Course (Semester Pattern) till Winter 2018. If they fail to complete & pass till

Winter 2018, then they will have to appear in parallel papers of New Course CBCS

Pattern (Choice Based Credit System) as per absorption scheme indicated in Appendix -

D.

APPENDIX –D

(A) MCM Part – I (Semester - I)

Old Course (Semester Pattern)New Course CBCS Pattern (Choice

Based Credit System)

Sr.

No

Old Course

(Semester Pattern)

M.

Marks Sr. No

New Course CBCS

Pattern (Choice Based

Credit System)

Max

Marks

Semester – I

Theory Theory

I Fundamental of Information

Technology 80 1CMT1

Fundamental of Information

Technology 80

II Programming in C 80 1CMT2 Programming in C & OOPs

Concept 80

III Introduction to Operating

Systems 80 1CMT3

Introduction to Operating

Systems 80

IV Computerized Accounting

(Tally) 80 1CMT4

Computerized Accounting

(Tally ERP 9) 80

Practical Practical

P - I Practical - I : Programming in

C & Operating Systems 100 1CMP5

Practical - I : Programming in C & Operating Systems

100

P - II Practical -II : Tally & MS-

Office 100 1CMP6

Practical - II : Tally (ERP 9) &Ms-Office

100

(B) MCM Part – I (Semester - II)

Old Course (Semester Pattern)New Course CBCS Pattern (Choice

Based Credit System)

Sr.

No

Old Course

(Semester Pattern)

M.

Marks Sr. No

New Course CBCS

Pattern (Choice Based

Credit System)

Max

Marks

Semester – II

Theory Theory

I

Management Information

Systems and Software

Engineering

80 2CMT1 Management Information Systems

80

II Visual Basic Programming 80 2CMT2 Core Java 80

III Principles & Techniques of

Management 80 2CMT3

Quantity Techniques &

Operation Research 80

IV E-Commerce and Web

Designing 80 2CMT4

E-Commerce and Web Designing

80

Practical Practical

P - I Practical-I : Visual Basic 100 2CMP5 Practical-I :Core Java 100

P - II Practical-II : HTML,

JavaScript 100 2CMP6

Practical-II : HTML,

JavaScript 100

(C) MCM Part – II (Semester - III)

Old Course (Semester Pattern)New Course Pattern (Choice Based

Credit System)

Sr.

No

Old Course

(Semester Pattern)

M.

Marks Sr. No

New Course Pattern

(Choice Based Credit

System)

Max

Marks

Semester – III

Theory Theory

I Quantitative Techniques &

OR 80 3CMT1

Advance Database Management System

80

II Core Java 80 3CMT2 Principles & Techniques of Management

80

III

DBMS and oracle

80 3CMT3

Electives :

(i) PHP & MySQL

(ii) VB.Net

(iii) C#.Net

80

IV

Research Methodology &

Software Product & Project

Management

80 3CMT4 Compulsory Foundation

(i) Research Methodology 80

Practical Practical

P - I Practical-I : Core Java 100 3CMP5 Practical- I :SQL & PL/SQL 100

P - II Practical-II : Oracle 100 3CMP6 Practical-II :Electives 100

(D) MCM Part – II (Semester - IV)

Old Course (Semester Pattern)New Course Pattern (Choice Based

Credit System)

Sr.

No

Old Course

(Semester Pattern)

M.

Marks Sr. No

New Course Pattern

(Choice Based Credit

System)

Max

Marks

Semester – IV

Theory Theory

I Information Security & Cyber

Laws 80 4CMT1 ASP.Net 80

II PHP& My-SQL 80 4CMT2

Electives:

(i) Advance Java

(ii) Android Programming

(iii) Python

80

III Electives : (i) Advanced Java

(ii) OOPS & C++ (iii) ASP.Net 80 4CMT3

Elective Foundation:

(i) Big Data &Hadoop

(ii) Software Engineering

(iii)Strategic Management

80

Practical Practical

P - I Practical-I : PHP& My-SQL 80 4CMP4 Practical-I:ASP.Net 100

P - II Practical-II : Elective 100 4CMP5 Practical-II:Electives 100

Project Project

Proj PROJECT 100 4CMP6 PROJECT 100

MCM Syllabus RTMNU Page 1 of 72

APPENDIX – E

MCM Part-I

Semester-I

Paper - I: Fundamental of Information Technology

Unit – I

Computers: Introduction to computers, Characteristics of computer, Evolution of

computer, Generations of computer, Basic organization of computer system (Block

Diagram), Functioning of computer, Concept of system. Number system: non-positional

number systems, Positional number systems, Conversion from one number system to

another, Fraction numbers. Computer codes: BCD, EBCDIC, ASCII, Unicode, Collating

sequence. Computer arithmetic: Need of binary, Binary arithmetic.

Unit – II

Processor & memory: Central processing unit (CPU), Components of CPU (CU, ALU,

Instruction set, Registers, Processor speed, Type of processor), Main memory, Types of

memory. Secondary storage devices: Sequential & direct access devices, Magnetic

tapes, Magnetic disks, Optical disks, Memory storage devices, Mass storage devices, Data

backup, On-line, Near line and Off-line storage, Hierarchical storage devices(HSS), Input-

output devices.

Unit – III

Computer software: Define software, Types of software, Logical system architecture,

Firmware, Middleware, Acquiring software, Software development life cycle (SDLC),

Software engineering, CASE tools. System implementation & operation: Software

testing & debugging (Types of program errors, Testing a program, Debugging a program

for syntax errors & logical errors, Difference between testing & debugging), Software

documentation, Software deployment, System evaluation, Software maintenance.

Business data processing: Meaning of data processing, Data storage hierarchy,

Standard methods of organizing data, File management system, Database management

system.

Unit – IV

Data communication and computer networks: Basic elements of a communication

system, Data transmission modes, Data transmission speed, Data transmission media,

Digital & analog data transmission, Data transmission services, Multiplexing techniques,

Switching techniques, Routing techniques, Network topologies, Types of network,

Communication protocols, Network interface card (NIC), OSI model, Ernet working tools,

Wireless Networks. Multimedia: What is multimedia, Multimedia components,

Multimedia applications, and media center computer. Classification of computers:

Notebook computers (Laptops), Personal computer (PCs), Workstations, Mainframe


systems, Super computers, Client & server computers, Handheld computers (Tablet PC,

PDA/Pocket PC, Smartphone).

Text Book:

1 . P. K. Sinha & Priti Sinha, Computer Fundamentals, BPB Publication.

Reference Books:

1. Madhulika Jain, Shashank Jain, Satish Jain, Information Technology Concepts, BPB

Publication.

2. B. Ram, Computer Fundamentals (Architecture & organization), New Age

International Publisher.

3. Turban, Rainer, Potter, Introduction to Information Technology, Wiley India Edition.

4. Peter Norton, Introduction to Computers, McGraw-Hill Education.

5. S. Jaiswal, I.T. Today, Encyclopedia.

Practical List of Fundamental of Information Technology

A1. Use a contemporary letter template of MS-WORD and provide information about launching of new products of a company. Also write down the steps to perform above in MS-WORD.

A2. Use a professional letter template of MS-WORD and write an application to the principal for two days leave. Also write down the steps to perform above in MS-WORD.

A3. Using Mail Merge of MS-WORD, write a letter to the students of MCM-I to submit their Original Documents (Mark Sheet, Migration Certificate, TC etc) along with their balance fees up to 10th March 2008 in the office of the college during office timings morning 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Also write down the steps to perform above in MS-WORD.

A4. Using Mail Merge of MS-WORD, write a letter to your friends, invite them on your

Birth Day Party on 10th March 2008 at the Venue- B04, Amar Apartment, Narendranagar, Nagpur-440021 Also write down the steps to perform above in MS-WORD.

A5. Using Mail Merge of MS-WORD, write a letter to all the selected candidate for

their final interview on 10th March 2008 at the Centre Point College, 7 Nawab Layout, Tilaknagar, Nagpur-10 at 11:00 AM along with all original documents and 2 passport size photographs. Also write down the steps to perform above in MS-WORD.

A6. Draw and Analyze the DFD of Book Issuing System of College Library in MS-

PowerPoint. Also write down the steps to perform above in MS-POWERPOINT.

A7. Draw and Analyze the DFD of Hotel Management System in MS-PowerPoint. Also write down the steps to perform above in MS-POWERPOINT.

A8. Draw and Analyze the DFD of Examination Management System in MS-

PowerPoint. Also write down the steps to perform above in MS-POWERPOINT.


A9. Create a Mark-Sheet of MCM-Part I using MS-Excel. Mark-Sheet format should

be as per below. Fill the information about 10 students.

Roll No.

Name of Student

IT (100)

ICP (100)

IOS (100)

C (100)

MIS&SA (100)

Practical-I (100)

Practical-II (100)

Total Marks (Out of 700)

% age

1

Draw a pie chart for above Mark-sheet Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A10. Create a Employee Payment Sheet using MS-Excel. Employee Payment Slip

format should be as per below. Fill the information about 10 employees.

Sr.No. Name of Employee

Basic Salary HRA 5%

TA 7%

DA 9%

Gross_Salary

1

Total salary

Draw a bar chart for above Employee Payment Sheet Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A11. Create the following Product sheet in MS-EXCEL and perform the operation

given below:

Sr.No.

Product Name Company Name

Country Quantity Rate

1 Butter Amul India ltd India 20 Rs.19.00

2 Milkmaid Amul India ltd India 10 Rs.35.00

3 Tea Hindustan Lever ltd

Malaysia 15 Rs.40.00

4 Biscuits Parle ltd India 32 Rs.12.00

5 Papad Haldiram ltd India 12 Rs.10.00

6 Chocolate Cadbury ltd Australia 150 Rs.15.00

7 Paneer Amul India ltd India 23 Rs.25.00

8 Bournvita Cadbury ltd Australia 20 Rs.45.00

9 Poppins Parle ltd India 27 Rs.6.00

10 Sauce Amul India ltd India 16 Rs.21.00

a) Sort by Product Name, by company name, by country in ascending order. b) Sort by Country in descending order. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A12. Create the following Product sheet in MS-EXCEL and perform the operation given below:

Sr.No.

Product Name Company Name














a) List only those records whose country =‖India‖. b) List only those records whose company name=‖Amul‖. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A13. Create the following Product sheet in MS-EXCEL and perform the operation given below:

Sr.No. Product Name Company Name













a) List the records whose quantity is >= 10 and <= 100. b) List the records whose rate is >= Rs. 35.00. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A14. By the help of following information prepare cost sheet for the month of March

1980: Rs. 1. Stock (1-3-1980) a) Raw Materials 25,000 b) Finished goods 17,360 2. Stock (31-3-1980) a) Raw Materials 26,250 b) Finished goods 15,750 3. Raw material purchased 21,900 4. Work-in-progress (1-3-80) 8,220 5. Work-in-progress (31-3-80) 9,100 6. Sale of finished goods 72,310 7. Direct wages 17,150 8. Unproductive Wages 830 9. Factory Expenses 8,340 10. Office and management expenses 3,160 11. Selling and distribution expenses 4,210

Prepare cost sheet and find out following information:

1) Total Cost 2) Cost of goods sold 3) Profit on sold out goods Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A15. Following information is received from the books of a factory:

1. Closing stock of raw materials 25,150 2. Closing stock of finished goods 14,650 3. Raw materials purchased 20,800 4. Work in progress (1-1-78) 8,220 5. Work in progress (31-12-78) 8,000


6. Opening stock of raw material 24,000 7. Opening stock of finished goods 16,200 8. Sale of finished goods 62,800 9. Office expenses 2,150 10. Selling and Distribution expenses 4,000 11. Direct wages 16,000 12. Factory expenses 9,000

Prepare cost sheet and find out the following items: 1) Cost of materials consumed 2) Production Cost 3) Cost of goods sold 4) Net profit. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A16. By the help of following information prepare a statement of cost and in that

statement indicate prime cost, works cost, office cost (production cost) and cost of goods sold, for the half year ending 30th June, 1978. Production 500 units.

1. Material consumed 30,000 2. Direct Wages 40,000 3. Direct Expenses 4,000 4. Works on Cost Expenses a) Unproductive wages 9,000 b) Factory lighting and heating 11,000 c) Factory rent, rates and insurance 3,000 d) Factory Director‘s fees e) Depreciation of machinery 1,500 f) Factory stationery 375 g) Factory cleaning 400 h) Depreciation of loose tools 900 i) Indirect material 500 j) Estimating expenses 500 5. Office expenses (Office overhead) a) Director fees 3,000 b) Office printing and stationery 750 c) Legal Expenses 500 d) Depreciation of office building 800 e) Bank fee 75 f) Salary of office employees 5,000 6. Selling and Distribution expenses a) Selling commission 1,000 b) Rent of warehouse 1,800 c) Bad debt 150 d) Advertisement 500 e) Depreciation and maintenance of delivery vans 700

Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A17. Prepare cost sheet by the help of following information and find out (i) Prime cost (ii) Factory cost (iii) Total Cost; (iv) Net Profit.

1.Raw Material purchased 66,000 2.Direct wages 52,500 3.Indirect wages 2,750 4.Stock of Raw Materials (1-9-83) 75,000 5.Stock of Raw material (30-9-83) 91,500 6.Stock of finished goods (1-9-83) 54,000 7.Stock of finished goods (30-9-83) 31,000 8.Stock of work in progress (1st Sep.83) 28,000


9.Stock of work in progress (30th sept.83) 35,000 10.Sales 2,11,000 11.Rent, rates and electric of factory 15,000 12.Depreciation of machinery 3,500 13.Carriage inward 1,500 14.Sundry factory exp. 10,000 15.Travelling wages and commission 6,500 16.Office rent and rates 2,500 17.Sundry Office expenses 6,500 18.Advertisement 3,500 19.Carriage outward exp.(exp. on sale) 2,500


A18. By the help of following information prepare cost sheet for the year 1976. 1.Opening Stock (1-1-1976) a) of Raw Materials 22,000 b) of Unfinished goods 5,000 c) of Finished goods 10,000 2.Closing Stock: (31-12-76) a) of Raw Materials 2,350 b) of Unfinished goods 3,000 c) of Finished goods 2,000 3.Direct Wages 30,000 4.Direct Expenses 10,000 5.Material Purchased 70,500 6.Carriage Inward 2,000 7.Factory on cost 70,000 8.Factory Supervision 8,800 9.Office Rent 6,000 10.Factory Rent 9,000 11.Rent of sales department 6,000 12.Lighting bill (out of this 30% of factory, 20% of sales dept. and balance for office) 10,000 13.Advertisement 6,000 14.Salary of Manager (30% of Factory, 40% of Sales dept. and balance for office) 37,000 15.Profit 10% on total cost.


A19. Following information is available from the books of Zenith manufacturing company as on 31st Dec. 1974.

1.Salary of Drawing room staff 6,500 2.Salary of distribution department 12,600 3.Outward carriage expenses 4,300 4.Cash discount 2,900 5.Inward carriage exp. on purchase 7,150 6.Bad debts written off 6,500 7.Machine repairing 4,450 8.Rent, taxes and insurance (Factory) 8,500 9.Rent, taxes and insurance (office) 2,000 10.Sales 4,61,100 11.Stock of Raw material (31-12-73) 62,800 12.Stock of Raw material (31-12-74) 48,000 13.Material Purchased 1,85,000 14.Travelling Expenses 2,100


15.Salary and Commission of travelling agent 7,700 16.Productive wages 1,26,000 17.Depreciation of machinery & equipment 6,500 18.Depreciation of office furniture 300 19.Director fee 6,000 20.Gas and Water (Factory) 1,200 21.Gas and Water (Office) 400 22.Salary of manager (3/4 for factory & 1/4 for office) 10,000 23.General Expenses 3,400 24.Income tax 1,500 25.Dividend 1,000 Prepare cost sheet and indicate the following items:-

1) Materials Consumed (2) Prime cost (3) Factory on cost and factory cost(4) General and selling overhead (5) Total cost (6) Net profit (7) Percentage of factory on cost to wages (8) percentage of general overhead to factory cost. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A20. From the given information prepare Flexible budget for the capacity 70%, 80% &

100 % & show the results.

The sales for the above capacity would be 50,00,000/-, 60,00,000/-, 85,00,000

respectively. Fixed expenses will be constant at all capacities. Semi variable will

be constant between 55% to 75% capacity.

It will be increased by 10% between the capacity 75% to 90% & will be increased

by 20% between the capacity 90% & 100%. Following exp are on the capcity of

60%.

Particulars Rs.

Semi variable exp:

Maintenance & repairs 1,25,000

Labour 5,00,000

Sales dept. Expenses 1,50,000

Other overheads 1,25,000 9,00,000

Variable Cost :

Material 12,00,000

Labour 13,00,000

Other Expenses 2,00,000 27,00,000

Fixed Cost :

Wages & salaries 4,20,000

Rent & Taxes 2,80,000

Depreciation 3,50,000

Other overheads 4,50,000

15,00,000 Total Cost 51,00,000 Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A21. The following data is taken from the manufacturing record of a company for 1/2

year period.

Fixed expenses:

Wages & salaries 84,000

Rent, rates & taxes 56,000

Depreciation 70,000

Sundry administration Exp. 89,000

2,99,000


Semi-variable exp : (at 50% capacity)

Maintenance & Repairs 25,000

Indirect Labour 99,000

Sales Department salaries 29,000

Sundry administration exp. 26,000

1,79,000

Variable Exp. (at 50% capacities)

Materials 2,40,000

Labour 2,56,000

Other expenses 38,000

5,34,000 Assume that the fixed expenses remain constant for all levels of production. Semi- Variable expenses remain constant between 45% & 65% of capacity. Increasing by 10% between 65% & 80% capacity & by 20% between 80% & 100% of capacity. Sales at various levels are :-

Capacity Rs.

60% 10,00,000

75% 12,00,000

90% 15,00,000

100% 17,00,000. Prepare Flexible budget for the above capacity. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A22. The following budget is prepared for 10,000 units. Per unit cost will be as under

:-

Particualrs P.U. (Rs.)

Material 60

Wages 55

Fixed cost (2,00,000) 20

Variable expenses 5

Selling expenses (10% fixed) 15

Administration exp. (90,000) 9

Distribution exp. (20% fixed) 15 Prepare budget for 7,500 & 6,500 units.


A23. The following figures are available from sales & cost forecast of M/s ALANKAR &

Co. for the year ended 31st.Dec. 1990 at 50% (5,000 units) capacity. Prepare a

profit forecast statement through flexible budget at 60%, 75%, 90% & 100%

capacity assuming that

1) The fixed expenses remain constant for all levels of production & sales.

2) Selling price between 50% & 75% capacity is Rs. 25/- per unit.

3) Semi variable expenses will remain unchanged at 50% & 65% capacity but will

increase by 10% between 65% to 80% capacity & by 30% between 80% & 100%

capacity.

4) At 90% level (capacity) material Cost increase by 5% & Selling Price is

reduced by 5%. 5) At 100% level both material & labour cost increase by 10% & selling Price is reduced by 8%.

6) Semi variable expenses are Rs. 50,000 /-

7) Fixed expenses are Rs. 50,000/-

8) Variable expenses are : Material Rs. 5 p.u.

Labour Rs. 2 p.u. Direct Exp. Rs. 1 p.u.


Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL. A24. Prepare Flexible budget & find out overhead rate.

Particulars 50% 60% 70%

Rs. Rs. Rs.

Variable Overheads

A) Material --- 60,000 ---

B) Labour --- 24,000 ---

Semi-Variable Exp.

1) Electric (20% fixed) --- 15,000 ---

2) Repairs & Maint.

(20% variable) --- 7,500 ---

Fixed Expenses

a) Depreciation --- 20,000 ---

b) Rent & tax --- 2,250 ---

c) Insurance --- 2,500 ---

d) Salary --- 15,000 ---

e) Indirect wages --- 8,000 --- Budgeted Direct labour hours --- 30,000 ---


A25. Estimated cash balance on 1st may 1990 Rs. 2,50,000 From the following

information Prepare Cash budget for the month of may, June, July 90.

Month Sales Purchase Wages Manu. Office Selling

Exp. Exp. Exp.

March 50,000 30,000 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000

April 56,000 32,000 6,500 5,500 4,000 3,000

May 60,000 35,000 7,000 6,000 4,000 3,500

June 80,000 40,000 9,000 7,500 4,000 4,500

July 90,000 40,000 9,500 8,000 4,000 4,500

Adjustments :-

a) Out of total sale 20% sales in cash & balance will be collected in the next

month.

b) Suppliers allowed the credit period of 2 months.

c) Wages and all other exp. will be paid in the following months.

d) Dividends to share holders & Bonus to employees will be paid in the month of

may Rs. 10,000 & Rs. 15,000 Respectively.

e) An order of machine is given, the cost of which is Rs. 80,000, Machine will be

received in the month of June & payment will be done in same month.

f) Income tax will be paid Rs. 25,000/- in the month of July. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A26. From the following information Prepare Cash budget for the 3 months ending

30th June.

MonthSales Materials Wages Overheads

Jan 60,000 40,000 11,000 6,200

Feb. 56,000 48,000 11,600 6,600

Mar. 64,000 50,000 12,000 6,800

Apr. 80,000 56,000 12,400 7,200

May 84,000 62,000 13,000 8,600

June 76,000 50,000 14,000 8,000

a) Payment of material & overheads will be done in the following month.

b) Payment of wages will be done in the same month.


c) Terms & conditions of sales as under :- Half amount of credit sales will be

recovered in following months & balance amount will be recovered in the next

month of the following month.

d) Dividend on Preference shares Rs. 30,000/- will be paid on 1st may. e) The amount of share call each Rs. 25,000/- will be received on 1st April & of 1st June each.

f) Machines costing Rs. 10,000/- will be established in the month of January but

payment will be done in the month of June.

g) The selling commission 5% will be paid in the following months of actual sales. h) On 1st April Expected Cash balances Rs. 20,000/- Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A27. From the following information Prepare Cash budget for 3 months commencing

from 1st June. On 1st June Cash balance is Rs. 1,00,000/-

Month

Sales

Purchase Wages Manu. Exp Selling & Admn. exp.

April 80,000 41,000 5,600 3,900 10,000

May 76,500 40,500 5,400 4200 1400

June 78500 38500 5400 5100 15000

July 90,000 37,000 4,800 5,100 17000

Aug. 95,500 35,000 4,700 6,000 13000

Additional Information :-

1) Commission on sales 5% will be paid after 2 months of the sales. ( This

commission is in addition of Selling Exp.)

2) Machine Costing Rs. 65,000/- will be purchased in the month of April but

payment will be done in the month of August.

3) Dividend of last year Rs. 15,000/- will be paid in the month of July.

4) Lag time allowed to customers for the payment is 2 months, and 2 months

credit period allowed from suppliers. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A28. Budgeted information given as under :-

Month Sales Purchases Wages Manu. Office Selling

Exp. Exp. Exp.

Mar. 50,000 30,000 5,000 1,000 1,000 6,000

April 60,000 35,000 6,000 4,000 2,000 7,000

May 70,000 37,000 7,000 2,000 3,000 8,000

June 80,000 42,000 8,000 4,000 3,000 9,000

July 90,000 60,000 9,000 3,000 2,000 15,000 Aug 1,00,000 70,000 11,000 4,000 1,000 20,000

Additional Information :-

1) Cash balance on 1st may Rs. 80,000/-

2) 20% sales in cash & out of total Credit sales 50% amount Recovered in the

following month & balances 50% in the next month of the following month.

3) Suppliers allowed a credit period of 2 months.

4) Lag time for wages 1/2 month.

5) Delay in payment of office expenses 1 month.

6) Delay in payment of manufacturing exp. 1 month.

7)Amount of shares call money willbe received in the months of may Rs. 50,000/-

8) Payment of tax will be done in July Rs. 80,000/-.

9) Machine will be purchased in June Rs. 20,000/-.


Prepare Cash Budget for May, June, & July. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A29. A newly established Company wants to prepare Cash budget for four months

ending on 30th June.

Month Sales Materials Wages Overheads Selling&Admn. Exp

Jan 20,000 20,000 4,000 3,200 800

Feb. 22,000 14,000 4,400 3,300 900

Mar. 24,000 14,000 4,600 3,300 800

Apr. 26,000 12,000 4,600 3,400 900

May 28,000 12,000 4,800 3,500 900

June 30,000 16,000 4,800 3,600 1,000

Adjustment :-

1) Expected Cash balance on 1st March Rs. 10,000/-.

2) A machinery is Purchased for Rs. 30,000/- payment will be done in two equal instalments March & April.

3) Selling Commission 5% on total sales & this commission will be paid in the following months of actual sales.

4) Amount of 2nd call will be received in the month of march Rs. 10,000/- & Amount of share premium Rs. 2,000/- will be received with 2nd call.

5) Period allowed to customer for payment is1 month.

6) Remaining all other exp. will be paid in the following months.

7) The delay in the payment of wages 1/2 month.

8) You may presume that 50% sales are in cash.

9) Suppliers allowed period of 2 months for payment. Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.

A30.By the help of following information prepare cost sheet for the month of March 1980: 1. Stock (1-3-1980) a) Raw Materials 25,000 b) Finished goods 17,360 2. Stock (31-3-1980) a) Raw Materials 26,250 b) Finished goods 15,750 3. Raw material purchased 21,900 4. Work-in-progress (1-3-80) 8,220 5. Work-in-progress (31-3-80) 9,100 6. Sale of finished goods 72,310 7. Direct wages 17,150 8. Unproductive Wages 830 9. Factory Expenses 8,340 10. Office and management expenses 3,160 11. Selling and distribution expenses 4,210

Prepare cost sheet and find out following information: 1) Total Cost 2) Cost of goods sold 3) Profit on sold out goods Also write down the steps to perform above operation in MS-EXCEL.


Paper - II: Programming in C& OOP’s Concepts

UNIT – I

Design methods, Programming language, Translators, Introduction to C, C character set

and keywords, Escape sequence, Constants and variables, Data types, Conversion

specification, Input and output statements in C, Operators and expressions (Arithmetic,

Relational, Logical, Assignment, Ternary, Bit Wise and Increment & Decrement

Operator). Storage class: Automatic, Static, External, Register. Control statement: If-

else, Looping statements (while, do- while and for loop), Switch, Go-to, Use of break and

continue statements.

UNIT – II

Function: Arithmetic and string library function, User defined functions, Function

definition & declaration, Function call, Return statement, Function arguments, use of

void, Types of function, Function with call by value and call by reference, Recursion.

Arrays: Declaration, Referring individual elements, Entering data in to an array, Reading

data from array, Array initialization, Printing of array, Searching, Sorting and merging of

array. Pointer: Introduction to pointer, Pointer and function, pointer and structure,

Pointer and array, Pointer and string. Dynamic memory allocation: Sizeof ( ), malloc (),

calloc ( ), realloc(), free().

UNIT – III

String: String manipulation using string library function, Structure: Declaration structure,

initializing structure, Structure variables, accessing structure elements, Arrays of

structure, Array within structure. Unions: Concept and applications. Files: Concept of

file, Modes of files, Open and close, Creation and reading of files, Character input/output

function, Formatted input/output function, String input and output: sscanf, sprint, gets,

puts. File input/output: fprintf, facanf, getc, putc, and Block read/write: fread, fwrite,

random access to files, Other file function, command line argument.

UNIT – IV

Introduction to OOP, Characteristics of OOP‘s, Advantages & disadvantages of OOP‘s,

Steps in developing the OOP Program, Object Oriented Languages, Importance of C++,

Classes and objects, Member function, Concept of overloading, Inheritance & types of

inheritance, Data abstraction, Data encapsulation, Concept of polymorphism and virtual

function, Namespace and exception handling.

Text Books:

1. S. K. Shrivastava & Dipali Srivastava, C in Depth, BPB Publication.

2. D. Ravichandran, Programming with C++, McGraw-Hill.

Reference Books:

1. Steve Oualline, Practical C Programming, SPD, O‘Reilly.

2. Harshal Arolkar, Simplifying C, Dreamtech Press.

3. Dr. S. Dey & Mridul Ghosh, Computer Fundamentals and C Programming, SPD.

4. Yashwant Kanetkar, Let Us C, BPB Publication.

5. Veugopal Prasad, Mastering C, McGraw-Hill.

6. Balguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, McGraw-Hill.

7. E. Balguruswamy, Object Oriented Programming with C++, McGraw-Hill.


Practical List of Programming in C& OOP’s Concepts 1. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to compute the

factors of a given number.

2. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to interchange the

values of two numbers without using any temporary variable.

3. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to calculate and find

the nature of roots of given quadratic equation.

4. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to check given

number is prime number.

5. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to calculate LCM &

HCF of two numbers.

6. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to reverse an n digit

number.

7. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to calculate sum of

odd digits and product of even digits of a given n digit number.

8. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to check a given

number is an Armstrong number.

9. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to convert a decimal

number into its equivalent binary number.

10. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to display the

Fibonacci series of n terms.

11. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to print the following

output:-

1

1 2

1 2 3

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4

1 2 3

1 2

1


following pattern;-

1 1

1 2 2 1

1 2 3 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 3 2 1

13. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to calculate the

series of n terms foe x as;-

S = x + x2 + x3 + x4 +……….

14. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to calculate the sum

of the n terms of the series;-

S= 1/2!+2/3!+3/4!+4/5!.......


following pattern:-


1

2 3 2

3 4 5 4 3

4 5 6 7 6 5 4

5 6 7 8 9 8 7 6 5

16. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to insert an element

in an array at appropriate position.

17. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to sort the given

array using bubble sort.

18. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to find the transpose

of a given matrix.

19. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to check whether the

given word is palindrome or not.

20. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to count vowels in

given word using switch statement.

21. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to count number of

letters, words and blank spaces in a given line.

22. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to find largest and

smallest element of given array using function concept.

23. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to find factorial of

given number using recursion function.

24. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to find reverse of

digits of given number using recursion concept.

25. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to swap the values of

two array using user defined function. Use the concept ―Call by Value‖ and ―Call by

Reference‖.

26. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to find and replace a

numeric value from an array using function and pointer.

27. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to Create a structure

Student containing fields for Roll No., Name, Class, Year and Total Marks. Create

10 students and store them in a file.

28. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to create a file

―abc.txt‖ and store the text. Copy the content from ―abc.txt‖ to another file ―xyz.txt‖

using putc() and getc() function. Also read the content of both files.

29. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to write and read the

‗n‘ records as an entire block (structure) on a file using fwrite() and fread(). The

block structure contains Roll Number and Name of the Students.

30. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop ‗C‘ program to copy the content

of one file to another file by using command line argument.


Paper-III: Introduction to Operating Systems

UNIT – I

Introduction – What operating systems do, Computer system organization, Computer

system architecture, Operating system architecture, Operating system operations,

Process management, Memory management, Storage management, Protection &

Security, Kernel data structures, Computing environments, Open source operating

systems. System Structures – Operating system services, User and operating system

interface, system calls, types of system calls.

UNIT – II

Process Management – Process concept, Process Scheduling, Operations on

processes, Interprocess Communication. Deadlocks – Deadlock characterization,

Deadlock prevention, Deadlock Avoidance. Memory Management Strategies –

Background, Swapping, Contiguous memory Allocation, Segmentation, Paging. File

System – File concept, File system mounting, File sharing.

UNIT – III

Introduction to Disk Operating System (DOS)

- File types, Directory Structure

- Booting - Warm and Cold Booting

- Types of DOS commands (Internal and External)

- Introduction of Autoexe and Config files.

- Directory commands: DIR, MD, RD, TREE, PATH, SUBST ETC.

- Wild card Definitions

- Commands related to file management: COPY, DEL, ERASE, REN, ATTRIB,

XCOPY, BACKUP and RESTORE .

- General commands: TYPE DATE, TIME, PROMPT etc.

- batch commands, wild card characters & its use.

UNIT – IV

Introduction to Unix overview

- File systems and structure of directories and file

- File Oriented Commands – Cat, op, In mv, rm etc.

- File Permissions

- Directory Oriented commands – ls, mkdir, rmdir, cd, pwd etc.

- Inter user connection commands – write, mail, used, at, wall etc.

- Common commands – skill, date, wo, sleep, who ps.

- Unix Utility Commands – grep, pr, cut, paste, sort, lp shutdown, halt, sys, tar, find

etc.

- Basics of shell scripts

- Writing shell scripts, running scripts, using variables, controlling the flow of

statement

- Introduction of Linux.


Text Books:

1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Galvin, Gerg Gagne, Operating System Concepts,

Wiley.

2. Robert M. Thomas, DOS 6 & 6.2, BPB Publications.

3. Yashavant Kanetkar, Unix Shell Programming, BPB Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, PHI.

2. Stuart E. Madnick, John J. Donovan, Operating Systems, McGraw-Hill.

3. Dhananjay M. Dhamdhere, Operating Systems, McGraw-Hill

4. Sumitabha Das, Unix Concepts & Applications, McGraw-Hill.

5. Kernighan & Pike, The Unix Programming Environment, PHI.

6. Christopher Negus, Ubuntu Linux Toolbox, Wiley.

7. S. Jaiswal, DOS / Unix & Windows: IT Today, Encyclopedia.

8. Burnett, Using Linux: Tackett, PHI.

9. MS-DOS Manual.

Practical List of Introduction to Operating Systems

1. Make a directory naming VMV in DOS. Under that make three sub directories BCAI,

BCA II, BCAIII. Also explain the commands used in making the directories and subdirectories in DOS.

2. Using Tree Command in DOS make the following tree diagram

C:\MANAGER FINANCE_MANAGER

PROJECT GENERAL_MANAGER SALES

Also explain the commands used in making the above tree diagram.

3. Using tree command in DOS makes the following tree diagram C:\CPC BCA BCAI BCAII BCAIII MCM MCMI MCMII PGDCCA

Also explain the commands used in making the above tree diagram.

4. Make a file named ―compute.txt‖ in DOS and write the definition and characteristics of computer in that file. Rename the file compute.txt to computer.txt. Also explain the commands used in making the file and renaming file. Explain the difference between copy and ren Command.


5. Make a file named ―compute.txt‖ in DOS and write the definition and characteristics of computer in that file. Copy the contents of file compute.txt to computer.txt. Also explain the commands used in making the file and copying the contents of one file to another file.

6. Make a file named file1.txt in DOS and enter the following text in that file.

WWW can be defined as a set of standards for storing, retrieving, formatting and displaying information using client/server architecture, graphical user interfaces and a hypertext language that enables dynamic link to documents. World Wide Web is a repository of information spread all over the world and linked together.

7. Write a shell script in UNIX to calculate area of a triangle. 8. Write a shell script in UNIX to calculate area and circumference of a circle. 9. Write a shell script in UNIX to calculate the simple interest. 10. Write a shell script in UNIX to calculate the total marks and percentage of five

subjects. 11. Write a shell script in UNIX to calculate largest and smallest number among three

numbers. 12. Write a shell script in UNIX to calculate the gross salary of an employee. The salary

includes – Basic Salary, HRA (20% of Basic Salary), DA (20% of Basic Salary) and CCA (10% of Basic Salary).

13. Write a shell script in UNIX to enter the two strings and then compare the two strings. If strings are equal then display the message ―Strings are Equal‖ else ―Strings are not Equal‖.

14. Write a shell script in UNIX to check whether the given file is directory or ordinary file. 15. Write a shell script in UNIX to check entered character is in uppercase or in

lowercase. 16. Write a shell script in UNIX to check whether the entered number is EVEN or ODD. 17. Write a shell script in UNIX to check whether the entered number is prime or not. 18. Write a shell script in UNIX to print the Fibonacci series. 19. Write a shell script in UNIX to calculate the factorial of a given number. 20. Write a shell script in UNIX to calculate reverse a number. 21. Write a shell script in UNIX to find sum of digits of a number. 22. Write a shell script in UNIX to implement Break statement. 23. Write a shell script in UNIX to search whether element is present is in the list or not. 24. Write a shell script in UNIX to copy contents of one file to another. 25. Write a shell script in UNIX to count number of files in a directory. 26. Write a shell script in UNIX to implement FCFS Algorithm.


Paper - IV: Computerized Accounting (TALLY ERP 9)

UNIT - I

Accounting Basics - Defining the need for accounting, Defining accounting, Exploring

the branches of accounting, Describing the functions of accounting, Listing the

advantages of accounting, Listing the limitations of accounting, Explaining important

terms in accounting, Exploring the concepts of accounting, Understanding the

conversions of accounting, Describing an account and its types, Explaining the rules of

debit and credit, Describing a journal, Describing a ledger, Describing trial balance,

Describing a financial entries, Understanding adjustment entries.

Introduction to Tally.ERP 9 – Features of Tally, Enhancement in Tally.ERP 9,

Installation procedure of Tally.ERP 9, Opening Tally.ERP 9, Components of the

Tally.ERP 9 window, Creating a Company.

UNIT - II

Stock and Godown in Tally.ERP 9 – Stock groups, Stock categories, Stock items, Units

of measure, Godowns. Group, Ledgers, Vouchers and Orders – Introducing groups,

Introducing ledgers, Introducing vouchers, Introducing purchase orders, Introducing a

sales order, Introducing invoices.

UNIT - III

Reports in Tally.ERP 9 – Working with balance sheet, Working with profit & loss A/c

report, Working with stock summary report, Understanding ratio analysis, Working with

trial balance report, Working with day book report. Payroll – Exploring payroll in

Tally.ERP 9, Required features to create a pay slip, Description of payroll info, Working

with payroll vouchers, Defining payroll reports, working with statements of payroll report,

Describing salary discursement.

UNIT - IV

Taxation – Indian Tax Structure, Tax deducted at source in tally.ERP 9, Create a Tax

Ledger, TDS Vouchers, Printing a TDS Challan, Tax collected at source in Tally.ERP 9,

TCS reports in Tally.ERP 9, Calculating VAT in Tally.ERP 9, VAT Classification, VAT

Vouchers, VAT Reports in Tally.ERP 9, Service Tax.

Text Book:

1. Vikas Gupta, Business Accounting with MS Excel and Tally.ERP 9 Course Kit,

Dreamtech Press.

Reference Books:

1. Computerized Accounting using Tally ERP 9, Sahaj Enterprise, Tally Education

Private Ltd (TEPL).

2. Vishnu Priya Singh, Tally 9.

3. K. K. Nadhani, Accounting with Tally, BPB Publication.

4. K. K. Nadhani and A.K. Nadhani, Tally Tutorial, BPB Publication.

5. Anthony R. N. and J. S. Richard, Accounting Principles, Irwin Inc.


Practical List of Computerized Accounting (TALLY ERP 9) 1. Create a company in Tally ERP 9 with the following details:

Name of company Universal Company Ltd.

Address 1804, world Tower, AB road, Baner, Pune _411080

Country India

State Maharashtra

Contact number 7894561230

Mobile number 7741258963

Email-Id [email protected]

Books beginning from 01-04-2015

Financial year Beginning from 01-04-2015

2. Create a company in Tally ERP 9 with the following details:

Name of company Sambhav trading Company

Address a/512, palm court, girgaam chaupaty, charni road, Mumbai-400007

Country India

State Maharashtra

Contact number 022-22886512

Mobile number 9898745555

Email-Id [email protected]

Books beginning from 01-04-2014

Financial year Beginning from 01-04-2014

3. Create the following ledgers in the books of universal company ltd in Tally ERP

9.

Name of ledger Under (group) Bill wise details set to

Opening balance

Share capital Capital account No 15,00,000

Purchase account Purchase account No Nil

Sales accounts Sales accounts No Nil

Ultra tech cement ltd Sundry creditors yes 270000

Building Fixed assets No 1200000

Computers Fixed assets No 50000

Office furniture Fixed assets No 175000

Cash in hand Cash accounts No 20000

Civic centre association

Sundry debtors yes 290000

Bank of india Bank accounts No 80000

Petty cash Cash in hand No 50000


4. Create the following ledgers in the books of universal company ltd in Tally ERP

9.

Name of ledger Under (group) Bill wise details set to

Opening balance

Proprietors Capital Capital Account No 10,00,000

Purchase Account Purchase Account

No Nil

Sales Accounts Sales Accounts No Nil

Hindustan Lever Ltd Sundry creditors yes 355000

Land and Building Fixed Assets No 850000

Computers and Peripheral

Fixed Assets No 30000

Office Furniture Fixed Assets No 75000

Cash in hand Cash Accounts No 18000

Tahuraa Traders Pvt Ltd

Sundry Debtors yes 310000

Bank of Baroda Bank Accounts No 102000

5. Record the following vouchers in the books of Universal company ltd.

a. 04-04-2014 withdrawn Rs. 20000 from bank of india and transferred to petty cash

book.

b. 08-04-2014 paid 2000 from petty cash for buying stationery for office.

c. 15-04-2014 made purchase from ultra tech cement ltd. Worth Rs. 45000

d. 19-04-2014 issued cheque to ultra tech cement ltd for Rs. 45000

e. 21-04-2014 sold goods worth of Rs. 75000 to civic centre association

f. 25-04-2014 received a cheque from civic center association for Rs. 75000. The

same was deposited in the bank on the same date.

g. 30-04-2014 paid staff salary of Rs. 9800 from petty cash

6. Record the following vouchers in the books of Sambhav Trading Co. Pvt. ltd.

a. 02-04-2014 withdrawn RS. 10000 From bank of baroda and transeferred to

petty cash book.

b. 05-04-2014 paid 1000 from petty cash for office expences.

c. 11-04-2014 made purchase from Hindustan unilever ltd. Worth Rs. 33000

d. 13-04-2014 Issued cheque to Hindustan Unilever Ltd. For Rs. 20000

e. 14-04-2014 Made purchase from Hindustan Unilever Ltd. Worth Rs. 26000

f. 18-04-2014 Issued cheque of Rs. 38000 to Hindustan Unilever Ltd.

g. 21-04-2014 sold goods worth of Rs. 90000 to Tahuraa Traders Pvt Ltd.

h. 22-04-2014 received a cheque from Tahuraa Traders Pvt Ltd. For Rs. 75000 .

The same was deposited in the bank on the same date.

i. 23-04-2014 sold goods worth of rs. 85000 to Tahuraa Traders Pvt Ltd.

j. 25-04-2014 received cheque from Tahuraa Traders Pvt Ltd. From Rs.75000.

The same was deposited in the bank on the same date.

k. 30-04-2014 Paid staff salary of Rs. 7200 from petty cash.

7. Create cost centers Project A and Project B under primary cost category and

record the following transaction in the books of sambhav trading company


a. On 07-09-2014, purchased Cement worth Rs. 1, 50,000/- from Ultratech

cement Ltd. That will be shared equally between Project A and Project B . A

credit period of 30 days was provided.

b. Record transaction on 09-09-2014 for the purchase of Steel worth Rs. 450000

from Embee Enterprises. Allocate Rs. 50000 to Project A and the the rest to

Project B . a credit period of 45 days was allowed .

8. Create cost centers Mumbai and Pune under primary cost category and record

the following transaction in the books of Universal co. Limited

a. On 05-10-2014, purchases done worth Rs. 2, 50,000/- from Hindustan

Unilever Ltd. That will be shared equally between Mumbai and Pune.

b. Record transaction on 09-10-2014 for the purchase worth Rs. 600000 from

Hindustan Unilever Ltd. Allocate Rs. 250000 to Mumbai and the rest to Pune.

. a credit period of 45 days was allowed.

c. On 18-10-2014 record a transaction for the sale on Super technologies for

Rs. 1575000/- of which 1200000 would be allocated to Mumbai branch and

the rest to Pune.

d. On 22-10-2014 one more sales entry was made for 1600000 to Super

technologies of which 10,00,000 was allocated to pune branch and the rest to

Mumbai.

9. Record the following transaction in the books of Universal Co. Ltd.

a. On May 11, 2014 they received a bill no. May /005/2014 for a sum of Rs.

125000/- from M/s. Rajesh shah and Co., architects for consultancy towards

designing their office and training centre.

b. Universal company Ltd. Made the payment after deducting the TDS amount.

c. On 27th May 2014, company received bills no May/015/2014 for a sum of Rs.

75000 from M/s Rajesh shah and co., architects for consultancy.

d. On 28th May, company made the payment after deducting TDS.

10. Journalize the following Transaction in the books of Mr. Anil for the month of

March 2012 and prepare Trial balance March 2010 Particular Amt 1 Start business with cash 80000 3 Purchase goods for cash 5000 4 Purchase goods from Akash 9000 6 Sold goods to Vikas 7000 7 Return goods to Akash 700 9 Goods return by Vikash 400 11 Cash paid to Raman 4000 17 Withdrew from Bank 10000 20 Wage paid 1000 11. Akhilesh started his business on 1st Jan. 2012 with Rs.5000, his transaction

for the month were as following, prepare Cash A/C. January 2012 Particular Amt 1 Bought goods on credit from Sachine & Sons 5000


5 Paid salary 500 10 Sold to Roy 2000 15 Cash sales 2200 19 Cash Purchase 3000 25 Deposit in Bank 1000 27 Goods returned to Sachine & Sons 500 31 Cash Withdrawn by Akhilesh for personal use 500 12. Journalize the following transactions in the books of Sudhir Kumar 2003 and

prepare a Trial Balance : Jan 2003 Particular Amt

1 Sudhir Commenced business with cash 40000 3 Purchased goods for cash 500 5 Sold goods for cash 300 6 Purchased one Motor Car for cash 15000 9 Sold Machinery for cash 9000 11 Purchased a Building on credit from Narendra 20000 15 Sold Furniture on credit to Randhir Kappor 9500 17 Paid Cartage 110 22 Received Commission 50 27 Cash Sales 1200 29 Cash Purchase 600 30 Received on account from Ahmed 350

31 Paid cash to Sunitkumar on account 190 13. Journalize the following transactions in the books of Royal & Co. and prepare a

Trial Balance : Nov. 2003 Particular Amt

1 Cash invested in Business 150000 2 Cash deposited In to SBI Current A/C 30000 3 Goods Purchased in cash 20000 4 Goods Sold in cash 12000 5 Commission received Rs. 500 from Sushma Traders 6 Goods Sold on credit to Roshan 25000 7 Goods return from Roshan 5000 8 Depreciation charged on Machine @ 12% for four month Machine Cost 45000 10 Cheque received from Roshan 10000 11 Salary Paid 1500

14. Journalize the following transaction in the books of Sanjay Potdar for the

month of March 2012. 1. Ashok starts business with Rs. 100000/-

2. Purchase machinery for Rs. 50000/ and furniture for Rs. 10000

3. Paid amount for rent Rs. 1000/

4. Deposits Rs,. 10000/- in Bank

5. Purchase of goods for Rs. 20000/ from Mr. Ram on credit.

6. Sold goods to Mr. Rakesh for Rs. 10000/

7. Rs. 5000/ withdraws from bank for personal use.

8. Withdraws Rs. 1000/ for office use.

9. Received cash from Mr. Rakesh. 10. Paid to Mr. Ram.


15. Record the following transaction in the books of Raj enterprises.

1. Goods purchase from ―Kirti sales‖ on credit Bill no. 115 Rs. 62000

a. Color tv (lg) 4% 3qty Rs. 30000

b. Washing machine (samsung) 4% 4 qty Rs. 32000

2. Cash received from sangam enterprizes Rs. 15000

3. Goods purchase in cash bill no. 69 Rs. 35000

a. B/W tv (sony) 4% 4 qty Rs. 20000

b. Audio (onida) 4% 5 qty Rs. 15000

4. Goods sale on cash rs, 19000

a. Color tv (lg) 4% 1 qty Rs. 15500

b. Audeo (onida) 4% 1 qty Rs. 3500

5. Goods purchase in cash from vikram enterprises bill no. 45 Rs. 40000

a. Color tv (lg) 4% 2 qty Rs. 20000

b. Refregerator (vedeocon) 4% 2qty Rs. 20000

6. Cheaque no. received from ravi agency Rs. 10000 and deposited in state bank.

7. Credit sale to vijay enterprises bill no. 93 Rs.17200

a. Washing machine (samsung) 4% 1qty Rs. 8000

b. B/W tv (sony) 4% 1 Qty Rs. 5700

c. Audio (onida) 4% 1 qty Rs. 3500

8. Cash paid to ravi kulkarni rs. 1500

9. Cheque no. 159 paid to central engineering co. Rs 15000

10. Refregerator purchase on cash Rs. 30000 fom k k agency 3 qty (videocon) 4%

11. Office rent paid in cash Rs. 1700

12. Received cheque from vijay enterprises Rs. 10000 & deposited in canara bank.

13. Bill received from lokmat Rs. 1500 bill no.5

14. Amount received from vaishali agency in cash rs. 5000 & cheque no. 336791 Rs.

10000 only. Cheque deposited in state bank.

15. Cash sale to telco ltd. Rs. 29900

a. Color tv (Lg) 4% 1 qty Rs. 10000

b. Washing machine (samsung) 4% 1 qty Rs. 9100

c. Refregerator (vedeocon) 4% 1qty Rs. 10800

16. Cheque deposited in canara bank Rs.5000

17. Cash withdrawn from bank Rs. 34000

16. Record the following transaction in the books of Maharashtra Traders.

1. Opening stock for Wadi Godown

a. Akai color Tv 4% 10 qty Rs.10500 each.

b. Refregerator (videocon) 7qty 12000 each.

c. Washing machine (samsung) 5 qty 8000 each

d. Audio (Philips) 4% 2Qty 2000

e. Onida color tv 4% 5 qty 12000 each

f. B/W tv (akai) 4% 5 qty 18000

2. Opening stock for nandanwan godown

a. Akai color tv 2 qty 10500 each

b. refrigerator (videocon) 3qty 12000 each

c. Audio (Philips) 3 qty 1000 each.


3. Cash sale to Bhagwandas Co. Rs. 41500 in wadi godown.

a. Color tv (akai) 4% 2 qty Rs.21000.

b. Refrigerator (Vedeocon) 4% 1qty Rs. 11300

c. Washing Machine (samsung) 4% 1 qty Rs. 9200.

4. Goods purchase in cash from national Trading co. & store Nandanwan godown.

a. Audio (Philips) 2qty 4% Rs.6000

b. W/M (Samsung) 1qty 4% Rs. 10000

5. Credit sales to Ravina traders Rs. 51800 wadi godown.

a. Refrigerator (vedeocon) 2qty 4% Rs. 22000.

b. W/M (Samsung) 1qty 4% Rs.8300

c. Color tv (akai) 2qty 4% 21500

6. Cheque received from vikas enterprises Rs. 20000 & deposited in state bank.

7. Cash withdrawn from state bank cheque no. 16 Rs. 15000/-

8. Received loan from state bank Rs. 10,00,000/- invensted in business, interest

10%.

9. Cheque paid to kirti sales rs. 25000/-

10. Goods purchase on credit from rama & sons Rs. 44000 store nandanwan.

a. W/M (Lg) 3 qty 4% Rs. 24000

b. Refrigerator (videocon) 1qty 4% Rs. 10000.

c. Color tv (onida) 1qty 45 Rs. 10000

11. Akai color TV purchase in cash Rs. 20000 2qty 4% Rao store in nandanwan.

12. Paid salary Rs. 10000

13. Paid bank loan Rs. 8,00,000

14. Cash sale on wadi godown Rs 42000\

a. Audio 2 qty 4% Rs.7000

b. w/m (s.s.) 2qty 4% Rs. 17000

c. b/w tv (akai) 3qty 4% Rs. 18000

15. Paid to rama & sons by cheque rs. 18000 chq. No. 1152.

16. Paid electric bill Rs. 10000

17. Total cash sale after allowing discount Rs. 1000.

18. Paid total balance loan on state bank.

19. Advertisement exp. Rs.10000

20. Carriage exp. Rs. 5000

21. Purchase furniture for nandanwan godown Rs.28000 in cash.

22. Withdrawn for personal use Rs, 10000.

17. Record the following transaction in the books of Rathore Traders.

1. Goods purchase from sohan & sons Rs. 20000/-

a. Gold 10gm (12.5%) rs. 10000/-

b. Silver 1kg (12.5%) Rs.10000/-

2. Goods purchase from sagar computer Rs. 25000/-

a. Monitor (compaq) 1qty 5000/- 4%

b. Cpu (intel) 1qty 15000/- 4%

c. Speaker (Logitex) 1qty 5000/- each

3. Goods sold on cash Rs. 22000/-

a. Gold (12.5%) 10gm 12000/-

b. Silver(12.5%) 1kg 10000/-


4. Withdrawn 400/- Rs. From canara bank.

5. Cash given to sagar computers Rs. 24000/- in full settlement.

6. Cheque given to mr. sohan & sons. Rs 20000.

7. Salary given to mr. sahil Rs. 2000/-

8. Withdrawn Rs. 4000/-

9. Paid insurance premium Rs. 200/-

10. Purchase table without vat Rs.2000/-


MCM Part-I

Semester-II

Paper - I: Management Information Systems UNIT - I

Strategic View of MIS:

Management information system in a digital firm: Management Information System

(MIS): Concept, Definition, Role of MIS, Impact of the MIS, MIS and the user,

Management as a control system, MIS: A support to the management, Management

effectiveness and MIS, Organization as a System, MIS: Organization Effectiveness, MIS

for a digital firm. E-Business Enterprise: A digital firm - Introduction, Organization of

business in a digital firm, E-Business, E-Commerce, E-Communication, E-Collaboration,

Real Time Enterprise.

Strategic Management Of Business Performance: Concept of corporate planning,

Essentiality of strategic planning, Development of the business strategies, Types of

strategies, Short range planning, Tools of planning, Strategic analysis of business,

Balance score card, Score card and dash board, MIS: Strategic business planning.

Information security challenges in E-Enterprises: Introduction, Security threats and

vulnerability, Controlling security threats and vulnerability, Managing security threat in E-

Business, Disaster management, Information security.

UNIT - II

Basic of Management Information Systems:

Decision-Making: Concept, Process, Decision analysis by analytical modeling,

Behavioral concepts in Decision - Making, Organizational Decision Making.

Information, Knowledge, Business Intelligence: Information concepts, Information: A

quality product, Classification of the information, Methods of data and information

collection, Value of the information, General model of a human as an information

processor, Summary of information concept and their implications, Knowledge and

knowledge management systems, Business intelligence MIS and the information and

knowledge. System Engineering: Analysis And Design: System concepts, System

control, Types of system, Handling system complexity, Classes of systems, General

model of MIS, The need for system analysis, System analysis of the existing system,

System analysis of a new requirement, System development model, Structured system

analysis and design (SSAD), Object oriented analysis (OOA), System development

through OOT: A use case model, OOSAD development life cycle.

UNIT – III

Development process of MIS: Development of long range plans of the MIS,

Ascertaining the class of information, Determining the information requirement,

Development and implementation of the MIS, Management of information quality in MIS,

Organization for development of MIS, MIS: Development Process Model. Strategic

Design of MIS: Strategic management of the business, Why strategic design of MIS?,

Balance score card, Score card, and dash board, Strategic design of MIS, Development


process steps for strategic design(SD) of MIS, illustrating SD of MIS for Big Bazzar,

Strategic management of business and SD of MIS, Business strategy determination,

Business strategy implementation. Business Process Re-Engineering (BPR):

Introduction, Business process, Process model of organization, Value stream model of

the organization, What delays the Business Process? Relevance of information

technology (IT), MIS and BPR.

UNIT - IV

Applications of Management Information Systems to E-Business:

Application in manufacturing sector: Introduction, Personnel management (PM),

Financial management (FM), Production management (PM), Raw material

management(RMM), Marketing management, Corporate overview. Application in

Service Sector: Introduction to service sector, Creating a distinctive service, Service

concept, Service process cycle and analysis, Customer service design, Service

management system , MIS application in service industry, MIS: Service industry.

Decision support systems and knowledge management: Decision support

systems (DSS): Concept and philosophy, Group decision support system(GDSS), DSS

application in E-Enterprise, Knowledge management , Knowledge management

systems, Knowledge based expert system (KBES), MIS and the benefits of DSS.

Enterprise Management Systems: Enterprise management systems(Ems), Enterprise

resource planning (ERP) system, ERP models and modules, Benefits of the ERP, ERP

product evaluation, ERP implementation, Supply chain management (SCM), Information

management in SCM, Customer relationship management (CRM), EMS and MIS.

Text Book:

1. Waman S. Jawadekar, Management Information Systems, McGraw-Hill.

Reference Books:

1. D. P. Goyal, Management Information Systems, Vikas Publishing.

2. D. P. Nagpal, Management Information Systems, S. Chand.

3. S. Sadagopan, Management Information Systems, PHI.

4. A. K. Gupta, Management Information Systems, S. Chand.

5. Mahesh Halale, Management Information Systems, Himalaya publishing house.

6. Kanter, Managing with Information, PHI.


Paper - II: Core Java UNIT - I

Java Evolution - Java history, Java features, How java differ from C and C++, Java and

internet, Java and world wide web, Web browsers, Hardware and software requirements,

Java support systems, Java environment. Overview of Java Language – Introduction,

Simple Java programs, More of Java, An application with two classes, Java program

structure, Java tokens, Java statements, Implementing a Java program, Java virtual

machine, Command line arguments, Programming style. Constants, Variables, and

Data Types – Introduction, Constants, Variables, Data Types, Declaration of variables,

Giving value to variables, Scope of variables, Symbolic constants, Type casting, Getting

values of variables, Standards default values. Operators and Expressions -

Introduction, Arithmetic operators, Relational operators, Logical operators, Assignment

operators, Increment and decrement operators, Conditional operators, Bitwise operators,

Special operators, Arithmetic expression, Evaluation of expression, Precedence of

arithmetic operators, Type conversion in expression, Operator precedence and

associativity, Mathematical functions. Decision Making and Branching – Introduction,

Decision making with If Statement, Simple If statement, The If…Else statement, Nesting

of If...Else statement, The Else If ladder, The switch statement, The? : Operators.

Decision Making and Looping – Introduction, The while statement, The do statement,

The for statement, Jumps in loops, Labeled loops.

UNIT - II

Classes, Objects and Methods – Introduction, Defining a class, Fields declaration,

Methods declaration, Creating objects, Accessing class members, Constructors, Method

overloading, Static members, Nesting of methods, Inheritance: Extending a class,

Overriding methods, Final variables and methods, Final classes, Finalizer methods,

Abstract methods and classes, Methods with varargs, Visibility Controls. Arrays, Strings

and Vectors – Introduction, One-Dimensional Array, Creating an array, Two-

Dimensional Array, Strings, Vectors, Wrappers classes, Enumerated types, Annotations.

Interfaces: Multiple Inheritance – Introduction, Defining interfaces, Extending

interfaces, Implementing interfaces, Accessing interface variables.

UNIT - III

Packages: Putting Classes Together – Introduction, Java API Packages, Using

system packages, Naming conventions, Creating packages, Accessing a package, Using

a package, Adding a class to package, Hiding classes, Static import. Multi Threaded

Programming – Introduction, Creating threads, Extending the thread class, Stopping

and blocking a thread, Life cycle of thread, Using thread methods, Thread exception,

Thread priority, Implementing the ‗Runnable‘ interface, Inter-thread communication.

Managing Errors and Exceptions – Introduction, Types of errors, Exceptions, Syntax of

exceptions handling code, Multiple catch statements, Using finally statements, Throwing

our own exceptions, Improved exception handling in Java ES 7, Using exceptions for

debugging.


UNIT - IV

Applet Programming – Introduction, How applet differ from application, Preparing to

write applet, Building applet code, Applet life cycle, Creating an executable applet,

Designing a web page, Applet tag, Adding applet to HTML file, Running the applet, More

about applet tag, Passing parameters to applet, Aligning the display, More about HTML

tags, Displaying numerical values, Getting input from the user, Event handling. Graphics

Programming – Introduction, The graphics class, Lines and rectangles, Circles and

ellipses, Drawing arcs, Drawing polygons, Line graphs, Using controls loops in applets,

Drawing bar charts, Introduction to AWT packages, Introduction to swing. Managing

Input / Output Files in JAVA – Introduction, Concepts of streams, Streams classes,

Bytes streams classes, Character streams classes, Using streams, Other useful I/O

classes, Using the file classes, Input / Output exception, Creation of files,

Reading/Writing character, Reading/Writing bytes, Handling primitive data types,

Concatenating and buffering files, Random access file, Interactive input and output,

Other stream classes. JAVA Collections – Introduction, Overview of interfaces,

Overview of classes, Overview of algorithm.

Text Book:

1. E. Balagurusamy, Programming with Java, McGraw-Hill.

Reference Books:

1. Dr. R. NageswaraRao, Core Java – An Integrated Approach, Dreamtech Press.

2. Rashmi Kanta Das, Core Java for Beginners, Vikas Publishing.

3. Joel Murach, Murach‘s Java Programming, Shroff Pubishers.

4. Sharanam Shah & Vaishali Shah, Core Java 8 for Begineers, Shroff Pubishers.

5. Patrick Naughton & Herbert Schildt, JAVA 2 – The Complete Reference 3/E,

McGraw-Hill.

6. B. M. Harwani, Java for Professionals, Shroff Pubishers.

Practical List of Core Java

1. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to find the sum of

any number of integers entered as command line arguments. 2. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to perform

addition, subtraction, multiplication and division using switch case statement. 3. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to find the factorial

of a given number. 4. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to display the

following pattern – *

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

5. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to learn use of single dimensional array by defining the array dynamically.

6. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to convert a decimal number to binary number.


7. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to find the sum of any number of integers interactively, i.e., entering every number from the keyboard, whereas the total number of integers is given as a command line argument.

8. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to Write a program that show working of different functions of String and StringBufferclasss like setCharAt(, setLength(), append(), insert(), concat()and equals().

9. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to create a - distance class with methods where distance is computed in terms of feet and inches, how to create objects of a class and to see the use of this pointer.

10. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to show that during function overloading, if no matching argument is found, then java will apply automatic type conversions(from lower to higher data type).

11. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to show the use of static functions and to pass variable length arguments in a function.

12. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to demonstrate the concept of boxing and unboxing.

13. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to find the area of rectangle using constructor.

14. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to demonstrate the method overloading concept.

15. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to find even, odd, factorial of a number using inheritance.

16. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to demonstrate the Interfaces.

17. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to create a multilevel package and also creates a reusable class to generate Fibonacci series, where the function to generate Fibonacci series is given in a different file belonging to the same package.

18. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program that creates illustrates different levels of protection in classes/subclasses belonging to same package or different packages.

19. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to create your own exception types to handle situation specific to your application (Hint: Define a subclass of Exception which itself is a subclass of Throwable).

20. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to implement the concept of loading & displaying images.

21. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to demonstrate the animation.

22. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to demonstrate multithread communication by implementing synchronization among threads (Hint: you can implement a simple producer and consumer problem).

23. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to create URL object, create a URLConnection using the openConnection() method and then use it examine the different components of the URLand content.

24. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to implement a simple datagram client and server in which a message that is typed into the server window is sent to the client side where it is displayed.

25. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program that creates a Banner and then creates a thread to scrolls the message in the banner from left to right across the applet‗s window.

26. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to get the URL/location of code (i.e. java code) and document(i.e. html file).

27. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to demonstrate different mouse handling events like mouseClicked(), mouseEntered(), mouseExited(), mousePressed, mouseReleased() and mouseDragged().


28. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to demonstrate different keyboard handling events.

29. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to generate a window without an applet window using main() function.

30. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a Java program to display the following output using applet -

A A P A P P A P P L A P P L E A P P L E T


Paper - III: Quantity Techniques & Operation Research UNIT - I

Introduction to statistics - Origin and growth of statistics, meaning of statistics,

Definitions of statistics, Characteristics of statistics, Main division of statistics, Nature of

statistics: a Science or an Art, Scope of statistics , relation of statistics to other sciences,

Function of statistics, Importance of statistics, Limitations of statistics, Distrust Misuse of

statistics, Statistical thinking, statistical inferences. Measures of central Tendency or

Averages - Definition and meaning of average, Qualities of good average, Types of

averages, Arithmetic mean, median, Mode, geometric mean ,harmonic mean, Relation

among mean ,median and mode, Relation among arithmetic mean, geometric mean and

harmonic mean, Quartiles ,deciles, and percentiles. Measures of dispersion - Definition

of dispersion , meaning of dispersion , purpose of dispersion, quartiles of a good

Measures of dispersion, Measures of dispersion, range, quartile deviation or semi-inter

quartile range, mean deviation or average deviation, standard deviation or root-mean

square deviation, co-efficient of variation, variance, combined standard deviation,

relation among quartile deviation, mean deviation and standard deviation, Lorenz

curve—graphical presentation of dispersion.

UNIT - II

Correlation Analysis - Meaning of correlation, definition of correlation, usefulness of

correlation analysis, types of correlation, co-efficient of correlation , measurement of

correlation, probable error of co-efficient of correlation, standard error of co-efficient of

correlation, co-efficient of determination, correlation ratio. Regression Analysis -

Introduction, meaning of regression, definition of Regression, usefulness of Regression

analysis, types of Regression, Regression lines, Regression equation, Regression co-

efficients, standard erroe of estimate (SEE), ratio of variation, galton graph, limitations of

Regression analysis, distinguish between correlation and Regression. Probability

Analysis - Introduction, meaning of Probability, properties of Probability, importance of

Probability, Probability related events, theorems of Probability, fundamental rules of

Probability, calculation of Probability.

UNIT - III

Operation Research: An Introduction – Operation Research – Quantitative approach

to decision making, The history of Operation Research, Definition of Operation

Research, Characteristics of Operation Research approach, Applications of Operation

Research, Computer software for Operation Research. Linear Programming:

Application & Model Formulation – Introduction, Structure of linear programming

model, Advantage of using linear programming, Limitations of linear programming,

Application areas of linear programming, General mathematical model of linear

programming problem, Guidelines on linear programming model formulation, Example of

linear programming model formulation. Linear Programming: The Graphical Method –

Introduction, Important definitions, Graphical solution methods of LP problem. Linear

Programming: The Simplex Method – Introduction, Standard form of an LP problem,

Simplex algorithm (Maximization & Minimization Case), Types of linear programming

solutions.


Transportation Problem – Introduction, Mathematical model of transportation problem,

Methods of finding initial solution. Assignment Problem – Introduction, Mathematical

model of statement assignment problem, Solution methods of assignment problem

(Hungarian Method).

UNIT - IV

Decision Theory and Decision Trees – Introduction, Steps of decision making process,

Types of decision making environments, Decision making under uncertainty, Decision

making under risk, Decision trees analysis, Decision making with utilities. Theory of

Games - Introduction, Two Person zero sum games, Pure strategies (Minimax and

minimum principles): games with saddle point, Mixed strategies: game without saddle

point, The rules of dominance, Solution methods for games without saddle point. Project

management: PERT and CPM – Introduction, Basic difference between PERT and

CPM, Phases of project management, PERT/CPM network components and precedence

relationships, Critical path analysis, Project scheduling with uncertain activity times,

Project time-cost trade-off, Updating of the project progress. Replacement and

Maintenance Models – Introduction, Types of failure, Replacement of items whose

efficiency deteriorates with time, Replacement of items that fail completely, Other

replacement problems.

Text Book:

1. E. Narayanan Nadar, Statistics, PHI.

2. J. K. Sharma, Operation Research – Theory & applications, Macmillan.

Reference Books:

1. P. N. Arora, S. Arora, Statistics, S. Chand.

2. Richard A. Johnson & Gouri K. Bhattavharyya, Statistics – Principles and

Methods, Wiley.

3. S. C. Gupta, V. K. kapoor, Fundamentas of Mathematical Statistics, S. Chad &

Sons.

4. Ken Black, Applied Business Statistics, Wiley.

5. Ravindran, Phillips & Solberg, Operation Research – Principles & Practice, Wiley.

6. R. Panneerselvam, Operations Research, PHI.

7. Prem Kumar Gupta, D. S. Hira, Operations Research, S. Chand.


Paper - IV: E-Commerce & Web Designing UNIT - I

Introduction- Electronic Commerce And Physical Commerce, The DIGITAL

Phenomenon, Looking At E-Commerce From Different Perspectives, Different Types Of

E-Commerce, Some E-Commerce Scenarios, Changes Brought By E-Commerce,

Advantages Of E-Commerce, Myths About E-Commerce Development And

Implementation, System Model And Road Map Of This Book. Internet And World Wide

Web- An Overview Of The Internet, Brief History Of The Web, Web System Architecture,

Uniform Resource Locator, Overview Of The Hypertext Transfer Protocol, Hypertext

Transfer Protocol (HTTP), Generation Of Dynamic Web Pages, Cookies, HTTP/1.1,

Example. Client Side Programming- Important Factors In Client-Side Or Web

Programming, Web Page Design And Production, Overview Of HTML, Basic Structure

Of An HTML Document, Basic Text Formatting, Links, Images, ImageMap, Tables,

Frames, Form, Cascading Style Sheets, Javascript.

UNIT - II

Server-Side Programming I: Servlet Fundamentals- Revisiting The Tree-Tier Model,

Common Gateways Interface (CGI), Active Server Page (ASP), Overview Of Java

Servlet, Java Servlet Architecture, Overview Of Servlet API, Building The Virtual

Bookstore- Step By Step, Your First Servlet- Welcome To VBS, Compilation And

Execution Of Servlets, An Interactive Servlet Program Example: Topics Of Interest,

Topics Of Interest: Cookie Approach.

Server-Side Programming II: Database Connectivity- Introduction, Relational

Database Systems, JDBC Perspectives, A JDBC Program Example: Simple Servlet

Book Query, An Advance Book Query: Servletbookquerymulti, Advanced JDBC Servlet:

VBS Advance Book Search Engine. Server-Side Programming III: Session Tracking-

Introduction, Traditional Session Tracking Techniques, The Servlet Session Tracking

Techniques, The Servlet Session Tracking API, A Practical Case: VBS Shopping Cart.

Basic Cryptography Enabling E-Commerce- Security Concern, Security

Requirements, Encryption, Two Basic Principles For Private Key Encryption, The Key

Distribution Problem, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Protocol, Public Key Encryption,

RSA Encryption Algorithm, Hybrid Encryption, Other Public Key Encryption Methods,

Stream Cipher And Block Cipher, Message Digest, Message Authentication Code,

Digital Signature, Digital Signature Standard, Authentication.

UNIT - III

Internet Security- IPSec protocol, setting up associations, the authentication header

(AH) service, the encapsulating security payload (ESP) service, preventing replay attack,

application of IPSec: virtual private network, firewalls, different types of firewalls,

example of firewall system, secure socket layer (SSL), putting everything together.

Advanced techniques for e-commerce- introduction to mobile agents, WAP: the

enabling technology for mobile commerce, XML (eXtensible Markup Language), Data

mining.


UNIT - IV

Internet Payment System- Characteristics Of Payment System, 4C Payment Methods,

SET Protocol For Credit Card Payment, E-Cash, E-Check, Micropayment System,

Overview Of Smart Card, Overview Of Mondex, Putting It All Together For Payment In

The VBS. Consumer Oriented E-Commerce- Introduction, Traditional Retailing And E-

Retailing, Benefits Of E-Retailing, Key Success Factors, Models Of E-Retailing, Features

Of Retailing, Developing A Consumer-Oriented E-Commerce System, The PASS Model.

Business Oriented Commerce- Features Of B2B E-Commerce, Business Model,

Integration. E-Services- Categories Of E-Services, Web-Enabled Services,

Matchmaking Services, Information-Selling On The Web, E-Entertainment, Auctions And

Other Specialized Services, Traditional Versus Internet Advertising, Internet Advertising

Techniques And Strategies, Business Models For Advertising And Their Revenue

Streams, Pricing Models And Measurement Of The Effectiveness Of Advertisements,

Web Publishing- Goals And Criteria, Web Site Development Methodologies, Logical

Design Of The User Interface I- Abstract User Interface, Logical Design Of The User

Interface II- Flow Of Interaction, Usability Testing And Quality Assurance, Web Presence

And Visibility.

Text Book:

1. Henry Chan, Raymond Lee, Tharam Dillon, & Elizabeth Chang, E-Commerce –

Fundamentals and Applications, Wiley.

Reference Books:

1. Eric van der Vlist, Danny Ayers, Erik Bruchez, Joe Fawcett, AlessandroVernet,

Professional Web 2.0 Programming, Wiely.

2. Michael P. Papazoglou, Pieter M.A. Ribbers, e-Business, Wiely.

3. Brian P. Hogan, HTML5 and CSS3, Shroff Publishers.

4. Sandeep panda, AngularJS – Novice to Ninja, Shroff Publishers.

Practical List of E-Commerce & Web Designing

1. Write a program in HTML to illustrate the use of Formatting tags => BOLD,

ITALIC, UNDERLINE, SUPERSCRIPT, SUBSCRIPT, AND STRIKETHROUGH.

2. Write a paragraph centrally aligned and change the color of text to BLUE and Background to YELLOW. The size of the font should be 6.

3. Write a program in HTML to illustrate the below given formats.

a) The page should contain a paragraph which is centrally aligned. b) FIRST line of the paragraph should be BOLD and ITALIC. c) STRIKEOUT the Second Line. d) Underline and change the color to RED, of the third line. e) Change the font size of the fourth Line to 5. f) Change the color of the text to GREEN. g) Two horizontal lines below the paragraph.

4. Write a program in HTML to link two files.


a) The name of the first file is LINK1.HTML and that of second file is LINK2.HTML.

b) LINK2.HTML should contain a Back link also.

5. Write a program in HTML to Design a Table containing 5 columns and 4 rows. The name of the columns should be ENO, NAME, DESIGNATION, SALARY and CITY.

6. Write a program in HTML to design a Table containing 5 columns and 4 rows.

The name of the columns should be ENO, NAME, DESIGNATION, SALARY and CITY. The table should also contain the below given specifications.

a) Table should contain BORDER. b) Background color of the Table should be GREEN. c) Color of the Text should be BLUE. d) Text should be centrally aligned in the cell.

7. Write a program in HTML to Design a Table containing 5 columns and 4 rows.

The name of the columns should be ENO, NAME, DESIGNATION, SALARY and CITY. Illustrate the usage of cell padding and cell spacing. Also align the Table to the CENTRE of the page.

8. Write a program in HTML to illustrate the usage of ROWSPAN in the below given

format.

CITY TOWN

NAGPUR

SHANKAR NAGAR

DHARAMPETH

RAMDASPETH

BOMBAY

DADAR

V.T.

THANE

9. Write a program in HTML to illustrate the usage of COLUMN SPAN (COLSPAN)

in the below given format.

NAME LIVING CITY COMPANY CITY

SUJEET CHHINDWARA

TAPAN NAGPUR BOMBAY

RAM BOMBAY

MOHAN BANGALORE

KRISHNA PUNE

MANGESH BOMBAY NAGPUR

AVINASH DELHI

10. Write a program in HTML to divide the screen horizontally into two sections.

11. Write a program in HTML to divide the screen vertically into two sections.

12. Write a program in HTML to divide the Screen into 4 sections.

13. Write a program in HTML to demonstrate the usage of Marquee text with the

below given Specifications. Marquee text is INTERNATIONAL COLLEGE. Color of text is BLUE. Background color is YELLOW.


Size of Text is 7. Direction is LEFT to RIGHT.

14. Write a program in HTML to demonstrate the use of the Marquee Text with the

below given Specifications. a) Marquee Text is INTERNATIONAL COLLEGE. b) Text color is BLUE. c) Repeat the Marquee Text five Times. d) Make use of SCROLLAMOUNT. e) Make use of SCROLLDELAY.

15. Write a program in HTML to demonstrate the usage of Image file with the below

a) given specification. b) Background color of page is GREEN. c) The size of Image is 400 x 400 pixels. d) The Image should contain a border. e) Alternate text is ―IMAGE NOT FOUND‖. f) Image should appear on the centre of the page.

16. Write a program in HTML to Demonstrate the usage of Image file with the below

given specifications. a) Background color is RED. b) The size of Image is 300 x 300 pixels. c) The image should contain a BORDER. d) Alternate Text is ―IMAGE is NOT FOUND‖. e) Vertical space should be 100 pixels. f) Horizontal space should be 350 pixels.

17. Write a program in Java Script which should prompt the user to enter the result of

Question-―What is the result of 10+10?‖. The user will be given a chance to answer the question. If the answer is correct then the program should raise a message-―Congratulations‖. If the answer is wrong then the program should again ask the same question. If the answer is correct then the message should be –―Cleared in the second round‖ else another message should be generated specifying –― Sorry, try next time‖ and the program should exit. Note – Make use of If. Else.

18. Write a program in Java Script which should prompt the user to enter the result of

question –― What is the Result of 10 +10?. At the most the user will get 5 chances to answer the question. If the user gives the correct answer during the attempts then the program should exit the loop by raising a message-―Congratulations ―. Otherwise, whenever the answer is wrong the program should alert the user that the answer is wrong. Even during the 5th attempt, if the answer is wrong then it should raise another alert message also specifying- ―Sorry- Try Next Time‖. (Use Loop, Prompt and Alert).

19. Write a program in Java Script which prompt the user to enter the Result of

Question- ― What is the Result of 10+10?. The program should repeat the question in two cases-

a. If the user is wrong. b. And he wants to continue.

The program should exit the loop in two cases- b) If the answer is correct. c) If the answer is wrong but the user doesn‘t want to continue. d) (Use odd Looping, Prompt, Alert and Confirm Dialog Boxes).


20. Write a program in Java Script which raises a Message:‖ ―Welcome To Our Website‖ as soon as the Site is loaded. It should also display a message: -―Thank You ― when the user switch over from the page.

21. Write a program in Java Script to check the username. If the user name is

correct, the program should give an alert message-: ―Welcome‖ along with user name else the program should alert the user specifying that the user name is wrong. Use DOM and onchange event.

22. Write a suitable program in Java Script which displays a message depending on

the radio button being clicked using DOM and onclick event.

23. Write a program in Java Script to count the number of elements in a forms elements array. Check the number of elements returned against the number of form elements described between < Form> and </Form> tag in HTML page that is running in the browser. Recognize that number of elements in the array match the number of elements described between <FORM> and </FORM> tag in HTML page exactly.

24. Write a program in Java Script to check whether the form is filled or not. If one of

the elements is not filled then display an alert message to fill the particular element using DOM and BUTTON.

25. Write a program in Java Script to check whether the form is completely filled or

not. If one of the elements is not filled then display an alert message to fill the particular element using DOM and onsubmit event.


MCM Part-II

Semester - III

Paper - I: Advance Database Management Systems UNIT - I

Introduction to Database Management System(DBMS) – Introduction, Why a

Database, Characteristic of Data in a Database, Database Management System, Why

DBMS, Types of Database Management System, Object-Oriented Model, Object-

Relational Model, Deductive/Inference Model, Compression Between the various

Database Model. Introduction to Relational Database Management

System(RDBMS)- Introduction , RDBMS Terminologies, The Relational Data Structure,

Relational Data Integrity, Relational Data Manipulations, Codd‘s Rule. Database

Architecture and Data Modeling – Introduction, Conceptual, Physical and Logical

Database Model, External or Logical Level. Entity-Relationship Modeling- Introduction,

E-R Model, Components of an E-R Model, E-R Modeling Symbols. Data Normalization-

Introduction, First Normal Form(1NF), Second Normal Form(2NF), Third Normal

Form(3NF), Boyce-Codd Normal Form(BCNF), Fourth Normal Form(4NF), Fifth Normal

Form(1NF), Domain-Key Normal Form(DKNF), Renormalizations. Relational Algebra

and Relational Calculus- Relational Algebra, Relational Calculus.

UNIT - II

Introduction to Structured Query Language(SQL) – Introduction, History of SQL,

Characteristic SQL, Advantages of SQL, SQL in Action, SQL Data Types and Literals,

Types of SQL Commands, SQL Operators, Arithmetic Operators, Compression

Operators, Logical Operators, Set Operators, Operators Precedence. Tables, View and

Index – Tables, View , Index. Nulls – Introduction, Nulls in Action, When not to Use

Nulls, Effect of Nulls, Null Indicators, Null and Compression Operator, Testing of Nulls,

Tests of true, False and Unknown, BETWEEN, LIKE and IN Condition, ALL and ANY

Condition, EXITS Condition, ORDERED BY Clause. Query And Subqueries - Query ,

Subqueries. Aggregate Function – Introduction, General Rule, COUNT() and

COUNT(*), SUM(), AVG(), MAX() and MIN(). Insert, Update and Delete Operation –

Introduction, Insert Statement, Bulk Insert of Data, Update Statement, Delete Statement

Cursors – Introduction, Cursor Operation, Cursor Positions, Cursor Coding Guideline.

Join And Union - Join , Union.

UNIT - III

Programming with SQL- Introduction, Query Processing, Embedded SQL, Dynamic

SQL. Query-By-Example(QBL) – Introduction, Select Query in QBE, Make-Table

Query, DELETE Query, UPDATE Query, APPEND Query, QBE and SQL. QUEL-

Introduction, Data Definition in QUEL, Data Retrieval in QUEL, Data UPDATE Operation

in QUEL. Triggers – Introduction, What is Trigger?, Types of Triggers, Triggers Syntax,


Combining Triggers Types, Setting Inserted Value, Disabling and Enabling Triggers,

Replacing Triggers, Dropping Triggers, Advantages and Limitations of Triggers.

Introduction- PL/SQL Blocks, PL/SQL Architecture, SQL Support, PL/SQL Variables,

PL/SQL Data Types, PL/SQL Precompilers, Conditional And Sequential Control

Statements, Control Statements, Cursors, Iterative Control Statements, PL/SQL

Exceptions, PL/SQL Blocks, PL/SQL Triggers, Types Of Triggers, Procedures And

Packages.

UNIT - IV

Data Ware House and Data Marts – Introduction, Data in the Data Ware House, Data

Ware House, Design Issues, OLTP vs. Data Ware House, Configuration of Data Ware

House Process, Data Ware House Components, Structure of Data Ware House, Data

Ware House Life Cycle, Data Ware House Environment, Data Architecture Data Ware

House Operation, How much Data?, Data Integration and Transformation Process. Data

Mining - Introduction, What is Data Mining?, Evaluation of Data Mining, Data Mining

Verification vs. Discovery, Tasks Solve by Data Mining, Advantages of Data Mining. On-

Line Transaction Processing(OLTP) - Introduction, Designing Criteria OLTP Features,

Practical Application of OLTP, Future trends in OLTP. On-Line Analytical

Processing(OLAP) – Introduction, OPAP and OPAP, OLAP and Data Ware Housing,

Use of OLAP, Benefits of OLAP, Evaluation of OLAP, OLAP Concept and

Characteristic, Cood‘s OPLAP Product Evaluation Rules, Different Style of OLAP.

Text Book:

1. Alexis Leon, Mathews Leon, Database Management System, Leaon Vikas.

Reference Books:

1. Rini Chakrabarti, Shilbhadra Dasgupta & Subhash K. Shinde, Advance Database

Management System, Dreamtech Press.

2. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudarshan, Database System

Concepts, McGraw-Hill.

3. G. K. Gupta, Database System Concepts, McGraw-Hill.

4. Dr. P. S. Deshpande, SQL & PL/SQL for Oracle 11g, Dreamtech Press.

5. Ivan Bayross, SQL, PL/SQL, BPB Publications.

Practical List of SQL & PL/SQL

1. Write a SQL Query to create a table”employee”: Field Name Datatype Size Emp_no varchar2 5 Emp_name varchar2 25 Address varchar2 50 Phone_number number 10 Designation varchar2 15 Salary number 15

1. Display the structure of table. 2. Add qualification field at the end of employee table. 3. Modify the size of the name field 25 to 30.


4. Display the employee name whose salary is greater than 20,000. 5. Display the employee details whose name starts with ―A‖.

2. Write a SQL Query to create a table “student”:

Field Name Datatype Size Constraint Roll number 5 primary key Name varchar2 30 first letter must start with ‗A‘ Address varchar2 30 not null City varchar2 30 DOB date Phone number 11 unique key Class varchar2 10 All upper letter

Marks number (10, 2) Not null can‘t be 0 1. Display the structure of database and insert 10 records. 2. Display student information for all student in city Pune and Nagpur. 3. Display student information where marks greater than 80 and less than 90. 4. Display student name where first two character of student name ‗An‘. 5. Change student name to Ashish where student roll number A001.

3. Write a SQL Query to create a table “sales_details”:

Field Name Datatype Size S_id varchar2 8

P_id varchar2 8 P_name varchar2 15 Price number 10 Qty number 8

1. Drop foreign key constraint on column p_no in table sales_details. 2. Add foreign key constraint on column sale_no in table sales_details. 3. Modify the column qty to include not null constraint. 4. Insert 10 records in sale_details. 5. Display p_id and total of quantity qty for each product. 6. Display p_id and total of price for all the products.

4. Write a SQL Query to create a table “customer”:

FieldName Datatype Size Cust_no varchar2 10 Cust_name usertype Address varchar2 10 Salary number 10

1. Modify address field with not null. 2. Add city field as it must keep city name Mumbai, Delhi and Kolkata. 3. Add salary field where salary greater than 20,000. 4. Display the structure of table customer. 5. Insert 10 records into the table customer. 6. Display all the customer details who lives in Mumbai and Kolkata. 7. Display all the customer records whose salary>20,000 and salary<30,000. 8. Modify the address field where customer number is ‗C001‘.

5. Write a SQL query to create c_master with fields c_no, name, address, city, state and pin_code:

Field Name Datatype Size C_no varchar2 10 Name varchar2 10 Address varchar2 10 State varchar2 20


City varchar2 20 Pin_code number 10

1. Create sequence which will generate number from 1..999 in ascending order,

with an interval of 1 and in cyclic order.

2. Insert 10 records.

3. Create index on c_master which column name c_no and state.

4. Create view on c_master .

5. Select columns c_no, city which belongs to Nagpur and Mumbai.

6. Write a SQL query to create a syntax seq_order which generating numbers from

1…9999 in ascending will number with an interval of 1 in cyclic order.

Field Name Datatype Size

P_no varchar2 10

P_name varchar2 20

Qty varchar2 10

P_rate varchar2 10

1. Display next value of sequence seq_order.

2. Display current value of sequence seq_order.

3. Insert values in sal_order table must be generated using sal_order sequence.

4. Display all records of sal_order table.

5. Change a cache memory of 50 seq_order sequence having interval 2.

6. Drop sequence.

7. Write a SQL Query to- 1. Create an index employee_index depends on employee table using field name. 2. Create a view depends on employee table. 3. Display the records from the view where city as Delhi and Mumbai. 4. Update the view where employee id is ‗E006‘.

8. Write a SQL query to illustrate numeric function.

1. Sqrt 2. Ceil 3. Power 4. Floor 5. Round 6. Mod 7. Abs 8. Exp 9. Greatest 10. Least

9. Write a SQL query to create tablespace datauser or data where size of file 100MB

extend it by 10MB reach upto 250MB in size. Create user data1 with default tablespace

and temporary tablespace. Create role acc_create with create session, create

user, alter user and assign role to user. Assign profile to user where user should fail after

5 attempt and valid for 3 days. Destroy user data1 and tablespace from system.

10. Write a SQL query for join, inner join, outer join, self join and Cartesian join.

11. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to check

given number is odd or even.


number is reverse or not.


number is palindrome or not.

14. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to find the

number is Armstrong or not.



addition of all the number in the given range.


number is prime or not.

17. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to calculate

factorial of a given number.

18. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to generate

Fibonacci series.

19. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to insert a

new element in a given position in the array.

20. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to delete the

duplicate element from the array.

21. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to sort the

data in ascending order.

22. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to find

reverse of a string.


palindrome of a string.

24. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to calculate

number of char, spaces, words from given string.


largest and smallest element of given array using function concept.

26. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to print

ASCII table.

27. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to change

sale_price of product_master table where pro_no is ‗C001‘ and insert records with date on which price was changed last in new_master table whose fields are prod_no, date, sale_price.

28. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to accept

the employee whose job is programmer and update the salary of the employee. Display how many rows are affected.

29. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a PL/SQL program to display the name, dept, name and salary of first 10 employees getting the highest salary using explicit cursor.


whether emp_no of employees exists or not using procedure.


Paper - II: Principles & Techniques of Management UNIT – I

Concepts And Nature of Management, Evolution of Management Thought, Management

Process, Social Responsibilities of A Business, Coordination,

UNIT – II

Nature and Process Of Planning, Methods And Types Of Plans, Forecasting And

Decision Making, Management Information System, Organizing Functions.

UNIT – III

Departmentation And Organization Structure, Nature And Scope Of Staffing, Training

And Development, Performance Appraisal And Problem.

UNIT – IV

Direction and Supervision, SUPERVISION, Motivation and Moral, MOTIVATION,

MORAL, Leadership, Communication, Techniques of managerial control.

Text Book:

1. R.S.N. Pillai & S. Kala, Principles & Practice of Management, S. Chand.

Reference Books:

1. Chandra Bose, Principles of Management & Administration, PHI.

2. P C Tripathy & P N Reddy, Principles of Management, McGraw-Hill.

3. V.P. Michel, Principles of Management.

4. Mohan, Developing of Communication Skills.

5. Philip Kotlar, Marketing Management.

6. C. B. Memoria, Personnel Management.

7. Asha Kaul, Business Communication, PHI.


Paper - III: Elective

Elective – I: PHP & My-SQL UNIT - I

Introducing PHP- Why PHP and MySQL?, What Is PHP?, What Is MySQL?. Server-

Side Scripting Overview- Static HTML,Client-Side Technologies, What Is Server-Side

Scripting Good For? Learning PHP Syntax and Variables - PHP Is Forgiving, HTML Is

Not PHP, PHP‘s Syntax Is C-Like, Comments, Variables, Types in PHP: Don‘t Worry, Be

Happy, Type Summary, The Simple Types, Output. Learning PHP Control Structures

and Functions- Boolean Expressions, Branching, Looping, Alternate Control Syntaxes,

Terminating Execution, Using Functions, Function Documentation, Defining Your Own

Functions, Functions and Variable Scope, Function Scope. Passing Information with

PHP - HTTP Is Stateless, GET Arguments, A Better Use for GET-Style URLs, POST

Arguments, Formatting Form Variables, PHP Superglobal Arrays. Learning PHP String

Handling - Strings in PHP, String Functions. Learning Arrays - The Uses of Arrays,

What Are PHP Arrays?, Creating Arrays, Retrieving Values, Multidimensional Arrays,

Inspecting Arrays, Deleting from Arrays, Iteration. Learning PHP Number Handling-

Numerical Types, Mathematical Operators, Simple Mathematical Functions,

Randomness. PHP Gotchas- Installation-Related Problems, Rendering Problems,

Failures to Load Page, Parse Errors, Missing Includes, Unbound Variables, Function

Problems, Math Problems.

UNIT - II

Introducing Databases and MySQL- What Is a Database?, Why a Database?, PHP-

Supported Databases. Installing MySQL- Obtaining MySQL, Installing MySQL on Linux,

Installing MySQL on Microsoft Windows. Learning Structured Query Language (SQL)-

Relational Databases and SQL, SQL Standards, The Workhorses of SQL, Database

Design, Privileges and Security. Learning Database Administration and Design -

Basic MySQL Client Commands, MySQL User Administration, Backups, Replication,

Recovery. Integrating PHP and MySQL- Connecting to MySQL, Making MySQL

Queries, Fetching Data Sets, Getting Data about Data, Multiple Connections, Building in

Error Checking, Creating MySQL Databases with PHP, MySQL Functions. Performing

Database Queries - HTML Tables and Database Tables, Complex Mappings, Creating

the Sample Tables. Integrating Web Forms and Databases- HTML Forms, Basic Form

Submission to a Database, Self-Submission, Editing Data with an HTML Form.

Improving Database Efficiency- Connections — Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, Indexing

and Table Design, Making the Database Work for You. MySQL Gotchas- No

Connection, Problems with Privileges, Unescaped Quotes, Broken SQL Statements, Too

Little Data, Too Much Data, Specific SQL Functions, Debugging and Sanity Checking.

UNIT - III

Introducing Object-Oriented PHP - What Is Object-Oriented Programming?, Basic

PHP Constructs for OOP, Advanced OOP Features, Introspection Functions, Extended

Example: HTML Forms, Gotchas and Troubleshooting, OOP Style in PHP. Advanced

Array Functions - Transformations of Arrays, Stacks and Queues, Translating between

Variables and Arrays, Sorting, Printing Functions for Visualizing Arrays. Examining


Regular Expressions - Tokenizing and Parsing Functions, Why Regular Expressions?,

Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions, Example: A simple link-scraper, Advanced String

Functions. Working with the File system - Understanding PHP File Permissions, File

Reading and Writing Functions, Filesystem and Directory Functions, Network Functions,

Date and Time Functions, Calendar Conversion Functions. Working with Cookies and

Sessions- What‘s a Session?, Home-grown Alternatives, How Sessions Work in PHP,

Sample Session Code, Session Functions, Configuration Issues, Cookies, Sending

HTTP Headers, Gotchas and Troubleshooting. Handing Exceptions with PHP - Error

Handling in PHP, Other Methods of Error Handling, Logging and Debugging. Debugging

PHP Programs - General Troubleshooting Strategies, A Menagerie of Bugs, Using Web

Server Logs, PHP Error Reporting and Logging, Error-Reporting Functions. Learning

PHP Style- The Uses of Style, Readability, Maintainability, Robustness, Efficiency and

Conciseness, HTML Mode or PHP Mode?, Separating Code from Design.

UNIT - IV

Sending E-Mail with PHP- Sending E-Mail with PHP, Sending Mail from a Form,

Integrating PHP and Java- PHP for Java programmers, Integrating PHP and Java.

Integrating PHP and JavaScript- Outputting JavaScript with PHP, PHP as a Backup for

JavaScript, Static versus Dynamic JavaScript. Integrating PHP and XML- What Is

XML?, Working with XML, Documents and DTDs, SAX versus DOM, DOM, SAX,

SimpleXML API, A Sample XML Application, Gotchas and Troubleshooting. Creating

and Consuming Web Services with PHP- The End of Programming as We Know It,

REST, XML-RPC, SOAP, .NET, Current Issues with Web Services, Project: A REST

Client. Creating Graphics with PHP- Your Options, HTML Graphics, Creating images

using gd, Gotchas and Troubleshooting.

Text Book:

1. Steve Suehring, Tim Converse & Joyce Park, PHP and MySQL, Wiely.

Reference Books:

1. Joel Murach & Ray Harris, murach‘s PHP and MySQL, Shroff Publishers.

2. Timothy Boronczyk, Elizabeth Naramore, Jason Gerner, Yann Le Scouarnec,

Jeremy Stolz, Michael K. Glass, Beginning PHP6, Apache, MySQL Web

Development, Wiley.

3. Jason Gilmore, Beginning PHP and MySQL.

4. Teach Yourself MySQL in 21 days – Techmedia.


Practical List of PHP & My-SQL

31. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to get the PHP version

and configuration information. 32. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to print the Fibonacci

series up to the entered range. 33. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to change the color of

first character of a word. 34. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to test whether a number

is greater than 30, 20 or 10 using ternary operator. 35. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to calculate the factorial

of a number (non-negative integer) using function. 36. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to insert a new item in an

array on any position. 37. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to sort an array of

positive integers using the Sort function asort() and ksort(). 38. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to

a) Transform a string all uppercase letters. b) Transform a string all lowercase letters. c) Make a string's first character uppercase. d) Make a string's first character of all the words uppercase.

39. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to display all the numbers between 200 and 250 that are divisible by 4

40. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP class which displays an introductory message like "Hello All,Good Morning ", where "Morning" is an argument value of the method within the class.

41. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP Calculator class which will accept two values as arguments, then add them, subtract them, multiply them together, or divide them on request.

42. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to convert a date from yyyy - mm - dd to dd – mm - yyyy.

43. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to remove the whitespaces from a string.

44. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP function that checks if a string is all lower case.

45. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to check whether a entered string is palindrome or not

46. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to print Fibonacci series using recursion.

47. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script using switch case and dropdown list display a - Hello‖ message depending on the language selected in drop down list.

48. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to replace the first 'the' of the following string with 'That' – Sample: 'the quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.' Expected Result: That quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.

49. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to check that email id is valid or not.

50. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to create a simple 'birthday countdown' script, the script will count the number of days between current day and birth day.

51. Write a SQL statement to create simple table countries including columns country_id, country_name and region_id.


52. Write a SQL statement to create table countries including columns country_id, country_name and region_id and make sure that the column country_id will be unique and store an auto incremented value.

53. Write a SQL statement to create a table named countries including columns country_id, country_name and region_id and make sure that no countries except Italy, India and China will be entered in the table.

54. Write a SQL statement to insert a record with your own value into the table countries against each columns region_id.

55. Write a SQL statement to rename the table countries to country_new. 56. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to which will receive the

data captured by the HTML form, display the name of the form and also display the message Data Entered Successfully on the HTML form page after performing the validations.

57. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to creating, retrieving and deleting data from the cookie using POST Method.

58. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to create, retrieve and deleting the session data.

59. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to navigate the HTML Page with the use of JavaScript and PHP.

60. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to create login form with the fields‘ username and password with validation.

61. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to send e-mail from a form.

62. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to demonstrate the use of REST.

63. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to demonstrate the use of SOAP.

64. Create a table in MySQL named Programmer having the fields‘ id, sex, age, Language, OS, and Country with constraint, insert up to 20 values and write a PHP Script to generate a Bar Graph according to specific column the user selected.

65. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and Write a PHP script to create a registration form having two buttons Submit and Reset with validations. The form data should be submitted in MySQL databasewith coding to integrate the MySQL with PHP.



Elective – II: VB. Net UNIT - I

Visual Basic .NET and the .NET Framework: The Common Language Runtime,

Undestanding Assemblies, The .NET Security Model. The Visual Basic .NET

Devlopment Environment: Working with the Visual Studio IDE, Creating a Visual Basic

.NET Solution. The Elements of Visual Basic .NET: Visual Baisc .NET: The

Foundation, Getting Started, Classes, Types, and Objects. Visual Basic .NET

Operators. Software Design, Conditional Structures, and Control Flow: Control

Flow, Conditional Statements, Loops, Pausing , Resuming, and Exiting Iteration.

UNIT - II

Methods: What is Method, Method Data, Method Access Characteristics, Properties,

Introduction to Exception Handling, Design and Construction of Method. Classes: Class

characteristics, Inheritance. Exception Handling and Classes: Structured Exception

Handling, Exception Statements, Creating your own Exception Class. Collections,

Arrays, and Other Data Structures: Stacks, Queues, Arrays, Jagged Arrays,

Programming against Arrays, Array Exceptions.

UNIT – III

Advanced Interface Patterns:Adapter, Delegates, and Events : Adapters and

Wrappers, Delegates, sorting Data with Delegates, Mulicast Delegates. Data

Processing and I/O : Data Processing, Working with Strings, Members of the String

Class, Classic Visual Basic String Functions, String Formatting, Building Strings with

String builder. Files and Directories, Streams.

UNIT – IV

Interfacing with the End User: Windows Form, Introduction to Threading, MDI

Application, Components and Controls, Menus and Toolbars, Response to User Input,

Collecting User Input, Presentation and Informational Controls, Drag and Drop. Getting

Ready to Release: The System.Diagnostics Namespace, Enabling Debugging, Run-

time Configuration Files, Working with the Debug Class, Tracing and Trace Class,

Debugging with Visual Studio .NET, The Visual Studio .NET Compiler.

Text Book:

1. Jeffry R. Shapiro, The Complete Reference, Visual Basic .NET McGraw- Hill.

Reference Books:

1. Thearon Willis, Jonathan Crossland, Richard Blair, Beginning CB.Net 2003,

Dreamtech Press, Wiley.

2. Francesco Balena, Programming Microsoft Visual Basic.net, Microsoft Press.

3. Jeffrey Kent, Visual basic.Net – A Beginner‘s Guide, McGraw- Hill.


Practical List of VB. Net

1. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to calculate the sum of all digits of a number.

2. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to implement the sine series.

3. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to remove all duplicate elements from an array.

4. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to create all possible sets from given set {1, 2, 3 }.

5. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to display the following pattern –

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 6. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to

check a number is Armstrong or not. 7. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to

calculate the decimal number from binary number. 8. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to

calculate the first 50 prime and unprimed numbers. 9. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to

calculate the reverse of a string and check the string is palindrome or not. 10. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to

Search an element from characters and as well as from numbers using binary search method.

11. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to sort a given string in the order of alphabets, digits & symbol.

12. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to input array element, sorting them and remove duplicate element.

13. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to create jagged array and arrange data in ascending order.

14. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to calculate day of the week from a date without using any in build function.

15. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET console application to demonstrate exception handling.

16. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to check the user id and password is valid or not.

17. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create a scientific calculator.

18. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create text editor.

19. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to generate stopwatch.

20. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create a start menu using status bar.

21. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to load the images & run Executable files using the file control.

22. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create trial version DLL.


23. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create a menu and perform any operation.

24. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create MDI and arrange all forms as tiles and cascade form.

25. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create popup menu.

26. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create your own delegates.

27. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create data bound control for retrieving the data from database.

28. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create crystal report.

29. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to create different dialog box and perform any operation.

30. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a VB.NET windows application to enter an e-mail ID into a textbox and check the e-mail ID is valid or not.



Elective – III: C#. Net UNIT - I Introducing C# - What is C#?, Evaluation of C#, Characteristics of C#, Application of

C#, How does C# Differ from C++?, How does C# Differ from Java?. Understanding

.NET: The C# Environment – The .NET Strategy, The Origin of .NET Technology, The

.NET Framework, The Common Langue Runtime, Framework Base Class, User and

Program Interface, Visual Studio .NET, .NET Languages, Benefits of the .NET Approach,

C# and .NET. Overview of C# - Introduction, A Simple C# Program, Namespaces,

Adding Comments, Main Running Value, Using Aliases for Namespaces Classes,

Passing String Objects to WriteLine Method, Command Line Argument, Main with Class,

Providing Interactive Input, Using Mathematical Function, Multiple Main Methods,

Compile Time Error, Program Structure, Program Coding Style. Literals, Variables and

Data Types – Introduction, Literals, Variables, Data Types, Value Types, Reference

Type, Declaration Types, Initialization of Variables, Default Value, Constant Variable,

Scope of Variables, Boxing and Unboxing. Operators and Expressions – Introduction,

Arithmetic Operators, Relational Operators, Logical Operators, Assignment Operators,

Increment and Decrement Operators, Conditional Operators, Bitwise Operators, Special

Operators, Arithmetic Expressions, Evaluation of Expressions, Precedence of Arithmetic

Operators, Type Conversion, Operator Precedence and Associativity, Mathematical

Function. Decision Making and Branching – Introduction, Decision Making with if

Statement, Simple if Statement, The if…else Statement, The else if Ladder, The Switch

Statement, The ? : Operator, Decision Making and Looping – Introduction, The while

Statement, The do Statement, The for Statement, The foreach Statement, Jumps in

Loops

UNIT - II Methods in C# - Introduction, Declaring Methods, The Main Method, Invoking Methods,

Nesting of Methods, Method Parameters, Pass by Value, Pass by Reference, The

Output Parameters, Variables Argument List, Methods Overloading. Handling Arrays –

Introduction, One-Dimensional Array, Creating an Array, Two-Dimensional Array,

Variable-Size Arrays, The System.Array Class, ArrayList Class. Manipulating Strings –

Introduction, Creating String, String Methods, Inserting String, Comparing String, Finding

String, Mutable String Arrays of String, Regular Expressions. Structures and

Enumerations – Introduction, Structurs, Structs with Methods, Nested Structs,

Difference between Classes and Structs, Enumerations, Enumerator Base Type,

Enumerator type Conversion.

UNIT - III Classes and Objects - Introduction, Basic Principle of OOP, Defining a Class, Adding

Variables, Adding Methods, Member Access Modifiers, Creating Objects, Accessing

Class Members, Constructors, Overloaded Constructors, Static Members, Static

Constructors, Private Constructors, Copy Constructors, Destructors, Member

Initialization, The This Reference, Nesting of Members, Constant Members, Read-only

Members, Properties, Indexers. Inheritance and Polymorphism – Introduction,

Classical Inheritance, Containment Inheritance, Defining a Subclass, Visibility Control,

Defining Subclass Constructors, Multilevel Inheritance, Hierarchical Inheritance,


Overriding Methods, Hiding Methods, Abstract method, Sealed Class: Preventing

Inheritance, Sealed Methods, Polymorphism. Interface: Multiple Inheritance –

Introduction, Defining an Interface, Extending Interface, Implementing Interface, Interface

and Inheritance, Explicit Interface Implementation, Abstract Class and Interface.

Operator Overloading – Introduction, Overloadable Operators, Need for Operator

Overloading, Defining Operator Overloading, Overloading Unary Operator, Overloading

Binary Operator, Overloading Comparison Operator.

UNIT - IV

Delegates and Events – Introduction, Delegates, Delegates Declaration, Delegates

Methods, Delegates Instantiation, Using Delegates, Multicast Delegates, Events.

Managing Errors and Exceptions – Introduction, What is Debugging?, Types of Errors,

Exceptions, Syntax of Exception Handling Code, Multiple Catch Statements, The

Exception Hierarchy, General Catch Handler, Using Finally Statement, Nested Try

Blocks, Throwing Our Own Exceptions, Checked and Unchecked Operators, Using

Exceptions for Debugging. Multithreading in C# - Introduction, Understanding the

System.Threading Namespace, Creating and Starting a Thread, Scheduling a Thread,

Synchronizing Threads, Threading Pooling. Window Form and Web-based

Application Development on .NET – Introduction, Creating Window Form, Customizing

a Form, Understanding Microsoft Visual Studio 2005, Creating and Running a

SimpleWinApp Windows Application, Overview of Design Patterns, Creating and

Running a SimpleWinApp2 Windows Application, Web-based Application Errors.

Text Book:

1. E. Balagurusamy, Programming in C#, McGraw-Hill. Reference Books:

1. Rod Stephens, C# 5.0 – Programmer‘s Reference, Wrox A Wiley Brand.

2. Rod Stephens, C# - 24 –Hour Trainer, Wrox A Wiley Brand.

3. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference C# 4.0, McGraw-Hill.

Practical List of C#.NET 1. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to

check whether the entered year is a leap year or not. 2. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to

develop Boxing and Unboxing concept. 3. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to

calculate the reverse of a number, To check the given number is palindrome or not, To check the given number is Armstrong or not, To calculate the sum of all the digits of a number.

4. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to print the Following Pattern:

1

2 2

3 3 3

4 4 4 4


5. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to display the following pattern-

Computer Compute Comput Compu Comp Com Co C

6. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to print the Pascal Triangle.

7. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to perform ascending order sorting using Jagged Array.

8. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to find out the largest and second largest number from an array using jagged array.

9. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to print abbreviation form of Name.

10. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to separate character, digit and special symbols from an alpha numeric string and display them in ascending order sorting.

11. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to count number of characters, words and blank spaces of given sentence.

12. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to withdraw, deposit & transfer money to the account using method overloading.

13. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to overload unary operator ‗-‘ and perform subtraction operation.

14. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to overload binary operator ‗+‘ and perform addition operation between two complex numbers.

15. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to implement the concept of constructor overloading.

16. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to implement the concept of hierarchical inheritance.

17. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to implement the concept of interface.

18. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to combine two delegates.

19. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to display the priority of the thread.

20. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to convert feet to inches using Delegates.

21. Write an algorithm, draw a flowchart and develop a C#.Net console application to copy the contents from one file to another file.

22. Develop a C#.Net windows application to design and develop a simple calculator. 23. Develop a C#.Net windows application to design and develop a simple Notepad. 24. Develop a C#.Net windows application to develop a Birthday Reminder programme. 25. Develop a C#.Net windows application to develop a Database Connectivity with all

controls.


Paper - IV: Compulsory Foundation

Compulsory Foundation: Research Methodology UNIT – I

Research process, Problem and Hypothesis:

About Research - Introduction, Application of research, Definitions of research,

Characteristics/Features of a good research, Types of research, Research Methods and

Methodology, Research/Scientific Methods/Discovery, Research approaches,

Application of research in management (Research applications in marketing

management, Production management, Financial management, Human resource

management, Current status of research in India), Limitations of research. Research

Process - Defining and Formulating the Research Problem, Extensive Literature Survey,

Development of the Working Hypothesis, Preparing the Research Designs, Determining

the Sample Designs, Collecting the Data (Data Collection), Execution of the Project,

Analysis of the Data, Hypothesis Testing and Verification, Generalization, Interpretation

and drawing conclusions, Preparation of the report or writing the thesis. Research

Problem - What is Research Problem?, Components of a research problem, Selection of

a research problem, Technique involve in defining a research problem, Sources of

problem, Research Proposal or Synopsis, Preparing synopsis for the research,

Preparing research Plan. Hypothesis - Sources of hypothesis, Origin of hypothesis,

Characteristics of a good hypothesis.

UNIT – II

Research Design and Sampling Design:

About Research Design - Introduction, Definition, Components of a research designs,

Concepts related to research designs, Types of research designs. Sampling Design –

Definition of sampling?, Features of the sampling technique, Essentials of an ideal

sample, Types of sampling, Selecting/Calculating the sample size, Determination of

sample size n When estimating the population mean, Some basic technologies of

sampling, Common sampling distribution, Sampling theory.

UNIT – III

Data Collection, Preparation of Questionnaire and Schedule:

About Data Collection – Introduction, Primary data, Secondary data, Collection of

primary data, Sources of secondary data, Creating a mechanism for gathering secondary

data. Questionnaire and Schedule – Merits, Demerits, Formulation of Questionnaire,

Various Method/ Technique for getting the Response, Construction of Questionnaire,

Schedule, Types of Schedules, Difference between Questionnaire and Schedules, Types

of Questions, Case Study Method.

UNIT – IV

Analysis of Data, Hypothesis Testing, Role of SPSS and Excel:

Analysis of Data -Introduction, Processing of data, Diagrammatic presentation in

research, Scaling. Role of Statistics -Relational Statistics, Inferential Statistics(Inductive

Statistics), Measures of Central Tendency, Types of central tendency or Average,

Standard Deviation, Skewers, Correlation , Z-Test, t-Test or t-Distribution. Research

Hypothesis – Introduction of Research hypothesis, The Rationale for Hypothesis


Testing, A General Procedure for Hypothesis Testing, Steps Involved in Hypothesis

Testing, Procedure for Testing Hypothesis, Two-Sides and One-Sided Tests. Role of

SPSS – Introduction, The Variables view, Statistical Types in SPSS, The SPSS

Interface, Running procedures from the Menus, SPSS output files. Role of MS Excel -

Excel and Research, The Excel spreadsheet, The Spreadsheet - The Container, Parts of

the Spreadsheet, Create a new File, Save a new file, Open an existing file, Close a file,

Navigating the spreadsheet, A simple spreadsheet, Simple formulas, Insert row and

columns, Sorting, Chart wizard, Using Excel to determine a confidence interval, Using

Excel for t-test of hypothesis, The t-test for Dependent(and Matched-Pair) Samples,

Using Excel for ANOVA, Using Excel for Correlation, Using Excel for Linear Regression,

Using Excel for Chi-Square Tests.

Text Book:

1. Mukul Gupta , Deepa Gupta, Research Methodology, PHI. Reference Books:

1. Dr. C. R. Kothari, Research Methodology, New Age International (P Ltd)

Publishers.

2. Dr. J. Y. Khan, Research Methodology, A. T. H. Publishing Corporation.

3. Dr. Prasant Sarangi, Research Methodology, Taxmann‗s.

4. Briony J Oates, Researching Information Systems and Computing, SAGE

Publications.

5. Uma Sekaran & Roger Bougie, Research Methods for Business, Wiley.

6. Dr. Vijay Upagade & Dr. Arvind Shende, Research Methodology, S. Chand.


MCM Part-II

Semester - IV

Paper - I: ASP.Net

UNIT – I

An introduction to ASP.NET programming: An introduction to web applications, An

introduction to ASP.NET development. How to develop a one-page web application:

How to work with ASP.NET web sites, How to use Visual Studio to build a web form,

How to add validation controls to a form, How to add C# code to a form, How to test a

web application. How to use HTML5 and CSS3 with ASP.NET applications: The

Future Value application with CSS formatting, The HTML and CSS skills that you need.

How to develop a multi-page web application: How to work with multi-page web sites,

How to use session state. How to test and debug ASP.NET applications: How to test

an ASP.NET web site, How to use the debugger, How to use the trace feature.

UNIT –II

How to use the standard server controls: How to use the common server controls,

How to use the button controls, How to use the list controls. How to use the validation

controls: Introduction to the validation controls, How to use the validators, Validation

techniques. How to work with state, cookies, and URL encoding: How to use view

state, How to use session state, How to use application state and caching, How to use

cookies and URL encoding. How to use master pages: How to create master pages ,

How to create and develop content pages, How to customize content pages. How to use

themes: An introduction to themes, How to work with themes and skins. How to use

site navigation and ASP.NET routing: How to use the navigation controls, How to use

ASP.NET routing, How to use the navigation controls with ASP.NET routing.

UNIT – III

An introduction to database programming: An introduction to relational databases, An

introduction to ADO.NET 4.5, How to use the DataList control, How to use data binding,

How to customize the GridView control, How to use the DetailsView control , How to use

the FormView control. How to use object data sources with ADO.NET: An introduction

to object data sources, How to create a data access class, A Category Maintenance

application . How to secure a web site: An introduction to SSL, How to use a secure

connection. How to authenticate and authorize users: An introduction to

authentication, How to set up authentication and authorization, How to use the login

controls. How to use email, custom error pages, and back-button control: How to

send email, How to use custom error handling, How to handle the back-button problem.

UNIT – IV

How to configure and deploy ASP.NET applications: How to use the Web Site

Administration Tool, An introduction to deployment, How to use one-click deployment,

How to create and use a Setup program. How to use ASP.NET Ajax: An introduction to

Ajax, An introduction to ASP.NET Ajax, How to use the ASP.NET Ajax server controls,


An application that uses ASP.NET Ajax. How to create and use WCF and Web API

services: An introduction to web services, How to create a WCF service, How to create

a web site that consumes a WCF service, How to create a Web API service, How to

create a web site that consumes a Web API service. An introduction to ASP.NET

MVC: An introduction to MVC, An introduction to ASP.NET MVC, How to work with

views, How to work with controls and postbacks.

Text Book:

1. Mary Delamater & Anne Boehm, murach‘s ASP.Net Web Programming with C#,

Shroff Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. ASP.Net Black Book, Kogent Learning Solutions Inc, Dreamtech Press.

2. Jason Gaylord, Christian Wenz, Pranav Rastogi, Todd Miranda, Scott

Hanselman, Professional ASP.Net in C# & VB, Wrox A Wiley Brand.

3. ASP.Net with C#, Kogent Learning Solutions Inc, Dreamtech Press.

Practical List of ASP.NET

1. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to display the following Web

Controls: 1. A button with text ―click me‖. The button control must be in the center of the form. 2. A label with a text hello 3. A checkbox. The form name must be Web Controls.

2. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# that displays a button in green color and it should change into yellow when the mouse moves over it.

3. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# containing the following controls: 1. A ListBox 2. A Button 3. An Image 4. A Label

The listbox is used to list items available in a store. When the user clicks on an item in the listbox, its image is displayed in the image control. When the user clicks the button, the cost of the selected item is displayed in the control.

4. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# that take a student name from the user, add that name in list-box control. And delete the chosen name from the list-box.

5. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# for book sales. Enter the quantity, title and price of the book. Calculate the extended price, discount (15%) and after discount, the actual price of the book. Show the summery of book sales. (Like total no of books, total discount given, total discounted amount and average discount.) You will need command buttons- calculate, clear sale.

6. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# using HTML Server controls that take user name, address, and city, state and country name from the user and display it.

7. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# using HTML Server controls that convert given currency into another selected currency. For that you need a drop-down-list.

8. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to get a user input such as the boiling point of water and test it to the appropriate value using Compare Validator.


9. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# that uses a textbox for a user input name and validate it for RequiredField Validation.

10. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# that gets user input such as the user name, mode of payment, appropriate credit card. After the user enters the appropriate values the Validation button must validates the values entered.

11. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to declare one TextBox control, one Button control, one Label control, and one RegularExpressionValidator control in an .aspx file. The submit() function checks if the page is valid. If it is valid, it returns "The page is valid!" in the Label control. If it is not valid, it returns "The page is not valid!" in the Label control. If validation fails, the text "The zip code must be 5 numeric digits!" will be displayed in the RegularExpressionValidator control.

12. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to the database with ADO.NET for Inserting Data.

13. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to the database with ADO.NET for Updating Data.

14. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to the database with ADO.NET for Deleting Data.

15. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to the database with ADO.NET for Search Data.

16. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# that contains a list of following technologies:

ASP.NET, ADO.NET, C#.

It also contains a textbox in which the user has to enter a name and a textarea in which the user has to enter his comments. When the Submit is clicked, the output should display the name entered in the textbox and the user-selection from the listbox. All the above should be displayed with the tracing for the page being enabled.

17. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# that generates the ―IndexOutOfRange‖ exception when a button is clicked. Instead of displaying the above exception, it redirects the user to a custom error page. All the above should be done with the trace for the page being enabled.

18. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to create a simple Web Service that converts the temperature from Fahrenheit to Celsius, and vice versa create a simple Web Service that converts the temperature from Fahrenheit to Celsius, and vice versa. Also write an ASP program to consume this web service.

19. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to create a proxy. 20. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# that has a form taking the user‟s

name as input. Store this name in a permanent cookie & whenever the page is opened again, then value of the name field should be attached with the cookie‟s content.

21. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to create a Session dictionary using object tag. In session-on start add keys for Time, UserAgent, RemoteIP& add appropriate values. Create a simple page to display the values.

22. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to implement Session tracking using user authentication.

23. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to delete all cookies of your web site that has created on the client‘s computer.

24. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# to run video. 25. Create a page in ASP.NET using VB.NET or C# for 23. Dynamic images uploading

by the user using FileUpload control and setting the profile image by the user in a website.


Paper - II: Elective

Elective – I: Advance Java UNIT - I

Introducing Swing – JFC, The MVC Architecture, Applet, Window Panes, Important

Classes of the javax.swing Package, Setting the Look and Feel of Components, An

Applet with Swing Components. Working with JDBC - Introducing JDBC, Exploring

JDBC Drivers, Exploring the Features of JDBC, Describing JDBC APIs, Exploring Major

Classes and Interfaces, Exploring JDBC Processes with the java.sql Package, Working

with Transactions. Network Programming - Networking Basics, Network Programming

in Java Using the java.net Package, Establishing the two-way Communication between

Server and Client, Retrieving a file at server, Learning the DatagramSocket and

DatagramPacket Classes, Understanding the Content and Protocol Handlers.

UNIT - II

RMI, Naming Service, Serialization, and Internationalization - RMI Architecture, RMI

Registry, Dynamic Code Loading in RMI, RMI API, Creating a Distributed Application,

using RMI, Naming Services, Directory and Naming Services, Overview of JNDI, Object

Serialization, Internationalization, Java and Internationalization, Internationalizing Web

Applications. Introducing the Java EE Platform - Enterprise Application Concepts,

Introducing the Java EE 6 Platform, HTTP Protocol, Exploring Web Application,

Introducing Web and Application Servers. Working with Servlets - Exploring the

Features of Java Servlet, Exploring New Features in Servlet 3.0, Exploring the Servlet

API, Explaining the Servlet Life Cycle, Understanding Servlet Configuration, Creating a

Sample Servlet, Creating a Servlet by using Annotation, Working with ServletConfig and

ServletContext Objects, Working with the HttpServletRequest and HttpServletResponse

Interfaces, Exploring Request Delegation and Request Scope, Describing a Session,

Introducing Session Tracking, Exploring the Session Tracking Mechanisms, Using the

Java Servlet API for Session Tracking.

UNIT - III

Introducing Event Handling and Filters - Introducing Events, Intoducing Event

Handling, Working with the Types of Servlet Events, Introducing Filters, Exploring Filter

API, Configuring a Filter, Creating a Web Application Using Filters, Using Initializing

Parameter in Filters, Manipulating Responses, Discussing Issues in Using Threads with

Filters. Working with JavaServer Pages (JSP) - Introducing JSP Technology, Exploring

New Features of JSP 2.1, Listing Advantages of JSP over Java Servlet, Exploring the

Architecture of a JSP Page, Describing the Life Cycle of a JSP Page, Working with JSP

Basic Tags and Implicit Objects, Working with Action Tags in JSP, Exploring the JSP

Unified EL, Using Functions with EL.

UNIT - IV

JSP Tag Extensions and Standard Tag Library - Exploring the Elements of Tag

Extensions, Exploring the Tag Extension API, Working with Classic Tag Handlers,

Working with Simple Tag Handlers, Working with JSP Fragments, Working with Tag

Files, Introducing JSTL, Working with the Core Tag Library, Working with the XML Tag


Library, Working with the Internationalization Tag Library, Working with the SQL Tag

Library, Working with the Functions Tag Library. Introducing Hibernate - Introducing

Hibernate, Exploring the Architecture of Hibernate, Downloading Hibernate, Exploring

HQL, Understanding Hibernate O/R Mapping, Working with Hibernate, Implementing

O/R Mapping with Hibernate.

Text Book:

1. Prof. M. T. Savaliya, Advance java Technology, Dreamtech Press. Reference Books:

1. Dr. Ashwin Mehta, Sarika Shah, Advance Java for Students, Shroff Publishers.

2. Patrick Naughton & Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference: Java 2, McGraw-

Hill.

3. Joseph Weber, Using Java 2 Platform, Prentice Hall of India.

4. Uttam K. Roy, Advance Java Programming, Oxford University.

5. Kanika Lakhani, Advance Java Programming, Katson Books.

Practical List of Advance Java

1. Write a Java program to develop an applet that draws a circle. The dimension of the

applet should be 500 x 300 pixels. The circle should be centered in the applet and have a radius of 100 pixels. Display your name centered in a circle.( using drawOval() method).

2. Write a Java program to draw ten red circles in a vertical column in the center of the applet.

3. Write a Java program to develop calculator using Swing and also add image on Button.

4. Write a Java program to find the IP address or computer name of local machine. 5. Write a Java program with class GreetingClient is a client program that connects to a

server by using a socket and sends a greeting, and then waits for a response. 6. Write a Java program that implements a simple client/server application. The client

sends data to a server the server receives the data, uses it to produce a result and then sends the result back to the client. The client displays the result on the console. For ex the data send from the client is a numbers and the result produce by the server is the addition of that number.

7. Write a Java program to create an application that displays a frame with a menu bar. When a user selects any menu or menu item, display that selection on a text area in the center of the frame.

8. Write RMI application where client supplies data to withdraw and server response with new account balance. Provide your custom security policy for this application.

9. Write a Java program to develop database application that allows user to Insert, Update, Delete values in a Table and manages appropriate exception handling when wrong values are entered.

10. Write a Java program to present a set of choice for user to select a product and display the price of product.

11. Write a Java program to show validation of user using servlet. 12. Write a Java program to develop a simple servlet question answer application 13. Write a Java program to pass any URL string and display all 4 elements of URL

string.


14. Write a Java program to trap all the events of mouse listener interface. 15. Write a Java program to show validation of user using JSP. 16. Write a Java program to display message on browser using JSP. 17. Write a Java program to connect with the google.com and retrieve the html code of

default web page. 18. Write a Java program to present a set of choices for a user to select stationary

products and display the price of product after selection from the list. 19. Write a Java program to demonstrate typical editable table, describing employee

details for a software company. 20. Write a Java program to trap all the events of key listener interface. 21. Write a Java program of calling one servlet by another servlet. 22. Write a Java program to develop a simple servlet calculator application. 23. Write a Java program to set scope of beans. 24. Write a Java program to create a JSP application that accepts registration details

from the student and stores the details into the database table. 25. Write a Java program to develop a JSP application that authenticate user login as

per the registration details. If login success then forward user to the index page otherwise show login failure message.

26. Write a Java program using split pane to demonstrate a screen divided into two parts contains a name of planets and another display the image of planet. When user selects the planet name from the left screen appropriate image of display in right screen.

27. Write a Java program to develop a web application to add items in the inventory using JSP.

28. Write a Java program to create a web form which processes servlet and demonstrates use of cookies and sessions.

29. Write a Java program to develop a simple JSP program for user login form with static and dynamic database.

30. Write a Java program to develop a JSP program to display the grade of a student by accepting the marks of five subjects.



Elective – II: Android Programming UNIT - I Getting an Overview of Android Introducing Android - Listing the Version History of Android Platform, Discussing Android APIs, Describing the Android Architecture Application Framework, Exploring the Features of Android, Discussing about Android Applications, The Application Components, The Manifest File, The Command-Line Tools, Developing and Executing the First Android Application, Using Eclipse IDE to Create an Application, Running Your Application, Exploring the Application, Using Command-Line Tools. Using Activities, Fragments and Intents in Android - Working with Activities, Creating an Activity, Starting an Activity, Managing the Lifecycle of an Activity, Applying Themes and Styles to an Activity, Displaying a Dialog in the Activity, Hiding the Title of the Activity, Using Intents, Exploring Intent Objects, Exploring Intent Resolution, Exploring Intent Filters, Resolving Intent Filter Collision, Linking the Activities Using Intent, Fragments, Fragment Implementation, Finding Fragments, Adding, Removing, and Replacing Fragments, Finding Activity Using Fragment, Using the Intent Object to Invoke Built-in Application. Working with the User Interface Using Views and ViewGroups - Working with View Groups, The LinearLayout Layout, The RelativeLayout Layout, The ScrollView Layout, The TableLayout Layout, The FrameLayout Layout, The TabLayout Using the Action Bar, Working with Views, Using the TextView, Using the EditText View, Using the Button View, Using the RadioButton View, Using the CheckBox View, Using the ImageButton View, Using the ToggleButton View, Using the RatingBar View, Binding Data with the AdapterView Class, Using the ListView Class, Spinner, Using the Gallery View, Designing the AutoTextCompleteView, Implementing Screen Orientation, Anchoring the Views of the Current Activity, Customizing the Size and Position of the Views, Designing the Views Programmatically, Handling UI Events, Handling User Interaction with Activities, Handling User Interaction with the Views, Specialized Fragments, ListFragment, DialogFragment, PreferenceFragment, Creating Menus The Options Menu The Context Menu The SubMenus.

UNIT - II Handling Pictures and Menus with Views - Working with Image Views, Displaying Images in the Gallery View, Displaying Images in the Grid View, Using the ImageSwitcher View, Designing Context Menu for Image View, Using the AnalogClock and DigitalClock Views, Embedding Web Browser in an Activity, Notifying the User Creating the Toast Notification, Creating the Status Bar Notification, Creating the Dialog Notification. Storing the Data Persistently - Introducing the Data Storage Options, Using Preferences, Using the Internal Storage Exploring the Methods Used for Internal Storage, Developing an Application to Save User Data Persistently in File, Using the External Storage Exploring the Methods Used for External Storage, Developing Application to Save File in SD Card, Using the SQLite Database Creating the Database Helper Class, Creating the Layout and Main Activity Class, Creating the Layout and Activity for the Insert Operation, Creating the Layout and Activity to Search a Record, Creating the Activity Class to Fetch All Records, Creating the Layout and Activity for the Update Operation, Creating the Layout and Activity for the Delete Operation, Executing the Database Operations, Working with Content Providers, Exploring the android.provider Package, Creating User-Defined Content Provider, Consuming User-Defined Content Provider. Emailing and Networking in Android - Building an Application to Send Email, Networking in Android, Getting an Overview of Networking Fundamentals, Checking Network Availability, Accessing Web Services Using HTTP


Post, Accessing Web Services Using the GET Method, Working with Binary Data and Text Files, Consuming JSON Services, Sockets Programming.

UNIT - III Working with Location Services and Maps - Working with Google Maps, Exploring Google Maps External Library, Creating an Application Using Google Maps Android API, Disabling the Zoom Control Button, Changing the Map Type, Displaying the Specific Location and Adding Markers, Handling Map Gestures Interaction, Getting the Current Location of a User, Working with Geocoding and Reverse Geocoding. Working with Graphics and Animation - Working with Graphics, Drawing Graphics to Canvas, Using the Drawable Object, Referencing an Image File, Defining Drawable in XML, Using the Shape Drawable Object, Working with the Nine Patch Drawable Graphics, Understanding the Concept of Hardware Acceleration, Working with Animations, The Property Animation, View Animation Drawable Animation. Audio, Video and Camera - Role of Media Playback Using Media Player Media Formats Supported by Media Player, Preparing Audio for Playback, Preparing Video for Playback, Creating Application to Play Audio and Video Using MediaPlayer, Recording and Playing Sound, Use of Media Store Audio Recording Application, Creating a Sound Pool Using Camera for Taking Pictures, Creating Video Recording Application.

UNIT - IV Threads and Services - Introducing Threads Worker Threads Using AsyncTask, Introducing Services Exploring Services Essentials, Understanding the Lifecycle of a Service, Exploring the Service Class, Introducing the Service Class, Creating a Bound Service. Bluetooth, NFC and Wi-Fi - Working with Bluetooth Exploring the Android Bluetooth APIs, Permissions Required to Access Bluetooth, Setting Up the Bluetooth for an Application, Identifying the Bluetooth-Enabled Devices, Querying the Paired Devices, Discovering Devices Creating an Application Using Bluetooth Functionality, Connecting the Devices Using Bluetooth for Data Transfer, Connecting as a Server Connecting as a Client Working with Bluetooth Low Energy, Working with NFC, Exploring the Basics of NFC, Developing an Application Using NFC, Working with Wi-Fi, Exploring the Wi-Fi APIs, Creating an Application Using Wi-Fi. Telephony and SMS - Handling Telephony Displaying Phone Information Application Receiving Phone Calls Application, Making Outgoing Phone Calls Application, Handling SMS Sending SMS Using SmsManager, Sending SMS Using Intent, Receiving SMS Using the BroadcastReceiver Object, Role of Default SMS Providers. Hardware Sensors - Introducing Sensors Exploring the Sensor Framework, Managing Various Sensor Configurations, Understanding the Sensor Coordinate System.

Text Book:

1. Rradeep Kothari, Android Application Development – Black Book, Dreamtech Press.

Reference Books:

1. Prasanna Kumar Dixit, Android, Vikas Publishing. 2. Dawn Griffiths & David Griffiths, Head First Android Development, Shroff

Publishers. 3. Ed Burnette, Hello Android, Shroff Publishers. 4. Jerome DiMarzio, Android – A Programmer‘s Guide, McGraw-Hill. 5. Dave MacLean, Satya Komatineni, Grant Allen, Pro Android 5, Apress. 6. Reto Meier, Professional Android Application Development, Wiley.


Practical List of Android Programming

1. Create ―Hello World‖ android application. That will display ―Hello World‖ in the

middle of the screen in the red color with white background. 2. Write an android application to understand Activity, Intenta. Create sample

application with login module. (Check username and password) and on successful login, go to next screen. And on failing login, alert user using Toast. Also pass username to next screen.

3. Create an android application that will change color of the screen and change the font size of text view using xml.

4. Create login android application where you will have to validate EmailID (UserName). Till the username and password is not validated, login button should remain disabled.

5. Create and login android application as above. On successful login, open browser with any URL.

6. Create an android application that will pass some number to the next screen, and on the next screen that number of items should be display in the list.

7. Create an android application that will change color of the screen, based on selected options from the menu.

8. Create an android application that will display toast (Message) on specific interval of time.

9. Create a android background application that will open activity on specific time. 10. Create an android application that will have spinner with list of animation names.

On selecting animation name, that animation should affect on the images displayed below.

11. Create an android UI such that, one screen have list of all the types of cars. and on selecting of any car name, next screen should show Car details like : name , launched date ,company name, images(using gallery) if available, show different colors in which it is available.

12. Write an android application to read phonebook contacts using content providers and display in list.

13. Write an android application to read messages from the mobile and display it on the screen.

14. Create an android application to call specific entered number by user in the EditText

15. Create an android application that will create database with table of User credential.

16. Create an android application to read file from asset folder and copy it in memory card.

17. Create an android application that will play a media file from the memory card. 18. Create an android application to make Insert, update, Delete and retrieve

operation on the database. 19. Create an android application to read file from the sdcard and display that file

content to the screen. 20. Create an android application to draw line on the screen as user drag his finger. 21. Create an android application to send message between two emulators. 22. Create an android application to take picture using native application. 23. Create an android application to pick up any image from the native application

gallery and display it on the screen. 24. Create an android application to open any URL inside the application and clicking

on any link from that URl should not open Native browser but that URL should open the same screen.

25. Create an android application that will create database with table of User credential.



Elective – III: Python UNIT - I

The Way of the Program - The Python Programming Language, What Is a Program?,

What Is Debugging?, Syntax Errors, Runtime Errors, Semantic Errors, Experimental

Debugging, Formal and Natural Languages, The First Program. Variables,

Expressions, and Statements - Values and Types, Variables, Variable Names and

Keywords, Operators and Operands, Expressions and Statements, Interactive Mode and

Script Mode, Order of Operations, String Operations, Comments. Functions - Function

Calls, Type Conversion Functions, Math Functions, Composition, Adding New Functions,

Definitions and Uses, Flow of Execution, Parameters and Arguments, Variables and

Parameters Are Local, Stack Diagrams, Fruitful Functions and Void Functions, Why

Functions?, Importing with from.

UNIT - II

Conditionals and Recursion - Modulus Operator, Boolean Expressions, Logical

Operators, Conditional Execution, Alternative Execution, Chained Conditionals, Nested

Conditionals, Recursion, Stack Diagrams for Recursive Functions, Infinite Recursion,

Keyboard Input. Fruitful Functions - Return Values, Incremental Development,

Composition, Boolean Functions, More Recursion, Leap of Faith, One More Example,

Checking Types. Iteration - Multiple Assignment, Updating Variables, The while

Statement, break, Square Roots, Algorithms, Debugging. Strings - A String Is a

Sequence, len, Traversal with a for Loop, String Slices, Strings Are Immutable,

Searching, Looping and Counting, String Methods, The in Operator, String Comparison.

UNIT - III

Lists - A List Is a Sequence, Lists Are Mutable, Traversing a List, List Operations, List

Slices, List Methods, Map, Filter, and Reduce, Deleting Elements, Lists and Strings,

Objects and Values, Aliasing, List Arguments. Dictionaries - Dictionary as a Set of

Counters, Looping and Dictionaries, Reverse Lookup, Dictionaries and Lists, Memos,

Global Variables, Long Integers. Tuples - Tuples Are Immutable, Tuple Assignment,

Tuples as Return Values, Variable-Length Argument Tuples, Lists and Tuples,

Dictionaries and Tuples, Comparing Tuples, Sequences of Sequences.

UNIT - IV

Files – Persistence, Reading and Writing, Format Operator, Filenames and Paths,

Catching Exceptions, Databases, Pickling, Pipes, Writing Modules. Classes and

Objects - User-Defined Types, Attributes, Rectangles, Instances as Return Values,

Objects Are Mutable, Copying. Classes and Functions – Time, Pure Functions,

Modifiers, Prototyping Versus Planning. Classes and Methods - Object-Oriented

Features, Printing Objects, Another Example, A More Complicated Example, The init

Method, The __str__ Method, Operator Overloading, Type-Based Dispatch,

Polymorphism, Debugging, Interface and Implementation. Inheritance - Card Objects,

Class Attributes, Comparing Cards, Decks, Printing the Deck, Add, Remove, Shuffle,

and Sort, Inheritance, Class Diagrams, Debugging, Data Encapsulation.


Text Book: 1. Allen B. Downey, Think Python, Shroff Publishers, O‘Reilly.

Reference Books:

1. Charles Dierbach, Introduction to Computer Science using Python, Wiley.

2. Laura Cassell & Alan Gauld, Python Projects, Wrox A Wiley Brand.

3. Paul Greis, Jennifer Campbell, Jason Montojo, Practical Programming – An

Introduction to Computer Science using Python, Shroff Publishers.

Practical List of Python

1. Write a Python program to convert the given temperature from Fahrenheit to Celsius

and vice versa depending upon users choice. 2. Write a Python program that allows the user to enter any integer base and integer

exponent, and displays the value of the base raised to that exponent. 3. Write a Python program that prompts the user for a certain number of cities for the

Travelling salesman Problem, and displays the total number of possible routes that can be taken.

4. Write a Python program that prompts the user to enter an upper or lower case letter and displays the corresponding Unicode encoding.

5. Write a Python program to calculate total marks, percentage and grade of a student. Marks obtained in each of the three subjects are to be input by the user. Assign grades according to the following criteria: Grade A: Percentage >=80 Grade B: Percentage>=70 and <80 Grade C: Percentage>=60 and <70 Grade D: Percentage>=40 and <60 Grade E: Percentage<40

6. Write a Python program to find the area of rectangle, square, circle and triangle by accepting suitable input parameters from user using user-defined function.

7. Write a Python program find factorial of the given number. 8. Write a Python program to find sum of the following series for n terms: 1 – 2/2! + 3/3!

- - - - - n/n! 9. Write a Python program to calculate the sum and product of two compatible matrices. 10. Write a Python program to calculate the transpose of a matrix. 11. Write a Python program to determine how many times a given letter occurs in a

provided string using recursion. 12. Write a Python program to calculate Fibonacci series using recursion. Visual Python 13. Write a Python program to create mathematical 3D objects –

I. curve II. sphere III. cone IV. arrow V. ring VI. cylinder.

14. Write a Python program to read n integers and display them as a histogram. 15. Write a Python program to display sine, cosine, polynomial and exponential curves. 16. Write a Python program to plot a graph of people with pulse rate p vs. height h. The

values of p and h are to be entered by the user.


17. Write a Python program to calculate the mass m in a chemical reaction. The mass m (in gms) disintegrates according to the formula m=60/(t+2), where t is the time in hours. Sketch a graph for t vs. m, where t>=0.

18. A population of 1000 bacteria is introduced into a nutrient medium. The population p grows as follows: P(t) = (15000(1+t))/(15+ e) where the time t is measured in hours. Write a Python program to determine the size of the population at given time t and plot a graph for P vs t for the specified time interval.

19. Input initial velocity and acceleration, and plot the following graphs depicting equations of motion: I. velocity wrt time (v=u+at) II. distance wrt time ( s=u*t+0.5*a*t*t) III. distance wrt velocity ( s=(v*v-u*u)/2*a )

20. Write a Python program show a ball bouncing between 2 walls.


Paper - III: Elective Foundation

Elective Foundation – I: Big Data & Hadoop UNIT - I

Types of Digital Data - Classification of Digital Data. Introduction to Big Data -

Characteristics of Data, Evolution of Big Data, Definition of Big Data, Challenges with Big

Data, What is Big Data?, Other Characteristics of Data Which are not Definitional Traits

of Big Data, Why Big Data?, Are We Just an Information Consumer or Do we also

Produce Information?, Traditional Business Intelligence (BI) versus Big Data, A Typical

Data Warehouse Environment, A Typical Hadoop Environment, What is New Today?,

What is changing in the Realms of Big Data?. Big Data Analytics - Where do we

Begin?, What is Big Data Analytics?, What Big Data Analytics Isn‘t?, Why this Sudden

Hype Around Big Data Analytics?, Classification of Analytics, Greatest Challenges that

Prevent Businesses from Capitalizing on Big Data, Top Challenges Facing Big Data,

Why is Big Data Analytics Important?, What Kind of Technologies are we looking Toward

to Help Meet the Challenges Posed by Big Data?, Data Science, Data Scientist…Your

New Best Friend!!!, Terminologies Used in Big Data Environments, Basically Available

Soft State Eventual Consistency (BASE), Few Top Analytics Tools.

UNIT - II

The Big Data Technology Landscape - NoSQL (Not Only SQL), Hadoop. Introduction

to Hadoop - Introducing Hadoop, Why Hadoop?, Why not RDBMS?, RDBMS versus

Hadoop, Distributed Computing Challenges, History of Hadoop, Hadoop Overview, Use

Case of Hadoop, Hadoop Distributors, HDFS (Hadoop Distributed File System),

Processing Data with Hadoop, Managing Resources and Applications with Hadoop

YARN (Yet another Resource Negotiator), Interacting with Hadoop Ecosystem.

Introduction to MongoDB - What is MongoDB?, Why MongoDB?, Terms Used in

RDBMS and MongoDB, Data Types in MongoDB, MongoDB Query Language.

UNIT - III

Introduction to Cassandra - Apache Cassandra - An Introduction, Features of

Cassandra, CQL Data Types, CQLSH, Keyspaces, CRUD (Create, Read, Update and

Delete) Operations, Collections, Using a Counter, Time to Live (TTL), Alter Commands,

Import and Export, Querying System Tables, Practice Examples. Introduction to

MAPREDUCE Programming – Introduction, Mapper, Reducer, Combiner, Partitioner,

Searching, Sorting, Compression. Introduction to Hive - What is Hive?, Hive Architecture,

Hive Data Types, Hive File Format, Hive Query Language (HQL), RCFile

Implementation, SerDe, User-Defined Function (UDF).

UNIT - IV

Introduction to Pig - What is Pig?, The Anatomy of Pig, Pig on Hadoop, Pig Philosophy,

Use Case for Pig: ETL Processing, Pig Latin Overview, Data Types in Pig, Running Pig

10.9 Execution Modes of Pig, HDFS Commands, Relational Operators, Eval Function,

Complex Data Types, Piggy Bank, User-Defined Functions (UDF), Parameter

Substitution, Diagnostic Operator, Word Count Example using Pig, When to use Pig?,


When not to use Pig?, Pig at Yahoo!, Pig versus Hive. Jasper Report using Jasper soft -

Introduction to Jasper Reports, Connecting to MongoDB NoSQL Database, Connecting

to Cassandra NoSQL Database. Introduction to Machine Learning - Introduction to

Machine Learning, Machine Learning Algorithms.

Text Book:

1. Seema Acharya & Subhashini Chellappan, Big data and Analytics, Wiley.

Reference Books:

1. Radha Shankarmani & M. Vijayalakshmi, Big data Analytics, Wiley.

2. Chuck Lam, Hadoop in Action, Dreamtech Press.

3. Philip Kromer & Russell Jurney, Big Data for Chimps, Shroff Publishers, O‘Reilly.

4. Chandrakant Naikodi, Managing Big Data, Vikas publishing.

5. Chriss Eaton, Dirik Deroos, Tom Deutsch, George Lapis, Paul Zikopoulos,

Understanding Big Data, McGraw-Hill.



Elective Foundation – II: Software Engineering UNIT - I Introduction- The software engineering discipline evolution and impact, Programs Vs. software product, Why study software engineering?, Emergence of software engineering, Notable changes in software development practices, Computer systems engineering. Software Life Cycle- Why use a life cycle model?, Classical waterfall model, Interactive waterfall model, Prototyping model, Evolutionary model, Spiral model, Comparison of different life cycle models. Software Product Management- Responsibilities of a software project manager, Project planning, Matrices for project size estimation, Project estimation techniques, Empirical project techniques, COCOMO- A heuristic estimation technique, Halstead‘s software science- An analytical technique, Staffing level estimation, Scheduling, Organization and team structures, Staffing, Risk management, Software configuration management, Miscellaneous plans. UNIT - II Requirement Analysis and Specifications - Requirement gathering and specifications, Software requirement specification, Formal system development techniques, Axiomatic specification, Algebraic specification, Executable specification and 4GLs. Software Design- What is a software design?, Cohesion and coupling, Neat arrangement, Software design approaches, Object oriented Vs. function oriented design. Function Oriented Software Design- Overview of SA/SD methodology, Structured analysis, Data flow diagrams (DFDs), Extending DFD techniques to real-time systems, Structured design, Detailed design, Design review. UNIT - III Object Modeling Using UML - Overview of object oriented concept, Unified modeling language (UML), UML diagrams, Use case models, Class diagrams, Interaction diagrams, Activity diagrams, State chart diagrams. Object Oriented Software Development- Design pattern, A generalized object oriented analysis and design process, Odd goodness criteria. UNIT - IV Computer Aided Software Engineering- Case and its scope, Case environment, Case support in software life cycle, Other characteristics of case tools, Towards second generation case tools, Architecture of a case environment. Software Maintenance- Characteristics of software maintenance, Software reverse engineering, Software maintenance process model, Estimation of maintenance cost. Software Reuse- What can be reused?, Why almost no reuse so far?, Basic issue in any reuse program, A reuse approach, Reuse at organization level. Text Book:

1 . Rajib Mall, Fundamentals of Software Engineering, PHI.

Reference Books:

1. Rajesh Narang, Software Engineering Principles & Practices, McGraw-Hill. 2. Roger Pressman, Software Engineering – A Practitioner Approach, McGraw-Hill. 3. Dr. Sajan Mathew, Software Engineering, S. Chand. 4. S. Thangasamy, Essentials of Software Engineering, Wiley-India. 5. Pankaj Jalote, Software Engineering – A Precise approach, Wiley.



Elective Foundation – III: Strategic Management UNIT - I

Strategic Management - Introduction to strategic management, Strategic decision making, Strategic management process; Difference between Policy, Strategy and Tactics. Vision, Mission & goals, Preparation of Vision & Mission Statement; Organizational objectives, Hierarchy of objectives & strategies, setting of Objectives.

UNIT - II

Internal & Resource Analysis - SWOT analysis, Resource analysis- a) Organization capabilities & competitive advantage b) Value chain analysis; Concept of synergy – Core competency, Competitive analysis - Interpreting the five forces model, Competitors analysis. External analysis - Environment analysis a) Components of External environment b) Components of Internal environment c) Environmental scanning. Industry Analysis a) A Framework for industry analysis b) Michael Porter‗s Analysis c) Usefulness of industry analysis.

UNIT - III

Strategy Formulation - Corporate Level Strategy: A) Growth-Concentration, Horizontal, Vertical, B) Diversification- Concentric, conglomerate. C) Expansion through Cooperation; Merger, Acquisitions, Joint ventures & strategic alliances D) Stability - Pause/proceed with caution, No change, Profit strategies. E) Retrenchment –Turnaround, Captive Company Strategy, Selling out Bankruptcy, Liquidation. Portfolio Approach & Analysis - a) Portfolio analysis, advantages & disadvantages, b) BCG Matrix c) General Electric‗s Business Screen, d) Life cycle or Arthur D Little matrix, e) Balance scorecard. 7s Framework, Strategic Business Unit (SBUS), Merits & Demerits of SBU; Leadership, Power & organization culture.

UNIT - IV

Business Level Strategy & Functional Level Strategy - A) Business Level strategy- Competitive advantage, Low cost strategy, Differential strategy and Focus strategy, B) Functional level strategy - Operations strategy, Marketing strategy, Financial strategy, Human Resource strategy. Global strategy - Reasons for globalization, Global expansion strategy, International Portfolio Analysis; Market entry strategy, International strategy & competitive advantage. Strategic Implementation Strategic Evaluation, Control & Continuous: Improvement - Establishing strategic evaluation & control; The quality imperative: continuous Improvement to build customer value, Fundamentals of Six sigma approach for continuous improvement.

Text Book:

1 . V. S. Ramaswami, S. Namaumari, Strategic Planning & Formulation of Corporate Strategy, Macmillan - Publication.

Reference Books:

1. Richard B Robinson, Strategic Management, McGraw-Hill. 2. Henry, Understanding Strategic Management, Oxford University Press.

3. R.M. Srivastava, Management Policy & Strategic Management, Himalaya Pub.

4. Chandrasekara, Anant Narayanan, Strategic Management, Oxford University

Press.

1

RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

Direction No. 40 of 2016

DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF COMMERCE (CREDIT BASE SEMISTER PATTERN) FACULTY OF

COMMERCE

(Issued under section 14(8) of the Maharashtra University Act 1994)

WHEREAS, Maharashtra University act No. xxxv of 1994 has come into force with effect from 22nd

July

1994 and has been amended from time to time,

AND

WHERAS, the University Grants Commission, New Delhi vide letter no. D.O. No. F-2/2008/(XI Plan),

Dated 31st

January 2008 regarding new initiatives under the XI Plan-Academic reforms in the University

has suggested for improving quality of higher education and to initiate the Academic reform at the earliest.

AND

WHEREAS, faculty of commerce act its meeting held on 14.2.2012 has decided to update the existing

syllabus for award of the degree of Master of Commerce commensurate with the curricula existing in the

various universities in India and with a view to include the latest trends in the commerce stream as well as

to design it to suit to the needs of the industries and corporate houses,

AND

WHEREAS, University Grants Commission, New Delhi has prescribed the Model Curriculum for award

of the Postgraduate degree in the Faculty of commerce and directed to implement the same from the

academic session 2012-2013,

AND

WHEREAS, Chairman of all the Board of Studies in the Faculty of Commerce in their meeting held on

24.2.2016 prepared the Scheme of Credit Based Semester pattern for conduct of the M.Com. Examination,

AND

WHEREAS, Board of Studies viz. (1) Business Administration and Business Management, (2) Commerce,

(3) Accounts and Statistics, (4) Business Economics and (5) Ad-hoc Board in Computer Application in its

meetings held on 24.2.2016 respectively updated the existing syllabi and recommended some

modifications in the scheme of examination for post graduate courses,

2

AND

WHEREAS, Dean of Commerce has consented to the changes in the syllabus and the scheme of

examination for the award of M.Com Degree,

AND WHEREAS the Vice-Chancellor, Nagpur University, Nagpur approved the recommendations so made by

the Special Task Committee in the Faculty of Commerce duly concurred by the Coordinator, Faculty of

Commerce as required under Section 38 (a) of the Act on

AND

WHEREAS As per the Advice of the Vice Chancellor, Coordinator, Faculty of Commerce & Coordinator,

Special Task Committee in the meeting held on 4.1.2016 constituted sub-committee for syllabus

restructuring of M.Com with CBCS pattern.

The Sub-committee submitted the Draft Syllabus of M.Com with CBCS pattern in meeting held on

24.02.2016.

AND

WHEREAS, ordinance making involve a time consuming process, Now, therefore, I, Dr. S. P.

Kane, Vice-Chancellor, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur in exercise of

the powers vested in me under Section 14(8) of the Maharashtra University Act of 1994 do hereby

issue the following direction:

• This direction shall be called “DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING

TO THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF COMMERCE (CREDIT BASED CHOICE SYSTEM)

FACULTY OF COMMERCE RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR

UNIVERSITY NAGPUR”.

• The Direction shall come in to force with effect from the date of its issuance by Honourable Vice-

Chancellor.

• The duration of the course shall be of two academic years consisting of the four semesters with

university examination at the end of each semester namely

• M.ComSemesterI Examination

• M.ComSemesterIIExamination

• M.ComSemesterIIIExamination

• M.ComSemesterIVExamination

The examination shall be held at such places and on such dates which are

notified by the University.

3

I. ELIGIBILITYTO THECOURSE

The duration of M.Com. Course shall be of Two years consisting Semester-I &II in first year

and Semester-III &IV in second year.

Subject to compliance with the provisions of this direction and of other ordinances in force

from time to time, an applicant for admission to this course shall have passed B.Com.,

B.Com.(ComputerApplication) or B.B.A .Degree examination of Rashtrasant Tukdoji

Maharaj Nagpur University or equivalent of any other recognized University.

TheExaminationsforSemestersI,II,IIIandIVshallbeheldtwiceayearat

Suchplacesandonsuchdatesasnotified bythe University.

The fees for examination shall be as prescribed by the Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur

University from time to time.

Applicant for the examination pursuing are regular course of study leading to the Master Degree in Commerce shall not be permitted to join any other course in this University or

any other University simultaneously.

ATKT Rules for Admission for the M.Com Course –An unsuccessful examinee at the any

semester examination shall be ALLOWEDTOKEEPTERM in accordance to

The following table:

Admission to

Semester

Candidate should have passed

in all the subjects of the

following examinations of

R.T.M. Nagpur University

Candidate should have passed

at least two third of the passing

heads of following examinations

I Semester As provided in Para5 of the

direction.

-------

IISemester --------- ---------

IIISemester ----------- Semester I and II taken together i.e.

5 heads

IVSemester ------------ Semester I , II and III taken together i.e.8 heads

For providing teaching facility in the subjects of Foundation and Elective Groups minimum

requirement of student is 5.

II. CREDIT SYSTEMOF EVALUATION

• The M.COM. programme shall consist of Fifteen Papers or Subjects in old terminology and a

project in any of are a related to commerce as opted by the student.

With the issuance of this Direction, The Direction No 1 of 2014 (Credit based Semester Pattern)shall

stand repealed.

Sd/-

Nagpur Dr. S. P. Kane

Date :21.6.2016 Vice-Chancellor

4

Subjects offered, contact hours, credits attached and allocation of marks shall be as

follows:

APPENDIX-I Scheme of teaching and examination under credit based semester system for M.Com Course.

Semester-I

CourseCod

e

Internal

/University

Exam.

Total

Hours

Marks

Credits

Semester

End

Exam.

InternalAss

essment

Tot

al

C11 Advanced

Financial

Accounting

Uni.

60

80

20

100

4

C12 Indian

Financial

System

Uni.

60

80

20

100

4

C13 Managerial

Economics Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

C14 Marketing

Management Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

Total 240 320 80 400 16

Semester-II

Course

Code

Internal

/UniversityExam.

Total

Hours

Marks

Credits

Semester

End

Exam.

Internal

Assessme

nt

Total

C21 Research Methodology

Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

C22 Advanced

Cost

Accounting

Uni.

60

80

20

100

4

C23 Co-operation

Uni.

60

80

20

100

4

C24 Human

Resource

Management

Uni.

60

80

20

100

4

Total

240 320 80 400 16

5

Semester-III

CourseCode

Internal

/UniversityExamination

Total Hours

Marks

Credits

Semester

End

Exam.

Internal Assessment

Total

C31

C 32

Core Group

1. Advanced

Management

Accounting

2. Statistical

Techniques

Uni.

60

80

20

100

4

Uni.

60

80

20

100

4

F 33

Foundation

Group- I

Direct Taxes

OR

Computer

Application in

Business

Uni.

60

80

20

100

4

E34 Elective Group-I

Entrepreneurship

Development

OR Service Sector

Management

Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

Total 240 320 80 400 16

6

Semester-IV

Course

Code

Instruction

Hours

Marks

Credits

Semester

EndExam

.

InternalA

ssessment

Total

C41 Core Group

International

Business

Environment

60 80 20 100 4

C42

Project

60

100

-

100 4

F43 Foundation

Group- II

Indirect Taxes

OR Operations Research

60 80 20 100 4

E44 Elective Group-II

E-Commerce

OR

Company Law

60 80 20 100 4

Total 240 340 60 400 16

7

Summary of the Total Marks and Credits

Sr.

No.

Instruction

Hours

Marks

Credits

Semester

End

Exam.

Internal

Assessment

Total

1 Semester–I 240 320 80 400 16

2 Semester–II 240 320 80 400 16

3 Semester–III 240 320 80 400 16

4 Semester–IV 240 340 60 400 16

Total 960 1300 300 1600 64

• The Semester End written examination of all subjects shall be conducted by the University.

• The performance of the learners will be evaluated in two components ,One component will be

the continuous assessment by the College/Department (Internal assessment) carrying 20%

marks and the second component will be the Semester wise end Examination carrying 80%

marks. The allocation of marks for the Internal Assessment and Semester end Examination for

all subjects except Project will be as shown below:

1a Two periodical class tests 08 marks

1b An assignment/ Viva/ Group Discussion /Seminar based on curriculum to

be assessed by the teacher concerned

08 marks

1c Over all conduct as a responsible learner 04 marks

1 Internal assessment Total marks 20

2 Semester wise End Examination marks 80

Total marks per subject 100

8

M.COM. Examination Semester–I

Subject

Paper Maximum

Marks

Minimum

Passing Marks

1. Advanced Financial

Accounting

University

Paper

80

Internal

Assessment

20

Total 100 40

2. Indian Financial

System

University

Paper

80

Internal

Assessment

20

Total 100 40

3.Managerial

Economics

University

Paper

80

Internal

Assessment

20

Total 100 40

4. Marketing

Management

University

Paper

80

Internal

Assessment

20

Total 100 40

9

M.COM. Examination Semester–II

Subject

Paper

Maximum

Marks

Minimum

Passing

Marks

1. Research Methodology

University Paper

80

Internal

Assessment

20

Total 100 40

2. Advanced Cost

Accounting

University Paper

80

Internal

Assessment

20

Total 100 40

3.Co-operation

University Paper

80

Internal

Assessment

20

Total 100 40

4. Human Resource

Management

University Paper

80

Internal

Assessment

20

Total 100 40

10

M.COM. Examination Semester–III

Subject

Paper

Maximum

Marks

Minimum

Passing

Marks

Core Group

1. Advanced Management

Accounting

University Paper

80

Internal Assessment 20

Total 100 40

2 Statistical Techniques

University Paper

80


Total 100 40

Foundation Group

3. Direct Taxes OR

Computer Application in

Commerce

University Paper

80


Total 100 40

4.Entrepreneurship

Development

OR Service

Sector

Management

University Paper

80


Total 100 40

11

M.C OM. Examination Semester–IV

Subject

Paper

Maximum

Marks

MinimumP

assing

Marks

1. International Business

Environment University Paper 80 40


Total 100

2.Project

Project work

(Evaluation by

External Examiner)

50 20

Project work

(Evaluation by

Internal Examiner)

50 20

3. Indirect Taxes

OR

Operations Research

UniversityPaper

80

40

InternalAssessment 20

Total 100

3.Entrepreneurship

Development

OR

Company Law

UniversityPaper

80

40

InternalAssessment 20

Total 100

• Marks of internal assessment awarded on the basis of tests, assignment etc as determined by

the teacher in the respective subject and moderated by the Head of the University

Department/Principal and shall be communicated to the University before the

commencement of the Semester End examinations.

• Project Work will be compulsory for each student appearing at the semester-IV(M.Com.)

Examination.

12

Project shall carry 100 marks as follows:

Marks

Project work 50

Viva-voce 50

TOTAL 100

• For Project work a batch of TWENTY students per guide /supervisor has to be allotted by the respective College/ University Department.

• A copy of Project work (Printed) shall be submitted to College/ University Department. Fifteen Days prior to the date of commencement of Semester-IV Examination, which will be retained by the college/Department for internal evaluation purpose.

• A Candidate shall submit with his/her project work, a certificate from the Guide to the effect that the candidate has satisfactorily completed the Project work and that the Project work is the result of the candidate’s own work.

• Candidate shall submit his declaration that the Project is the result of his own research work and the same has not been previously submitted to any examination of this University or any other University. The Project shall be liable to be rejected and /or cancelled if found otherwise.

• The Project work shall be evaluated through seminar and Viva-voce at the College/ Department

by one internal examiner appointed by the Principal/Head of the Department and one external examiner appointed by University.

Marks

Project shall carry 100 marks Maximum Minimum

Passing

Marks

Project work (Evaluation by External Examiner) 50 20

Project work (Evaluation by Internal Examiner) 50 20

Total 100 40

13

APPENDIX-II

I. GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS

The scope of the subject, percentage of passing in theory and project will be governed as per following rules:

• In order to pass at the Semester I, II, III & IV examinations an examinee shall obtain not less than

40% marks in each paper. This is to say that out of total 100 marks student should score 40 marks jointly in university examination (80 Marks) and internal examination (20 marks) except in project of IV Semester. The examinee shall have to obtain minimum 40 marks out of 100 in evaluation of project and 50% (200 out of 400 Marks) aggregate in each Semester wise End Examination.

• The results of successful candidates at the end of semester-IV shall be classified on the basis of

aggregate marks obtained in all the four semesters. • The candidates who pass all the semester examinations in the first attempt are eligible for ranks. • The results of the candidates who have passed the Semester-IV examination but not passed the lower

semester examinations shall be declared as NCL (not completed lower semester examinations). Such candidates shall be eligible for the Degree only after successful completion of all the lower semester examinations.

• Percentage of marks for declaring class:

Distinction- 75%( and above. First Class- 60% and above but less than 75%.Second

Class- 50% and above but less than 60%. • An unsuccessful examinee at the any semester wise end examination shall be eligible for re-

examination on payment of a fresh Examination fee prescribed by the University.

II.TEACHING NORMS FOR THEORY PAPERS AND PROJECT: • .For all Theory Papers there shall be FOUR Periods Per week per Subject of One Hourduration

each. Each Theory Paper must cover minimum 60 Clock Hours of Teaching and 240Clock Hours per Semester for all the 4 Papers. One Credit subject of Theory will be of 1 Clock Hour per week of

25 marks running for 15 weeks and 4 Credit Course of Theory will be of 4 Clock Hours per week of 100 Marks running for 15 weeks.

• For Project work/Research work a batch of Maximum 20 students per guide /supervisor has to be

allotted by the College/ University Department. FOUR periods per week of one hour duration shall be the work load allotted for project guidance for 20 students.

• The Project guide /supervisor must possess M.Phil. or Ph.D. degree of Faculty of Commerce or

should be a Full time approved Teacher • No person shall be admitted to this Programme, if he has already passed the same Programme or an

Programme of any other statutory University (which has been recognized as equivalent to this programme.)

• A candidate who fails in any of the semester examinations may be permitted to take the

examinations again at a subsequent appearance as per the syllabus and scheme of examination in

vogue at the time the candidate took the examination for the first time. This facility shall be limited to the following two years.

• Examinee successful at the Semester I, II, III and IV examinations shall, on payment of the

prescribed fee, receive a Degree in the prescribed form signed by the Vice-Chancellor. • Qualification of Teacher shall be as per U.G.C. and State Government norms.

14

APPENDIX- III

Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University

I. SYLLABUS FORM.COM.EXAMINATION

Semester–I

Advanced Financial Accounting

Indian Financial System

Managerial Economics


Semester–II

Research Methodology

Advanced Cost Accounting

Co-operation


Semester–III

Core Group 1. Advanced Management Accounting

2. Statistical Techniques

Foundation Group I 3. Direct Taxes

OR

Computer Application in Commerce

Elective Group 4. Entrepreneurship Development

OR


Semester–IV

Core Group 1. International Business Environment

2. Project

Foundation Group II 3. Indirect Taxes

OR

Operations Research

Elective Group 4. E - Commerce

OR

Company Law

15

II. CONVERSION OF MARKS TO GRADES AND CALCULATIONS OF GPA (GRADE

POINT AVERAGE) AND CGPA (CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE) :

In the Credit and Grade Point System, the assessment of individual Subjects in the

concerned examinations will be on the basis of marks only, but the marks shall later be

converted into Grades by some mechanism wherein the overall performance of the

Learners can be reflected after considering the Credit Points for any given course.

However, the overall evaluation shall be designated in terms of Grade. There are some

abbreviations used here that need understanding of each and every parameter involved in

grade computation and the evaluation mechanism. The abbreviations and formulae used

are as follows:-

Abbreviations and Formulae Used G : Grade

GP : Grade Points

C : Credits

CP : Credit Points

CG : Credits X Grades (Product of credits & Grades)

SGPA = ΣCG: Sum of Product of Credits & Grades points / ΣC: Sum of Credits points

SGPA : Semester Grade Point Average shall be calculated for individual semesters. (It

is also designated as GPA)

CGPA : Cumulative Grade Point Average shall be calculated for the entire

Programme by considering all the semesters taken together.

While calculating the CG the value of Grade Point 1 shall be consider Zero (0) in case of

learners who failed in the concerned course/s i.e. obtained the marks below 40. After

calculating the SGPA for an individual semester and the CGPA for entire programme,

the value can be matched with the grade in the Grade Point table as per the Five (05)

Points Grading System and expressed as a single designated GRADE such as O,A,B,C,,

F.(Fail).


75& above O (Outstanding) 10

65-74 A (Very Good) 09

55-64 B (Good) 08

50-54 C (Average) 07

49 & Below F (Fail) 0Failed

16

Note: -

• Consider Grade Points equal to Zero for (C x G) calculations of failed Learner/s in the concerned course/s.

• If the learner fails to score 200 out of 400 marks in aggregate then the subjects in which

he/she has scored 50 or more marks shall be exempted. He/she shall have to appear for all

subjects in which he/she has failed to score 50 or more marks. In such case his/her internal evaluation marks out of 20 shall be retained and he/she shall have to appear for Semester

End examination of 80 marks and shall have to score-

• More than 40% marks including internal marks scored in each of the subject in which he/she has failed to score 50 or more marks.

AND

• He /she shall have to score a total of 200 marks out of 400 in aggregate after adding up of the marks scored in exempted subject/subjects.

• Total marks (Internal + Semester End Examination) obtained by the student shall be

converted into Grades and Five Point Grade points as above.

17

The illustration for the conversion of marks into grades in a course and semester Illustrations of Calculation:- Pass

S

ub

ject

s

Max

.Mar

ksS

emes

ter

EndE

xam

Max

.Mar

ksI

nte

rnal

To

talM

axim

um

Mar

ks

To

tal

Min

imu

m M

ark

s

Mar

ks

Obta

ined

In

tern

al

To

talM

ark

s O

bta

ined

Gra

de(

G)

Gra

dep

oin

ts(G

P)

Cre

dit

oft

heC

ours

e(C

)

(Credit)

X

(Grade

points)(

CX

GP)

SG

PA

=Ʃ

CG

/ƩC

C-11 80 20 100 40 20 60 B 8 4 32 SGPA

=136/16

=8.5

GradeA

RESULT

=PASS

C-12 80 20 100 40 17 50 C 7 4 28

C-13 80 20 100 40 15 75 O 10 4 40

C-14 80 20 100 40 18 70 A 9 4 36

Total 320 80 400 160 70 255 -- 34 16 136

Illustrations of Calculation:- Fail

S

ub

ject

s

Max

.Mar

ksS

emes

ter

EndE

xam

Max

.Mar

ksI

nte

rnal

To

talM

axim

um

Mar

ks

Mar

ks

Obta

ined

Sem

este

rE

nd E

xam

Mar

ksO

bta

ined

In

tern

al

To

talM

ark

s O

bta

ined

Gra

de(

G)

Gra

dep

oin

ts(G

P)

C

red

it o

ftheC

ours

e(C

)

(Credit)

X

(Grade

points)(

CX

GP)

SG

PA

=Ʃ

CG

/ƩC

C-31 80 20 100 28 12 40 F 0 4 00 SGPA

=72/16

=4.5

GradeF

RESULT

=FAIL

C-32 80 20 100 31 10 41 F 0 4 00

C-33 80 20 100 40 20 60 B 8 4 32

C-34 80 20 100 60 15 75 O 10 4 40

Total 320 80 400 159 57 216 -- 18 16 72

18

Illustration for calculating CGPA

Max

imum

Sem

este

r

EndE

xam

.

Ob

tain

edat

Sem

este

rEn

d E

xam

.

Max

imum

Inte

rnal

As

sess

men

t

Ob

tain

edat

Inte

rnal

Ass

essm

e

nt

To

tal

Ob

tain

edT

ota

l

SG

PA

To

talC

redit

Poin

ts

SG

PA

X

To

talC

redit

Poin

ts

CG

PA

1 Semester–I 320 185 80 70 400 255 9.12 16 146

CGPA=596/64=9

.3125

GRADE=O

2 Semester–II 320 233 80 60 400 293 9.5 16 152

3 Semester–III 320 185 80 70 400 255 9.12 16 146

4 Semester–IV 320 233 80 60 400 293 9.5 16 152

Total 1280 836 320 260 1600 1096 -- 64 596

Note: According to traditional method the percentage would be = (1096/1600) x 100 = 68.5, and according to CGPA calculation Grade is O which is equivalent to 75-100 percent.

Provision of Direction No.44 of 2001 governing the award of grace marks for passing an examination, securing higher Grades shall apply to the examination

III. REJECTION OF RESULT:

The candidate shall have an option of being NOT DECLARED SUCCESSFUL in either of the semester end examination if he/she fails to secure minimum 55% aggregate marks in that semester. This option can be opted only through prescribed format forming a part of Examination application form for semester end examination. It shall be applicable only to 80 marks Semester end examination and the internal evaluation marks out of 20 shall not be changed/ altered in any case. If the candidate opts for this option then it shall be irrevocable.

The candidate who fails in one or more subjects of a semester may be permitted to reject the

result of the whole examination of that semester. Rejection of result subject-wise shall not be permitted. A candidate who rejects the results shall appear in the examination of that semester in

the subsequent examination.

Rejection shall be exercised only once in each semester and the rejection once exercised cannot be revoked.

Application for rejection along with payment of the prescribed fee shall be submitted to the University through the college along with the original statement of marks within 30 days from the date of publication of the result.

The candidate who rejects the result is eligible for only class and not for ranking.

19

IV. IMPROVEMENT OF RESULT::

The candidate who has passed in all the papers of a semester may be permitted to improve the result by reappearing for the whole examination of that semester.

The reappearance shall be permitted only once in each semester.

The reappearance for the examination of any semester is permitted during the subsequent examination of that semester.

Application for reappearance along with payment of prescribed fee shall be submitted to the University through the college along with the original statement of marks within 30 days from the date of publication of the result.

The candidate passes in all the subjects in the reappearance, higher of the two aggregate marks secured by the candidate shall be awarded to the candidate for that semester. In ease the candidate fails in the reappearance, candidate shall retain the first appearance result.

A candidate who has appeared for improvement is eligible for class only and not for ranking.

Internal assessment marks shall be shown separately in the marks card. A candidate who has rejected the result or who, having failed, takes the examination again or who has appeared for improvement shall retain the internal assessment marks already obtained.

V. GUIDELINES FOR SETTING QUESTION PAPERS:

.The question paper should be set in such a manner so as to cover the complete syllabus as prescribed by the University.

.The numerical questions in any of the subjects shall be set in ENGLISH only and the candidate shall have to answer such questions in ENGLISH only. The candidate may answer non-numerical questions in ENGLISH, MARATHI or HINDI.

The duration of the Semester wise End Examination shall be 3.00 Hours per course.

The Question paper for all subjects of all semesters except Project of semester IV shall comprise of 5 Questions of 16 marks each.

The internal evaluation of all subjects shall be done at College/ Department by the respective subject teacher.

20

APPENDIXIV

I. SUBJECTS FOR M.Com. EXAMINATION

Semester –I

Advanced Financial Accounting




Semester –II



Co-operation


Semester–III

Core Group 1. Advanced Management Accounting

2. Statistical Techniques

Foundation Group 3. Direct Taxes

OR

Computer Application in Commerce

Elective Group 4. Entrepreneurship Development

OR


Semester–IV

Core Group 1. International Business Environment

2. Project

Foundation Group 3. Indirect Taxes

OR

Operations Research

Elective Group 4.E - Commerce

OR

Company Law

21

II.ABSORPTION SCHEME

Sr. SUBJECT OF OLD COURSE

BEFORE 2012-13

ALTERNATIVE SUBJECT

No.

OF NEW COURSE2012-13

1. Management Concepts and Organizational

Behavior Human Resource Management

2 Advanced FinancialAccounting Advanced Financial Accounting

3. Managerial Economics Managerial Economics

4. Business Tax And Tax Planning Tax Procedure And Practice

5. E-Commerce Computer Application In Commerce

6. Marketing Management Marketing Management

7. Industrial Economics Managerial Economics

8. Agriculture Economics And Co-Operation And Rural

Co-Operation

Development

9. Public Finance Managerial Economics

10. Advanced Cost Accounting Advanced Cost Accounting

11. Financial Institutions and Markets Indian Financial System

12 Securities Analysis And


Portfolio Management

13. Advertising And SalesManagement Marketing Management and

14. International Marketing International Business Environment

15. International Business International Business Environment

Environment And Marketing

16. Foreign Trade Policy, International Business

Procedure

Environment And Documentation

17. Business Environment International Business

Domestic And International

Environment

18. Banking And Insurance Law Service Sector Management

And Practice

19. Advanced Management Advanced Management Accounting

Accounting

20. Computer Application In Business Computer Application In Commerce

21. Financial Management Advanced Management Accounting

22. Statistical Analysis Statistical Techniques

23. Applied Operations Research Statistical Techniques

24. Dissertation Project

25. Economics of Labor Managerial Economics

26. Advanced Banking Service Sector Management

22

The studentsof old course shall be given 05 attempts to pass their examination with old course starting from implementation of New Course.

I. ABSORPTIONSCHEME FOR COURSE AFTER 2012-13

Sr.

No. SUBJECT OF OLD COURSE

AFTER 2012-13

ALTERNATIVE SUBJECT

OF NEW COURSE OF

2016-17

1. Advanced Financial Accounting Advanced Financial Accounting

2 Indian Financial System Indian Financial System

3. Managerial Economics Managerial Economics

4. Marketing Management Marketing Management

5. Research Methodology Research Methodology

6. Advanced Cost Accounting Advanced Cost Accounting

7. Co-operationand Rural Development Co-operation

8. Human Resource Management Human Resource Management

9. Advanced Management Accounting Advanced Management Accounting

10. TaxProcedures&Practice Direct Taxes

11. Computer Application in Commerce Computer Application in Commerce

12 Service Sector Management Service Sector Management

13. Statistical Techniques Statistical Techniques

14. International Business Environment International Business Environment

15. Entrepreneurship Development Entrepreneurship Development

16. Project Project

The students of old course shall be given 05 attempts to pass their examination with old course starting from implementation of New Course.

24

M. COM. SEMESTER-I

C-11: Paper-I: Advanced Financial Accounting

Marks: 80

Unit- I

Accounting standards: Indian Accounting standards, International Accounting standards

Valuations of Goodwill and shares – Including preference and Bonus shares.

Accounts of Holding companies (Including rights issue and Bonus Issue of Shares, Inter

owing) Unit- II

Computer Software Accounting.

Company Statutory Records, Statutory Books of Accounts & Registers.

Statutory Reports Corporate Governance.

Fire insurance Claims – (Poor Selling Live Goods ) Including Loss of Profit Policies

Unit- III

New Trends in Accounting:-

Inflation Accounting, Human Resources Accounting, Social Accounting, Lease Financing.

Internal and External reconstruction, Amalgamation and Absorption of the companies.

Unit- IV

Hire Purchase Accounting :

Re-possession ; Partial Re-possession and Complete Re-possession

Hire Purchase stock and Debtors Method

Books Recommended:-

1) Gupta R. L. – Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons

2) Kumar, Anil S. – Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya Publication House

3) Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accounts (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi)

4) Jain and Narang : Advanced Accounts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana)

5) Sr. K. Paul : Accountancy, Volume –I and II (New Central Book Agency, Kolkata)

6) R. K..Lele and Jawaharlal : Accounting Theory (Himalaya Publishers)

7) Dr. L. S. Porwal : Accounting Theory (Tata McGraw Hill) 8) Robert Anthony, D. F. Hawkins & K. A. Merchant : Accounting Text & Cases (Tata McGraaw Hill)

9) Dr. S. N. Maheshwari : Corporate Accounting (Vikas Publishing House Pvt.

Lit. New Delhi)

10) Dr. Ashok Sehgal& Dr. Deepak Sehgal : Advanced Accounting (Taxmann,

New Delhi)

24

Paper Pattern

Advanced Financil Accounting

Time: 3 Hours Marks: 80

N.B. 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

1 Unit –I a. Theory 08 marks

b. Problem 08marks

OR

c. Problem 16 marks

2 Unit –II a. Theory 08 marks

b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks

3 Unit –III a. Theory 08 marks

b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks

4 Unit –IV a. Theory 08 marks

b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks

5 Unit-I a Theory / Problem 04 marks

Unit-II b Theory / Problem 04 marks

Unit-III c Theory / Problem 04 marks

Unit-IV d Theory / Problem 04 marks

24

C-12 :PAPER II: Indian Financial System

Unit I: Components of formal financial system- Structure & Functions of Financial system,

Nature and role of financial institutions and financial markets, financial system and economic

growth. Money Markets - Overview of money markets, functions & operations, instruments,

Treasury Bills and types, Commercial papers, Commercial bills, Call money market, Money

market intermediaries, Money markets and monitory policies in India.

Unit II: Banking - Definition, creation of money, Present structure of commercial banking

system in India, Brief history; functions, Forms of banking Managerial functions in banks.

Management of deposits and Advances, Lending practices, types of advances, principles of

sound bank lending, preparation of reports, Limits of credit, bank investments, Liquidity and

profitability, government securities, Management of Bank Finance - Bank Accounts, Records,

Reports, Statement of advances, Evaluation of loan applications, ALM and NPA Management.

Fee based Vs. Fund based services, Types of fee based services offered, merchant banking

services. Role of Technology in Banking services Innovation.

Unit III: Insurance: Insurance Basics, Insurance Vs. other savings and investment options,

tax benefits , life cycle need solutions, customer needs and available products. Life Insurance

Products - Traditional and Unit linked policies, individual and group policies, with profit and

without profit policies, Different type of insurance products, Medi-Claim and health insurance

products - Salient features, procedures involved in claim settlement. General Insurance

Products - Different types of products available in the market, Salient features. LIC –

Constitution, objectives and functions. Role of IRDA in regulating the industry. Product

Portability.

Unit IV:Capital Markets - History of Indian capital markets, Reforms in capital markets,

Primary Markets – functions, free pricing, book building, Secondary Markets – Organization,

membership, Functions and management of stock exchanges, functioning of BSE, NSE,

OTCEI, ICSEI. Internet trading. Mutual fund, objectives, functions, salient features.

Regulatory Bodies & services: SEBI – Organization, powers and functions, Investor

protection measures, achievements, RBI – objectives, organization, role, fiscal & monetary

policy, Pension fund authority, CRISIL, SHCIL- objectives & functions. EXIM bank,

Foreign Exchange Markets, Currency transactions; Foreign Exchange Risk. Types of risks.Risk

management.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED 1. Principles of Bank Management by Vasant Desai, Himalaya Publishing house, 2. Insurance & Risk Management , Dr. P. K. Gupta, Himalaya Publishing House 3. Indian Financial System by Bharti V. Pathak, Pearson education

4. Financial Markets & Services, E. Gordon &K.Natarajan, Himalaya Publishing

5. Indian financial system , M Y Khan, Tata McGraw hill 6. Indian financial system, P Bezborah, R Singh, Kalyani pub 7. Indian financial system, K Gupta, N Aggarwal, Kalyani publication

8. Bhartiya Vitteeya Vyavastha,Dr.Arvind Shende, Dr.Devendra Mohture, Anuradha

Prakashan, Nagpur

24

Paper Pattern





Q.1. A)

B)

C)

- Unit

- Unit

OR

- Unit

I

I

I

8Marks.

8Marks.

16Marks.

Q.2. A)

B)

C)

- Unit

- Unit

OR

- Unit

II

II

II

8Marks.

8Marks.

16Marks.

Q.3. A)

B)

C)

- Unit

- Unit

OR

- Unit

III

III

III

8Marks.

8Marks.

16Marks.

Q.4. A)

B)

C)

- Unit

- Unit

OR

- Unit

IV

IV

IV

8Marks.

8Marks.

16Marks.

Q.5. A)

B)

C)

D)

- Unit

- Unit

- Unit

I

II

III

Unit IV

4Marks.

4Marks.

4Marks.

4Marks.

16Marks.

24

C-13 :PAPER-III: MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS

Unit – I Meaning, Definition, Nature, Scope and significance of Managerial Economics Economic factors influecing decisions, Functions Role and Responsibilities of Managerial Economist. Principles in Managerial decision analysis. Micro-Macro Economics – Definition, scope, merits-demerits, importance and uses, limitations, Paradox of Micro Economics, Distinction between Micro and Macro Economics.

Unit – II

Demand Analysis – Theories in Demand, Derivation of demand, types, Environment influencing demand. Elasticity of Demand – Concept, meaning, types, measurement, influencing factors importance. Advertising or promotional Elasticity. Demand forecasting – Meaning, definition, types, Determinants, Methods, importance, criteria, Advantages, Limitations. Demand fore-casting for new products, Demand Estimation for consurable durables and non-consurable durables.

Unit III– Production – Concept, meaning, definition features, functions of production Functions Law of variable proportions, Production with two variable inputs. Cost Analysis – concept, importance, types – Real opportunity, Money, Fixed, variable, Direct, indirect, Explicit, implicit, past, feature, contrallable and uncontrollable, Escapable, unescapable, urgent, postable cost, Replacement and Histrorial cost, Total Average and Marginal cost in short Run – and Long Run curve. Revenue - Concepts, definition, types-Total, Average, Marginal and relationship with AR and MR

Unit IV – Market Structure – Concept, meaning classification of Market. Perfect competition-features and price determination. Monopoly – definition features, types and price determination. Monopolistic competition-meaning, concept, types, price determination, and defects. Price discrimination – Definition, Concept, meaning, types, conditions, Dumping, and socio – economic consideration in pricing. Business Cycle– Concept, Definition, features, types, phases of Business cycle – cobweb, Hick’s Samuelson Theories of Trade cycle. Controls of Business cycle. Inflation – Deflation, - Concept, Meaning causes, economic effects on production distribution and employment, remedies demand full v/s cost push Inflation., Concept of sustainable development, consumption and its inclusive growth.

Books Recommended

1. Managerial Economics – D.M. Mithani Himalaya Publicity House

2. Managerial Economics – Dominich Salvatore – oxford , 2007

3. Managerial Economics – Atmanand Excel Book 2007

4. Managerial Economics – Dwivedi S. N. V. Vikas Publication House

5. Managerial Economics – Cauvery R. sultan chand , New Delhi

6. Managerial Economics – Baya Michael R.

7. Science Sustainability &

National Resurgence – M.M. Joshi centre for policy studies Chennai

8. Economic Theory - Bauamol M. J.

9. Micro Economics - Eaton B. Curtis : Prentice Hall of India

10. Managerial Economics – Dean joek prentice hall of India

24

Paper Pattern






b. Theory 08marks

Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks

5 Unit-I a Theory 04 marks

Unit-II b Theory 04 marks

Unit-III c Theory 04 marks

Unit-IV d Theory 04 marks

24

C-14 :Paper –IV : Marketing Management

Unit-I

Nature and Scope of Marketing : marketing tasks, Corporate Orientations towards Scanning.

Different philosophies of marketing, various demand states and the market place. The Marketing

Environment and Environment

Unit-II

Marketing Information System and Marketing Research : Understanding consumer and

industrial markets, Market segmentation, Targeting and positioning.

Unit-III

Product Decisions : Product mix, product life cycle, new product development , branding and

packaging, decisions, Pricing methods and strategies.

Promotion Decisions : Promotion mix, advertising, sales promotion, public relation personal

selling; Channel management – selection, emergence of new channels.

Unit-IV

Vertical Marketing Implementation and Systems : Organizing and implementing marketing in

the organization; Evaluation and control of marketing efforts; New issues in marketing –

Globalization, Consumerism, Green marketing.

Books Recommended

1. Marketing Management – Planning, Implementation and Control – V. S.

Ramaswamy and S. Namakumari - McMillan 2. Marketing Management - P. Kotler - Prentice Hall Inc 3. Marketing Management – RajanSaxena - Tata McGraw-Hill 4. Introduction to Marketing Management by Adrian Palmer – Oxford University Press.

5. Basic Marketing 15th

edition by William D Perreault R, - Tata McGraw-Hill

24

Paper Pattern






b. Theory 08marks

Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks





24

M.COM SEMESTER II

C-21 :Paper –I : Research Methodology

Unit I: Introduction - Meaning, Objectives and Types of research, Research Approach,

Motivation of research, Research Process, research plan & design, Relevance & scope of research

in commerce. Significance of Research, Features of good research, Use of advanced technology in

Research, Major problems in Research process.

Unit II: Research Design –Research problem selection, problem definition techniques,

Components of research design, features of good design, Steps in sample Design, Characteristics of

a good sample Design, Probability & Non Probability sampling, Measurement & scaling

techniques. Scaling and scale construction techniques.

Unit III: Collection and Processing data - Methods of data collection-Primary data–

questionnaire, interviews, observation; Collection of secondary data; Use of computer and

Information technology in data collection, Field work, Survey plan, survey Errors, Data coding;

Editing and Tabulation. Analysis of data, Tools of Analysis.

Testing of hypothesis –Concept of hypothesis, Characteristics of hypothesis, Hypotheses

formulation, Procedure for hypothesis testing; Use of statistical techniques for testing of

hypothesis. Interpretation of data - Techniques of Interpretation.

Unit IV: Report writing:-Qualities of good report, Layout of a project report, preparing research

reports. Contents of report, Format orders, Steps in report writing, Precautions in research report

writing, Research in Commerce - General management, Small business innovation research

(SBIR), Research in functional areas – marketing, finance, HR and Production. Software packages

SPSS.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Zikmund : Business Research Methods, (Thomson Learning Books)

2. Marketing Research, G C Beri third edition (McGraw Hill)

3. Dwivedi – Research Methods in Behaviourial Science (Macmillan)

4. Bennet, Roger : Management Research, ILO, 1993

5. Salkind, Neil J. : Exploring Research, (Prentice – Hall, 1997)

6. P. Madan , Paliwal: Research Methodology, Global vision pub

7. B Kothari, Research Methodology, ADB pub

8. V.Upadade,A.Shende,Research Methodology, S.Chand & Co.

24

Paper Pattern






b. Theory 08marks

Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks





24

C-22 :Paper-II: Advanced Cost Accounting Marks : 80

Unit - I

Methods of Cost

Meaning importance, object scope and limitations of cost accounting. Elements of Cost

account. Difference between Cost and Financial account and difference between cost and

management accounting.

Cost Control, Cost Reduction, Control System and Reporting :- Role of Cost Accountant Value analysis, Cost reduction, Control System and Control report. Machine Hour Rate and Labour Hour Rate.

Unit – II Cost Audit : - Statutory Cost Audit, Types, Advantages, Cost Audit in India, Cost Audit Rules, Role of Cost Auditor. Process Accounts , Abnormal loss and Abnormal gain, Joint Product, equivalent Unit production and inter process profit.

Unit - III

Variance analysis :- Material, Labour and Overhead Variances . Contract Costing : Profit on

Complete and incomplete contract, contract running for more than one year, two to three

contracts running simultaneously, contract near to completion.

Unit - IV

Operating Costing: Meaning, Objectives , Advantages , Scope, Methods of Operating Costing.

Problems on Transports, Hospitals, Powerhouse costing & Hotel costing.

Books Recommended

1. M.N.Arora:-CostAccountingPrinciplesandpractice– VikasPublishingHousePvt.Ltd.NewDelhi

2. S.NMaheshwari:CostAccountingTheoryandproblems–ShriMahavirBookDepot,NewDelhi

3. V.K.Saxena:CostAccountingTextBook-SultanChandandSonsNewDelhi

4. S.P.Iyenger:CostAccountingPrinciplesandPractice–SultanChandandSons,NewDelhi

5. M.C.Shukla–T.S.–Grewal,M.P.Gupta–CostAccounting–S.Chand,NewDelhi

6. R.S.N.Pallai,VBhagavathi–CostAccounting–S.Chand,NewDelhi

7. B.S.Khanna,I.M.Pandey,G.K.Ahuja,Batra:-CostAccounting– S.Chand,NewDelhi

8. S.M.Shukla :-CostAccounts(Hindi)

9. I.G.GuptaandTrivedi: -CostAccounts(Hindi)

10. NigamR.S.–AdvancedCostAccounting,S.Chand&Company11.JainS.P.–

AdvancedCostAccounting–KalyaniPublication

11. Gawada,JMade–AdvancedCostAccounting–HimalayaPublicationHouse

24

Paper Pattern






b. Problem 08marks

OR

c. Problem 16 marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks





24

C-23: Paper –III: Cooperation Marks -80

Unit I: Introduction

1. Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Objectives, Scope, Importance of Cooperation.

2. Principles of Cooperation.

3. Cooperative Movement in India: Origin, Development & Progress. Role of Cooperative

Movement in Social Economic Development

4. Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act, 1960

Unit II- Cooperative Credit Institution in India

1. Rural Cooperative Credit Institutions-Short & Long Term Credit Structure

2. Urban Cooperative Banks

3. Nabard & Cooperative Banks

4. Audit of Cooperative Banks

Unit III- Cooperatives & Rural Economy

1. Rural Artisans & Cooperatives

2. Cooperative Agricultural Production & Marketing in India

3. Peoples Participation in Rural Development

4. Community Development Programme in India

Unit IV- Globalization & Cooperation

1. Effects of Globalization on Cooperative movement

2. Challenges & Opportunities before Cooperatives under Globalization

3. Reengineer of Cooperatives to meet Challenges of Globalization

4.Problems and Prospects of the Cooperative Movement in India under Globalization

Recommended Books:

1.Cooperation and Competition in the Global Economy: Issues and Strategies, By Antonio Furino,

Harper Businesss (1 August 1988)

2. Cooperation Principles, problems and Practice, By Hajela, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.; Student Edition

edition (2015)

3. Co-Operative Banking (CAIIB 2010), By IIBF (Indian Institute of Banking and Finance),

Macmillian India Ltd (1 January 2010)

4. The Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act, 1960 and Rules, 1961, Current Publication,; (2015)

5. Co-Operative Banks in India: Functioning & Reforms , By Amit Basak,New Century

Publications (1 January 2010)

6.Cooperative Banking In India, By R.Thirunarayanan, Mittal Publication, New Delhi

7. Cooperative Management : Principles And Techniques , By S.Nakkiran, Deep & Deep

Publication (2006)

8. Co-Operative Banks in India & Select Countries , By S.Nakkiran, New Century Publications; 1

edition (1 January 2014)

9. Credit Cooperatives in India Past, Present and Future, By Biswa Swarup Misra, Routledge

24

Paper Pattern

Co-Operation





b. Theory 08marks

Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks





24

C-24 :Paper-IV : Human Resource Management

Unit-I

Human Factor in Organization: Nature Concept and Significance of Human Resource in the

organization. Meaning scope and role of human resource management.image and qualities of HRM

Manager. Indian approach Human Resource Management.

Unit-II

Recruitment and selection: Source of recruitment , Recruitment and selection process; methods of

recruitment and ; types of tests- principles of testing. interviewing methods and types counseling for

selection, placement, promotions and exit. induction and placement : concept of placement –

concept and objectives of induction, orientation. induction in Indian industries. Inputs of Induction

and orientation programmes.how to make induction effective. Advantages of formal induction and

orientation.

Promotions and Transfers : Concept, objectives of promotions and transfers. Distinguishing

features of promotions, transfers & up gradation. advantages& significance to organization &

employees, promotions & transfers vis-à-vis productivity & efficiency. job operator & process

policies & case studies.

Unit-III

Job Evaluation and Job Design : concept, importance and objectives; methods and procedures.

job specifications and job descriptions, job design, approaches and methods. merit rating and

performance appraisal: concept of scientific merit rating, methods performance standers and its

evaluation. training and development : concept, assessment of training needs, importance ,

objectives. effectiveness evaluation.

Unit-IV

Employee Remuneration and Wage Legislation: Principles and objectives of wage and salary

administration employee compensation, rewards, incentives and fringe benefits. Wage level and

wage structure. Concept and significance of employee welfare and social security measures.

Statutory and voluntary welfare measures in the organization.

24

Suggested Readings

1. A Text book of Human Resource Management – C. B. Mamoria& S. V. Gankar. Publication - Himalaya Publishing House

2. Personnel and human Resource management - Text & cases, P SubbaRao, Publication - Himalaya Publishing House

3. Human resource Management – P. Jyothi, Publication – Oxford University Press. 4. Human Resource Management , Ninth Edition, R.WayneMondy, Robert M, Noe,

Publication- Pearson Education 5. Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and cases, K. Aswathappa, Publication

- McGraw- Hill Publishing co. ltd.

Paper Pattern






b. Theory 08marks

Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C. Theory 16 marks


b. Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks





24

M.COM. SEMESTER-III

Core Group

Paper I

C31- Advanced Management Accounting

Marks - 80

Total No. of teaching days allotted to the third semester are 90 (i.e. 15 weeks)

Objective : The Objective of the Course is to make the students learn the applications of

Management Accounting tools and technique for decision making.

Unit- I

1. Meaning, objectives, functions importance of management accounting.

Tools of Management Accounting.

Role and Responsibilities of Accountant in Management Accounting.

2. Ratio Analysis (including interpretation)- Introduction, Significance of Ratio Techniques,

Interpretation of Ratios, Classification of Ratios. (Theory and Numericals)

Unit-II

1. Preparation, Analysis and interpretation of Financial Statements

Role of Accountant towards preparation and analysis of Financial Statements.

2. Budgetary Control –Meaning, Advantages and uses.

Budgets: Preparation of Flexible, Sales and Production Budget.(Theory and Numericals)

Unit-III

1. Management Information System: Anatomy of MIS, Characteristics, Implementation and

Limitation of MIS.

2. Marginal Costing and its Application in Decision-making. Break Even Analysis.

(Theory and Numericals)

Unit –IV

1. Fund Flow Analysis: Meaning, uses and limitations of Fund Flow Statement, preparation of

statement showing changes in working capital, preparation of fund flow statement.

2. Cash Flow Analysis: Meaning, uses and limitations of Cash Flow Statement, preparation of

cash flow statement, methods of construction of cash flow statement. (Theory and Numericals)

List of Books recommended

1. Pillai R.S.N. - Management Accounting- S.Chand & Co.Pvt.Ltd.

2. Agarwal N.K. – Management Accounting- Galgotia Publications

3. Wilson.M. – Management Accounting – Himalaya Publications.

4. Singh ,Jagwant- Management Accounting- Kitab Mahal

24

Paper Pattern

Advanced Management Accounting





b. Problem 08marks

OR

c. Problem 16 marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks





24

C32-Statistical Techniques

Paper II

Marks - 80

Total No. of teaching days allotted to the first semester are 90 (i.e. 15 weeks) For the convenience

No. of periods and chapters that may be covered are given below as guidelines.

Objective: The Objective of the Course is to make the students learn the applications of statistical

tools and technique for decision making.

Unit I

1. Statistical decision: - decision environment – Decision Making Under risk and certainty and

utility theory.

2. Sampling and test of significance: - Large and small samples, Test of significance : Chi

square test ‘T’ test and Z test .

Unit-II

1. Statistical quality control: Causes Variations in quality characteristics types of quality

controls charts, production controls acceptance sampling.

2. Association of Attributes consistency of data, Two and three attributes analysis of Variances

F test.

Unit-III

1. Analysis of time series, components importance, measurement of trend, the graphical

method semi average method and moving average method.

2. Probability : Laws of probability, simple and compound probabilities, permutation and

combination

Unit –IV

1. Correlation Analysis and Regression analysis.

2. Interpolation and Extrapolation :- New torsi Method, Binomial method and Langrage’s

method

List of Reference Books:-

1. Fundamentals of statistics : D. N. Elhance&VeenaElhance

2. Statistices : V. K. Kapoor – S. Chand & Sons

3. Statistics : B. New Gupta – SahityaBhavan Agra

24

4. Statistics Methods : S.P. Gupta – S. Chand & Sons

5. Fundamental of Statistics : S. C. Gupta – Himalaya Publishing House

6. Business Mathematics & Statistics : NEWK Nag & S.C. Chanda – Kalyani Publishers

7. Problem in statistics : Y. R. Mahajan - Pimpalapure Published Nagpur

8. Introduction of Business and Economics Statistics

Staunton and clerk – D. B. Taraporewala& Sons Bombay.

Paper Pattern

Statistical Techniques





b. Problem 08marks

OR

C. Problem 16 marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

24

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16 marks





Foundation Group – I (Paper III)

F33-Direct Taxes

Objectives :- To Prepare student enough competent to take up employment in Taxation.

To Acquire Knowledge about the submission of Income Tax Return Tax deducted at Source.

Contents:

Unit No. I

Income form Business and profession- Definition & Meaning of Business & profession,

Business deduction and allowances, Expenditure on Scientific research theory. Computation of

business income.

Income under the head capital gain- Definition & Meaning of long term and short term

capital gain. Meaning of cost of index session, cost of improvement and valuation of capital

assets and its exemptions. Theory and problems.

Unit No. II

Chapter VI A Deduction, Clubbing of Income Set-off and carry forward of losses- Deductions under section 80 C ,80 CCC, 80CCD, 80D, 80DD, 80DDB, 80G, 80GG, 80GGA,

24

80QQB, 80RRB, 80TTA, and 80 U. Definition & Meaning of clubbing of income and how

dependents income is clubbed in individuals income. Meaning of set-off of losses, inter source

adjustments, inter head adjustment and carry forward of losses and how to take set-off. ( theory)

Unit No. III

Computation of tax liability for individual & company, - Slab rates of individual, firm

and company. Advance Payment of Tax , Return Filling and assessment procedure.

Problems & Theory

Unit No. IV

Wealth Tax :- Definitions, Charge of wealth Tax, Deemed wealth, Exemptions, Computation

of Net Wealth, Assessment and penalties and Valuation of Assets.

Gift Tax :- Meaning, Definitions & its applicability.

Direct Tax Code: Introduction of DTC, Advantages & Disadvantages.

Books Recommended

1. Ahuja Girish & Gupta Ravi : Practical Approach to Income Tax, Wealth Tax and Central

Sales Tax Act.

2.Direct Taxes : V.S.Datey (Taxmann)

3. Direct Taxes, Law and practice:- Dr.H.C.Mehrotra & Dr.S.P.Goyal, Sahitya Bhavan

Publication,Agra

4Tax Planning and Management - Dr.S.P.Goyal, Sahitya Bhavan Publication,Agra

5 Vinod Singhania : Direct Taxes (Taxmann)

6 Direct Taxes:- Income tax Wealth tax & tax Planning : BB Lal & N Vashisht

7 Income Tax,Dr.Upagade,Dr.Arvind Shende, Annuradha Prakashan, Nagpur

Question Paper Pattern:





b. Problem 08marks

OR

C. Problem 16 marks


24

b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks





Foundation Group I(Paper III)

F33-Computer Application in Commerce

Unit-I

Networking:– Network topology, Local Area Networks (LAN) and Wide Area Networks(WAN);

E-mail; internet technologies, access devices, concept of a world wide web andinternet browser;

search engines.

Internet Services and Applications, Web Services, E-Learning,Web Information Systems.Web

Based Software, Agent-Oriented Computing, E-Business, E-Governance, M-Commerce.

24

Unit-II

Introduction to word Processing, Word processing concepts, Use of Templates, Working with

word document: Editing text, Find and replace text, Formatting, spell check, Autocorrect, Autotext;

Bullets and numbering, Tabs, Paragraph Formatting, Indent, Page Formatting, Header and footer,

Tables: Inserting, filling and formatting a table; Inserting Pictures and Video; Mail Merge:

including linking with Database; Printing documents

Unit-III

Spread Sheets& its Business Application Spreadsheet concepts, Managing worksheets; Formatting, Entering data, Editing, and Printing a

worksheet; Handling operators in formula, Project involving multiple spreadsheets, Organizing

Charts and graphs Generally used Spreadsheet functions: Mathematical, Statistical, Financial,

Logical, Date and Time, Lookup and reference, Database, and Text functions, MS Excel

Power-Point – Basics of presentations: Slides, Fonts, Drawing, Editing; Inserting: Tables, Images,

texts, Symbols, Media; Design; Transition; Animation; and Slideshow.

Unit-IV

Computerized Accounting with Tally

Basics of accounting, getting started with Tally.ERP 9 and fundamental features, creating masters

(accounting and inventory), voucher entry and invoicing, bill-wise details, voucher class, simple

interest calculation, credit limits, cost centres, cost categories, multi-currency activation and

creation of currencies, basics of banking, and general reports.

Essentials of Taxation Getting Started with VAT, Getting Started with Service Tax, Getting Started

with TDS, Getting Started with Excise (Dealers), Getting Started with Excise (Manufacturers), and

Advanced Features

Books Recommended

1. I.T. today (encyclopedia) -S. Jaiswal (test book)

2. Computer Today - DonaldSenders

3. Computer Fundamentals - P. K. Sinha

4. Office Automation - K.K.Bajaj (Macmilan)

5. Business on The Net an Introduction to The Whats And Hows of E-Commerce - K. N.

Agarwala& Others (Macmilan)

6. Computer Applications in Management – UshaDahiya,SapnaNagpal(Taxmann’s Pub)

7. Fundamentals of Computers – ITL Education Solutions Ltd. (Pearson)

8. Tally.ERP 9 Fundamentals, www.tallysolutions.com

9. Mastering Tally ERP 9: Basic Accounts, Invoice, Inventory- Asok K. Nadhani,(BPB)

10. Tally. Erp 9 Training Guide - Asok K. Nadhani(BPB)

Paper Pattern

Computer Application in Business

24





b. Problem 08marks

OR

C. Problem 16 marks


b. Problem 08marks

OR

C. Problem 16 marks


b. Problem 08marks

OR

C. Problem 16 marks


b. Problem 08marks

OR

C. Problem 16 marks





24

Elective Group-I (Paper IV)

E34-Entrepreneurship Development

Unit-I Entrepreneurship - Creativity and Innovation, Relationship with the Economic Development, Barriers to Entrepreneurship (Factors affecting Growth of Entrepreneurship), , Women Entrepreneurship, social Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship in India - Entrepreneurship Development in India: Issues and Opportunities, Small-Scale Sector in India, The NGO Factor in EDP-INDIA Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR): NGO’s in India, Social Responsibility of Entrepreneurs, CSR. Entrepreneurial behaviour-, Socio- psychological factors influencing entrepreneurship development.

Unit-II Entrepreneurship Trends - Types of Entrepreneurship, Career Planning, Choice of Entrepreneurship as a Career. Opportunity scouting and idea generation: role of creativity & innovation and business research. Sources of business ideas. Entrepreneurial opportunities in contemporary business environment. Developing Entrepreneurial Potential, Business Ideas Generation Process, Evaluation of Business Idea. Business Plan - The ED Cycle, Building the Business Plan, Venturing an Enterprise, Financial Considerations (Cash Flow Management, Financial Plan, Business Plan). Cases from Indian Industries Unit-III The concept and issues in small business marketing.. The idea of consortiummarketing, competitive bidding/tender marketing, negotiation with principal customers. The Industry and Ancillarization Entrepreneurship & Industry, Ancillarization, Ancillarization in India, Ancillaries & Industrial Development, Ancillary Opportunities in different Economic Sectors: Agro Industries, Logistics, BPO, Banking and Finance, Sub-contracting System, Supplier Organization Network Global Aspect of Entrepreneurship.

Unit-IV Financial incentives - Backward area benefits, Schemes for educated unemployed, Fiscal incentives, Procurement of industrial equipment, marketing support. Government Policy packages,MSME, SIDO, NSIC, Government Financial Institutions, Business incubetors and facilitators. Various forms of business organization- sole proprietary, partnership, private and public Ltd. Companies. Books Recommended

Entrepreneurship 6 th edition. Robert D Hisrich , Tata McGraw-Hill.

Kuratko- Entrepreneurship – A Contemporary Approach, (Thomson Learning Books) Chary – Business Gurus speaks ( Macmillan)

Kuratko- Entrepreneurship – A Contemporary Approach, (Thomson Learning Books) Chary – Business Gurus speaks ( Macmillan)

S.S. Khanka – Entrepreneurial Development (S. Chand & Co.)

Brandt, Steven C., The 10 Commandments for Building a Growth Company, Third Edition,

Macmillan Business Books, Delhi, 1977

24

Bhide, Amar V., The Origin and Evolution of New Businesses, Oxford University Press,

New York, 2000 Desai, Vasant, Small Scale Enterprises Vols. 1-12, Mumbai, Himalaya Publishing House.

(Latest edition).

Panda, ShibaCharan, Entrepreneurship Development, New Delhi, Anmol Publications. Patel, V. G., The Seven Business Crises and How to Beat Them, Tata-McGraw, New

Delhi, 1995. Taneja, Satish and Gupta, S.L. Entrepreneurship Development-New Venture Creating,

Galgotia Publishing House, New Delhi, Latest Edition

Verma, J.C., and Gurpal Singh, Small Business and Industry-A Handbook for Entrepreneurs, New Delhi, Sage, 2002Vesper, KarlsH, New Venture Strategies, (Revised Edition), New Jersey, Prentice- Hall, 1990.

24

Paper Pattern

Entrepreneurship Development





b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks

3 Unit – a. Theory 08 marks

b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

24

OR

C Theory 16 marks





Elective Group-I (Paper IV)

E34-Service Sector Management

Unit-I

Introduction to Service Sector Management Nature, Scope & Trends; Importance of service sector

in currentscenario; The concept of service, characteristics of services,classification of

services.Forms of Service Sector and Their ManagementAviation Industry, Transportation Industry,

Hospital Management, Housing and Construction, Hospitality, BPO, KPO Industry and their

management and benefits to modern business. Importance of these service sectors in day to day life.

Changing face of these service sectors with technological advancements.

Unit- II

IT and ITES sector Overview of IT industry and its trends, role and importance of ITES,

Innovations in IT.Important contributions of IT sector to services industry. Challenges and

opportunity in ITES sector.Future of IT industry in India. Banking and Insurance sector. Importance

of Banking and Insurance Industry in services sector, challenges and opportunities in financial

sectors like banking, insurance and AMC’s.The users of Banking services, the behavioral profiles

of users. Challenges faced by Insurance companies after LPG. Users of insurance services and their

behavioral profiles, role of IRDA . Journey of financial service sector from PSU’s to Private

companies.

Unit- III

Services Quality Management Development of Quality Management in services sector, Customer

Service, Customer focused marketing. The Marketing Concept. Logistics as a Core Strategic

24

Competency, Customer Service Capability, Availability, Operational Performance, Reliability,

Value added services, Customer Focused Services, Promotion-Focused Services, Manufacturing-

Focused Services, Time Focused Services. Basic Service Customer Satisfaction, Cost-

Effectiveness, Market Access . Market Extension, Market Creation.

Unit- IV

Distribution, Planning and managing service delivery Challenges in distribution of services,

advertising and sales promotion in service industry creating delivery systems in price, cyberspace

and time. The physical evidence of the service space. Relationship Marketing. The nature of Service

Consumption. Understanding customer’s needs and Expectations. Monitoring & measuring

customer satisfaction

Books Recommended: 1. Service Sector Management – Sanjay Patnakar – Himalaya

2. Managing Services – Christopher H. Lovelock

3. Total Quality Management: JE Ross

4. Total Quality Management: DH Besterfield, CB Michna: Prentice Hall

5. Services Marketing; Ravi Shankar

6. Services Marketing; S M Jha; Himalaya Publishing House.

7. Strategic services Management; Boyle.

8. services marketing and Management: Balaji A.H. wheeler.

Paper Pattern





Qu. 1 Unit –I a. Theory 08 marks

b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks

24

Qu. 2 Unit –II a. Theory 08 marks

b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks

Qu. 3 Unit – a. Theory 08 marks

b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks

Qu. 4 Unit –IV a. Theory 08 marks

b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks

Qu.5 Unit-I a Theory 04 marks




Core Group Paper I

C41-International Business Environment

Total Marks :- 80

Objectives: This Course develops ability to understand and scan business environment in order to

analyse opportunities and take decisions under uncertainty.

Unit – I

Theoretical framework of Business Environment: Meaning, Relevance, Nature Dimensions, Types

and Importance of International Business. Levels of Environment, internal and external

Environment. Economic Environment of Business: Nature Significance and elements of economic

24

Environment; Economic systems and Business Environment; gap Government policies Industrial

policy, fiscal policy, monetary policy, Public Sector and Economic development; Development

banks and relevance to Indian business; Economic reforms, liberalisation and structural adjustment

programmes.

Unit – II International economic cooperation and agreements :- Regional economic integration : Types of

Integration, theory of customs union, European Union, Indio-EU trade, the Euro, other regional

groupings, economic integration. South –south co-operation SAARC;SAPTA; Indo-Lanka free

trade agreement. International commodity agreements, quota agreements buffer stock agreements

cartels; bilateral/multilateral contacts.GPS and GSTP. International Economic Institutions:-

International monetary fund, World Bank, World Trade Organisation. Objective, Functions, Role

guiding principles; lending programmes; international Development association; World Bank

assistance to India; an evaluation of IMF-World Bank; international finance corporation. Asian

Development Bank; UNCTAD; UNIDO; International Trade Centre.

Unit – III

International Trade and Investment Theories :-comparative cost theory; factor endowment theory;

complementary trade theories-Stoper-Samuelson theorem; Theory of Capital Movements; Market

Imperfections Theory; Internalization Theory; Appropriability Theory; Location Specific

Advantage Theory; Government Influence on Trade :- protectionism: tariff barriers; non-tariff

barriers (NTBs); state trading; Exim Policy; regulation of foreign trade; export promotion; EPZs

EOUs, TPs & SEZs; export houses and trading houses; an evaluation. Trade in Merchandise :-

Growth of international trade; distribution of global trade; composition of global trade; global trade

and developing countries. Countertrade, Forms of countertrade; growth of countertrade; drawbacks.

Trade in Services-Growing importance of services; major service traders; restrictions

UNIT - IV Globalization And International Investments: - Meaning and dimensions, Features and factors

favouring of Globalization, New markets; new actors; new rules and norms; new (faster and

cheaper) tools of communication. Stages of Globalization, Essential Conditions for Globalization,

Foreign Market Entry Strategies, Exporting; licensing and franchising, pros and cons of

Globalization Social issues in International Business, Business ethics; Social Audlt, social

responsibility of business; environmental issues, Types of Foreign Investment, Significance of

Foreign Investment, FDI and production linkages; trade and investment. Factors Affecting

International Investment Host Country economic determinants. Growth Dispersion of FDI, Cross-

border the new policy; FII investments Euro/ADR issues, mergers and acquisition’s Foreign

Investment by Indian companies

.

Books Recommended

1. International Business Environment by Francis Cherunilam – Himalaya Publishing House. 2. The

International Business Environment by Anant K. Sundaram/J.Stewart Black-Prentice Hall.

3. International Business K. Aswathappa M cgraw hill education.

4. International Business environments and Operations John D Daniel, Lee H Radebaugh, Daniel P

Sulivan-Pearson Education,

24

5. Dynamics of Successful International Business Negotiations by Robert T. Moran, William G.

Stripp – JAICOV

6. The international Environment of Business by Gerald M. Meier – Oxford Press, 2006

Paper Pattern

24

International Business Environment





b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks





2) C42-PROJECT WORK

24

Foundation Group-II – (Paper-III)

F43-Indirect Taxes

Objectives:- This course aims at imparting basic knowledge about Central Excise, Service Tax,

Customs and CST,MVAT & Professional Tax

Unit - I

Central Excise Law: Basis of concept of excise duty, Definition and concept, concept of goods,

manufacture and manufacturer, classification of goods, valuation under Excise law, levy, collection

and exemption from Excise duty, CENVAT, Records and returns, Assessment under central Excise

Law.(Theory and Numericals)

Unit - II

Custom Law: Basic concept of custom duty, Definition and concepts classification of goods,

valuation of goods, levy of and exemption of custom duty, Importance Exportation and Transaction

of goods, warehousing, Demand of duties and Refunds, Appeals, revision and settlements, penalties

and offences, Advance Rulings, practical problems relating to customs duty. (Theory and

Numericals)

Unit - III

Central Sales Tax Law and MSVAT: Importance, Definitions concepts of sale and Inter state

sales, Liability to central sales Tax, Quantum of sales Tax, Procedures and forms under CST Act,

Declared Goods and their Taxation, Introduction to Value Added Tax (VAT) provisions of

Maharashtra value added Tax(MSVAT) practical problems on Central Sales tax and MSVAT.

(Theory and Numericals)

Unit - IV

Service Tax: Introduction to service Tax law, Definition and Concepts, liability of service Tax,

payment and recovery of service tax registration requirement and procedure, records and return,

Assessment revision and Appeals, Offence and penalties, Computation of service tax of Legal

Courier and Advertising Agency.

Professional Tax, LBT & GST.-Definition, Meaning & Importance of Professional Tax

Applicability and Registration procedure. Meaning of LBT its applicability & assessment

procedure. Introduction of Goods service tax, advantages & Disadvantages (Theory and

Numericals)

24

Books Recommended

1. V.S. Datey : Indirect Taxes Law & Practice. (Taxmann).

2. Dr. H.C Mehrotra & Dr S P Goyal: Direct & Indirect Taxes.(Sahitya Bhavan)

3. Girish Ahuja & Gupta: Indirect Taxes Law & Practice. (Bharat Publication)

4. V Balchandran : Indirect Taxes.( Sultan Chand & Sons,delhi)

Paper Pattern

Indirect Taxes





b. Problem 08marks

OR

c. Problem 16 marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

24

c. Problem 16marks





Foundation Group-II – (Paper-III)

F43-OPERATIONS RESEARCH

Unit- I

Linear Programming: Introduction to Linear Programming Problems, Graphical Method -

Assumptions, Formulation and Solution by Graphical Method: Feasibility Region ( maximization,

minimization and with mixed constraints).

Unit -II Transportation & Assignment – Transportation: Formulation and Solution by North West Corner Rule (NWC), Least Cost Method (LCM) and Vogel‘s Approximation Method (VAM); Optimization by Modified Distribution Method (MODI). Assignment: Formulation and Solution.

Unit -III Replacement & Inventory models - Replacement Policies: Equipment Deteriorate Gradually, Time Value of Money Considered. Equipment Fail Suddenly (Group Replacement), Staff Replacement. Inventory Models with Probabilistic & Deterministic Demand. Classic EOQ, EOQ with bulk purchasing, EOQ with storage limitations, Simulation on Inventory System.

Unit- IV

PERT/CPM -. CPM and PERT: construction of network diagrams; network calculation; concept

of float; probability consideration in PERT; calculation of float under PERT,Game Theory-

Terminology, Game Models, Two Person Zero Sum Games and their Solutions, Graphical Method

24

Books Recommended

1. Introduction to Operations Research- Hillier & Liberman – McGraw Hill

2. Quantitative Techniques in Management by N. D. Vohra – Tata McGraw Hill

3. Operations Research - Paneersevam – Prentice Hall of India 4. Operations Research – J. K. Sharma - McMillan

5. Operations Research – Hira and Gupta – S. Chand & Co.

6. Operations Research – V.K. Kapoor – Sultan Chand &. Sons, New Delhi.

Paper Pattern

Operation Research





b. Problem 08marks

c. Problem 16 marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

24

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks


b. Problem 08 marks

OR

c. Problem 16marks





ELECTIVE GROUP – II ( PAPER-IV )

E-44 E-Commerce

Unit –I

E-Commerce: Introduction, Definition, Benefits of E-Commerce, Impact of E-Commerce on

business models, Traditional Commerce Vs E-Commerce, Advantages and Disadvantages of E-

Commerce, Electronic Commerce and the Trade Cycle.

Types of E-Commerce, Technology used in E-commerce; Designing, building and launching e-

commerce website (Introduction to HTML; tags and attributes: Text Formatting, Fonts, Hypertext

Links, Tables, Images, Lists, Forms, Frames, Cascading Style Sheets.)

24

Unit -II

IT Act 2000 and Cyber Crimes

IT Act 2000: Definitions, Digital signature, Electronic governance, Attribution, acknowledgement

and dispatch of electronic records, Regulation of certifying authorities, Digital signatures

certificates, Duties of subscribers, Penalties and adjudication, Appellate Tribunal, Offences and

Cyber-crimes

Unit- III

E-payment System: Models and methods of e–payments (Debit Card, Credit Card, Smart Cards, e-

money), digital signatures (procedure, working and legal position), payment gateways, online

banking (meaning, concepts, importance, electronic fund transfer, automated clearing house,

automated ledger posting), risks involved in e-payments.

Unit IV

E-commerce applications in various industries like {banking, insurance, payment of utility bills,

online marketing, e-tailing (popularity, benefits, problems and features), online services (financial,

travel and career), auctions, online portal, online learning, publishing and entertainment} Online

shopping (amazon, snapdeal, alibaba, flipkart, etc.)

Books Recommended

1. Electronic Commerce, Greenstein and Feinman (TMH)

2. E-Commerce, Bhushan Dean – S. Chand

3. Web Publishing, MonicD’souza and J D’souza

4. Complete HTML, BPB

5. Cyber law , E-commerce & M-Commerce – Ahmand Tabrez

6. Handbook of Cyber and E-commerce laws – Bakshi P M & Suri R K

7. http://www.tkdl.res.in

8. www.wipo.int

9. eSecurity and You - Sandeep Oberoi (Tata McGraw-Hill)

10. Vishwanathan Suresh T., "The Indian Cyber Law" Second Edition 2001:- Bharat Law

House.

11. Prasad T.V.R. Satya, : "Law Relating to Information Technology (Cyber Laws)" 1st

edition 2001:- Asia Law House.

Paper Pattern

E-Commerce




24


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks





24

ELECTIVE GROUP – II ( PAPER-IV )

E44-Company Law

Unit -I

Introduction to Companies Act 2013.

Formation of Companies, Public, Private and One Person Companies, Procedure for

formation of company

Memorandum of Association, Articles of Association, Alteration of MOA and AOA,

Conversion of companies already registered.

Prospectus, Public offer and Private Placement, Shelf Prospectus and Red Hearing

prospectus. Allotment of securities by the Company.

Private Placement- Offer and invitation

Unit -II

Kinds of Share Capital

Issue of Sweat Equity shares.

Issue and redemption of preference shares, Transfer and transmission of securities.

Further issue of share capital, Rights Issue, Issue of Bonus Shares

Provisions relating acceptance to deposits from Public

Registration of Charges including punishment for contravention.

Unit –III

Register of members, annual return.

Meetings of shareholders : Annual General Meeting and Extra Ordinary General Meetings.

Notice of meetings and explanatory statement. Quorum for the meetings, Ordinary and

special resolutions.

Meetings of Board: quorum for Board meetings, Minutes of meetings, Notice, Agenda,

Passing of resolution by circulation, Audit Committee, Powers of Board.

Loan to Directors, Loans and Investment by the Company, Related party Transaction.

Unit -IV

Appointment, Resignation and Removal of Auditors, Qualifications and Disqualification of

auditors.

Appointment, Resignation and Removal of Directors, Qualifications and Disqualification of

Directors, vacation of Office, Number of Directorships, Directors Report, Provisions

relating to Additional Directors, Alternate Directors, Nominee Directors, Independent

Directors.

Appointment of Managing Director, Whole Time Director,

Key Managerial Person, secretarial Audit, Functions of Company Secretary

Reference Books

24

Students Guide to Company Law, A. K. Mujumdar, Taxman Allied Services Ltd.

New Delhi.

A Text Book of Company Law, P.P.S. Gogna

Company Law & Practice, A. K. Mujumdar & G. K. Kapoor, Taxman Publication

Principles of Company Law, M. C. Shukla, S. Chand & Compant Ltd.

Company Law , N. D. Kapoor,Sultan Chand & Sons,New Delhi,

Company Law,Avatar Singh, Eastern Book Company.

Company Law(A Comprehensive Text Book on Companies Act, 2013, Dr.

G.K.Kapoor, Taxmann

Company Law, J Santhi, Margham Publications (2015)

Paper Pattern

Company Law





b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks

24


b Theory 08marks

OR

C Theory 16 marks





nmdcgondia.org · 2 Semester I Code Number Title Category 1T1 Paper I (Compulsory) English Poetry...

Documents

Transcript of nmdcgondia.org · 2 Semester I Code Number Title Category 1T1 Paper I (Compulsory) English Poetry...